JOURNAL OF BOTANY,

Shei Sie

BRITISH AND FOREIGN,

EDITED BY

BERTHOLD SEEMANN, Pz.D., F.LS.,

ADJUNCT OF THE IMPERIAL L. C. ACADEMY NATURZ CURIOSORUM.

“Nunquam otiosus.”

VOLUME VII. i:

CHith Plates and CAgadeuts.

LONDON: |
L. REEVE AND CO, 5, HENRIETTA STREET,
COVENT GARDEN.
ANDREW Error, 15, Princes Street, Edinburgh; J. ROTHSCHILD, Paris;
i ALPHONS Dürr, Leipzig; WESTERMANN, New York.

1869.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS

TO

VOLUMES I. TO VII. OF THE ‘JOURNAL OF BOTANY.’

T. Addison, Esq.
T. An Jemma MD F.L.S.
Ce Babington, F.R.S., F.L.S.

T ME Aie Bri , Esq.
J. Britten, ; m

St. Brody, Ph. S.
M. Alphonse de Candolle.
. Casimir d l

Isaac Carroll,

A.
F. Currey, MAS FES ELS
N lise

e, Esq.
D id Dickson, M.D.
W.T T. Dyer, Esq.

IH

A. Ernst, Esq.

D. Enys,
William m. Esq.
Tilbury oan M.D.

, Esq.
R Gespport MD.
pps Gray, M.D.
f E. Gray, n: F.R.S., F.L.S.
eo H. Grind n, Esq.
x Gulliver, Esq. 2
J; ury, ;

t, Esq.

t. Hunter, Esq.

t Kippist, Esq., A.L.S.
. Kurz, Esq.

; dea Lankester, Esq.
n, Esq., M.A.

J. Milde,
G. Milne, Esq., AGS:

lv LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

W. Mitten, Esq., A.L.S.
M. Moggridge, Esq., F.G.S., ete.
J. T. Moggridge, Esq.

W. Mudd, Esq.
F. Mueller, Pi. D. F.R.S,, F.L.S.
J. Mueller, Ph.

A. Mon Ee
Rev. W. W.
“=
sb:
Rev. T Powell, RIS.

Ch. Prentice, Esq. ^ S.
Rey. T. A. Preston, MA.

R. C. A. Prior, M. D. FLS.
H. G. Ea aa bach, 'h.D.

C. H. Schultz- -Bipontinus, M.D.

Newbould, M.A.,

J. Sehweinfurth, Ph.D.
Seemann, Ph.D., F.L.S.

John Shaw, Esq.

Alexander Smith, Esq.

F. Stratton, Esq., F.L.S.
J. T. Boswell | Syme, Esq., F.L.S.

.S., F.LS.
"yen m ut a ‘M.A. DREAM.
H. G.
Gs: Wintle. Esq.

M

G,

g
ao

Jay

V on, imp

4-97

THE

JOURNAL. OF BOTANY,

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

THE CALISAYA BARKS OF EASTERN BOLIVIA.
By J. E. Howanp, Esq., F.L.S., ETC.
(Prats LXXXVII.)

This plate represents specimens brought by Don Pedro Rada of
the (till recently) quite undisturbed Cinchone growing on the slopes
of the great chain of the Andes, which descend towards the rivers
Bopi and Beni, and border on the little-explored but richly-wooded
lowlands of the interior of the vast continent of South America.
Sefior Rada has departed for his native country, with the intention

again repeating his importations of bark, and promises to bring
specimens of the fruit and flowers of the sorts above mentioned.
Nevertheless, I have thought it best at once to record the information
obtained, since much delay must attend on the fulfilment of this
gentleman’s promise.

The specimens are of the variety called Za morada, and of that
known to him as Ja negrilla, and do not include two other forms, la
naranjada and /a verde.

The two first kinds are those which Señor Rada held in most esteem,
having been led rather to under-estimate the naranjada, if not also the
verde. The drawing of the morada is from one of his specimens,
and the colouring is given in acéordanee with living plants which
were at once fixed upon by Señor R. as being those of Bolivia. These

VOL. Vil. [JANUARY 1, 1869.] B

>

2 : THE CALISAYA BARKS OF EASTERN BOLIVIA.

plants represent apparently the Ichu Calisaya, or var. Josephiana, also
the morada, the zamba-morada, the naranjada, the verde, and two or
three other forms.

The bark of the negrilla is apparently the same of which I received
specimens from Dr. Weddell, collected in his second journey in Bolivia,
and called Calisaya zamba, negra, or macha (see Histoire, ete., p. 35).
(The negrilla of commerce is quite another thing.) Of this d/ack sort,
Mr. Fitch has given simply the outline of a leaf in the background.
It must be considered a variety of Cinchona Calisaya, but it is a very
marked form, approaching more nearly to the normal character of
this plant than it does to the C. Boliviana.

The morada seems to vary so much more from the C. Calisaya, that
I hesitate to ascribe it to this source, only that the bark is imported
and passes unquestioned as that of genuine Calisaya. If the bota-
nical information given to me with the above specimens by Señor
Rada be confirmed by subsequent investigations, it seems that the
evident analogy of the plant is with the C. purpurea of Pavon (exclus.
C. pubescens), as this is represented in the * Flora Peruviana’ (R. and —
P.), in Heyne's * Arzneigewiichse,’ and in my * Quinologia.’ This is
better seen in the strictly morada than in the nearly allied zamba-
morada, which is, I think, the sort here described and delineated.

If this supposed resemblanee to the C. purpurea should be found
correct, it will harmonize with information given under the head
C. purpurea in the * Quinologia’ respecting specimens gathered by the .
German botanist Lechler, and representing (as he tells us) the ** Casca-
rilla morada et Zamba morada incolarum."

Lechler's specimens were gathered near the river of San Govan (pro-
bably San Juan). I think them allied to those here described, but
not exactly identical, since I believe that every marked district of the
Andes has its own Cinchone, and that those of Carabaya (in which it
is probable San Govan is included) are not in all things exactly

-© similar to those of Eastern Bolivia.

The colour of the flowers, according to Senor Rada, is purple in

la morada, white in /a verde, and the height of the trees great, not

less in these virgin forests than from 40 to 50 varas (i. e. from 120 to
150 feet), some falling short of this altitude, but others exceeding it.
The great size of the trees must be concluded from that of the flat
bark from the trunk which he has brought into this market. The

NOTICE OF A FOSSIL LYCOPODIACEOUS FRUIT. 3

most remarkable circumstance is that the barks of trees so varying in
leaf and flower as are doubtless the negrilla, the morada, and the
naranjada, should so far resemble each other as to pass under the
general name of Calisaya. But so it is;* and if the morada be at all
allied to the C. purpurea, it must be Pies that, in the essential
requisite of the bark-clothing, it differs widely from its Peruvian name-
sake. The naranjada and "e Gf, indeed, plants in my possession
turn out to be of these kinds), differ so widely in the leaves, that I
shall not venture on their description here, except to remark that the
naranjada has scrobicules not only at the axils of the veins, but also
at their junction with the smaller veins, as in the Olea scrobiculata.
To what possible cause, since imitation is excluded, can we ascribe
that harmouy which, as Dr. Seemann has remarked, seems to prevail
even in these obscure departments of vegetable physiology? The in-
fluences of soil and climate would surely tell as soon upon the leaves
as upon the bark, yet these darks assimilate, whilst the leaves do not.

NOTICE OF A FOSSIL LYCOPODIACEOUS FRUIT.
By M. BnoNGNIART.

(Translated dem the * Comptes Rendus des Séances de V Académie des
ences, vol.lxvii.; Séance Aoút 17, 1868.)

The study of the vegetable fossils of the paleeozoic rocks presents a
peeuliar interest on account of their singular forms, which generally
separate them in a very remarkable manner from the plants now living
on the earth.

With the exception of the Ferns, which have a similar form through-
out all time, the other plants of the coal period differ so greatly from
those of the later periods, as well as those now living, that the most
careful examination has failed to refer them to families of recent
plants.

However, since I began my researches, I have determined the affini-
ties of several arborescent plants of this period to Eguisetacee and Ly-
copodiacee.

* Compare Guibourt, ‘Drogues Simples,’ 1850, t. iii. pp. 135, 136.
B2

4 NOTICE OF A FOSSTL LYCOPODIACEOUS FRUIT.

In respect of the latter family, I united to the large stems and
branches which form the genus Lepidodendron certain spikes, or cones
of fructification, which appeared to me to be the cones of these gigantie
Lycopodiacee, and which I designated by the name Zepidostrobus.

Since then, these relations have been completely confirmed by the
observations of Dr. Joseph Hooker on several specimens of Lepido-
strobus,* enclosed in nodules of carbonate of iron, from the English
coal-field, the internal structure of which had been so well preserved
as to exhibit, much better than I had seen, the form of the sporangia
borne on the scales of these cones, and the nature of the spores con-
tained in them.

Another specimen, remarkably well preserved, the origin of which
was unknown, had been previously described by our illustrious asso-
ciate R. Brown, under the name of Triplosporites. His profound study
of this specimen in 1847, and the additional observations made in his
memoir in 1851, after the examination of a beautiful specimen which
I showed him in 1849, convinced him of its intimate relations to Le-
pidostrobus, from which he hesitated to consider it as generically dis-
tinct.

But the specimen described by Robert Brown,t as well as that of
the Museum at Strasbourg, half of which had been given to the Mu-
seum at Paris, and which I showed him, presents only short portions
of those cones ; that described by Robert Brown belongs evidently to
the summit of a cone; that which I had studied appeared to proceed
from its base, but the perfect specimen which is the subject of this
notice shows that it rather belonged to the middle portion of one of
these spikes of fructification. Indeed, the lower portion of these cones
presents very remarkable differences of organization, which must mate-
rially modify the characters ascribed to these fossils, and appear to in-
dicate greater differences between them and Lepidostrobus than one
would have supposed, if the organization of these latter fruits has
been fully understood from the specimens atorar by Dr. Jong
Hooker.

* * Memoirs of the Vegan Survey of Great Britain,’ vol. ii. p. 440.

* Some yes unt of Faces osporites, an Undescribed Fossil Fruit."

Trans-
actions of the Linnean Society, vol. xx. p. 469, 1851. (Read to the Society
June 15th, 1847.)

is parem was obtained from the collection of Baron Roger, and a
transverse section reserved in the collection of the Marquis de Dré now forms
part of the coltii of the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes.

NOTICE OF A FOSSIL LYCOPODIACEOUS FRUIT. b

The numerous MISES of fructification—many of them, however,
very imperfectly preserved— examined by this excellent observer are
ed very small portions of the cones; some of them, however, seem
to have been preserved in full, and there is no indication of difference
of structure between the base and summit. All the scales bear spo-
rangia of the same form, which appear to enclose bodies of the same
nature; this is, at least, what the figures and descriptions published by
the learned English botanist indicate.

hese characters seem, then, to place Lepidostrobus among true
Lycopodia, the sporangia of which are all alike, and enclose similar
spores.

The family of Lycopodiacee contains two other genera very different
in this respect, Selaginella and Isoëtes, which, on the same stem or in
the same spike, —that is to say, on the same axis,—have two kinds of
sporangia, the one containing very small spores destined to produce
antherozoids, and to become fecundating organs ; the other much
larger spores, which germinate after being fecundated. These two
organs have been designated by the names of microspores and macro-
spores.

There is T in the specimens described by R. Brown, or by Dr.
J. Hooker, which indicates this double nature of the sporangia and
spores; but a very perfect and on the whole well-preserved specimen
of a spike, identical in its upper part with the 7»iplosporites of R.
Brown, throws a new light on this subject, and shows a modification
in these points analogous to what we observe in living Lycopodiacea.

This remarkable specimen was found in the drift at the entrance
of the valley of Volpe, in Haute-Garonne, by M. Dabadie, apothe-
cary; it was given to me by M. Lartet, to whom M. Dabadie had en-
trusted it, and the discoverer of this interesting specimen has been
good enough to allow me to make a longitudinal section of it, and to
keep the half of it for the Museum.

This specimen, of which a cast was carefully taken before being cut,
is completely silicified ; the organization of the different parts is well
preserved in many points; but the anfractuosities and the crystallized
parts do not allow an equally complete examination throughout.

It is a cone or cylindrical strobilus, 4 inches 8j lines long, and ©
2 inches 13 lines broad, showing on the exterior the summits of the
scales of which it is composed; these form twenty-seven perfectly

6 NOTICE OF A FOSSIL LYCOPODIACEOUS FRUIT.

regular longitudinal ranges, which are disposed in a very elliptical
helix, whose generating spire would be expressed by the fraction sy:
an arrangement approaching that seen in several living Lycopodiacea.*

The scales or bracts which form the spike are borne perpendicularly
on the axis, and are even a little reflected; as they. have exactly the
structure so well described by R. Brown in his Triplosporites, it is un-
necessary for me to repeat it. As in his specimen, they take an erect
direction towards their apex, and terminate at the surface of the fossil
in a hexagonal disk, which should, as in Lepidostrobus, be prolonged
into a foliaceous appendix, but this has been destroyed.

On the narrow pedicels of these scales are inserted oblong sporangia,
rounded at their extremities, as in Triplosporites ; those which occupy
the summit and middle portion of the spike are filled with an innumer-
able quantity of little spores, formed of three or sometimes of four
spherical united cellules, which in some cases appear to separate into
simple globular spores.

On the lower portion of the spike we find sporangia similar in form
and in their mode of attachment to the preceding, but which are ob-
viously distinguished from them by the spores which they contain
being simple, spherical, and of a considerable size, their diameter beiug
ien or twelve times greater than that of the smaller spores. "They are
very distinct to the naked eye, their diameter being three-tenths of a
line, and enable one at once to detect the sporangia containing the
microspores.

These larger and perfectly spherical spores have a thick, smooth
covering ; they generally contain scattered globular granules, the na-
ture of which it is difficult to ascertain, but which seem to indicate an
immature state ; some, filled with an opaque matter, appear more ad-
vanced in their development.

This spike thus presents, as in the Lycopodiaceous genera Selaginella
and Jsoétes, sporangia of two kinds, the one towards the summit con-
taining microspores,—that is to say, antheridia ; the others, placed
towards the base of the spike, containing macrospores, or germinating
spores.

The form and mode of attachment of these sporangia, their large
size, the great number of microspores they contain, the absence of any

* I have represented this Egone of the leaves of Lycopodiacea in the
‘Histoire des Végétaux Fossiles,’ ii. plate ii.

CINEMA estis. c eamus cs tim cotone

See

T ee ee ee eee

NOTICE OF A FOSSIL LYCOPODIACEOUS FRUIT. 7

trace of a line of regular debiscence, are points in which they resemble

specially the sporangia of Jsoé¢es ; but in this genus the sporangia are
situated at the very base of the leaves, which are borne on a very short
and bulbiform stem.

In the fossils, on the contrary, the sporangia are borne on a kind of
bracts, or squameeform leaves united in a spike, which, like those of
Selaginella, probably terminated the branches.

There is, then, here a singular combination of characters : sporangia
analogous to those of Zsoé/es, arranged in a spike similar to that of Lyco-
podium, but much larger.

The great size of their-organs is, indeed, one of the striking charac-
teristics of these spikes. It agrees with the arborescent habit of Lepido-
dendron, compared with that of the living Lycopodiacee, but it is not on
this account the less remarkable, as the organs of reproduction do not
generally follow the growth of the vegetative organs; the largest tree-
ferns have not greater sporangia than the smallest species ; and, in the
same way, the flowers of our large trees are often smaller than those of
the most humble herbaceous plants.

In these paleeozoic plants the growth has been simultaneous in the
two systems of organs.

Thus, Zepidodendron, a genus of arborescent Lycopodiacee, had
spikes of fructification agreeing in their size with the cones of Firs
and Cedars, containing very large sporangia, rather than with those of
Isoétes, which they resemble in form and structure.

And the question remains to be considered, have the fruits of true
Lepidodendron, i.e. Lepidostrobus, which have been described by Dr.
J. D. Hooker, only one kind of spores, or has the imperfect state of the
specimens prevented the true nature of the spores contained in the
lower sporangia of the spike from being ascertained? The form of the
spores of Lepidostrobus differs so much from those of the microspores
of Triplosporites as to induce me to consider these plants as belonging
to different genera, and that the genus Triplosporites of Robert Brown
ought to be retained.

The three known specimens of this fossil do not enable us to esta-
blish its true geological position. The origin of that described by R. .
Brown and of the one in the Strasbourg Museum is entirely unknown.
That which I have just described was found in the drift in a Pyrenean
valley far from the formation in which it was originally preserved ;

8 NOTICE OF A FOSSIL LYCOPODIACEOUS FRUIT.

there can be no doubt, considering the group of plants to which they
are related, that they have been obtained from deposits quei
with the Coal or Red Sandstone formations.

Robert Brown, in his memoir, has not given any specific name to
the plant he has described; but the establishment of its generic value,
and the probability that other forms of the same genus will be found,

induce me to perpetuate the memory of his important observations by.

naming this species Triplosporites Brownii.

I ought, in conclusion, to remark, that this very perfect specimen
which I have described probably represents a spike not fully developed.
Two things seem to indicate this : first, the microspores are, in almost
all the sporangia that contain them, immersed in an opaque granular
substance in which they show themselves by their transparency, and
which appears like the cellular plasma that surrounds these organs be-
fore maturity ; second, the vessels which form the very distinct bundles
in the axis of the cone, show only transverse strie or very indistinct
rings, and not the decided lines of adult scalaridiform vessels.

This immature condition has, perhaps, favoured the beautiful pre-
servation of these fossils; but it is possible, and even probable, that
the microspores and macrospores, when completely e would
present some differences, which need not be considered as proceeding
from a really distinct. organization. Some of the spores forming the
triple mierospore seem already disposed to isolate themselves, and
might, perhaps, take the trigonal form indicated by Dr. Hooker in’ the
spores of Lepidostrobus. Some of the macrospores seem also to pre-
sent in the interior a more complicated structure, which may indicate a
tendency towards the appearance on the trigonal summit of the macro-
spores of Isoëtes.

New specimens, even simple fragments, but in a different stage of
development, may turn up to complete our knowledge; but now the
existence of gigantic Lycopodiacee, more completely correlated with
living forms of the Order, is indubitably established.

aaa

* 9

NOTES ON LEMNACEA AND ON THE DISCOVERY OF
THE RAPHIDIAN CHARACTER IN SYSTEMATIC BO-
TANY.

By Georer GurLrvEm, F.R.S

Although our knowledge of the comparative structure of the Duck-
weeds has been much advanced during the last few years, we do not
find a corresponding progress in the descriptions and figures of these
plants in our books of systematic botany. The forthcoming plate of
Wolfia, under the care of the worthy editor of the third edition of
‘English Botany,’ will, no doubt, be at least on a level with the pre-
sent state of science. As yet there have been added in that work only
the flowers of Lemna polyrrhiza to the old plates of the four species of
this genus; while those important details of structure which are now,
through the memoirs by Hoffmann and others, well known as affording
valuable diagnostic characters, are not figured, and the large vacant
space of each plate is left waste and useless. And hence, for a satis-
factory exposition of our own familiar and useful Duckweeds, we are
still obliged to consult, besides our great national Flora, the engravings
and descriptions scattered through various foreign and native periodi-
cal works, most of which have been so carefully specified in Dr. Trimen’s
valuable paper on Wolfia, published in a former volume of this Jour-
nal, as to relieve me of the task of citations.

In short, a fair account of the British Lemnacee is now wanting in
our books, and the present notes are intended as a small contribution
towards this desirable object, which involves a few little additions to,
and a revision of, some points respecting these plants and raphides
in the sixty-fourth number of the third edition of * English Botany.’

Use of Duckweeds.—As the popular and practical English mind is
wont to raise this question at the threshold, * English Botany’ is ready
there with its answer :—“ Although pretty enough to excite general
interest, we have nothing to record of the uses of the species of Lemna.”
Too severe a sentence, surely, on even these abject and despised things
and withal in sad disregard of that plea for the Duckweeds, long since
advanced in the case of L. minor, which d the utility of one or other

f these ly mean and worthless plants i in the economy of nature.
For di it is that the most common and abundant Duckweed may be
found, and recognized by its cell-characters, in the stomachs of young

*

10 ON LEMNACE/E AND THE RAPHIDIAN CHARACTER.

Waterfowl and Water-Voles ; and I have elsewhere described the boun-
tiful provision of its starch and calcareous raphides for a suitable ad-
junct to the food of growing animals. Indeed, to me, a Duckweed-
patch always appears delightful from its very utility, both in this way

- and as a procreant cradle of those beautiful and mysterious organisms

which live and move and have their being on the boundaries of the
two great kingdoms of organized nature. In short, a Duckweed-patch
is not only the home of many happy families, full of life and enjoyment,
but it provides either nutriment or shelter, in one shape or other, to
many creations, from Mammalia down to the Protozoa and Protophyta ;
and is truly a prolific and provident field, with a little world of its own,
eminently valuable and useful, although its complete history yet re-
mains unwritten.

Lemna trisulca.—The late Dr. Lindley and other eminent botanists
denied that there is an epidermis on plants which live habitually under
water. Whether this Lemna be always thus totally immersed might
admit of question, though it is fairly described, in * English Botany,
as having its “fronds submerged." In the same great work we find
only this plant under Sfaurogeton, a section of which one of the cha-
racters there given is “epidermis absent ;" and this, no doubt, accord-
ing to the common view, which nevertheless needs further inquiry.

I have often found an epidermis on parts of plants which are always
covered by water; so,it would seem, have other botanists, for Schnetz-
ler, in his memoir on Ufricuíarie, remarks that “in entirely sub-
merged aquatic plants the leaves are destitute of stomata, and absorp-
tion and exhalation take place through the whole surface of the epi-
blema.” But now we are only concerned with Lemnacee, ou both
sides of the fronds of which au epidermis is commonly present, as may
be well seen in LZ. minor. And L. trisulea is thus invested with a
distinct but very delicate and transparent epidermis, which resembles
the same tissue on the other species of the genus, but wanting the
stomata which belong to their upper surface.* The margins of the

* Whilst these sheets are in the press, our attention has been directed to
Dr. Hegelmaier’s — pu — monograph ‘ Die Lemnaceen,’ which con-
tio A

escrij and nu s figures of the structure of all the species
of the Order far e. “fe. 8, the epidermis of an aérial fro
(luftspross) of L. trisulca is fin with a stomate. The term epidermis is,
by some botanists, uctus to its pires condition when provided with sto-
mata, the thin mem iiia, P subte "ege and Vds qim organs being

ON LEMNACEZ AND THE RAPHIDIAN CHARACTER, 11

epidermal cells of Z. Zrisulca are wavy or sinuous, while the margins

of the underlying parenchymatous cells are straight or smooth ; so tha

the epidermis so far answers to a ‘ colpenchyma,’ and the subjacent

tissue to a ‘spheerenchyma.’ Thus Z. /risu/ca agrees with those other

species of the genus, which are well known to differ, as judiciously

described in * English Botany,’ in this form of epidermal cells, from
olffia.

The epidermis of Z. ¢risulea is so thin and pellucid as easily to
escape detection, and requires for a satisfactory examination a magni-
fying power of not less than two hundred diameters. If a suitable
fragment of the plant be placed under an achromatie object-glass of
one-eighth of an inch focal length, so as to show the parenchymatous
cells with the clearest definition, and the focus be then slightly length-
ened, the wavy edges of the epidermal cells will be distinctly seen
covering the subjacent tissue. At least, I have never failed to find the
epidermis of Z, £risulea by this kind of procedure, and have often suc-
ceeded, by maceration and a little manipulation with needles, in sepa-
rating the epidermal cells from their underlying connection. But as
the question of the presence or absence of the epidermis is important,
both in an anatomical and physiological point of view, I have sub-
mitted the plant to examination by an independent and competent
authority, and, by the kindness of Mr. Carruthers, am enabled to give
his report, as follows :—

“ British Museum, Nov. 30th, 1868.

“I examined the specimens of L. ¢risudca, and saw distinctly the
epidermal cells which you figure, but I could not detect any stomata,
and I see you do not figure any. Does there exist in aquatic plants a
delicate epidermis destitute of vies: And is the carbonic acid gas
obtained from the water in which it is dissolved by endosmose through
the epidermis, while in the air the carbonie acid gas has direct access
to the parenchyma of the leaf by the stomata ?"

The bundles of raphides in Z. ¢risulea are so evident, especially
towards the circumference of the frond, that they may be recognized
with the aid of a pocket lens. At first sight, under a higher magnify-
ing power, they seem to be within a distinet cell of their own ; but a
nicer examination in the mature frond commonly fails to detect any
other boundary to the space which contaius them than the surfaces of

13 ON LEMNACEZ AND THE RAPHIDIAN CHARACTER.

the surrounding parenchymatous and epidermal cells ; and so, too, of
the raphides of the other Zemze. The raphides of L. trisulca were
used in * Class-Botany ” and histological demonstrations by Professor
J. H. Balfour and Mr. George Lawson some years before my descrip-
tion of these objects in the system of raphidian characters.

The root-sheaths of this plant are curved and sharp-pointed.

Lemna polyrrhiza.—ln this species the raphides are scanty. ‘The
root-sheath is sharp at the tip.

Lemna gibba,—Raphides scanty. Root-sheath with a bluntish point.

Lemna minor.—Bundles of raphides abundant, especially towards
the edges of the frond. Starch-granules very plentiful. Root-sheath
with a blunt tip.

Wolffia arrhiza—Destitute of raphides, by which character simply
this plant may be easily known from Lemna minor. Starch-granules
plentiful, particularly in the escaping and escaped bulbils ; stomata
very plain on these young bulbils.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 1. Epidermis on the broad part of the frond of Lemna trisulea. The
epidermis passes immediately over a bundle of raphides.

Fig. 2. Epidermis on the narrow part of the frond of L. trisulca,

Fig. 3. Epidermis on the under side of the frond of Z. minor, and passing
over a bundle of raphides.

Let us now review and elucidate some of these notes, and conclude
with the historical point.

Epidermis.—This tissue is present in the form of wavy-edged cells,
on both sides of the fronds of L. £risulca, and on the under as well as
on the upper side of the fronds of other Lemne.

Root-sheaths.—Of these curious and characteristic “ pileorhizze," no-

SS Se ee

ON LEMNACEA AND THE RAPHIDIAN CHARACTER. 13

ticed in the fourth volume of this Journal, there is neither an intelli-
gible figure nor mention in ‘English Botany.’ Of morphological pheno-
mena, the functional value may be none the less for its obscurity. In fresh
Lemna, the root-sheaths afford some good specific characters, and should
be compared in all the species, native and foreign, as well as with the like
sheaths in other genera and Orders, as Pistia and Pontederacee. The
calyptrate covering of the rootlets is beautiful in Pontederia crassipes
and P. azurea ; and, of Pistia, besides the rootlet-sheaths, there is a
larger sheath on the tip of the root-axis.

Raphides.—'These are small and fragile in Lemna. In the fourth
volume of this Journal I have depicted the raphidian diagnosis between
L. minor and Wolfia arrhiza. And after a careful examination of
several preserved specimens of two species of Wolfia from Portugal
and Angola, courteously sent to me by the eminent botanist Dr. Wel-
witsch, the exraphidian character was found very remarkable in every
one of them. In some dried and colourless specimens of Lemna minor
and Z. Angolensis of the same collection, the fronds were so shrivelled,
their cells failing to freshen out in water, and being beset and obscured
by adherent Diatoms, that the raphides escaped detection at first.
But bundles of these crystals were afterwards plainly brought into
view, by thoroughly drying suitable and macerated fragments of the
plants under pressure between glasses, then treating the preparation
with turpentine, and subjecting it to a moderately high magnifying
power.

Of L. minor I have examined an immense number of fresh speci-
mens from various localities, and never failed to find the bundles of
raphides without the least difficulty. And having during this autumn
and in the month of November got a plentiful supply of Wolfia arrhiza
growing among Lemna minor, L. trisulea, and Riccia fluitans, in the
neighbourhood of Canterbury, I have repeatedly and diligently gone
over the examinations again, and always with the same positive results.
The fronds of the two Lemne invariably presented their bundles of
raphides, while the Wolfia was as constantly destitute of them.
These results are the more interesting, as all the plants were brought
in the same bottle of water from one place, and thus confirm my for-
mer observations on the specific value of the raphidian character in
Lemnacee, as well as the constancy of either the abundance, scarcity,
or total want of raphides in different species of such nearly allied plants
growing side by side in the very same pool.

14 ON LEMNACE/E AND THE RAPHIDIAN CHARACTER.

To the same effect were the results of my experiments, formerly re-
lated, in which raphidian and exraphidian plants, grown from seeds in
one pot of identical earth, produced and preserved these characters re-
spectively from the very seed-leaves onwards. Surely the whole facts
are cumulative evidence of the intrinsic connection of raphis-bearing
with the cell-life of the species.

In short, as regards the Duckweeds, while Lemna trisulca and L.
minor never fail to produce a good crop of raphides, these crystals are
as regularly scanty in L. polyrrhiza and L. gibba, and so constantly
absent from Wolffia arrhiza as to afford an excellent diagnostic cha-
racter between this plant and Lemna minor.

But there are Orders of plants, both native and foreign, as more
particularly explained by me in the fourth volume of the * Popular
Science Review,’ truly distinguished as raphis-bearers; that is to say,
Orders of which every true member yet examined has been found more
or less pregnant with raphides, while the species of the next and nearest
allied Orders are as regularly exraphidian. This phenomenon I have
verified so repeatedly in our own flora as to leave little doubt so far on
the subject. For example, in Onagracee we have thus a raphidian

rder; while, on the contrary, in Hydrocharidacee we have an ex-
raphidian Order standing between its allied Orders which are not less
constantly abounding in raphides

Endless confusion, however, will continue, unless we carefully bear
in mind the difference between true raphides, spheeraphides, and crys-
tal prisms, as described in the ‘ Popular Science Review ’ already cited.
Thus, for want of such care, the spheraphides which abound in some
Tetragoniacee, Chenopodiacee, and Haloragacee,—beautiful examples
of which crystals I have described in Sesuvium, Atriplex, Chenopodium,
Loudonia, and Haloragis, as well as the crystal prisms in the bulb-
scales of certain Onions, often noticed in my papers,—are still some-
times objected to my description of these plants as exraphidian.
Again, the familiar sphzeraphides and prisms of Cactacee are not true
raphides; neither are the spheraphides and spheraphid tissue (Ann.
Nat. Hist. for Sept. 1863, plate iv. fig. 13; and Aug. and Nov. 1865)
of Veratrum, Lythrum and Geranium, Aralia and Rhamnus.

Discovery of the Raphidian Character in Systematic Botany.—The
account of raphides in the forementioned number of * English Botany ’
contains several errors, most of which may have been the compositor’s

gutem =;
= .

ON THE PH@NIX OF THE HONGKONG FLORA. 15

and all purely accidental. At present, it will suffice to notice that the
quotation, as front me, under the head of ** Lemnacea,”’ was never mine
either in spelling or meaning; and that the opening statement, surely
a mere inadvertency, is aai calculated to mislead. ere it is :—
*In a paper published in the * Quarterly Journal of Microscopical
Science,’ Dr. Lankester called attention to the constant occurrence of
raphides in certain Orders of plants, and since then Professor Gulliver
has published a series of exhaustive observations on the subject.”

Now, so far from following, I preceded Dr. Lankester in this in-
quiry, as plainly appears from his own paper, whieh was obviously
written merely to introduce the subject to the readers of the Journal,
then edited by him; but, though excellent for this purpose, without
even a single original observation of his own concerning “ the constant
occurrence of raphides in certain Orders," while in that very paper he
quotes one or other of my memoirs, previously published in the * Annals
of Natural History, in proof of the ordinal value of the character
sometimes afforded by raphides in systematic botany.

Canterbury, December 12th, 1868.

ON THE PH(NIX OF THE HONGKONG FLORA.
By H. F. Hawcz, Pu.D., ETC.

"The existence of a wild Date-Palm in Hongkong was, I believe,
first mentioned by Mr. Bentham, in his enumeration of the plants
collected in the island by the late Lieut.-Colonel Champion ;* without,
however, any attempt to determine the species. Two years later, Dr.
Seemann t referred my specimens of the plant to P. acaulis, Roxb.,
remarking that the presence or absence of a stem affords no reliable
character in the genus. Mr. Bentham subsequently, f whilst retaining
this name with a mark of doubt, observed that the genuine plant has a
short bulb-shaped stem, and that the Hongkong specimens at his dis-
posal were undistinguishable from P. paludosa, Roxb. At a later
date, I described $ the plant more in detail, pointing out that it

* Hookers Kew Gard. Mise. vii. 33. (1855.)

o rald, 416.
f ‘Flora of Hongkong, 340 (1861).
§ Ann. Sc. Nat. ome sér. v. 247. (1866. )

16 ON THE PH@NIX OF THE HONGKONG FLORA.

differed entirely by its cylindrical caudex, 2—6 feet high, from P.
acaulis ; whilst P. paludosa is described and figured by Griffith * as
growing in dense tufts, with slender annulate trunks, 12—15 feet high,
aud a graceful diffuse habit, and is besides known by the embryo being
placed at the base of the seed, near the hilum, and not, as in the
Chinese plant, in the middle of the dorsal surface of the albumen. I
was disposed to regard it as probably different from any of the Indian
species, but nearest to P. silvestris, Roxb.

I had then never seen it with fruit other than of a dull orange or
vitelline colour, in which state it' may even be met with exposed for
sale in the streets of Macao, where it is called * Areca de mato," and
eaten by the little boys, who do not seem to be repelled by its astringent
inky flavour. It is probable that it does not habitually ripen its drupes
here, or else that these are much sought after by birds; for, though
common on the bare sterile sunny slopes of. Hongkong, it was not till
the summer of this year that I procured spadices laden with fully
mature drupes; in which state they are quite black and glossy, and
with a very agreeable, sweet, and farinaceous, though rather scanty
pulp. A renewed comparison of the specimens with the characters of
Roxburght and Griffith proves the Chinese Palm to be referable to
P. farinifera, Roxb. That author's character is as usual very accurate,
except that I do not notice any elevation over the cavity in which the
embryo is lodged, and that more than a single pair of the lower pinne
are reduced to spines. Whether the Anamese P. pusilla, Lour., be
identical i is as yet uncertain.

"The species is dispersed over a wide geographical area, being met
with on both the western and eastern coasts of the Indian peninsula,
extending to a yet undetermined limit along the east coast of China,
and, if Junghuhn's assertion f that it was introduced thence into the
Buitenzorg Garden be raliis occurring also in Japan. Drs. Hooker
and Thomson § mention it as a native of Ceylon, but probably through
an error in determination, as P. silvestris is the only Singhalese species
recorded by Dr. Thwaites.||

I may remark, that though this plant abounds along the coast, and

* Palms of Brit. Tu 144. t. 229 B.
H cane by Miquel, FL. ‘Ind. me ii, 63.
ssay. 1

tl Flora Indica,’ Introd. Essa;
|| Enum. Pl. Zeylan. 329.

ey Gt Eran]
a o E

CARL FRIEDRICH PHILLIPP VON MARTIUS. 17

on all the islands at the mouth of the Canton River, a maritime
atmosphere would appear absolutely essential to its existence; for I
have never met with it along the banks of the river, nor indeed any-
where, except near the sea. This agrees well with Roxburgh's state-
ment, that “it is a native of dry, barren ground, particularly near the
sea."

As there is certainly but one Phenix indigenous to Southern China,
it is probable that Vachell's specimens, referred by Hooker and Arnott *
to P. dactylifera, belong to this species.

Partly at the request of M. Naudin, made at a time when the species
was undetermined, I have transmitted fresh seeds to him and a few
friends in Europe, with a view to essay its introduction in the neigh-
bourhood of Nice, and at Hyéres, where there seems little reason to
doubt it would grow readily, sud dio.
^ British Vice- Consulate, Whampoa,

October 28, 1868.

CARL FRIEDRICH PHILLIPP VON MARTIUS.

This great botanist, distinguished traveller, and most illustrious
mau died on the 13th of December, 1868, at Mun

He was born at Erlangen, on the 17th of April, pm His father,
Ernest Wilhelm Martius, who died at an advanced age in 1849, was,
with Hoppe, one of the founders of Ratisbon Botanical Society, and
author of a natural history ‘Journey in Franconia and Thuringia,’
and of the ‘Memories of a Ninety Years’ Life,’ containing many in-
teresting pictures of social life in Germany during the period embraced
in it.

Carl Martius pursued his natural history studies in Erlangen, under
the direction of his father and his father’s friends. He was the
botanical pupil of Schreber, the disciple of Linnæus, and editor of the
eighth edition of the * Genera Plantarum, and to him he was un-
doubtedly indebted for the careful training in the fundamental prin-
ciples of that science to which he was to devote his life, and which by
his labours he was greatly to advance. But his studies were very

* Bot. Beechey's Voy. 219.
VOL. VII. [JANUARY 1, 1869.] c

18 . CARL FRIEDRICH PHILLIPP VON MARTIUS.

general and he prosecuted all of them with enthusiastie devotion
He studied zoology under Goldfuss, chemistry under Hildebrand
philology under Harless, and philosophy under Mehmes and Vogel.
He had as his fellow-student Theodore Nees von Esenbeck, the author
of the ‘Genera Plantarum Flore Germanice,’ and together they
prosecuted their studies at the house of the elder Von Esenbeck, at
Wurzburg. i

In 1814, he published his first work, * Plantarum Horti Academici
Erlangensis Enumeratio,’ and at this time he was engaged in collecting
the materials which, in 1817, he gave to the publie as a * Flora Cryp-
togamica Erlangensis.'

en Professor Schrank came to Erlangen to remove the herbarium

of Schreber, which the Bavarian Academy purchased after his death,
he made the acquaintance of Martius, and recommended him to come
to Munich. Acting on this advice, he became a pupil of the Academy,
and in 1816, he was appointed to an office in the Botanic Garden.

Maximilian, king of Bavaria, was interested in botany, and in his
visits to the Botanie Garden observed Martius acting as director for
Schrank, whose age incapacitated him for the duties. He accordingly
selected him, with Dr. Spix the zoologist, to join as savants the
embassy that was to accompany the young Austrian Princess destined to
be the Empress of Brazil. On the 10th of April, 1817, he embarked in
an Austrian frigate at Trieste. The plan of the expedition was prepared
by the Bavarian Academy, and they resolved to explore as much as
possible of that almost unknown region. They first visited the pro- -
vinces of Rio and St. Paul, and then reached Pernambuco and Bahia, |
passing through the interior of the country, and enduring numberless
difficulties, privations, and dangers. They made extensive collections |

^ E E dil casi pi E
MeL ir s LT T MMPEREM NEL Si Es COMMOTUS

in the province of Ilheos, and soon quitted Bahia for a still more ex-

years, a distance of more than 4000 miles, through an untrodden
region, having been travelled over without any serious accident. "The:
collections brought home and deposited in the Munich Museum
amounted to 3500 species of animals and 6500 species of plants.

The travellers hastened to draw up an account of their journeys, and
to publish the vast amount of materials they had collected. Dr. Spix

TS Un tt

mm poe”

CARL FRIEDRICH PHILLIPP VON MARTIUS. 19

had suffered severely from the tropical climate and the fatigues of the
expedition, and survived his return only a few years, leaving the nar-
rative of the journey to be finished by Martius, and the systematical
zoological memoirs to be superintended by him, in addition to the bo-
tanical work which was properly his own.

The narrative of the journey, ‘ Reise in Brasilien,’ consists of three
quarto volumes and an atlas in folio. It is written in a clear and elegant
style, and abounds with topographical and statistical details, descrip-
tions of natural scenery and personal adventure. The specific descrip-
tions of the plants and animals were reserved for special publication,
but the work abounds with information on their geographical distri-
bution.

The Palms were the first portions of his collections with which he
worked, and the first part of the * Genera et Species Palmarum’ was
published in 1823. This was intended to be confined to Brazilian
Palms, but was ultimately extended so as to comprise a history of the
entire family. The work was completed in 1850, in three large folio
volumes containing 245 plates, most of them coloured, and some of
them exquisitely finished landscapes, exhibiting the habits of the species
in the scenery and among the plants with which they are in nature
associated. The first volume treats of Palms in general, and includes
a dissertation by Mohl on monocotyledonous stems, and another by
Unger on Fossil Palms. The second volume is devoted to Brazilian
species, and the third is a complete monograph of the Order. The
singular fidelity with which the descriptions were made, and the figures
drawn, make this noble work, although some portions of it are nearly
fifty years old, equal to the most recently published monographs.

On a similarly magnificent scale did he design his ‘ Nova Genera
et Species Plantarum Brasiliensis, the first volume of which, by
Zuccarini, was published in 1824 ; the only two other volumes of this
work published were by Martius himself, the one in 1826, and the
other in 1829-32.

The volume on eryptogamic plants * Icones Plant. Crypt. in Brasilia
collegit," published between 1828 and 1834, belougs to the same

. To the descriptions of the Ferns by Martius was prefixed an

elaborate dissertation on the structure of the stems of Tree-ferns by

Mohl, accompanied with eight illustrative plates.
The magnitude of these elaborate works, and the time necessarily
c 2

20 CARL FRIEDRICH PHILLIPP VON MARTIUS.

required for their preparation induced him to attempt the more speedy -
publieation of his treasures in a series of octavo volumes, without
pictorial illustrations, but only two volumes were published, —one on |
Grasses by Nees von Esenbeck, and the other on Cryptogams, by — .
Martius and others !

n 1829, he legen the publication of his great work, the * Flora |
Seasons in folio, and from that time it may be said that the
work of his life has been the carrying on of this publication. He has — |
obtained the assistance of many of the most distinguished botanists to 1
undertake different families, and these have been published as prepared,
irrespective of any systematic order in the separate monographs. In
addition to the materials obtained by Martius, all Brazilian collections
before and subsequent to his expedition have been, as far as possible,
included in the ‘Flora,’ and as Brazil is strikingly rich in many
Natural Orders, the various monographs are often nearly complete for
the group in question.

He began the distribution of his rich collections in 1837, in a series
of fascicles under the title of ‘Herbarium Flore Brasiliensis. He printed
an introduction to this publication i in the * Regensburg Flora, contain-
ing much interesting information on the labours of ja predecessors, on
the geographical distribution of vegetation in Brazil, and on the plan he ©
had followed in determining his plants, and forming his herbarium.

Besides the purely systematic works in which he was engaged, he .-
prepared a valuable history of all that was known, and that he had |
himself ascertained of the medical properties of the plants of Brazil.
This was published in 1843, under the title ‘Systema Materia | 4
Medice Vegetabilis Brasiliensis.’ He classified his information under |
the various properties for which the plants were useful, as Amylacea,
Mucilaginosa, Saccharina, Acida, etc 4

Von Martius early showed a MAC e for linguistic studies. His -
correspondence with Nees von Esenbeck, his fellow-student, was carried —
on in Latin, and his command of this language is exhibited by the -
elegant and eloquent dissertations which are interspersed among the
more formal descriptions of his systematic works. When in Brazil he -
paid eonsiderable attention to the languages of the natives, and to other
ethnographieal questions, and amongst his numerous avocations he.
has published several works on these subjects, such as ‘Von dem.
Rechtszustande unter den Ureinwohnern Brasiliens’ in 1832, ‘Das

TERVRENTEEWENEUTET a aU

CARL FRIEDRICH PHILLIPP VON MARTIUS. 21

Naturell der Urbewohner Brasiliens’ in 1843, and the work, which we
believe he last published, contains a systematic and exhaustive account
of his observations on these subjects, together with vocabularies of the
languages of the Indian tribes of Brazil. This work was published in
1867, in two volumes octavo, under the title, * Beiträge zur Ethno-
graphie und Sprachenkunde Amerika's zumal Brasiliens.’

While yet a young man, he made his famous voyage to Brazil,—
second only, in the importance of its results, to that of the illustrious
Humboldt,—and his long life has been devoted to the elaboration and
publication of the vast amount of materials he collected and observa-
tions he then made. Within the last few years he has been more
than ever active in carrying on the publication of his great work the
* Flora Brasiliensis.’ It is to be hoped that his decease will not inter-
fere with the prosecution and completion of this great undertaking,
and that the monographs now in progress—some of them iiy
completed— will not be delayed in their publication.

But while thus engaged with the natural history of Brazil, his at-
tention was not confined to this subject. He published monographs
on Lychnophora (1822), Fridericia (1827), Amarantacee (1825),
Semmeringia (1828), Ericocaulon (1533), Ea throxylon (1840),
D'Orbigny's Palms (1843—46), and Agave (185

As Director of the Botanie Garden at Min he published at
various times a history of the Garden, descriptions and illustrations
of its more remarkable plants, and an account of the Royal Herbarium

there.

Besides the officinal uses of plants, he investigated the bearings of
his favourite science on agriculture.

As Secretary to the Mathematico-physical section of the Munich
Academy, he delivered a large number of orations on the decease of
illustrious members of the Academy. His extensive acquaintance with
botanists, his eandour and benevolence, and his ability to appreciate
the labours of others, make these eulogies valuable estimates of the
character and work of their different subjects, as well as eloquent
tributes to esteemed friends. Amongst others may be mentioned those
on Schrank, Zuccarini, Ledebour, De Candolle, and Robert Brown.

22

ON THE ECONOMICAL VALUE AND APPLICATIONS OF
THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX (PHOR-
MIUM TENAX, Forst.).

By W. Lauper Lindsay, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., ere.

Very various have been the estimates formed at various times of the
economic value of the dressed fibre of the New Zealand Flax-plant.
On the whole, I fear its value has been much exaggerated. The colo-
nists have been in the habit of asserting, and on such excellent autho-
rity as that of the late Professor Lindley, that the fibre in question is
more than double the strength or tenacity of ordinary flax, and con-
siderably stronger than Russian hemp; and they add, that the plant
will yield in cultivation per ton at least a half more fibre than Russian
hemp. But the truest criterion of its value is the actual price it
fetches, or could command, in the British fibre-market. Nominal or
estimated value is a most fallacious criterion, especially when the
estimate is formed by interested colonial referees, or their agents or
friends at home.

Now, the Dundee fibre merchants of the present day—its jute and
flax importers and spinners—rank New Zealand flax only with jute
and the cheaper and coarser qualities of fibre. Unless it can be intro-
duced here at £10 or £15 per ton, they say* it will not compete fa-
vourably even with jute. The finest qualities of common flax are at
present valued at £50 per ton ; and by the difference between £50 and
£10 we may measure the estimate that has been on the whole formed
in Dundee of the market value of New Zealand flax. A colonial paper
states that a Dundee manufacturer estimated some “ half stuff, sent
from Otago, as worth £20 per ton for some descriptions of matting.” t

But isolated and individual estimates of such a kind are of little real —

or practical value. The Dundee spinners complain that New Zealand
flax does not *tie;" but this may be the result of mal-preparation,
because strips of the green leaf “tie” admirably. On the other

hand, some specimens of New Zealand flax were produced at the New —

Zealand Exhibition of 1865, from Napier, valued at £70 per ton.

* My poems ceras was one of the partners of the well-known house of

Cox Brothers, of
f ‘ Otago Daily 1 Times March 20th, 1867.

THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX. 23

They were said to be as fine as Belgian flax, capable of being spun into
the finest cambrics, samples whereof were also exhibited.* As the re-
sult of a series of comparative experiments with Russian hemp at £40
per ton, the writer in the ‘ Catalogue’ (p. 156) says, ** there can be but
one opinion as to the superior strength” of New Zealand flax. He
found trawl warps for fishermen made of that fibre successful in riding
out a gale, while those made of Russian hemp gave way. ** Samples "
or selected specimens of the fibre used by him were valued in London
at £33 per ton.

. In the Auckland (New Zealand) market, flax dressed in its vicinity
commands a market price varying from £30 to £50 per ton. In the
Melbourne (Australia) market, New Zealand flax prepared in Otago,
in the mills of Mr. Constable at Dunedin, fetches £25 to £35 per ton
for “ hay-lashing." There it competes with Manilla hemp, which
fetches £35 to £40 per ton. In Dunedin, the same locally-prepared
flax-fibre brings 35s. per ewt. for mattress-making, while the plant is
collected and laid down at the mill for 20s. per ton.

That which really regulates or determines the market demand for
New Zealand flax, however, is the cost of its production. Were this such
that, adding the cost of freightage and the producer's and merchant's
profits, the fibre could be presented to the British and other markets
at a lower price than, or nearly equal price with, common flax, Russian
hemp, jute, or Manilla hemp, it might hope to compete successfully
with these at present cheaper and more abundant fibres. The cost of
production has not hitherto, however, admitted of this. In the case
of some, at least, of the samples of New Zealand flax shown at the New
Zealand Exhibition of 1865, the cost of production exceeded the market
value,—a circumstance, of course, ruinous to all hopes of its competing
for the present with the fibres above mentioned. The Jurors of the
Exhibition, indeed, express an opinion that New Zealand flax cannot
compete with European flax; and they very sensibly and cautiously
only venture the length of saying that it should successfully rival hemp
for cordage and green cloths.

Nevertheless, New Zealand flax at one time formed a very considerable

1 export from New Zealand. In 1831, this single item of export amounted
E to £21,000 in value; and in the same year a manufactory for the pro-

* ‘Jurors’ Reports,’ p. 119. T Ibid. p. 118.

24 THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX.

duction of goods from New Zealand flax was established at Ormisby,
Lincolnshire, though it was soon given up. In 1855, the value of New
Zealand flax exports was between £5000 and £6000 ; in 1865, it had
sunk so low as £75 ; while in 1866 it rose again to £996, whereof no
less than £949 went from Auckland, and only £1 worth from Dunedin.
These exports are, of course, iu addition to the quantity consumed in
home manufactures, no proper estimate whereof can be exhibited.
These extraordinary fluctuations have been determined by such circum-
stances as native wars; the gradual decrease of the natives from the
diseases and other concomitants of civilization; gold digging; the
introduction of jute, Manilla hemp, and other abundant and cheap

bres of a comparable kind ; the inferior preparation of New Zealand
flax by Europeans; the varying requirements of, and consumption in,
the colony itself; and the varying market demand for fibre of its class.
Between thirty and forty years ago, New Zealand flax enjoyed in the
European market a reputation which it has since apparently lost.
There was a great demand for it, which was met by a corresponding
supply, the Maoris engaging their women and slaves in the exten-
sive cultivation of the plant and the preparation of its fibre.

Successive colonial governments seem to have had visions of future
wealth and greatness springing from an extensive local manufacture of,
and export trade in, New Zealand flax. Hence they have endeavoured
to stimulate the ingenuity and perseverance of settlers by offering sub-
stantial premiums for success in the preparation of the fibre from the
eaf. Such rewards are, however, scarcely necessary ; for, from the
days of settlement to the present time, the anticipations of all classes
of colonists as regards the future financial importance of the native
flax have been of the most sanguine kind. Hitherto it has been popu-
larly supposed that the chief obstacle to the easy preparation of the
fibre for manufacturing purposes is the difficulty of separating the gum

of the leaf; hence Government rewards have been virtually offered to —
the “ discoverer of a method of clearing the flax of its gu." But, even —

at the present day, there is no unanimity of opinion as to whether this
is really the chief or only difficulty of the flax-producer. Constable,
of Dunedin, a flax preparer, professes to separate the gum readily “ by

strong chemical solvents ;" while Spey, analyst to the geological |
survey of New Zealand, reports, as the result of a series of special ex- —
periments, that the difficulties in preparing flax-fibre for use are ofa

i ea a
A E S R ea) ek a Er es io mee m a

THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX. 25

mechanical, and not of a chemical kind,*— that is to say, that specially
adapted machinery is required, and not special chemical reagents.
For myself, I believe that difficulties of bot% kinds exist; and even
were these successfully overcome, there remain many other ** Obstacles
to the Utilization of New Zealand Flax,” which I have discussed else-
where.T
So long ago as 1856 (December 20th), the General Government of
New Zealand offered seven premiums, amounting in all to £4000,—
the first or highest being £2000, the second £1000, and five of
£200 each,—''to the person who shall, by some process of his own
iuvention, first produce from the Phormium tenaz, or other fibrous
plant indigenous to New Zealand, one hundred toas of merchandise." $
The competition was open till January, 1859. It was stipulated that
there should be a oná fide sale of the merchandise in Europe at an
advance of 20 per cent. on the actual cost of the article when landed
at any European port,—that is to say, that there should be a demon-
strable profit on the cost of production and sale. Subsequently, the
Government of Canterbury offered a premium of £1000, with similar
aims; while, still more recently, the Provincial Government of Otago
advertised a bonus of £530 to the person or company that shall first pro-
duce, within twelve months, a ton of paper from Phormium tenax, or
other indigenous fibre, equal in quality and price to imported paper.§
artly as a result of these offered rewards, partly springing from the
high opinion of the value of New Zealand flax entertained by the colo-
nists themselves, the experiments| made on the preparation of the
* ‘Jurors’ Reports of the New Zealand ong a of 1865,’

p. 3
+ Proceedings of British Association, ine E. (Economic Rey: 1867.

Beemanit’s ‘Journal of Tie 1867, etos

*New in

rare. copy b
Wm. Colenso, F.I..S., pé N: Te e yas pl p.17). Details of the more re-
cent experimen nts on n of the flax-fibre, along with the most

worthy ti vis growt i

in the * Juro urors’ Reports of t the Mon Zealand faepe. ES 429. Demi
in the same me ‘ Report,’ p. 1

26 THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX.

fibre and its utilization in New Zealand itself have been legion. Pa-
tents innumerable have been taken out; money has been expended b
thousands of pounds. Nevertheless, no award of any of these attrac-
tive premiums has yet been made! None of the host of experiments
made, whether on the large or small scale, has yet come up, as respects
market success, to the stipulated standard. The history of flax-experi-
ments in New Zealand is the history of a series of humiliating failures.
The colonist is forced to confess that he has not yet equalled nor im-
proved upon the results obtained by the Maoris by mere hand-labour
and processes of the most primitive kind. He has neither produced a
finer fibre, nor has he succeeded in dyeing it with more brilliant or
faster colours. Superior processes of preparation have yet apparently
to be devised ; while too little attention has hitherto been given to the
at least equally important subject of the cultivation of the plant, with
a view to its yielding the best kinds of fibre. Hitherto the colonists’
operations have been conducted almost exclusively on the wi/d plant ;
though, as has been already shown, the Maoris have long recognized
the superior value of the produce of the cultivated plant. There is,
however, this other equally cogent reason for cultivation, if it be
proved that the produce is of sufficient value to warrant the necessary
expenditure of capital: the native Flax-plant is rapidly disappearing
before advancing settlement and agriculture, with their concomitant,
the development of an immigrant flora. Hence the fibre-supply must,
at no distant date, if the demand grow at all larger, depend o
the extent to which the plant is cultivated. The great anxiety of
the settlers to utilize the fibre has arisen in connection with the ap-
parent enormous waste of available material in the eradication of the
Flax-plant from the soil, as a basis for agricultural operations, and its
subsequent destruction by fire. But enough has been said, especially
on the comparative advantages of using the cultivated plant, to lessen
materially our regret that so much seemingly valuable fibre-stuff has
been virtually squandered or neglected.

The recent New Zealand Exhibition at Dunedin, in 1865, appears
to have assisted materially in revivifying, after such a series of dis-
heartening failures, the interest of the colonists in the preparation
and utilization of New Zealand flax. The Exhibition in question con-
tained several most instructive suites of specimens illustrative of the pro-
ducts of Phormium tenax, and their economic applications. Of these,

|
oa

Ten

COTITTIQUOUQUPRUNEECSTITTTTAREN T ÁCIS
Bi ath E EA

Ey ay ee ee as ee ae eae eae fT en es eel ee eee are Serna Sao pe reer I a vom otto

Le EE AE ee

THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX. 27

probably the most complete and valuable were the exhibits of the Messrs.
Davis, of Otaki, Wellington ;* my friend Walter L. Buller, F.L.S., of
Rangitiki, Wellington, also, showed an excellent series of flax-fibres,
hand-prepared (scraped by mussel-shellst+) by the North Island Maoris
for the manufacture of their mats or cloaks.{ These exhibits prove
that the Maoris are still the best flax-dressers in New Zealand ; no
machinery, no chemical manipulation of the skilled or educated Euro-
pean, is yet able to compete with the hand-labour and the mussel or
cockle-shell of the primitive native. It is indicative of the firm, un-
shaken faith of the colonists in its value that, notwithstanding a con-
tinuous series of failures and disappointments, experiments continue to
be made, and capital sunk, in the attempt to render New Zealand flax
applicable to the manufacture of cordage, textile fabrics, and paper.
The failures in question have mostly happened in the North Island,—
a circumstance that seems to inspire with hope the experimentalists of
the South Island, for several of the most recent essays have been, or
are being, made in the southern provinces of Otago and Canterbury.

Not only so, but the northern colonists appear equally undaunted. A
flax-mill was erected in November, 1866, at Whangamarua, Waikato, in
the midst of a country as yet wild and abounding in flax-swamps ; and
various similar efforts have been made from time to time in the pro-
vince of Auckland. Nay, even at home there are still enthusiasts
found to engage in the manufacture on the large scale of New Zealand
flax produce. In the ‘ New Zealand Examiner’ of June 13th, 1863,
there is an advertisement or prospectus of a “ New Zealand Flax,
Hemp, and Cordage Company, Limited," to work the patent of Lieut.-
Col. Nicolle, in Jersey. It does not appear whether, in this case, the
plant operated on is grown in Jersey, or is imported from New Zea-
land, for it thrives vigorously as a hardy plant in our Channel Islands.
Among the most recent local experiments, are those of Ed. M‘Glashan
and W. S. Grieve, in Dunedin, Otago, in March, 1867, on the appli-
cability of New Zealand flax to peri ties A New Zealand flax

* * Exhibition Catalogue,’ pp. 75 and 125.

+ Apparently the Mytilus conaticuatu, M artyn (Dieffenbach, vol. ii. »
Other authorities describe the C . disci d ? as the shell u
found both shells abundant in ond w Zeala They are pn in
the numerous “ shell-mounds ” that n asta on its coasts. In all Lato
bability, sometimes the one shell, am the other, is or was used in

ferent districts and by differen
I ‘ Exhibitio a Didala: si —

28 THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX.

manufactory was also recently established at Christchurch, by A.
Cameron, who exhibited specimens of his “ half-stuff” in the New
Zealand Exhibition of 1865. Flax-mills have been of late erected in
Otago, by Mr. Constable, at Pelichet Bay, Dunedin, and by Mr. Mans-
ford on the Cluthe, Port Molyneux. The former mill was, in June,
1867, examined and reported upon on behalf of the Otago Govern-
ment by my friend J. T. Thomson, C.E., the provincial engineer :
* The manufacture,” he says, ** I consider a complete success." Con-
stable's mill turns out 3 cwt. of fibre per day, and can produce 30
ewt. per week. The epidermis and gum are separated partly by che-
mical, partly by mechanical means; the resultant fibre is said to be of
excellent quality, and to promiseto be marketable at a moderate price.*
But, alas! similarly favourable reports have been made over and over
again as to New Zealand flax, and yet it has no permanent place in
the fibre market. Timealone can show how far, in this instance, these
promises will be performed,— whether these anticipations are not,
like so many of their predecessors, doomed to disappointment.
Applicability to the Manufacture of Cordage.—Yhe value of New
Zealand flax as a material for cordage, has been better tested and
longer established than its applicability to the manufacture of textile
fabrics or paper. E. W. Frent, of Brooksby Walk, Homerton, rope
and twine spinner, exhibited specimens of the dressed flax and of rope,
twine, etc., made from it in the International Exhibition of London, in
1851; and in 1863 he gave much information as to its use in rope
spinning, especially in contrast with Russian hemp, in the * New Zea-
land Examiner’ (September 15th, p. 207). It is suitable especially
he says, for bale-rope and bolt-rope. He regards it as unfair to em-
loy the same processes of manufacture as in Russian hemp. He
establishes, indeed,—apparently satisfactorily,—the strength and use-
fulness of the fibre, when properly prepared ; but the question of cost
of production of a marketable article, such as to leave a profit and still
be under the price of European hemp and flax, is still left—by such
experiments as his—as ¢he great question for determination by the
colonist. Thomson regards Constable’s Dunedin fibre as equal to
Manilla hemp ; he anticipates it will compete with Manilla in the ma-
nufacture of the better qualities of rope in the Melbourne market,

* * Otago Daily Times, July 27th, 1867.

ene eee

THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX. 29

where the expected demand for this class of fibre for cordage alone is
ten tons per week. The New Zealand Exhibition of 1865 contained
an instructive suite of samples of cordage made from New Zealand
flax, from the coarsest ship-rope to the finest thread, including clothes-
lines, fishing lines and nets of twisted flax-fibre, and twine. Ships’
cordage is reported to be excellent as to strength, but it does not ab- .
sorb tar freely. For cordage, especially, it is still supposed that the
New Zealand flax fibre is deteriorated by the gum, from which it
has hitherto been found impossible altogether to free it. A New
Zealand flax ropery once flourished in Auckland, but its operations
were stopped by the irregularity of the supply of the fibre conse-
quent on the native rebellion of 1863. Excellent ropes were shown
in the International Exhibition of London in 1862, by Auckland
patentees (Messrs. Purchas and Mimis). New Zealand flax-made
cordage is now largely used in the North Island, both by settlers and
Maoris.

Applicability to the Manufacture of Paper.—B. M. Cameron, of
Edinburgh, the editor of the * Paper Trade Review,’ and himself both
a paper manufacturer and an ingenious experimentalist, reported very
favourably of New Zealand flax-made paper in a letter to the ‘ Times,’ in
September, 1863. He describes it as “ superior, both in strength and
capability of finish, to that made from most of the rags now used.
From experiments I have seen made...I am convinced there is
not a better material to be had for the purposes of the paper-maker."
On the other hand, the Chevalier de Claussen, in his experiments on
the fibres suitable for paper-making,—the results whereof were laid
before the British Association in 1855,--found that the fibre of Phor-
mium tenax was both expensive to prepare and nearly impossible to
bleach.* The paper on which Murray's work is printed is described
as resembling that used for Bank of England notes; in colour it is,
however, brownish, and in texture coarsish, containing a considerable
number of specks,—both the result, perhaps, of defective manufacture
and bleaching. The paper in question was, however, manufactured in
England frem New Zealand flax sent home; and paper made also in

. England so lately as 1866, from fibre prepared by M‘Glashan and
Grieve, has apparently similar characters. The latter paper is described

* * Atheneum,’ September 29th, 1855, p. 1126.

30 THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX.

in the colonial journals as “ rather highly coloured," with a “ singu-
larity of texture," a toughness or tenacity, which suggest its use in
documents intended to stand great wear and tear.* Hence it is ex-
pected to become **a very excellent paper for bank notes and other
special purposes; while the paper, as sent from Britain, would as-
. suredly become an article of commerce, supposing that the cost of pro-
duction is not excessive." The New Zealand Exhibition of 1865 con-
tained various samples of native flax-made paper, and of books, ete.,
printed thereon, as well as ** leaf-stuff," or other stages in the conver-
sion of the half-fibre into paper. In 1859, an attempt—apparenily
unsuccessful—was made to establish in Wellington a manufactory of
paper from New Zealand flax (Stone's) ; and we have already seen that
a paper-mill of a similar kind has recently beeu erected in Canterbury.
I believe the colonists entertain exaggerated ideas of the value of
New Zealand flax as a paper material. There is no sufficient evidence
that paper manufactured in English paper-mills, from selected samples
of dressed fibre, possesses the qualities required in ordinary paper, and
even were it proved that the New Zealand flax-made paper is of greatly
superior quality to that produced from rags or straw, which are waste
materials, and necessarily both abundant and cheap, or from esparto,
which is also cheap in Europe,—the important question of the com-
parative cost of production of paper pulp, or “ half-staff " from New
Zealand flax, remains unsolved. It is obvious that unless “ half-staff,”
or some equivalent from New Zealand flax can be introduced into the
Kuropean or Colonial market at a price lower than that from rags or
straw, it has no chance of successfully competing with the latter as a
paper material. The use of dressed fibre is evidently rendered impossible
by its great expensiveness, but in the event of its utilization in large
quantities in the manufacture of cordage or textile fabrics, the waste or
refuse, such as refuse tow from the hacklers, or the waste of rope-spin-
ning, might become available locally for some classes of paper. The
jurors of the New Zealand Exhibition of 1865 suggest that it would
be more profitable to export, for manufacturing purposes at home, the
New Zealand flax fibre half prepared, and that it might with greatest
hope of success be used in combination with other less strong or coarse
fibres. All such anticipations or suggestions are, however, premature,

* ‘Jurors’ Reports of New Zealand Exhibition of 1865,’ p. 124.

TA eR UE MNA D EY

à 4
i

BOTANICAL NEWS. 31

till it can be shown that the quality, on the one hand, and the cost of
production on the other, entitle New Zealand flax to a sure footing in
the fibre market.

(To be continued.)

BOTANICAL NEWS.

Adalbert Schnitzlein, Professor of Botany, and Director of the Botanic
Garden at Erlangen, died, aged fifty-five years, = the 24th October, 1868, from
the result of an accident while botanizing in the Tyrol. The author of a ‘ Flora
of Bavaria’ and a ‘ Monograph of Typha,’ he was dat known by his * Icono-
graphin Familiarum Naturalium Regni Vegetabilis,’ which is 6c PR left

incomplete.

Edward Poppig, Professor of Zoology at Leipsic, died on the 4th of Sep-
tember, 1868. He was born at Plauen, on the 16th of July, 1798. In the years
1827-29 he travelled in Chili, Peru, and the basin of the Amazon, and, on his
return to Europe, published a narrative of his pugnam and, with Endlicher,
an account of his plants in three folio volumes, with 1

Franz Delessert, the surviving brother of phe: Delessert, and the

r of his valuable herbarium, died at Paris on the 15th of October, 1868.

Christian Friedrich Ecklon has recently died at the Cape of Good Hope.
He was born at Apenrade, in Schleswig, on the 17th of December, 1795. aper
studying medicine he went to the Cape as an assistant to an apothecary, a
during the four pes € occa eiod this position he investigated the flora of =
iar

to botanical
ritipi He PEA his collections to Europe in 1828, and, after distri-
buting them, be arranged to return to South Africa for further exploration.
He visited the vicinity of Cape Town, and then made a journey into Caffraria,
He returned to the same region afterwards in the company of Zeyher, and,
having amassed a large and valuable collection, the two explorers returned to
Hamburg, in 1832, to superintend their distribution, and to publish a deserip-
tion of the novelties, which they did in their *Enumeratio Plant. Africe
Australis Extratropice.’ He returned again H the Cape, where, with the excep-
tion of another short visit to Europe, he has remained, quietly pursuing his
bo i

We understand that the Horticultural Society of Russia has appointed Dr.
M. T. Masters, Spring Grove, Isleworth, and Mr. H. J. Veitch, King's Road,
Chelsea, as its representatives in this country, with the object of promoting the
interests of the International Horticultural Exhibition to be held under its
auspices at St. Petersburg in May next,

32 BOTANICAL NEWS.

EDINBURGH BOTANICAL Socrery.—The first meeting of the Society for the
thirty-third session was held at Edinburgh, on Thursday, the 12th of Novem
ber, when the President, Mr. Charles Cain delivered an opening address on
botany as a means of mental culture. The following communications were
read :—I. “Description of Hieracium collinum, Fries, a New British Plant.”
By Professor Balfour. Specimens and drawings of the plant were exhibited.

(See ‘Journal of Botany,’ Vol. VI. p. 353, Pl. LX “Notice of
Grimmia contorta, Schimper, a New British Moss.” By Professor Dickie
This moss was discove by Mr. John Sim, cha: 1, growing in —

pecimens were exhibited and pend to the herbarium.—TIIT. * nee
from Botanical Correspondence.” By Professor Balfour. 1. From Mr. Shut-
tleworth, Berne, giving an account of the botany of the Var and of the Alpes
aritimes, and part of Liguria. 2. From Professor Dickie, noticing the na-
turalization of Lupinus perennis in several places on Deeside. 3. From Mr.
rt Stewart, enumerating the planfs PRANE on the banks of the
Tweed, the seeds having been introduced by wool brought to the Galashiels
factories. 4. Mr. Archibald Jerdon, transmitting specimens of Polycarpon
tetraphyllum and Medicago denticulata, collected near Melrose. 5. From Mr.
P. S. Robertson and Mr. Henderson, presenting specimens of potato tubers
ro a

exhibiting the second growth, w n us tubers are produced from
P m Mr. J. F. Robinson, giving a list of the ferns found in
Cheshire. Professor Dickson gave a demonstration on the hard structure of

the pith in the Akiaga ordeal poison plant of West Africa. Specimens were
shown under the microscope.

Locat NaAMES.—It is desired to collect as many as pe of the local
names of British plants; and the assistance is requested of all who take an in-

in the subject, or who may have the opportunity of pe free and re-

cording them. Any lists sent to Mr. James Britten, High Wycombe,
to Mr. Robert Holland, Mobberley, Knutsford, will be thankfully a
and acknowledged.

n—€—— BM

Tab. 88

Vincent Brooks Day £ San, Imp. á

W. H. Fitch, del et lith.

33

ON RUBUS BRIGGSII, Blox., A NEW SPECIES FOUND
IN DEVONSHIRE.

By tue Rev. ANDREW Bioxam, M.A,
(PLATE XXXVIIL.)

Rubus Briggsii, sp.n. Stem fuscous, prostrate, angular, covered
with hairs and setz ; prickles small, unequal, slightly declining, with
a compressed base; leaflets generally 3-nate, closely and not deeply
dentate, hairy on the prominent veins beneath. Central leaflet broadly
cordate; basal leaflets nearly or entirely sessile, overlapping the central
one. Panicle short and dense; sepals adpressed to the fruit ; leaflets
of the flowering stem all 3-nate, the basal ones sessile, overlapping the
central one, which is cordate, quite as broad as long.

The peculiar aspect of this species is very distinct from any that I
have previously met with, either British or Continental, and in this
opinion Mr. J. G. Baker, who has a most extensive collection of
foreign as well as British specimens, coincides. It comes nearest to
R. fusco-ater, W. and N., but is quite distinct. I have named it
R. Briggsii, from its discoverer, who has found several plants of it in
the Vale of Bickleigh, Devon.

STATIONS OF, AND NOTES RESPECTING, SOME
PLYMOUTH RUBI.
By T. R. Arcuer Briaes, Esq.

For some time past I have had the pleasure of carrying on a cor-
respondence with the Rev. Andrew Bloxam respecting the Rudi of the
neighbourhood of Plymouth, and it is principally through his kind-
ness in having named numerous specimens for me, sent from this lo-
cality, that I am now enabled to give the following particulars respec-
ting the local distribution of the Rubi named below. It will be seen
that my thanks are also due to Professor Babington, for having kindly
given me his opinion on a few; and I am under great obligations to
Mr. J. G. Baker, for the assistance he has afforded.

It must not be supposed that the list is anything like a complete
one of the Rudi of Plymouth, for many doubtful plants, etc., are

VOL. VII. [FEBRUARY 1, 1869.] D

31 STATIONS OF SOME PLYMOUTH RUDI.

reserved for further study. About these I may possibly be able to
say something at a future time.

R. Ideus, Linn. Common, and doubtless truly wild in many spots,
but it springs so readily from seed, and is so much cultivated, that it
is impossible to say in what localities it isindigenous. By the Cowsie
river, on Dartmoor; remarkably common in hedges by the Tavistock
and Okehampton road, within a few miles of the former place ; plen-
tiful near Peter Tavy, where the yellow-fruited plant occurs; in a
wood at Torr, near Yealmpton ; Common Wood, etc.

R. suberectus, Anders. In open spots in many of our wooded val-
leys, especially where the soil is moist. Also frequent among low
copsewood on the hillsides, but not a hedgerow shrub. In the valley
of the Plym at Common Wood, Cann, ete., and by some of its tri-
butary streams; iu a wood at Derriford, Egg Buckland; in the vale
of the Yealm, near Cornwood ; at Blaxton, ete.

One of the earliest species to flower, in South Devon coming into
bloom at the end of May or beginning of June.

R. plicatus, W. and N. Specimens so named by the Rev. A. Bloxam |
were obtained from a bog at Ivybridge and a bushy spot at Blaxton, |
near Tamerton Foliott.

R. affinis, W. and N. By the side of a road near-Beer Ferris, |
leading towards Lopwell; valley of the Yealm, Dartmoor; some
bushes on the right bank of the Plym, near Riverford. Mr. Bloxam —
considers the plants at the first and second stations this; and Mr. —
Baker calls the Beer one and the last affinis, but says that by this ;
name he may not mean quite the same plant as do some botanists,
since by it he understands one that is “ apparently essentially the same |
as nitidus, W. and N

R. rhamnifolius, W. and N. Probably common. In a waste spot |
by the Plymouth and Saltash road, near the ferry across the Tamar, d
ete. Many bushes of a small form of this occur in a waste but en-
closed piece of ground on the right of the Saltash and Callington ;
road, after you descend the hill below Hatt, Cornwall. We probably |
have also R. cordifolius, W. and N., included with this by Babington- ]
in his * Manual of British Botany,’ for a plant respecting which the -
Rev. A. Bloxam writes, * I believe cordifolius,” and Mr. Baker “one
of the cordjfulius set of forms,"—grows in a hedge by the Plymouth
and Tavistock road, between Knackersknowle and Roborough, near :

Se

STATIONS OF SOME PLYMOUTH RUDI, 35

house named Powisland ; also on a bank close to where the South
Devon Railway crosses the lane leading from the higher part of Ridge-
way to Newnham.

R. ramosus, Blox. Common in open spots in woods, and in bushy
places in their neighbourhood. This plant varies but little, and seems
very distinct from all our other species. The remarkably glossy upper
surface of its frequently convex leaves, its lax, branched, abrupt panicle,
and small, irregularly-formed fruit, are characteristic features. The
Rev. A. Bloxam says of it, “ Not uncommon in Warwickshire and
Leicestershire; I think closely allied to, if at all Mes from,
Schlikumi, Wirtg., though my specimens vary a little;" and Mr.
Baker, * No doubt ramosus, Blox., probably = Schlikumi, Wirtg."
By the Plymouth and Dartmoor “ — near the Leigham tuunel,
at Maidstone, Fancy, and Wombwell; in a bushy spot below the
elvan quarry on Derriford estate, and at Bircham, Egg Buckland ; in
a hedge near Dedham Bridge, and in the neighbourhood of Beer
Alstone; between Knackersknowle and Tamerton Foliott ; in the lane
between Elfordleigh and Newnham Park ; in the Plym valley at Com-
mon Wood, near Plym Bridge, and about Rumple ; also at Blaxten ;
near Inchers, ete.

R. discolor, W. and N., inclusive of R. fruticosus, Sm. The plant
now usually called R. discolor by British botanists, the R. fruticosus of
Smith, is probably the commonest hedgerow bramble of the neigh-
bourhood of Plymouth, and often occurs in very exposed situations.

sets in. With reference to specimens of this from Wembury and
from Fursdon, Egg Buckland, the Rev. A. Bloxam observes “ the
common form of what is called discolor in this country ;" and Mr.
Baker, ** the common form of discolor all over England. Genevier and
Mercier call it rus£icans." z
Respecting a more robust plant, with larger and broader leaves, and
a few aciculi on the barren stem and panicle, gathered by the Ply-
mouth and Ivybridge road, the latter says, “ probably what those who
call the last rusticans would regard as true discolor;" Mr. Bloxam,
“the true discolor of Weihe and Nees, as I believe." Forms oceur in
a waste spot by a quarry near Ford, Devonport, and by the tramway
near Marsh House, Crabtree, ete. A: curious plant, with very deeply-
D2

36 STATIONS OF SOME PLYMOUTH RUBI.

cut leaves, grew some years ago on a bank at the top of Crown Hill,
Knackersknowle; but works in connection with the new fortifications
around Plymouth having, since then, made it necessary for the bank
to be levelled, it was entirely destroyed a few years ago. Mr. Bloxam
at first regarded it as a variety of fruticosus, W. and N., but now, I
believe, considers it was the R. laciniatus of Willdenow, and distinct.
I incline to his first opinion as to its being a variety.

R. leucostachys, Sm. In waste spots by roadsides. The typical
plant is easily recognized, but puzzling ones near it often occur. In
a quarry by the Plymouth and Saltash road ; in a waste spot between
Knackersknowle and Tamerton Foliott, near the abandoned mine;
Wombwell, ete.

R. Salteri ; a. Şalteri, Bab. Man. Brit. Bot. ed. 6. “ Bloxam.”
Rather frequent in low but open situations. On the right bank of the
Plym, in a marsh below Crabtree, also on the same side of that river
near Leigham Lodge; by the Egg Buckland road, near Plym Bridge ;
under some trees, forming a small grove in one of the marshes between
the Laira estuary and Plympton St. Mary church ; in a waste spot
near Newnham, close to the bridge over Tory Brook, and by the lane
leading up by the latter place out on Crownhill Down; in the vale of
the Yealm, by the path leading from the village of Cornwood to the
waterfalls ; by the Plymouth and Yealmpton road, near Brixton, just
beyond the fourth milestone from Plymouth; between Ivybridge and
Ermington; a bush on a hedgebank by the Plymouth and ‘Tavistock
road, between Powisland and the George Hotel, ete. The wavy
edges of the leaves, and, as Mr. Bloxam observes, “sepals at right
angles with the flower," give this a peculiar appearance. He has had
specimens of me from many of the stations named above, and says that
this plant is quite distinct from his calvatus ; but Professor Babington
firmly maintains the contrary, for, after examining specimens that I sent

him from the station near Brixton, he wrote, “I think your Saltert —

from Brixton is the B. of that plant, viz. calvatus of Bloxam ; certainly
not the true R. Salteri of the Isle of Wight."

R. calvatus, Blox. The Rev. A. Cit says that a plant that -

grows rather plentifully in hedges near Beer Alstone is this. It occurs

also in a hedge between Roborough and Lopwell, near a house named |

Axter Gate, but seems to be a local plant. Mr. Baker also has had it

of me from the former station, and he regards it as the true Salferi, a.

3

STATIONS OF SOME PLYMOUTII RUBI. 37

of Babington’s Manual, ed. 6, for he says of it, “ Good Salferi. 1
studied this at the original locality for Sa/feri in the Isle of Wight
(Apse Castle Wood) last autumn, and your plant is just the thing.”
The panicle of this is long, leafy, narrow, and very lax, with long,
slightly declining prickles. The leaflets are not so much narrowed to
their bases, or so deeply cut, as are those of the Saléeri of this list.
They differ also in being not at all, or only slightly, wavy at the edges.
The barren stem is copiously furnished with long, strong, and nearly
patent prickles, whereas those of the other are comparatively short and
declining.

R. villicaulis, W. and N. In ae and bushy places. By the
roadside, near Looseleigh toll-gate, between Knackersknowle and Ta-
merton Foliott; by a path through a wood in the Plym valley, near
the river, between Plym Bridge and Rumple, and about the latter
place. Mr. Baker is inclined to refer other plants, sent from several
places near Plymouth, to this species.

R. carpinifolius. W. and N. * Bloxam.” i micros. a. um-
órosus, Arrh. .** Babington, Man. Brit. Bot. ed. 6." In hedges in
many localities, but not one of our sitae m At Ham and
Pennycross, near Plymouth; about King's Tamerton, and between
that place and Swilly ; in a lane leading from Knackersknowle toll-
gate to S. Budeaux, and between the former place and Roborough ;
ou Saltram Embankment. By a path leading from the heights at
Maker (this parish is in Devon, but across the Tamar) into Kingsand
village, and in a lane cutem the latter place and Milbrook ; at
Combe, near Saltash, Corn

It will be seen that ese Babington and the Rev. A. Bloxam
differ in opinion about this plant.

R. macrophyllus, Weihe. By the Plymouth and Yealmpton Road,
near Brixton, about four miles from Plymouth, growing with Z.
Salieri of this list; about Plympton; in a lane leading into the Cole-
brook and Plym Bridge Road from the Crabtree and Plympton Road ;
on a bank by the Tamerton Road, between the abandoned mine and
Looseleigh toll-gate.

R. mucronulatus, Bor. ; R. mucronatus, Blox. On hedgebanks
between Roborough and Lopwell, and on one by the Plymouth and
Tavistock Road, between Down House and the George Hotel; by the
side of the Plym Bridge Road, between Fancy and the cross lane that

38 STATIONS OF SOME PLYMOUTH RUBI.

leads from Thornbury to Common Wood ; near Bickleigh. © Mr. Bloxam
has had specimens from all these localities, and says of them, “all, I
think, mucronatus ;” Mr. Baker, referring to the same, “ may do for
mucronatus, but they look to me a stage nearer villicaulis than
Bloxam’s original plant, and one exactly identical, which is common in
Yorkshire." Ina hedge at Ford, near Devonport.

R. Bloxamii, Lees. By a roadside, near Marsh House, Crabtree ;
also in a waste spot on the Saltram side of Laira bridge.

R. rudis, Weihe. Apparently rare in the neighbourhood of Ply-
mouth. Ina hedge between Beer Ferris and Morwelham. A short
time ago I sent specimens of this plant, labelled * rudis," to the Rev.
A. Bloxam, and he agreed with me as to its being this; but Mr.
Baker says of it, “ what you call rudis is about halfway between the
true plant and Radula in leaf and prickle. I have seen something
very like it in Yorkshire." The leaves are certainly less dentate than
those of rudis sometimes are, but the nearly equal aciculi, setee, and
hairs of the barren stem seem to me quite characteristic.

R. Radula, Weihe. The commonest.plant of the Radule set in the
neighbourhood of Plymouth. Above * The Combe," Ege Buckland ;
in a hedge by the Plymouth and Tavistock road, close to the entrance

gate of Down House; on a limestone rubble-heap at Pomphleet ; be-
tween Plymouth and Saltash, about two miles from the former place ;
ontop of a hedgebank at Fuzzet Hill, Lipson, etc.

R. Koehleri, Weihe, inclusive of R. pallidus, Weihe. A variable
plant, common in and about woods. Ona bank below the wooded
mound overlooking Plympton on the S.W.; near Colebrook village,
by the side of the hedge between the field path and the road leading
towards Newnham Lodge; in hedges by the Plymouth and Tavistock
Road, between Fancy Lane and the entrance to Wombwell Farm; in
various waste spots at Common Wood ; in the lane between Bickleigh
village and Combe Park Farm, etc.

R. fusco-ater, Weihe. Plentiful by a path leading from the “ tram-
way" at Common Wood towards Bickleigh Vale. The Rev. A.
Bloxam has pronounced this to be the above species, and Mr. Baker
says of it “good Babingtonian fusco-ater.’ A coarser plant, with
stouter barren stem, and a more rigid rachis to its longer and less com- _
pact panicle, which is less uniformly hairy and setose than in the
Common Wood fusco-ater, is quite a common bramble in open spots —

STATIONS OF SUME PLYMOUTH RUBI. 39

near woods, on hedgebanks, and by roadsides. I have noticed it at
Crabtree ; by the Plymouth and Yealmpton road, near Brixton, about
four miles from Plymouth, close to where Bloxam's Saléeri and macro-
phyllus occur; on a bank between Plymstock and Knighton; in a
lane at Newnham; between Tamerton Foliott and Roborough, ete.
I have specimens from all these localities in my herbarium, and Mr.
Baker, referring to some from several of them, says that they are iden-
tical with a plant that he has often gathered in the north of England,
which is about intermediate between /fwsco-ater, as figured in * Rubi
Germanici, aud macrophyllus. Weak specimens of this often look
much like pyramidalis, Ba

R. diversifolius, Lindl. Son having apparently a partiality for
caleareous soils. In hedges by Puslinch Lane, near Kitley Lodge ;
by the turnpike road between Yealmpton and Ermington, near Yealm
Bridge; in a waste spot, near a limestone quarry, on the left bank of
the Yealm, just opposite the Kitley cavern.

The white blossoms of this are large aud handsome, and the light
hue of its foliage is remarkable.

R. pyramidalis, Bab. By the Plymouth and Dartmoor “ tramway,”
near where it spans the Plym Bridge Road, and in a wood beyond this
spot, between Rumple Quarry and Common Wood ;. in a bushy spot
close to the elvan quarry on Derriford Estate, Egg Buckland ; sparingly
in hedges by the lane leading out on Crownhill Down, from Colebrook ;
in a bushy lane between Newnham Park and Elfordleigh, and in a
waste spot in the same neighbourhood, near Loughton Mill; in Bick-
leigh Vale, near Common Wood; in a lane between Bickleigh village
and Combe Park Farm; at Ham, near Plymouth, ete DA
Bloxam, on receiving specimens from one of the Plym localities and
from Derriford, wrote, * pyramidalis, Bab. I have seen this from only
one locality before, Llanberis, N. Wales;” and Mr. Baker “excellent
pyramidalis, I have seen the Llanberis plant growing there.” This
will, I think, prove to be a rather common woodland bramble in the
neighbourhood of Plymouth.

R. Guntheri, Weihe. A good deal of what Mr. Bloxam calls “ very
characteristie," and Mr. Baker, “excellent Guntheri,” grows by the
path leading from the “ tramway," across Common Wood, towards
Bickleigh Vale, but it is not a common plant. A Rubus near this
occurs on a hedgebank below Bircham Cottage, Egg Buckland.

| 40 STATIONS OF SOME PLYMOUTH RUBI.

R. foliosus, Weihe. In hedgerows by the Plymouth and Ivybridge
road, near the Lynham Inn, and in the lane leading from Ivybridge
towards Caton; plentiful in woods between Stretchley Farm and Yeo ;
in hedges by the hill between Lynham and Efford, also between the
latter place and Blackpool; in a large wood on the right of the Tavy,
above Dedham Bridge; in a wood between Lopwell and Beer Alstone,
Blaxton. When luxuriant, the immeuse leafy panicles are very striking.
and then the woodland form differs considerably in general appearance
from a small one that occurs in hedges between Knackersknowle and
S. Budeaux, and in lanes between Honicknowle and Weston Mills.
Sometime ago I sent Professor Babington the larger plant from one of
the stations near Ivybridge, and he said of it, ** I quite think foliosus,
as named by Bloxam.”

R. Balfourianus, Blox. Apparently rare. In a low hedge between
Sequer’s Bridge and Kingston village. plant near this I have
gathered from a bank by the Erme, near Kitley. The Rev. A. Bloxam
says it exactly accords with A. deltoideus, Müller, n. 84, Wirtgen’s
Rudi.

R. corylifolius, Sm. Common in hedgerows i in low situations in the
immediate neighbourhood of Plymouth, as at Tothill, etc., and, in
many spots on limestone one of the commonest Rudi, showing, like
its ally, 2. eesius, a partiality for calcareous soils, but by no means
confined to districts where these prevail Close to a house called
Axter Gate, near Roborough; by the turnpike toad between Ridge-
way and Ivybridge, etc.

R. cesius, L. Near Tothill; by the Tavy at Tavistock; near
Ermington. Common in the limestone districts to the east of Ply-
mouth, as Cattedown, Elburton, Plymstock, near Pomphleet, etc. It
begins to flower early, for I have found ripe fruit in July, and con-
tinues in blossom for three or four months. The fruit abounds in a
gratefully acid juice, and its flavour is altogether very pus though
different from that of most if not of all our other spec

R. saxatilis, L. Very rare. By the ewe ud Dartmoor
“tramway ” at Common Wood.

The places mentioned in the preceding paper are in Devon, unless
the contrary is stated. With the exception of one or two stations
named for R. Ideus, L., all are within fifteen miles of Plymouth; and
by far the greater umber are considerably nearer this town.

4, Portland Villas, Plymouth, January 9, 1869.

| «OC A ae eet ee REN

41

NOTE ON PANICUM MANDSHURICUM, Mazim.
Bv H. F. Hance, Pu.D., erc.

je grass which, under the name of Panicum Williamsii, (Ann. Sc.
5me. sér. v. 250), I dedicated to my esteemed correspondent, Dr.
8. pee Williams, at present United States’ chargé d'affaires at Peking,
proves, on comparison with a specimen gathered by M. Mesioidie
himself on the river Schilka, to be identical with the typical form of
the above-mentioned species, which I also possess from Jehol, from
Pére David. Though I have long had from Dr. Williams the varicty
Pekinense, Maxim., which I had no difficulty in determining, it is so
unlike the typical form in appearance, with its hirsute vagine and
short whorled panicle-branches, with crowded small spikelets, that I
never even suspected their specific identity, nor should I probably have
done so now, but for my recognition of that of the Schilka plant, with
the smooth, long-panicled one from Peking and Jehol. In illustration
of the extreme difficulty of deciding on affinity in this most intricate of
grass-genera, I may notice that M. Maximowicz, characterizing P.
Mandshuricum as very distinct, believed its nearest allies to be P.
amarum, Ell., and some other North American species, whilst I was
myself disposed to consider it akin to P. excurrens, Trin. My friend
Dr. Thwaites, on the other hand, to whom I sent a specimen, wrote to
me that it was “ very closely allied to, if not a form of P. leptocAloa,
Nees." Though I do not doubt its claim to specific rank, I am equally
satisfied that the judgment of Dr. Thwaites as to its relationship is
more correct than that of either its accomplished discoverer or of my-
self.

NOTE ON THE CAPPARIS MAGNA, OF LOUREIRO.
By H. FE. Hance, Pa.D., erc.

In a small collection of plants made in the interior of the island of
Haenan, in March last, by Mr. Robert Swinhoe, and submitted by that
gentleman for my examination, amongst which I may mention as re-
` markable the rare Harrisonia Bennettii, Benth. and Hook. fil,*
* I find in this plant the staminal scales quite entire, as figur red by Benne tt

ds Jav. Rar. t. 42) ; not bifid, as described in the * Genera "Plantarum :' the
owers have sometimes six six petals and twelve stamens

*

42 NOTE ON THESIUM DECURRENS AND T. CHINENSE.

(= Lasiolepis pancijuga, Bennett), hitherto recorded only from Java
and the Philippines, there occurred one or two good specimens of the
Capparis magna, of Loureiro, rightly referred by De Candolle to the
genus Crateva. It is evident, however, from the character assigned
by Wight and Arnott to Hamilton's C. Nurvala, that this is the same
plant. . De Candolle's name of C. magna was published in 1824, in
the first volume of the * Prodromus, and has therefore, I believe, two
years’ priority over that of Hamilton, given in the fifteenth volume of
the * Linnean Transactions,' which it must of course supersede.

NOTE ON THESIUM DECURRENS, Bl, AND
T. CHINENSE, Turcz.
Bx H. F. Hancz, Pu.D., ero,

Professor Miquel, in his *Prolusio Flore Japonice’ (Ann. Mus.
Lugd.-Bat. iii. 132), records both of the above species from Japan,
referring to the former Maximowicz’s Yokohama specimens, and to the
latter those gathered by Oldham at Nagasaki, and distributed under
n. 659, and adding “ Superiori omnino simile, sed perigonii pars libera
brevior, ejusque pars indivisa in flore lobos zequans; hi in fructu
sistunt coronulam apice vix inflexam brevem (breviorem quam in
superiore), in illo dein partim involutam; braeteole (que vero in su-
periore etiam variabiles), multo breviores, nuce depresso-globosa brevi-
ores.” Both of these plants are now before me; the first sent me
from Yokohama by M. Maximowicz himself, and labelled ** 7. de-
currens, Bl., ? B. longibracteatum, A. De Cand.," the latter from Kew,
with the XS mentioned number and Jusétaitón? s name with a ?
prefixed. From a very careful comparison of these, I am quite satisfied
that they are both in flower and fruit in every respect identical, and
that no dependence can be placed on the characters on which Miquel
relies for their distinction, which in fact do not hold good in my speci-
mens. And not only so, but they are both undistinguishable from a very
fine gathered in sandy places around Jehol, for whieh I am
indebted to Father Armand David, and which is unquestionably refer-
able to Turezaninow's species. Nor do I see any characters to sepa-
rate a plant sent me from paneer: in the island of Formosa, by the

THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX. 43

late Mr. Oldham, though the perigone-lobes in the only ripe fruit
seem somewhat deeper cut and more involute; but in all I possess,
while the bracts are very long, the relative length of the bracteoles is
subject to considerable variation, even on the same specimens. In
none that I have examined, however, can I find a quinquefid perigone,
the lower free portion in all cases equalling, or nearly so the lobes.
And if the differences in this respect relied on by Miquel are incon-
stant, and there seems little or nothing else in the diagnosis of Alph.
De Candolle to distinguish the two species, though he makes the
depth of division of perigone-lobes a sub- "e character, it may
be open to question whether they should not be united. If the plant
taken by Miquel for T. decurrens, be really identical with that of A.
De Candolle, I cannot doubt that such must be done.

ON THE ECONOMICAL VALUE AND APPLICATIONS OF
THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX (PHOm-
MIUM TENAX, Forst.).

By W. Lauper Linpsay, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., ETC.
(Concluded from p. 31.)

Some yéars ago, at a time when there was considerable agitation in
Britain, on the subject of scarcity and dearness of paper in the
European market, and when the ‘Times’ had offered a premium of
£1000 to any enterprising experimentalist, who should introduce a
new marketable material,—a successful competitor (especially as re-
gards price) to rags, I was led to study the subject of ‘ substitutes for
paper material. My inquiries brought me into correspondence with
Charles Cowan, M.P., of Valleyfield Paper Mills, and Robert Craig,
of Newbattle Paper Mills, both near Edinburgh; R. M. Cameron,
editor of the * Paper Trade Review ;! Thomas Routledge, of the Ford
Paper Works, near Sunderland,—the introducer of *esparto;"* P.
L. Simmonds, author of works on * Waste Products, and the * Com-

mercial Products of the Vegetable Kingdom;' the late Professor

e (March, 1866), that his sales of * ‘esparto,

Mr. Routledge wri
during the Sara. ag ES 3 re^ been over 30,000 tons. No other material is
used in the Ford Wor ipii now also largely used by almost every paper

4A, THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX.

Henslow, of Cambridge; Dr. Hooker, of Kew; M. C. Cooke, of the
India Museum, and other eminent authorities on paper manufacture,
or paper material. Among other results I was somewhat surprised to
find that the amount of non-utilized material, quite equal in value, I
believe, to New Zealand flax as paper stuff, is enormous. Fibres suit-
able for paper-making, as well as for the manufacture of cordage and
textile fabrics, abound in all parts of the world, that are characterized
to any extent by higher vegetation, especially in all tropical, warm, or
temperate climates. Many of the British Colonies are hence most
prolific, especially the East and West Indies, Mauritius, and Natal.
All, these colonies, however, have this advantage over New Zealand,
that labour is abundant and cheap,—that of negroes, coolies, Kaffirs,*
or other natives of the tropics, being largely available in all of them.
These colonies are, besides, nearer England, and they have many
other advantages over a distant young colony. From all which it fol-
lows, that there is little likelihood, I fear, of New Zealand flax com-
peting with other fibres as a paper material, unless in the local market.

Other Economical Applications of the Fibre—In the New Zealand
Exhibition of 1865 there was shown a complete series of flax-made
fabrics from the coarsest to the finest, including railway cloths, sail
cloth, canvas, duck, twill for cavalry trousers, and cambric; but such
specimens have a very limited value; they show what can be made of
New Zealand flax, under certain exceptionable circumstances, but they
do not exhibit the cost of production. In point of fact, such speci-
mens can only be regarded as “ fancy” articles “ got up” for exhibi-
tion,—mere curiosities of local ingenuity and industry. They have been,
for the most part, manufactured with great care from fibre dressed
with great labour and at great cost. Articles similar to the samples
could not be produced at prices nearly equal to those of jute or hemp.
Briant regards New Zealand flax-as suitable for coarse bagging, corn-
sacks, wool-sheets and bands, hop-bags, and similar articles, which,
however, in this country at least, can be made infinitely more cheaply
from jute, even though the latter is itself at present somewhat dear.
The “tow,” or refuse flax, from cordage-making (in the form of an
awled fibre like “corn ”) has been found suitable for stuffing mat-

* In the south island of New Zealand there are very few natives, about

, in Otago only 500, and in the north, where there are still 53,000, their
daboar te much more valuable than that of 1 negroes or coolies,

m"

la y

THE LEAF-PIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX. 45

tresses, sofas, and chairs ; and for this purpose it has been largely used
in the North, and is also coming into use in the South Island. It has
been found to preserve its elasticity for teu years. The fibre, or “ pre-
pared leaf," is used by the Otago settlers for caulking canoes and
boats (coples). In the North Island especially, the fibre is still, to a
considerable extent, manufactured by the natives into rugs, floor-mats,
cloaks, and other articles of dress, or house furnishings, which are
used equally by settlers and Maoris.

Properties and applications of other products and parts of the New
Zealand Flax plants.—The foregoing do not by any means represent
all the economical applications of this most useful plant. Indeed, in
pre-colonization times especially, it was to the Maoris what the Cocoa-
Nut Palm is to the Singalese and Pacific Islanders, the Bamboo to the
Chinese, or the Thuja gigantea to the Indians of British Columbia
and Vancouver.

The green leaf, torn into strips of varying size, subserves an infinity
of uses, in lieu of cordage especially.

The shafts of the gold mines in some of the Otago diggings are
built by a method “ as instructive as it is novel, consisting of a frame-
work or skeleton lining of timber, interlaced or plaited vertically and
horizontally with New Zealand Flax."* The timber used is the small
or * scrub” timber, in many places comparatively abundant, and henge
inexpensive. The fax leaf not only binds together the timber sup-
ports, but prevents the loose or “ detached stuff” from falling on the
miners while at work. With thongs of the same kind, in pre-coloni-
zation times, the Maoris lashed together the framework of their whevés
and the palisades of their pahs. The settlers of the present day use
strips of the leaf—of various breadth, according to the strength de-
sired—in lieu of all forms of thong and cordage, straps, or other
fastenings, e. g. as stock-whips, ropes, straps for conveying loads on the
back, after the fashion of nie pe (these flax-straps being known to
the Maoris as ** kehaki," or * kawe”). The drayman, or stockman,
as he goes along, improvises gu strong pliant fibre of the green leaf
into a variety of useful articles ; and I have myself, in the form of
flax-straps and in other shapes, repeatedly experienced sts utility.
The Maoris make baskets, or “ kits," of the split leaves, dyeing them
with “ hirau " or “inau ” bark (Elocarpus dentatus, Vahl). These

* Vincent Pyke: Gold Fields’ Report for 1863.

46 THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX.

native-made baskets are in great demand among the settlers. About
Auckland I saw them constantly in use for the conveyance of fruit and
vegetables, especially of the peaches,* which are there so common in
Maori eultivations. The generic name of the New Zealand Flax

lant—'* Phormium "—1is said to be derived from this economical
application of its leaf, viz. $oppós, a wicker basket, but the same term
signifies also a mat, and a seaman's cloak made of coarse plaited stuff ;
so that, as regards the economical applications of the plant produets, the
generie name seems to have been appropriately chosen.

'The dried flowering stem is not only largely used both by settlers
and Maoris for walking-sticks (I have so used it myself), but
it was at one time commonly used by the Maoris in the construction
of rafts,—known to the South Island native as * mokihi’’+ (Haast),—
especially in localities where large forest-timber for canoe eonstruction
was absent. [n the Chatham Islands, where there is now no such
timber, flax-stems are still so used, lashed together by thongs of flax-
leaf or by “ bush-ropes" f of some kind. Rafts, or canoes, or
* eatamarans," are still occasionally improvised by travellers or ex-
plorers in primitive parts of New Zealand, e. 7. by Haast, who reports
constructing * catamarans” of dead trees when flax-sticks were not
obtainable. The same dried flowering stems are still employed by the
Qtago Maoris in the construction of eel-pots (** punga ”) for snaring
eels in the larger rivers. I remember accompanying my friend Mr.
Shaw, of Finegand, to a Maori village on the lower Chithe, for the
purpose of giving an order for the construction of a couple of ecl-pots.
The wooden war-clubs of the Maoris were occasionally ornamented
with dyed flax. The essential feature of the “taupe” mat was flax
strips, dyed, but not otherwise prepared; it was held in great estima-
tion as being quite impervious to rain.

A gummy or gluey matter pervades the plant,—most abundant,
however, at certain times and in certain parts. It exudes naturally
from the cut leaves, and is also artificially separable. The settlers de-

* Ripe in February, 1862; the usual substitute there for apples in tarts and
ws.
+ Williams defines “ moki” (or * * mokihi,” East Cape dialect), as a “ canoe
made of ‘ flags’ or ‘rushes’ r 80 that ot] other materials than flax-sticks A Sarm”
their exact character does not h used
in thei ————
f Clim reise iene forest trees ; C((—X Parsonsia, |
Rubus, Pleyianthus, Metrosideros, Clematis. f

*

ft”

THE LEAF-FIBRE OF NEW ZEALAND FLAX. 41

seribe it as secreted by the base of the leaf (or leaf-sheath), and it was
certainly there that I found it myself in any quantity. The gum in
question resembles gum arabie in some of its properties, and as a
substitute, therefore, it is used by the settlers.

It becomes invested with a high degree of interest in connection
with the preparation of the flax fibre; for to it all testimony has
hitherto coneurred in ascribing the main difficulty in the separation
and utilization of the latter. This gum also bears the reputation, in
some parts of the colony, of being poisonous to cattle.* ere the
New Zealand Flax plant extensively cultivated for the sake of its fibre,
it is probable this gum might be separated and utilized.

The flowers secrete a watery honey, a familiar dainty of the settlers
of all ages, of some of which I have frequently partaken while wading
in the flax-jungles of Otago. On the first evolution of the flower, the
large tubular perianth is found full to the brim of a clear, sweet fluid ;
at the same time the anthers are most copiously discharging their
pollen,—so that the faces of the juveniles or adults who drain the
flower-cups by direct application of their lips, generally bear the marks
of that procedure in the yellow pollen-dust which adheres to their
eyebrows, or besmears their faces. The plant contains 1 to 1}
per cent. of Grape sugar, as well as a pure intense bitter principle ;
and these, when a strong infusion is subjected to fermentation (addi-
tioual repr being supplied) with yeast, yield a kind of bitter beer
(Skey).t cases ie the same chemist further suggests,

might m as a substitute for hops in communicating a bitter fla-
vour to ordinary :

The root is said to be purgutive, diuretic, sudorifie, expectorant, and
to possess the properties of sarsaparilla (Buchanan). So lately as
December, 1862, I find it recorded in the * Tarawaki Herald,’ that for
a virulent epidemie of smallpox at Kawhia on the west coast of
Auckland, and Mokan in Taranaki, the native doctors were using with
success an ointment made by boiling the root-ends of flax leaves to a
pulp. The seeds, also, are said to have been used medicinally by the
natives.

y paper on “The Toot Plant ed veg of New Zealand,” Brit.

* Videm
and sel Medieo-Chi irurg. Review, July, 1
+ Jurors’ Reports of the New Zealand Exhibition of 1865, p. 433.
bid.

48

NEW BRITISH LICHENS.
By tHe Rev. James Cromsiz, M.A., F.G.S.

No. 1.

Amongst many rare and previously undetected British Lichens met
with in the course of my botanical rambles, during the last three years,
the following new species have rewarded my researches. They have,
with one exception, been named by Dr. Nylander, of Paris, and have
been duly recorded by him in the ‘ Flora’ for 1868. As several of
them are from well-known localities, such as Ben Lawers and the New
Forest, which have been repeatedly searched by some of our ablest -
Lichenologists, it is evident that Great Britain is still far from being
exhausted, and that many hitherto undescribed species will be detected
on further investigation.

1. Pyrenopsis homeopsis, Nyl.; thallus brown, thin, effuse, sub-
granulose ; apothecia concolorous, lecanorine, small epithecium colour-
less, paraphyses slender; spores 0°011-18 mm. broad, 0:007—10 mm.
thick; hymeneal gelatine reddish wine-coloured or yellowish wine-
coloured with iodine.

On micaceous boulders above Loch-na-Cat on Ben Lawers. August,
1867. Apparently very rare, and seen by us only in small quantity.
lt is allied to P. grumulifera, Nyl., a Scandinavian species, from
which it is sufficiently distinguished by the above characteristics.

2. Lecidea subturgidula, Nyl.; thallus greenish-white, very thin,
effuse ; apothecia more or less livid, opaque, convex, small, immarginate,
hypothecium brownish ; spores 8 in thecæ, colourless, oblong, simple
or slightly 1-3-septate, 0°008-14 mm. long, 0:003—4 mm. thick, pa-
raphyses not discrete, epithecium yellowish-white ; hymeneal gelatine
blue, and then yellowish with iodine.

On the decaying wood of an old decorticated Holly in the New Forest,
near Lyndhurst Railway Hotel. May, 1868. Very rare, and found
sparingly only on a single tree, notwithstanding a somewhat extended
search. Its systematic place is near to L. apochreella, Nyl., a species
not yet detected in Britain,

3. L. mestula, Nyl.; thallus greyish, thin, depressed, subgranulate
or evanescent; apothecia black, minute, plane or convex, numerous
and crowded, usually immarginate, colourless within; spores 8

NEW BRITISH LICHENS. 49

thecze, colourless, elliptical, simple, 0:007-8 mm. long, 0:0025-35 mm.
thick, paraphyses not discrete, epithecium colourless or obscure, hypo-
thecium obscurely brown throughout; hymeneal gelatine wine-red
"with iodine.

n old rails in the New Forest, near Lyndhurst, on the road to
Menstrie. September, 1866. Abundant, and likely to occur else-
where in that neighbourhood. It is allied to L. myriocarpoides, Nyl.,
and approaches also to L. dispansa, Nyl., and L. turgidula, Fries.

4. L. leptostigma, Nyl. ; thallus (if proper) dirty white, rimulose ;
apotheeia brownish-black, innate, small, gregarious ; spores 8 in thee,
globose or ellipsoid, uniseriate, 0005-9 mm. in diameter, paraphyses
of medium thickness, hypothecium scarcely yellowish; hymeneal gela-
tine not coloured with iodine.

On a micaceous weathered boulder, near Loch-na-Cat, on Ben
Lawers. August, 1867. Apparently extremely rare, and gathered
only very sparingly. It is allied to Z. resine, Fries, and Z. tantilla,
Nyl.; all three British species being with difficulty separated from
the Fungi.

5. L. mesotropa, Nyl. in Flora, 1867, p. 328; thallus greyish, verru-
coso-areolate, indeterminate, of medium thickness ; apothecia brownish-
black or black, opaque, somewhat plane, adnate, the margin obtuse or
evanescent, white within; spores 8 in thecze, ellipsoid, 0009-13 mm.
long, 0-005-6 mm. thick ; paraphyses slender, usually not discrete,
apothecium brownish, bypothaeium colourless ; hymeneal gelatine blue

with iodine.

On a gneissie boulder ou the descent from Ben Lomond to Loch
Ards August, 1865. Probably not unfrequent in Highland dis-
tricts, though not found by me since. It belongs to L. contigua, Fries,
and its allies, with which, unless the spores are examined, it may
readily be confounded.

6. L. Crombiei, Jones ; thallus greenish sulphur-coloured, of me-
dium thickness, unequal, rimoso-diffractate or subareolate, limited by
the black hypothallus, which is everywhere visible between the areolz ;
apothecia black, of medium size, innate, somewhat convex, immargi-
nate, obscurely greyish within ; spores S in thecze, colourless, elliptical,
0:010—12 mm. long, 0:006—7 mm. thick, apothecium bluish-black, pa-
raphyses not well discrete, hypothecium colourless or faintly reddish ;
hymeneal gelatine blue with iodine.

VOL. VII. [FEBRUARY 1, 1869.] - E

50 NEW BRITISH LICHENS.

On serpentine rocks of the Khoil,in Braemar. July, 1865. This

species was first distinguished as such by the late Admiral Jones,
was subsequently gathered by Mr. Carroll, on Mangerton, in Ireland,
and last autumn was again found by me in pretty fair quantity on the
Khoil, and also sparingly on schistose boulders in Glen Callater. Its
systematic place is intermediate between the preceding and L, theiodes,
Sommerf., which may also occur in the Grampians.

7. L. postuma, Nyl.; thallus greyish, thin, evanescent; apothecia
black, minute, plane, margined, concolorous within; spores 6-8 in
theese colourless or brownish, elliptical-oblong, 3-septate, 0:015—16
mm. long, 0006-7 mm. thick, epithecium and hypothecium brownish ;
hymeneal gelatine deep blue with iodine.

On calcareous stones, in gravelly places near the summit of Mor-
rone, in Braemar. July, 1865. Probably not very rare, though but
a single specimen was then gathered. It approaches very closely to
L. petrea, Flot., of which it perhaps ranks only as a subspecies.

8. Rimularia limborina, Nyl.; thallus greyish, thin, rimulose or
subareolate ; apothecia black or brownish-black, rugulose, somewhat
depresso-convex, roundish, depressed in the centre and radiately
fissured, greyish within; spores 8 in thecze, colourless, at length brown-
ish, elliptical, simple, 0-018-25 mm. long, 0:011—16 mm. thick,
paraphyses slender, irregular and often branched, perithecium black
above, brownish-black below; hymeneal gelatine tawny-red with
iodine.

On weathered calcareous stones on Craig Guie, essa August,

865. This new genus and species is described by Nylander from a
specimen gathered, about the same time as my own, by Ripart in
Haute Vienne. It is allied to the genus Mycoporus, and along with it
may be considered as constituting a separate tribe, which Nylander
proposes to call Peridiei. Further research may discover this lichen
elsewhere in mountainous regions.

Besides these I have also met with the following new forms of
other Lichens, viz. :—

1. Parmelia lanata, var. subciliata, Nyl., ** with the thalline laciniæ
and apothecia ciliated at margins,"—On limestone rocks of Morrone,
in Braemar, rare. 2. Lecanora varia, var. symmicta, f. livescens, Nyl.,
with small livid apothecia.— On old trunks of trees, at High Beech,
Epping Forest, sparingly. 3. Verrucaria cinerella, var. megaspora,

|
i
1
|

JAMES BACKHOUSE. 51

` Nyl., * with spores 0023-36 mm. long, 0-009-13 mm. thick."—On

bark of Hollies in New Forest, perhaps not unfrequent.

JAMES BACKHOUSE.

We have, this month, to mourn the ioss of one of our veteran

. British botanists, a keen field-observer at home during nearly sixty

years, and one of the pioneers in the exploration of our southern
colonies, ——Mr. James Backhouse, of York, who died at his residence,
Holgate House, in the suburbs of that city, on the 20th of January, at
the age of seventy-four.

He belonged to a family well known in Durham and the neighbour-
ing counties, during several generations, as members of the Society of
Friends, and for the prominent part they have taken in promoting
the commercial prosperity of that now thriving district, three of the
centres of which are amongst the newly enfranchised parliamentary
boroughs,—the one to which Mr. Backhouse belonged, Darlington,
having returned a member of his family as its first representative.
Under the encouragement of his relative, Edward Robson, known as a
correspondent of Sir J. E. Smith, he and his brothers learned, when
very young, to take an interest in the plants of their neighbourhood,
and formed a herbarium. He was apprenticed to a chemist and
druggist in Darlington, but a severe cold, caught whilst distilling
Mint, developed into pulmonary consumption, and for some time his
life was despaired of, but by complete cessation from work, change of
air, and a lengthened stay with a relative in a healthy country district,
this was fortunately arrested. Left too delicate to follow any sedentary
occupation, his love of botany led him to gardening, and he went to
learn his business at Norwich, and stayed there a year or two. Here
he made the acquaintance of Sir William Hooker, and sometimes
shared his botanical rambles, as on an occasion of which we have
heard him tell when they went to seek Hippophaé, near Cromer, and
forgot to take any sandwiches, and had great difficulty in getting any-
thing to eat and drink.

Between 1820 and 1830 he married, and began business at York
as a nurseryman, in partnership with one of his brothers, and he con-
sidered the old cathedral city as his home for the rest of his life. He
gradually began to take an active part as a volunteer minister in the

52 ; JAMES BACKHOUSE.

religious body to which he belonged, often travelling from home fo
religious work, at first principally through the thinly-populated agri-
cultural parts of Yorkshire and the neighbouring counties. In 1831
he undertook an extensive missionary tour, in company with a com-
panion, which occupied him altogether more than ten years. First
they visited Australia, where they remained seven years. The scope
of their journey, as he explains in his published account of it, was pri- .
marily to preach everywhere where there was an opportunity amongst
the colonists and convicts ; to visit the penal settlements, gaols, schools,
and other publie institutions, to see in what state they were, and what
improvements they needed, to do all that lay in their power to ad-
vocate a humane treatment of the residue of the aborigines, and to
promote the spread of teetotalism. The greater part of the seven
years they spent in Tasmania and New South Wales, and then they
visited Western Australia and Mauritius, and sailed for the Cape Colony,
where they remained for three years, in the course of which they visited
all the towns, and the villages and missionary stations in the interior,
as far as Namaqua Land and the Orauge River, travelling upwards of
six thousand miles in wagons and on horseback. It would be alto-
gether beyond our scope here to enter cn any details of the way in
which the travellers fulfilled the objects of their mission. Three large
octavo volumes, amounting in aggregate to not less than two thousand
pages, coutain a complete account of what they saw and did, and what
they attempted to do,—one devoted to Australia, the other to the Cape
Colony, and the third to a biography of his companion in travel, which
Mr. Backhouse wrote after the death of the latter, not many years
ago. Suffice it to say, that with regard to penal discipline they gave
their warm adhesion to the plans for its amelioration with which the
names of Captain Maconochie and Sir John Franklin (who was then
governor of Van Diemen’s Land) are connected, and that a temperance
society in Tasmania and a school for poor children, which they origi-
nated in Cape Town, still, after the lapse of nearly thirty years, remain
in active operation, the latter supported by funds sent out annually
from England. Of what Mr. Backhouse did for botany during his
expedition, we cannot give a better idea than by a quotation from the
introductory essay to Dr. Hooker’s * Flora Tasmanica,’ and may adduce
also the testimony of the gentleman to whose labours in the field that
magnificent work was more than to those of any one else indebted.

JAMES BACKHOUSE. 53

Dr. Hooker writes as follows in his history of the exploration of the
island :—“ Mr. James Backhouse visited Australia in 1832, and spent
there six years. The journey was undertaken, as his narrative informs
us, ‘solely for the purpose of discharging a religious duty,’ but owing
to his knowledge of botany, his connection with a fine horticultural
establishment (The Nursery, York), and his love of observing and col-
lecting, the results of his journey have proved extremely valuable, in
a scientific point of view, and added much to our familiarity with
Australian vegetation. Mr. Backhouse first landed at Hobarton, and
then, and on two future occasions, visited numerous parts of Tasmania,
on the Derwent and Clyde, Macquarie Harbour, Port Arthur, Spring
Bay, various stations on the north coast, and in the mountainous interior.

e also twice visited New South Wales, and made excursions to the
Blue Mountains, Bathurst, Moreton Bay, Newcastle, Maitland, Port
Macquarie, Illawarra, and Goulburn; and afterwards went to Port
Phillip, Adelaide, King George’s Sound, and Swan River. The journals
of these various extensive journeys are extremely good, and though
specially devoted to philanthropic- objects, they omit no observations
on natural history, and especially on botany, that their talented author
considered might be worthy of such a record. r. Backhouse formed
a considerable herbarium, and made copious manuscript notes (now in
the Hookerian library) whieh he liberally gave where he thought they
would be most useful."— Introductory Essay, ‘Flora Tasmanica,’ p.
CXXV—-Vi.

The following is a memorandum attached to a specimen of Bland-
fordia granit iflora, gathered by Mr. Gunn, now in the Hookerian her-
barium :—* Very abundant at Rocky Cape, where I collected it in full
flower, December 16, 1836, and in fruit in February and 1st of March,
1837. Soil very poor, quartz sand, but it appears to like moisture to
4 moderate degree. I had hoped, and, indeed, do still, that this may
be found different to the B. nobilis, and that you will confer the name
of our friend James Backhouse on it. It could not bear a worthier.
It is also intimately connected with my first acquaintance with that
truly good and amiable man. In January, 1833, I first met Mr.
Backhouse and his worthy companion and fellow-labourer, George W.
Walker, at a farm of my brother’s, about thirty-five miles west from
Launceston. They were then on their way from the Hampshire and
Surrey hills, with one horse between them, and asked me how far it

54 JAMES BACKHOUSE.

was to Westbury, where they purposed remaining for the night. In `

the course of a short conversation, I mentioned who I was, and that I
was in seareh of a spleudid liliaceous crimson flower, which had been
described to me, and which I had not seen. Mr. Backhouse at once
told me that it was the Blandfordia, and that he had found it abun-
dantly on Rocky Cape, and also at Port Darcy. It at once led to a
botanieal conversation, and from that period till the present a warm
friendship has existed between us. The little knowledge I possess I
may say I derived solely from Mr. Backhouse, whose assistance I can-
not sufficiently acknowledge. He added largely to my collections, as
my specimens to you show, and his knowledge of the botany of this
region surpasses by far that of all others, except, perhaps, the great
Brown, for whom I have a profound veneration. I sincerely hope that

one who has done so much, and who may indeed receive the praise for

the little I have done, will not long be left without having his name
given to some genus in this land, and it ought to be a genus of no in-
significant character, one of the princes of the forest, like 178 (if not a
Fagus), or some of the coniferous trees I found on the western moun-
tains. His botanical knowledge is, however, one of the least remark-
able traits in his character. His general goodness and amiability will
long endear him to every inhabitant of these colonies, connected as he
was with everything good, devoting his time to the cause of Christianity
and temperance. I can only as one say that many of his words have
sunk deep in my heart, and that I shall always cherish his name with
the fondest recollection.”

The genus selected by Sir Wm. Hooker to bear Mr. Backhouse’s
name was a fine Myrtaceous shrub, with curious conspicuous petal-like
calyx-segments, gathered by himself in New South Wales, which is oc-
casionally but not frequently grown in greenhouses. Professor Har-
vey (who, at the time of his visit to the Cape Colony, filled the office of
treasurer to the colony) desired to join in standing sponsor for the
name, and Backhousia was duly characterized, and figured at tab. 4133
of the * Botanical Magazine ; up to the present time, three species
have been discovered.

Mr. Backhouse returned to England in 1841, and his companion
went back to Van Diemen’s Land, and settled there till his death.
During the twenty-seven years that intervened between his return from
the Cape and his death, a large proportion of his time was spent in

TA NEU AER tee oer ST
SRS AGS A ee SE aaa ae ates PTA pk e cm red

ae ae aaa ee

— A ee

[

JAMES BACKHOUSE. 55

religious work and travel, but his journeys never extended beyond
Norway, where there is a considerable body of Friends, principally
amongst the farmers and fishermen along the coast, whom he visited
three times, and in whose welfare he took a warm interest. He lived
at York, at first in the centre of the city ; but afterwards, when the
business firm, of which, through the death of his brother, he became
the senior partner, purchased more extensive grounds on the south-
west side of the city, he removed to the village of Holgate, in the im-
mediate vicinity of their nurseries, and occupied there for many years
the house that formerly belonged to Lindley Murray, the grammarian.
At Holgate he and his son laid out upwards of a hundred acres of
ground in such a way that their garden is one of the regular recog-
nized attractions of York. They were amongst the firststo build a
large glazed fernhouse, in which the exotie species could be grown in
the crevices of rock, and streams of water introduced. Latterly, they
have paid special attention to the cultivation and importation of Hy-
menophyllacee, and have introduced a great many new species, and
planned a special house for this beautiful tribe, ingeniously constructed
like a natural cavern, glazed over the top, with graduated temperatures
to accommodate the inhabitants of different latitudes. But their spe-
cial forte has always been rockwork gardening and the culture of
alpine plants, and we believe that their collection in this department
has long been the finest in the country.

Mr. Backhouse was, in botany, entirely what we understand as a
field, in contradistinction to a closet, botanist ; and so far as we can
remember, he never published a technical description of a genus or a
species in his life. His special delight was in alpine plants. There
is ey: no one nn British botanists who has explored more
thoroughly t traets of our own islands,—from Sutherland
south ward to Derbyshire and Snowdon, from the Whitby and Scarbo-
rough moors westward to Connemara,—than he and his son. For
several years they interested themselves particularly in the genus
Hieracium, which was very badly understood in England till they took
it up,—collecting all the forms they encountered, and taking them
home to cultivate; and Mr. James Backhouse, jun., duly published the
result of their joint investigations in his ‘Monograph of the British
Hieracia, which has been substantially adopted both by Babington
and Syme. Upper Teesdale, which is easy of access from York, and

56 JAMES BACKHOUSE.

where we have probably a greater number of interesting alpine plants,
including Zieracia, gathered together within a small space than any-
where else in Britain, was his favourite district for a holiday ; and he
was the discoverer, or one of the discoverers, of almost all the interest-
ing plants that have been found there of late years,—as, for instance,
Arenaria uliginosa, Polygala uliginosa, and Viola arenaria, all three of
which were additions to the British flora.

In person, Mr. Backhouse was below the average stature, and his
long flowing grey beard, worn since the date of his travels, made hima
man upon whom the eye fixed in a crowd. We are told that it was
ouly by practice that he became fluent as a speaker, but that was before
the time of our own knowledge of him. The great characteristics of
his public addresses were earnestness and simplicity. He possessed a
wonderful command of detail, and power of elucidating his ideas by
apt illustrations and reminiscences; always clear, always practical,
never aiming at ornament of style or soaring aloft to transcendental
heights, or losing sight of the plain facts of life; in doctrinal theo-
ries as ready to maintain his own opinions as to respect the sincere
convictions of others; skilful, when controversy became unprofitable,
with his pithy common-sense and ready illustrative faculty to pour oil
upon the troubled waters. In private life he always seemed equally at
home with old and young, and with people of all grades of education
and conditions of station; free, as few are free, from taint of dogma-
tism or worldliness or perversity or hastiness of temper, his unaffected
sociability and geniality, and wide range of knowledge and sympathy,
made his presence welcome wherever he came.

The following anecdote of a botanical excursion, in which the pre-
sent writer was his only companion, is eminently characteristic. We
went to stay for a few days at alittle village in the centre of a tract of
rocky hills which had never been searched botanically,—a hamlet of
some two or three hundred inhabitants, so isolated that the post only
came there twice a week ; and when a plot of strawberries were
planted there a few years before our visit, three-fourths of the inhabi-
tants were quite ignorant of what the fruit was like. The landed
proprietor was non-resident, and we found that the mines on which
the inhabitants principally depended had been very unproductive for
several years. The only place of worship was an Independent chapel,
with the minister of which the religious and mental culture of the

JAMES BACKHOUSE. 57

population seemed to rest. Out of very scanty resources he had built
a chapel and a school-house, and now he wished to establish a reading-
room for the grown-up young men, We had an introduction to this
minister, and called upon him the evening after our arrival, and talked
about the village and its condition, and took his advice (and very
good advice we found it) as to the best botanizing ground in the
neighbourhood. After expressing his sympathy with him at parting,
my companion said, “I hope thou wilt write and tell me how the
reading-room goes on." That was all I knew at the time ; but after a
few years this minister died and his biography was published, and I
read in his address at the opening of the reading-room the sequel of
our conversation,—how that out of £118 which the room had cost,
Mr. Backhouse had gathered and sent £45.

He kept his activity of body and mind scarcely impaired till past 70 ;
but, after this, attacks of intermittent angina pectoris obliged him to
restrict his jouneys, and incapacitated him from mountain-climbing.
The last time we called upon him, about a year ago, though we found
him very feeble in body, he was able to go with us round his garden,
and was as interested and enthusiastic as of old in showing us his ac-
quisitions, and was reading the Duke of Argyll’s * Reign of Law’
with warm approbation, and writing out for a journal the notes which
it suggested. Since, just after his return from the Cape, he at our first
meeting laid his hand upon the head of the writer of this notice, then
a little boy at school, with ** Mind and get up to the top of the class ;
the finest apples always grow high up on the tree ;" and a few years later
encouraged him iu botany at a time when he had no one else to encou-
rage him, and gave him the first set of Highland plants which he pos-
sessed,—we have had the privilege of a continuous acquaintance with
him ; have stayed at his house, and received him as a guest at our
own; have been lost with him in mountain mists, and stranded with
-him in the parlours of little country inns in pouring rain; have had
his sympathy in times of rejoieing and misfortune; have heard him
rivet the attention of crowded meetings in London by his words of
earnest patriarchal authority, and rivet no less the attention of a room-
ful of rough uneducated Yorkshire men and women by his pithy anec-
dotes, with teetotalism as the moral of the story, and his shrewd
straightforward common-sense. And we bear our testimony, now that
he is gone, to his thoroughness and his consistency in all these so varied

VOL. VII. [FEBRUARY 1, 1868.] F

58 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

spheres of life and labour, —a man who, through the years of a long

life, devoted his best energies, with unflagging persistence, to the highest

objects, whom none knew but to love, and none named but to praise.
Jj. GB.

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

Flora of Devon and Cormwall. pe J. W. N. Kzys. Part 2: 1867.
Part 3: 1868.

In our fourth volume, pp. 381-383, we noticed the first part of
this Flora, which contained the Orders Ranunculaceae to Geraniacee ;
in the present parts the enumeration is continued to the end of the
Composite

Several suggestions made in the above-mentioned review have been
adopted by the author, and the two pura now under notice are in
many n their ir predecessors. Many
more Me works are quoted, and the list of contributors is much in-
creased; the arrangement of the localities has been altered for the
better, a more care is taken in quoting authorities, though there is
still room for improvement in this respect.

About 375 species are enumerated in these two parts, Babington’s
‘Manual’ being the standard employed; there are, however, several
doubtful natives, and probable errors of observation, included in this
number.

A search through the ante-Linnzan authors would probably add a
few more species to the Flora; e. 7. a Cornwall locality for Diotis mari-
jima is given by Ray in the first edition of his Catalogus Plant.
Anglis, p. 136.

We hope Mr. Keys will be able to finish his work; would it not be
better to page continuously, instead of beginning a fresh paging with.
new parts as is done in Part 3?

En liten Proflit pa Namnfürbistring. By S. O. Lindberg. Helsingfors :
1867.

In this contribution to correct nomenclature its author does that
justice to S. F. Gray, author of the * Natural Arrangement of British
Plants, for one genus of Hepatice, which had already been done in

MEMORANDA. 59

our pages (Vol. III. p. 297) by Mr. Carruthers for all the genera of
that tribe. In his investigations, Dr. Lindberg discovered that Blyttia
of Endlicher was identical with Gray's older genus Pallavacinia, and
in accordance with the rule always acted on by botanists, he rejects
the newer name. We notice that Milde approvingly refers to the cor-
rection in a recent number of ‘ Hedwigia,’ but he seems to have over-
looked the fact, that this correction had already been made in that
very journal in an abstract of Mr. Carruthers’s paper by Gottsche. It
is true that Gottsche disapproved of accepting Gray’s names, because
of the numerous changes which their adoption would necessitate. The
uniform practice must, however, in the end prevail, and future workers
entering on the study of the Hepatice, without the prejudices in favour
of the present nomenclature which must exist in the mind of one who
has so largely formed it as Dr. Gottsche has, will restore the names of
Gray, and accord to him that credit which is certainly his due, but
which even the botanists of this generation seem very loath to bestow.

MEMORANDA.

Pinus Banksiana AND Pinus rubra.—lt is irre that two of our most
beautiful native trees, the names of which head this article, should not be in
cultivation. On referring to botanical eem it is clear no one knows how
beautiful they are. Of Pinus Banksiana, Dr. Gray says, “a low straggling

composed of Pinus Banksiana, and are generally from twenty to forty feet
high,—at Escanauba we handled one which was probably sixty feet high and
four and a half to five feet in cireumference,—little inferior in height to a very

e specimen of Pinus rubra alongside of it. Richardson says, towards the
North Pole the thickness of the trunk is out of usual proportion to the breadth
of the branches. Not so here. The trunk had a very long tapering slender
appearance as compared with the branches. Occasionally specim
be seen standing by themselves ; and nothing could be prettier than the slender
straight stems, clothed with its slender feathering. We have nothing from

Gray or Banksian Pine of this region. The Red Pine is very much like the
Austrian in appearance. Growing in thick woods, no one can appreciate their
beauty; but occasional specimens, standing by themselves, show

60 BOTANICAL NEWS. E

Red Pine is by no means nd if not much prettier, than the Atte,
We hope to see them some day generally grown,—Meehan’s Gardeners
Monthly ( Philadelphia).

OBLIQUE Leaves.—In the volume of the Proceedings of the penc Society
of Natural History just published, Dr. Wilder shows that in the
larger portion is in the upper or most elevated side,—the leaves hen lying with

fUSCE, Pa

et
i-a
2
5
is]
Qu
og
[:]
a
pr
o
BH
N
o
B
Eg
"de
bg
B
E
Ic]
-
o
e
2
B
ct.
E
©
=i
e
"i
o
br]
—_
o
E
c
ar
"m
o
rt
a
o
B
[7
dee
E
©

liquity in leaves, but Dr. Wilder showed their reasoning insufficient. . W.
believed it to be caused by no external agency, but by an inherent constitu-

connection with the general subject of phyllotaxis. They had found that each
leaf was primarily a swelling or wave of growth, freeing itself from the axis of
the embryo; and that differences in size between the sides of a leaf were
` caused by the greater force of the wave in its upward or downward descent.
Such peculiarities as have been pointed out between the leaves of the Elm and

the petiole had taken place. Professor Agassiz thought the eed antistrophe’
better expressed the inverse relation of corresponding parts on the opposite
sides of a line than ‘symmetry.’ Dr. Wilder had shown that the correspond-
ing leaves on each side of a shoot were symmetrieal.—4 bid.

BOTANICAL NEWS,

At a recent meeting of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, T. J. Bennett,
Esq., F.R.S., of the British Museum, was elected one of its six British Hono-
rary Fellows, and EN W. P. Schimper, of Strasbourg, one of its Foreign
Honorary Membe

The chair of Eeri in Trinity College, Dublin, vacant by the appointment
of Professor Dickson to the similar chair in the University of Glasgow,
been bestowed on Dr. E. Perceval Wright by the Provost and Fellows of the
College. Dr. Wright has for some years occupied the chair of zoology in the
same college, and is favourably known by his researches in the animal kingdom.
During the last illness of Professor Harvey, Dr. Wright discharged for him
the duties of his chair. He has also written several memoirs on botanical
subjects, and among the collections made by him during his recent visit to
Seychelles were several interesting new — which he has described in th

. Wyville Thomson, Polar: of Natural History in Queen’s Memes.
Belfast, wheat numerous memoirs on zoological subjects have made him ex
tensively known among naturalists, has been appointed to the chats of bolas.
in the College of Science at Stephen's Green, which was held along with the
professorship in Trinity College by Dr. Dickson.

is ade.

nith, d j Face t San, Imp
W. G. Smith, del et lith. Vincent Brooks. Day &

Oe ea ee ee TS ek ere ri PS

61

NEW AND RARE BRITISH HYMENOMYCETOUS FUNGI.
By Worruinaton G. SurTH, Esq, F.L.S.
(Prates LXXXIX. and XC.)

During the abnormal summer and autumn of last year (1868) a
large number of new British species of hymenomycetous Fungi ap-
peared in various parts of the country: of these several were noticed
in this Journal at the time, while others remain at present undescribed.
I select for illustration and description the following four species :—

Lactarius CONTROVERSUS, Pers. ; stem stout, swollen, one or two
inches long, sometimes eccentric, pruinose at the top, never marked
with pits or depressions ; gills decurrent with an obscure tooth ; pileus
fleshy, compact, rigid, convex, then depressed and subinfundibuliform,
at first dry, but after rain viscid in all its parts, margin at first invo-
lute and villous; stem and pileus more or less covered with blood-red
spots and smears; flesh very firm, like Z. piperatus, Fr., milk white,
unchangeable, plentiful. Odour faint, but pleasant, taste exceedingly
acrid.

This noble addition to our Cryptogamic Flora was found by Dr.

. M. M‘Cullough at and near Abergavenny, and forwarded through
Dr. Bull, of Hereford, to the Exhibition of Fungi at the Royal Hor-
ticultural Society last autumn; the specimens sent to London grew
under Poplars, about a mile and a half from Abergavenny; it also
grew in great luxuriance (again with Poplars) at Abergavenny, forming
a semicircle of some twenty feet in diameter. The specimens were
crowded together in great numbers, and several attained a diameter of
more than a foot ; the specimen selected for illustration was one of the
smallest, in order to get it on to the plate. In general appearance it
considerably resembles several other Lactarii, as L. vellereus, Fr., and
L. insulus, Fr., but it differs in many characters; it is highly acrid,
and feels and looks soapy.

PoLYPORUS SANGUINOLENTUS, Fr.; nodulose, then confluent, effused,
soft, white, or cream-coloured, when touched becoming rosy brown ;
margin byssoid and fugitive; pores small, subrotund, unequal, at
leagth torn.

This species, new to this country, I found growing in abundance on
the perpendicular sides of a disused sawpit in Mr. Hebb’s = Mild-

VOL. Vil. [MARCH 1, 1869.]

63 NEW AND RARE BRITISH HYMENOMYCETOUS FUNGI.

may Park, in August 1867. It grew upon naked clay, and on rotten
wood in the last stage of decomposition, completely covering the four
sides of the pit. Mr. Broome found it the following November on a
wet bank in Epping Forest; its duration was short in the sawpit, and
in neither locality has it since appeared.

AGARICUS (ENTOLOMA) JUBATUS, Fr.; stem fleshy, glossy, striate,
and shining, white at the base, stuffed or hollow, clothed with minute
sooty fibres; pileus fleshy, campanulate, at first acutely then obscurely
umbonate, clothed with fibres, glossy, not hygrophanous ; gills slightly
adnexed, inclined to be ventricose.

This species was also shown at Kensington last autumn by Dr. Bull ;
he found it growing in great abundance on Merryhill Common, and in
and near Haywood Forest, near Hereford, where [ afterwards found it
myself. It grew in dense clusters, some of them taking a circular
form: young specimens are acutely campanulate, and full-grown plants
attain a height of five or more inches, and a diameter of three or four ;
a small specimen is, however, selected for illustration to meet the re-
stricted size of the plate. The taste is watery, and like many other
pink-spored species, very disagreeable. I am not aware that this spe-
cies has been before published as British, but I understand it was found
by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley at Ascot, a year or two ago, and Mr. Currey
iuforms me he found specimens on October 13, 1868, in a meadow
adjoining a house called Twisden, between Goudhurst and Kilndown,
in Sussex. Mr. Currey was kind enough to forward me several speci-
mens which precisely correspond with the Hereford plants.

HycRoPHORUS CALYPTRJEFORMIS, B. and Br.; pileus thin, acutely
conical, lobed below, minutely innato-fibrillose; stem white, smooth,
slightly striate, hollow ; gills rose-coloured, at length pallid, very nar-
row, acutely attenuated behind.— Outlines of Fungology, p. 202.

This distinct and beautiful species occurred in abundance in Holme
Lacy Park last autumn, when the first specimens were gathered by
J. Griffith Morris, Esq., during the excursion of the Woolhope Club ;
it grew amongst furze, and in open places bordering the plantations.
As it has not been figured before, our Plate may perhaps lead to its de-
tection elsewhere. It was first found, many years ago, by Mr. Broome,
on Hanham Common, near Bristol, but the habitat is now destroyed,
and the plant has disappeared from that district.

EXPLANATIONS OF PLATE LXXXIX.: Fig. 1, 2, 3, Lactarius controversus,

— Ee

RT

f
1
f

NOTE ON THE GENUS ARTHROSTYLIS. 63

Pers. ; 4, spores, x 700 diem —Prar&£ XC. : Fig. 1, foc (Entoloma) juba-
tus ,Er.; 2, section a. "enu 3, spores y ditto, x 700 dia: ; 4, 5, nt ied
calyptraformis, B. and Br. ; 6, section of ditto ; 7, spores sof ditto, x 700 diam

NOTE ON THE GENUS ARTHROSTYLIS, R. Br.
By H. F. Hance, Pa.D., ETC.

In the * Flora Hongkongensis,’ Mr. Bentham, following Brown, as-
signs to this genus all “the characters of Rhynchospora, except that
there are no hypogynous bristles, and the style is articulate upon the
ovary below the dilated base." I may remark, however, that both in
the Singhalese Arthrostylis filiformis, Thw., and the Hongkong
A. Chinensis, Benth., I find the squame distichously imbricate, as, in-
deed, they are described by Steudel (Synops. Pl. Cyper. 138), not
imbricate all round, as in Rhynchospora. In this respect, therefore,
the two genera stand towards each other in the same relation as Fim-
bristylis and Abildgaardia, which, on account of various transitions,
Dr. Thwaites has, with his usual judgment, united ; and it is certain
that some ZAyachospore show a tendency to a Tab arrangement
of the scales. In the Ceylon species I can detect no hypogynous
set: ; but they were certainly present and very conspicuous in all the
flowers of the Hongkong one I examined some years back; and Mr.
Sampson, who is a very careful and trustworthy bporenr, finds the
same in specimens gathered by him last autumn, an observation I have
myself verified. The instability of this character in very many genera
of the Order is now, however, fully established, so that Parlatore, Asa
Gray, and most other eminent modern botanists concur in the pro-
priety of reducing Isolepis to Scirpus, the two merely differing by the
absence or presence of these organs. Apart from the distichous ar-
rangement of the squam:e, more or less observable, as just remarked,
in some Rhynchospore, Arthrostylis differs from that genus by the
style being, as in Fimbristylis, artieulated below, instead of above the
bulb-shaped base,—a distinction of small account morphologically, I
think. On the other hand, I do not see that there is any single cha-
racter by which it can be distinguished from Schænus (including

fospora), and in habit it is exceedingly like S. ferrugineus, L. I
believe there is probably no single Order in which, in proportion to
the number now universally admitted, so many of the genera will, on

F2

64 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEE.

a thorough revision, be found untenable, the characters relied on being
either inconstant, or at most of merely sectional value, and the so-called
genera being linked with each other by all kinds of gradations. Par-
latore, who is by no means indisposed to recognize genera based on
comparatively slight characters, provided these are constant, writing of
those employed for the dismemberment of Scirpus, well observes,—
* Genere immeritamente diviso in molti, fondati sopra caratteri falsi
della presenza o mancanza delle sete del perigonio, dello stilo bifido o
trifido, dell’ achenio triangolare o schiacciato, caratteri tutti variabili
in questa famiglia, non solo nelle specie di uno stesso genere, ma an-
cora negl' individui di una stessa specie, e fino nelle spighette di uno
stesso individuo.”

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEA.
By F. A. W. HU

aer by W. THISELTON-DYER, Esq., B.A., the author’s French edi-
on of the paper published in the ges [Diener t. iii. 1868.)

In 1845, when I published some researches on the ovules, em-
bryos, and male organs of the Cycadacee (Ann. des Sciences Nat.
3me série, t. ii. et iv.), Gottsche published in the * Botanische
Zeitung’ an important investigation of the same subject. The results
of these wholly independent researches were, in many points, identical ;
but Gottsche had taken a more comprehensive point of view by in-
cluding the Conifer as well. At that time I had already completely
abandoned the morphological views which I had previously published
(* Monographia Cycadearum °) on the axial nature of leaves, as well as
Richard's theory of the ovule. Robert Brown, by his investigations of
the genus Pinus (* On the Plurality and Development of the Embryos
in the Seed of the Conifere,” Annals of Nat. Hist., May, 1844), had
ensured still more support for his theory of gymnospermous ovules
first stated in 1826 (Appendix to Captain King's * Voyage ’).*

It is well known how much the labours of Mirbel, Spach, Schleiden,

* Previously read at the British Association nk at Edinburgh. Robe
Brown afterwards added a note, to the effect that the ‘credit of the first idea m
this theory does not belong to Mirbel; and x states that Aubert du Petit-
Thouars had already noticed various points in the structure of the ovules of

ded.
Cycas, without ueing from them the notion of gymnospermous ovules.
(Histoire des Vezet, des Iles d'Afrique.) a 4

[
i
1
A

NR MEST ee eT Se
P j

De ee

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACES,. 65

Schacht, and especially of Hofmeister, have cleared up the history of
gymnospermous ovules, their mode of fertilization, and the develop-
ment of the embryo. The Cycadacee only remain almost completely
excluded from these investigations; and if this may be accounted for
by the remoteness of the native country of these plants, and the rare
occasions of their flowering in our botanic gardens, it is the more to be
regretted, as their ovules are of the simplest form, and, from their size,
the best adapted for examination.

Without treating the subject in detail, I propose to notice and dis-
cuss the reproductive organs of the Cycadacez. J adopt the morpho-
logical identity of ordinary leaves with the structures which bear the
ovules and pollen as the basis of these remarks,—with this physiolo-
gical distinction between the latter, that in Cycas the male organs,
collected into a cone, arrest the terminal growth, like the male and fe-
male organs af all other Cycadacee, so that growth must be continued
by lateral buds; while the ovule-bearing leaves in the same genus are
collected into a large terminal tuft, in the centre of which is a leaf-
bud. We have here the representative of a primitive type ; structure
and function reach their most simple expression ; the ideal arrangement
of the organs of reproduction, which has been established in the higher
plants by the doctrine of metamorphosis, is realized in an actual ex-
ample.

In comparing different genera of the Cycadacee with one another, it
is easy to recognize the homology of the sexual apparatus. From the
carpophyll of Cycas, which retains in every respect its leafy characters,
there is a gradual passage, through Dion* and Macrozamia, to the
squamose and peltate organs of Zamia and other genera. The same
thing holds good, as I have previously shown at greater length, with
the male organs. The male and female cones, or the terminal tuft of
carpophylls, each represent a single male or female flower, composed
merely of the simplest sexual organs, anthers, and carpe

While the homologous organs of plants often differ vides, both in
their anatomical relation and in their external development, a definite
anatomical resemblance may be traced in the Cycadacee. The carpo-

* n the habit of quoting Lindley's genus

Bee farine been Qua opted by error (Miq. Prod. Syst. e p. 22; « Dioon,
Lindl. Bot. Reg. ubi Dion vocatur" ; DC. oup xvi. 2, p. 537, “ Dioon (errore
Dion)" ete.) ; but he arii omitted one of the o's, and she opi wrote
it Dion, and he has elassical authority for fo contracting it

66 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEA.

phylls (and also in many points the androphylls *) are composed of
the same kinds of tissue as the leaves. Vascular bundles leaving the
stem penetrate them in a semicircle, and following their longitudinal
axis, pass parallel to one another through the petiole and midrib, curve
outwards towards the segments of the barren lamiuz in Cycas, and
traverse each segment without dividing, exactly as they are distributed
in the leaflets of the ordinary leaves. They turn in just the same way
towards the point of insertion of the ovules into which they penetrate
(Plate XCI. fig. 1. C. revoluta). An analogous arrangement of bundles,
parallel in the petioles, and diverging at the upper part, occurs in the
carpophylls of Dion, Macrozamia, Encephalartos, and Zamia ; only in
consequence of the contraction of the upper parts, and their conversion
into large plates or shields, the bundles take a direction more curved,
and are usually less developed. In all these genera the bundles which
penetrate the ovules may be seen very distinctly. More or less
cylindrical in a transverse section, they exhibit at the exterior or pos-
terior side a layer of liber-cells, on the opposite side woody tissue.
Laticiferous canals are regularly distributed, and traverse the tissues
just as in the leaves. Chlorophyll cells exist uniformly in the external
layers of parenchyma when young. ‘The epidermis presents no essen-
tial distinction, and the stomata which are deeply situated and have
the appearance of little holes, are easily distinguished.

The morphological interpretation of the component parts of the ovule
is not yet completely made out. Botany does not possess as yet any
theory of the ovule which is generally adopted. The attempts which
have been made to frame one, have been summed up with great clear-
ness by Braun (‘ Polyembryonie und Keimung von Celodogyne,’ 1860,
p- 186). Braun himself was inclined to think that the coats might
be regarded as developments from the funicle. Caspary (** Vergrünun-
gen der Blüthe des Weisklees:" Physik. (Econ. Gesellsch. zu Königs-
berg, 2nd year) raised objections against his view, as well as against

It is convenient to adopt this term instead of an expression like Lindley's

*
* antheriferous cone-scales.”—W. T. D.

I use the expression vascular bundles for iis are — the equivalents of
udis composed of true vessels, for among the Cycads, as well as in vascular
Cryptogams, only vascular cells, closed at the itid occur in the bundles.
Among these cells, ara , netted, scalariform, and porous varieties occur in
Cyeads. (On this low be ig of vascular bundles see Caspary, « Ueber die @efäss-
bündel der Pflanzen the ‘ Monatsberichte der Berliner Akademie der
Wissenschaften,’ cdd 10, 1862.)

—

Coco ow y volitemt NN IECUR pep

— T

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEE, 67

that of Rossmann. According to this observer (Bot. Zeitung, 1855, p
666) from the examination of a monstrous 4quilegia, the border of the
carpellary leaf divides into as many lobes as there are funicles. These
are the equivalents of the lobes, and bear the ovules which originate in
the parenchyma of the lobes, but the nucleus is a new and distinct
(Neubildung) production, giving rise also to the formation of the coats,
According to this view, the coats would neither be a product nor a pro-
longation of the edges of thecarpel. Brongniart had previously based on
a monstrous Delphinium the following theory :— An ovule is the equiva-
lent of a lobe or tooth of a leaf. The funicle with the raphe, as far as
the chalaza, are formed by the vein of the lobe. The nucleus is an in-
dependent formation which makes its appearance on the upper surface
of the lobe, but the coats are nothing more than the folded extremities
of the lobe (** Lobe foliacé replié sur lui-méme en formant une sorte
de capuchon,” Archives du Muséum d'Histoire Nat, iv. 1844).
For anatropous ovules there is something seductive about this theory,
but it leaves unexplained the existence of double coats, and does not
determine the precise point from which the formation of the nucleus
starts. The observations on which it rests as well as those of Wesmael
(Bulletin de l'Académie de Bruxelles, xviii. p. 12) of the gam
ment of ovules by leaflets or leafy lobes, are of great value as ar-
guments against the theory of axile placentas, but they do not at pre-
sent appear to be able to supply an adequate explanation of the
formation of the ovules themselves.*

The production of ovules on the edges or upper surface of carpellary
leaves has been well compared to the formation of buds in the same
‘positions on ordinary leaves,—a phenomenon which is far from being
uncommon, either in cultivated or uncultivated plants, and which, con-
sidering the low differentiation of the tissues in the vegetable organism,
is not very remarkable. The unintermitted production of a succession
of buds and axes, which remain united, or separate as distinct indi-
viduals, is the essential character of all plants. Although as yet it has
eluded direct observation, we can only picture to ourselves the forma-

tion of a bud as originating in a cell differentiated from neighbouring

cells. In this cell therefore the bud, that is the new individual, is

* The observations " Marcha nd aerei iv. p. 189), = z dispensa"
as, xxviii. p. 111), on ovules: partly tran: paires ed in well
as those of Cramer, are only known to me in fion quotations,

68 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACES.

already potentially determined. The final result of the formation of
an ovule is the differentiation of one of the cells situated in its axis,
which produces the new individual; in this way the embryo-sae is to a
certain extent the equivalent of the parent-cell of the bud. The em-
bryo-sac is fertilized by the absorption of matter contained in another
cell which places itself in contact with it; and if we inquire the cause
of the individualization of the parent-cell of a bud, it must be looked
for also in the phenomena of nutrition, of which the adjacent parts are
the seat. Modificatious of the movements and distribution of the nu-
tritive juices are the means of exciting the production of buds. The
destruction of a terminal bud causes the production of numerous lateral
ones. Incisions, by accumulating the supply of food at particular
points (of a leaf or root, for example) cause the production of buds
there. The ovule is usually considered as distinct from the carpel, and
the line of separation drawn at the origin of the funicle; but would it
not be more philosophical to regard it as a stage in the development
of a particular part of the carpel, and to look upon the embryo-sac
alone as a new and independent structure ?

The search amongst monstrous structures for the key to the true
meaning of the parts of the ovule is a proceeding which encounters
serious difficulties in the circumstance that the parts are very frequently
so altered in position and form as to be scarcely recognizable with suf-
ficient certainty. The normal organogeny of carpels and ovules, which
has been chiefly studied in Angiosperms, supplies good information as
to the external aspects of the phenomenon, and reveals to the eye its
anatomical characters, but it will always be extremely difficult to pene-
trate in this way into the morphological interpretation of organs re-
duced to their minimum of development. Besides Pi the complete
history of the evolution of the leaf is still wanting; even after the
admirable researches of Eichler, it has not been distinctly ascertained
in all its bearings. Under these circumstances the consideration of
the carpophylls of the Cycadacez, which are less modified by metamor-
phosis than the corresponding organs in all other Phanerogams, will
perhaps supply Some explanation as soon as their development has
been completely studied,—a labour for which unhappily the materials
cannot be obtained, except in the native country of the plants.

I have consequently confined myself to calling attention to the fol-
lowing points :—

TIR

eM AM PC TK ——ms———— o A

a a

vee ae RT

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEJ. 69

1. In Cycas the vascular bundles of the carpophyll penetrate both
the barren leaf-segment and the ovules in the same way (Plate XCI.
s 1, C. revoluta).

he place where a leaf-segment should be developed is occupied
ue an ovule.*

3. The surface of the ovule is continuous with that of the carpophyll,
and has the appearance of a lateral expansion of it. The same epi-
dermis covers both.T

4. The leaf-segments of the sterile part are not entirely flat, but
more or less swollen and cylindrical, which is an approach to the form
of an ovule. This approach it is true is very slight, and the compari-
son between the hardened points of the segments and the hard sum-
mits of the ovules may also seem too forced. This comparison, how-
ever, adds greater value to a monstrous development of the carpo-
phylls of Cycas Rumphii, which I have previously studied. In many of
them all the ovules were replaced by long leaf-segments.f A carpo-
phyll of the same flower, however, exhibited some ovules, but one of
the sterile segments immediately succeeding the ovules was much more
swollen than the others, and became hollow in its upper part.$ More-
over it was evident by making a section that the vascular bundle did
not remain simply central, but divided a little above the base into
several branches placed all round the axis, and not in the axis itself.
All the other carpophylls exhibited deviations more or less distinct in
the same direction, and I was mistaken in regarding these carpels as

normal, and characteristic of one particular species. Connecting forms

have since convinced me that it must be referred to C. Rumphii (as
that species has been defined by me).

5. In all the species of Cycas the ovule is more or less flattened,
being compressed parallel to the plane of the carpophyll, and having
an upper and under surface. This character agrees with the arrange-
ment of the vascular bundles, which are collected together on the two
opposite sides of the external layer of the coat ; when further deve-
loped, the internal woody layer is also seen to consist of two halves,
united by lateral sutures, which in C. Rumphii even form two sharp

* See figure of Cycas yan d xxv. tab. ii.).

T See Analecta Bot. Ind and figures of the carpophylls of Cycas
generally, especially of C. eir

t Linnea, xxv. tab. ii i fig. £3
§ Loe. cit. fig. 3, the first eed to the left, then regarded by me as normal.

v

70 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEZ,

edges. The same structure may be recognized in the biovular carpo-
phylls of other Cycadacee, and we see that in them the flattened form
gives rise to tetragonal forms in consequence of the opposing mutual
pressures.

6. Anatomically the ovule resembles a thickened leaf-segment, in
which the tissues are arranged round a centre instead of being drawn
out ina plane.* I pointed out this homology in 1842 (Monog. p. 12),
and Heinzel (Diss. de Macrozamia) has taken a similar view.

The external layers of the carpophyll are composed of parenchyma,
becoming more merenchymatous in the interior. At the same time
elongated cells with thickened walls frequently appear in this region.t
The same arrangement of the tissues occurs in the coat of the ovule in
every Cycad which I have examined. The two layers, as I have else-
where shown,} and as is now generally admitted,§ form morphologi-
cally only a single coat. The external coat, which is filled with juices
later on, is green when young, but frequently coloured red when ma-

ture. The internal layer represents the more prosenchymatous part of
the carpophyll It soon becomes woody, the points where afterwards
what are called the sutures occur, becoming so last. The two layers
are reduced to their least thickness in the tubular exostome at the
summit i both play a more or less important part in the formation of
* M. Casimir de Candolle in a recent paper on the theory of the leaf
(Archives des ra: nees, May, 1868, — in ‘Student,’ Aug. 1868), con-
siders leaves as branches with the side turned towards the axis undeveloped.
The ovules ies Create may be looked upon as dom o a more complete
stru € of particular portions of the carpophyll.—W
other dios it then VM Har pid diverges a 1 little from the leaf (see
above, me pa s in Pringsheim’s Jahrb. t. iv).

es "mafia inteqgumenti md et E ab illa pain qualia hucus-
que Nm aliquo vede, M rsa. Inde ab initio offer!

“1. Stratum externum carnosum, cellulis parenchymaticis regularibus con-
rene e epi "Pisis ac carpophyllum vestitum . .. . , apex hujus strati
tubul

"n ur atum secundum, ligneum vel osseo-ligneum, cellulis parenchymaticis
et elongatis compositum, materia deposita inde a prima origine lignescenti-
bus."

X

I quote this Pn: becavse an entirely different opinion has been recently
Sr oen to me (C. A. J. A. Oudemans in Vers. en Meded. der Koninkl.
Akad. vol. ii. p. 255, et Arch. Néerl. vol. p. 395). The fact that the two
layers are entirel blended and are boten simultaneously is sufficient to
show the absurdity of regarding them as two distinct coats,

does not form a distinct structure, it seems more fane wa ek of it asa
tubular exostome.

aeria aie iif

heat pentane
raa"

mne mH

Se Vee

-
ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEX. 71

the exostome, and hence it often happens in ripe fruits that the sum-
mit of the woody part is prolonged into a tubular point.*

The vaseular bundles, which are direct prolongations of one of the
vaseular bundles of the earpophyll, pass through the cellular layer
nearly to the summit, and in ripe fruits are closely applied to the
woody portion. They do not anastomose, and their number varies in
different genera and species, but usually they are grouped, as has
already been stated, on opposite sides. Frequently they leave impres-
sions on the woody layer.

It seems, however, that in the formation of the coat all the tissues of
the carpophyll are not equally developed. In Cycas revoluta, for ex-
ample, and in the genera Zamia and Encephalartos, the epidermis is
evidently continuous from one part to the other (Plate XCI. fig. 1); but
in C. Rumphii the epidermis of the ovules is not densely hairy, like that
of the carpophyll, and the ovules are surrounded at the base by a
hairy ring, or cup-shaped dilatation of the carpophyll.t Up to what
point the external layer of the coat is composed, on one side of a por-
tion of the parenchyma of the carpellary leaf, and on the other of the
whole, could only be determined when the development has been
completely studied. From a superficial examination it might be sur-
mised that the hairy cup of the ovule in the species belonging to the
second division of the genus Cycas is of the same nature as the hairy

‘surface of the ovules in C. revoluta. I have already (Analecta Bot.

Indica, ii. p. 31) pointed out this distinction, which is not an unim-
portant one. But in using the terms integumentum externum and in-
ternum, I had no intention, in opposition to the opinion which I my-
self have expressed as to the simple structure of the coat, of distin-
guishing morphologically two distinct integuments. These expres-
sions, possibly badly chosen, only apply to the external and internal
ayers.

I have already pointed out that the nucleus in Cycads is not deve-
loped before its coat, but contemporaneously with it.f I have never
observed its first appearance. In the course of its development both
it and the embryo-sac pass through very different stages, and I was

* (Plate XCI. fig. 4, 5.) This has also been stated by Karsten to be the case
with Zamia muricata.

t See, amongst others, the € = r4 mer, in Linnea, xxv. tab. 2.

Karsten has confirmed n Zam ta. The nucleus and
its coat appear ce aaaea o (Monatsb. Berlin. Akad., Dec. 18th, 1856.)

-
72 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACES.

mistaken when I regarded (in the memoir quoted) the cavity of the
embryo-sac, which soon loses its membrane, as formed by absorption
and dilatation in the nucleus. The same error had already been com-
mitted by others in the case of the Conifere, and the point has only
been cleared up by the researches of Pineau.
he free conical summit of the nucleus, in which I formerly looked
for the embryo-sac, is situated above it, and rests upon its membrane.
I considered as belonging to the nucleus a special vascular expansion
formed of bundles which, after penetrating the ovules, rise above the
external bundles, perforate the woody layer of the coat (producing the
holes in its base; see Plate XCI. fig. 16), and distribute themselves, by
ramifying and anastomosing, on the interior surface of the coat. They
terminate above just at the point where the nucleus becomes free; it is
consequently blended with the coat for two-thirds of its height. I
had noticed this internal vascular system in all the Cycadacee, but it
escaped my notice at first that it exists previous to fertilization. It
has since been also made out in the Conifere.* Guided by analogy,
I considered myself justified in terming it an expansion of the cha-
laza.t In the ripe fruits it appears much more distinctly ; and when
the remains of the nucleus which cover it are reduced to a thin mem-
brane, as in Macrozamia and in a Cycad from New Holland, it is seen
through it, and produces reticulated impressions on the surface of the
endosperm. (Plate XCI. fig. 13 and 14, fig. 15 and 17; Plate XCII.
fig. 11
As these ovules perforate the coat, and are situated between it and
the enlarged part of the nucleus, it seems that they cannot be regarded
as belonging to the coat. Heinzel (Diss. de Macrozamia) states that
the vascular network is included between two membranes; but this
view does not seem altogether accurate, since these cellular layers
* The analogue of these vascular bundles may be "pes at the base of the

nucleus in W'elwitschia (Hooker * On Welwitschia,' p. 33, tab. 9, fig. 11 and iz
Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxiv.). "They become afterwards iia scis ah (..¢.

+A nn. des Se. Nat. iii. p. kein A vascular network which eus to be
of the same nature has been rved more recently in some Huphorbiacee. A.
Gris. has studied it cael in m Ricin us. He also adopts the pun de it of
exponi ^ E chalaza, a pus am astonished that its resemblance to what
ean ades escaped his e: Just as in it, the nu-
deni is nile n the són, MR. the endosperm in its enlargement reduces by
compressio nto the state of a spongy NM. (Ann. des Sc. Nat., sér. xv.
p-7; pl. ii. fig. 3.)

— A -——Á — ——————mÁÓGC T HE

bid
ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACER, 13

cannot be regarded as actual membranes existing as such originally.
The outer one is intimately blended with the woody portion of the
coat, and seems to form part of it ; the inner is nothing more than the
compressed remains of the nucleus, mentioned above, combined with
what has been termed the epithelium of the nucleus. As soon as the
embryo-sac is for the second time filled with cells for the formation,
properly so called, of the albumen, and its cavity has attained in con-
sequence a considerable enlargement, the tissues of the nucleus are
pushed out and compressed in all directions, especially laterally, and
transformed into a kind of membrane. This compression, in most
of the species, is least towards the base; and in many of them, such as
C. Rumphii and C. spherica, a thick brown layer remains, on which the
broad base of the albumen rests.

In Macrozamia, Dion, Encephalartos, and many species of Zamia,
on the contrary, this layer is entirely converted even at the base of
fruit into a sort of membrane (Plate XCI. fig. 15 and 17 c).* The de-
gree of conversion is very variable in the same genus, and even in the
same species, especially when the fruit has not been fertilized. In C.
angulata, for example (Plate XCI. fig. 14 c), the layer is completely
wasted by compression ; in C. revoluta the enlargement which the cavity
undergoes to make room for the endosperm takes place unequally, so
that the tissues of the nucleus may be more or less preserved or effaced
at the base. Modifications of the entire fruit result from this, and the
fruit becomes ovoid, elliptical, or obovoid (Plate XCI. fig. 2-6). Gene-
rally speaking, this membrane (the remains of the nucleus which in
its earliest stage is intimately united with the internal layer of the
coat, but which gradually separates as this layer becomes woody) is so
pressed by the dilation of the endosperm against the inner layer and
the vascular network, that it can only be detached by maceration and
boiling. In its earliest state, and in a living condition, it is often yel-
lowish in colour. Later on, if still existing in sufficient quantity, it
is brown when dry, and exhibits between the parenchymatous cells
others of an elongated form.

When the nuclear tissue has been removed in ripe seeds, the vas-

Gottsche (l. c. p. 384) states that in Encephalartos a thin white membrane
covers the vascular layer. Possibly there may have been in this case some of
the cells of the first endosperm in addition. M Ne

They suggest the spicular cells which Hooker has found in certain tissues
of Welwitschia.

14 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEEX.

cular layer is not generally completely exposed ; there still adheres an
excessively thin layer of cellular tissue which may belong (as has been
already stated) to the epithelial layer of the nucleus, or perhaps is
formed of the first cells of the endosperm.

It is generally known that the nucleus of Cycads, which is more or
less ovoid, is united for about two-thirds of its height with the coat,
but that it terminates above in a free summit, which is more or less
conical (Hooker calls it the cone in Welwitschia). This free portion
is sometimes higher, sometimes shorter, but generally it is only slightly
projecting at first, and rises as the nucleus grows, so as to have its
summit sometimes immediately below the tubular exostome. Ordi-
narily conical in form, it is sometimes abbreviated, sometimes pro-
longed into a tube. When the endosperm increases in breadth, it is re-
duced to a lower level, but in the latter period of the formation of the
seed, the endosperm pushes it eompletely upwards, and in this case it
presents itself under an entirely different form. Near its base the cone
is intimately united with the coat, the internal surface of which, where
it is not united with the nucleus, is lined with a kind of epidermis,
which ultimately forms a brown and smooth layer. Externally the
cone is covered with a layer of dense cells (Schleiden’s epithelium of
the nucleus, Grundzüge, ii. p. 349; Gotische’s covering.of the nuclear
protuberance, l.c. p. 380). This becomes less distinct towards the
base, on the part of the nucleus which is adherent to the coat, but may
be recognised on the surface of the nucleus after boiling. Although
this layer, at the point where the nucleus becomes free, is intimately
united with the free internal surface of the coat, one cannot, especially
when taking the independent existence of the nucleus into considera-
tion, regard it as a continuation of the external epidermis; since there
would thus be a structure in addition of which I know no other ana-
logue.*

At the summit of the cone this layer rises a little above the internal
tissue, and surrounds it like a ring (Plate XCI. fig. 7 f, and fig. 8 and 9).
The apex of the summit which is not covered by this epithelium, and
on which the pollen-grains fall to complete their development, and

* I must on this point differ advisedly from Vogt gr pte eins ii.
h 395). The point is more evident on comparing the ovules of Conifers
or umso: pesi daran o. Bot. Zeit. 1855, pl. ii. ind. e numerous Spuren
ur in the writings ‘of Hofmeister.

umet HN

M uA tm

| "v0 3 se SS

ee ah ERES

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACER, 75

which therefore performs the function of a stigma, is entirely naked,
and secretes a viscous fluid. After a short period, the internal capacit
of the cone is entirely filled with cellular tissue, which afterwards
softens, and is partially reabsorbed. Mucilaginous channels (the paths
taken by the pollen-tubes) are formed in it, which terminate below the
wall of the embryo sac, in what have been called the areole, beneath
which are situated the opercular rosettes of the corpuscles. (Plate XCI.
fig. 12, 10 and 11, a section of the free summit in the direction of its
length.) The upper wall of the embryo-sac being situated at the level
where the nucleus becomes free, and where the base of the cone is
solidly united to the coat, the cone.is anatomically separate from the -
adherent portion of the nucleus, and as that becomes forced outwards
and compressed by the dilatation of the endospermic cavity, this trans-
verse separation becomes more and more distinct. Finally it withers,
and it is afterwards found, particularly in fertilized fruits, applied as a
cap on the top of the endosperm. In this condition it formerly re-
ceived from some authors the very inexact names of vitellus or scutel-
lum. (Plate XCI. fig. 13 a, Plate XCII. fig. 11.)

The history of the embryo-sac or amnios is very complicated, and it
was not til after Hofmeister, Pineau (Annales des Sciences Nat.,

-3me série, ii, p. 83), and others had unravelled it in the Conifere, that

I found it intelligible amongst the Cycadacee. The exact time of the
first appearance of the embryo-sac I do not know, but it is quite certain
that it takes place at a very early period in the existence of the ovule,
and in the upper half of the adherent portion of the nucleus, termed
2 Hooker the corpus nuclei. From its first appearance, the cavity of

e embryo-sac is filled with cells. At this period it is small and
BEBE and its wall may be seen to consist of simple cellular mem-
brane. I have only twice had the opportunity of examining it in this
state, once in a Cycas, and once in a Zamia. The interior cellular
tissue next disappears, and the cavity enlarges, and becomes filled with
a mucilaginous fluid; from analogy with what takes place among
Conifere, oue would be led to believe that the period of fecundation
approaches at this point. The second stage now commences, and
as it is also completed in unfertilized ovules (fertilized ones have
not yet been observed in botanie gardens), there is no reason for
doubting that it is independent of fertilization. The free and rapid
development of cells produces a highly developed albumino-plastic

16 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEÆ.

tissue, a true endosperm. lt is now no longer possible to dis-
tinguish the true wall of the embryo-sac; the space which it oc-
cupies is bounded by the dense, smooth, and shining surface of the
dilated nuclear tissue, to which perhaps the débris of the original
amniotic membrane adhere.* It is this which has previously led me
into error, in regarding the embryo-sac as a free cavity in the albumen
which I regarded as derived from the nucleus, so that I could not
recognize the morphological meaning of the true nucleus, although I
had observed figured and described the different stages of development.
(Ann. des Se. Nat. l.c. p. 199; Monogr. plate i. fig. R, s.) In nu-
merous unfertilized seeds the endosperm occurred just as in those that
were fertilized; to my great astonishment, however, I have observed
several isolated cases where it was wanting, though the cavity for its
reception existed.

I know nothing of the changes which take place in the upper part
of the embryo-sac at the first appearance of the second endospermie
formation, nor of the way in which the corpuscles of Brown originate.
I only know the period at which the corpuscles already exist both in
the unfertilized ovules and in the ripe seeds containing an embryo. The
vault or upper part of the embryo-sac is very persistent, and becomes
a soft pulpy, often yellowish membrane, to which adheres above, the in-
ternal tissue of the conus nuclei, below, the tops of the corpuscles.

Plate XCI. fig. 12 6, where the corpuscles do not yet exist; Plate
XCII. fig. 9 a, the remains of the cone with the amniotic membrane ad-
herent, below which are the corpuscles; fig. 10, the part removed with
the corpuscles, which are attached to it; fig. 1, the embryo-sac with
the cone removed and viewed from above, with the six areole or places
where the interior canals of the cone terminate, and to which are
attached on the opposite sides by their opercular rosettes the tops of
the corpuscles ;+ fig. 2, tops of the corpuscles situated at this level;
fig. 8, corpuscles whose tops exhibit regularly arranged fragments of
tissuef (opercular rosettes (?) or shreds torn from the part where ad-

* Hooker has observed the same thing in * Welwitschia, Z. c. p. 3

t “ Juniore state membrana tenuis n fere gelatinosa saccos ob it
et eorum — adheeret, — obscuris vel areolis parumper elevatis ex
ins quæ eum saccorum subjacentiu ge correspondent,” etc. ^re
des Se. Peur i e.

ragmen enta regulari s probabiliter canalium conductorum coni
acral pi eet oman Bie attached to plates.—W. T. D.

CP oC Oc OPUS ee

|
]

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACE;F. 74

hesion exists with the amniotic membrane). At this point a total
absorption of the membranes probably takes place, so that the pollen-
tube can penetrate to the top of the corpuscles.

The unfertilized corpuscles at this time appear entirely filled with
cellular tissue, or with a mass of protoplasm regularly divided by
vacuoles. With respect to this I do not feel quite certain, but when
the membrane is torn the included mass has pretty much the appear-
ance represented in Plate } . fig. 5. Ihave found the same state
in fertilized seeds which possess a normal embryo. It is probable that
all the corpuscles which exhibit it (Plate XCII. fig. 4) have remained
unfertilized ; for I have always met with one or two at the same time, in
whieh a small group of larger cells, from which the suspensor originates,
could be observed free in the middle of the cavity. I imagine that
this group at first occupies the base of the cavity, and that it is
not till afterwards that it is elevated to a higher level by the pressure
of the suspensor. It may be that this displacement has been simply
the effect of the preparation which the object has undergone. The
membrane of the corpuscles is relatively dense and resisting, and by
transmitted light it seems composed of small cells with thick walls
(Plate XCII. fig. 2 a, fig. 6, very much enlarged). I formerly stated
that this was actually the case (Ann. des Sc. Nat. l.c. p. 198), and
Gottsche held the same view (Bot. Zeit. 1845, p. 400), but we have
really here what Schleiden has observed in the corpuscles of the Coni-
ere. The external surface of the cellular membrane of the corpuscle
is covered in its whole extent with a layer of very small eells, forming
a kind of epithelium (Hofmeister, Vergleichende Untersuch. pl. 28
and 29). Gottsche has found the total thickness of the wall in Ma-
crozamia to be 001 mm. In ripe seeds the corpuscles are situated in
the upper part of the endosperm. They may be more or less flattened,
sometimes free above, at other times attached to the lower surface of
the areola. When the top of the nucleus or dried cone is torn off,
the corpuscles usually follow with it, with the suspensors coiled up-
wards by the embryo. I have not been able to ascertain if the cor-
puscles are perforated at the summit. In those which I look upon as
unfertilized, not a trace of opening can be seen. In those which have
been fertilized, the fragments of cells which have been already spoken
of (Plate XCII. fig. 8) are seen at the extremities. It is possible that
amongst these débris a passage exists for the pollen-tubes. I have,

VOL. Vil. [MARCH 1, 1869.] G

78 VARIATIONS IN EPIGEA REPENS.

however, never met with any vestige of the tubes in the numerous
seeds which I have examined.

(The Plates and the remainder of the Paper will be given in next number.)

VARIATIONS IN EPIGÆA REPENS, Linn.
(Read before Philad. Acad. Natural Sciences, May, 1868.)
By Tuomas MEEHAN.

There are yet many botanists who regard variations as accidents.
They speak of a normal form as something essential; and departures
from their idea of a type, they refer to external causes, independent of
any inherent power of change in the plant itself. Hence, when a
change of form occurs to them, it is usually referred to shade, to sun-
light, to an unusual season, situation, or some geological peculiarity of
the soil. Cultivation is denounced as interfering with botanical sci-
ence; introducing and originating innumerable forms, defying the skill
of the botanist to classify or arrange. My experience in plant culture,
and as an observer of plants in a state of nature, leads to the conclu-
sion that there is no greater power to vary in the one case than in the
other; that there is as much variation in the perfectly wild plant, as
in those under the best gardener’s skill. To illustrate this, I gathered
a great number of specimens of Antennaria plantaginifolia, Hook.,
whieh, though I do not believe it has a greater average power of
variation than any other plant, affords a good example for the follow-
ing reasons :—The small seeds, I believe, require a clear surface of
ground to vegetate, and young plants therefore never appear in a
meadow or grassy place, In such positions plants only exist that
had a footing in advance of the grass. They then propagate exclu-
sively by runners. After being two or three years in this situation,
they form patches of one or several square feet each. Now it is not
easy to appreciate a minute difference between one single specimen
and another; but when a score or more of specimens of one are
matched against a similar number of the other, the minutiae make
an aggregate which is readily estimated. So we shall find in the
case of a two or three year old meadow, filled with this plant, that

TU SETTORE —

VARIATIONS IN EPIG.EA REPENS, 79

not only are no two patches alike, but that the eye convinces us of the
fact on the first glance over the field. Plain as the differences thus
presented were, I found, however, some difficulty in describing them
in language; and besides being a diccious plant, there might be
brought in the objection of intercrossing between allied species of this
or neighbouring genera, if not of the individuals of the opposite sexes
themselves, to account for so many forms. I therefore chose Zpigea,
as belonging to a Natural Order exclusively hermaphrodite ; containing
only one natural species; not very closely allied to any of the neigh-
bouring genera, Andromeda, Clethra, Gaultheria, etc. ; none of which,
at any rate, flower at the same time with it.

n the 19th of April I gathered specimens from sixteen different
plants on the Wissahickon, without taking any pains to make any
particular selection of varieties. The following descriptions show their
variations :—

1. Tube of the corolla half an inch long, contracted in the middle :
segments of the corolla broadly ovate, one-third the length of the tube,
incurved, pure white. Seales of the calyx two-thirds the length of the
tube, narrowly lanceolate, interior ones white and membranaceous with
a crimson base.

2. Tube half an ineh, regularly cylindrical ; segments half as long
as the tube, triangularly ovate, light rose, incurved. Scales one-third
the length of the tube, white coriaceous.

3. Tube quarter of an inch, thick (one-eighth wide), cylindrical ; seg-
ments rather longer than the tube, triangularly ovate, ineurved, eep
rosy pink. Scales three-fourths the length of the tube, rosy red, with
white margins.

4. Tube nearly half an inch, contracted at the summit; segments
very short, scarcely one-sixteenth of an inch, forming nearly five
ovate repand teeth, purplish-white. Scales greenish-white, simply
acute.

5. Tube quarter of an inch long, one-eighth wide ; segments lanceo-
late, erect, two-thirds as long as the tube, rosy purple. Scales brown,
not margined, drawn out to a long fine point.

6. Tube quarter of an inch, cylindrical; segments oblong-ovate, re-
curved, as long as the tube. One of the anthers slightly petaloid.
Seales prolonged into almost an awn.

7. Tube much narrowed at the summit, quarter of an inch long;

a 2

80 VARIATIONS IN EPIGHA REPENS.

segments less than one-sixteenth of an inch long, pale purple. Scales
greenish-brown, very narrow

8. Tube near half an inch, contracted in the middle; segments
quarter of an inch, linear lanceolate, bright rose. Scales half the
length of the tube, broadly ovate, membranaceous, simply sharp-
pointed.

9. Tube half an inch, cylindrical; segments quarter of an inch, of
which there are but ¢hree broadly ovate, white.

10. Tube nearly three-quarters of an inch, cylindrical; segments

uarter of an inch, narrowly ovate. Scales as long as the tube, linear-
lanceolate, pale green.

. Tube less than quarter of an inch, and shorter than the luxuriant
foliaceous, mucronate scales. Segments of the corolla two-thirds as
long as the tube, broadly ovate, pure white.

12. Tube quarter of an inch, increasing slightly in width upwardly
(funnel-shaped), one-eighth thick at the top of the tube; segments
short, ovate, reflexed, light pink. Scales longer than the tube, green,
S margine

. Tube ec of an inch, much contracted in the middle; seg-
es quarter of an inch, broad ovate. Scales half the length of the
tube, brown, with white margins.

14. Tube under half an inch, thick, perfectly cylindrical; segments
quarter of an inch, broad linear, and rounded at the apex, waxy
white. Scales quarter of an inch long, brown, with membranaceous
margins.

15. Tube full three-quarters of an inch, cylindrical; segments quar-
ter of an inch, triangularly ovate, pale rose. Scales half an inch,
narrow and drawn out to an awn-like point.

16. Tube half an inch, cylindrical. Scales less than one-sixteenth
of an inch, broad ovate, green, and barely pointed.

On again examining No. 12, after making these notes, I was sur-
prised to find no trace of stamens, but with the pistil perfect; and on
examining the other specimens, I found three out of the fifteen were
pistillate also. Another remarkable fact was that all these pistils had
the fine cleft stigmas strongly recurved, exposing a glutinous surface ;
while the hermaphrodite ones kept the apex of the pistils closed. The
ovaries of the pistillate forms were also evidently better developed than
those in the hermaphrodite condition, and the inference was that the
plant was practically diecious.

uy Mee Ci oi alll

Uu

VARIATIONS IN EPIG/EA REPENS. 81

On the 3rd of May I returned to the locality and found this hypo-
thesis in all probability correct. The pistillate plants were in propor-
tion about one-third that of the hermaphrodite, and could be readily
distinguished after the flower had faded by the recurved stigmas above
noted. All the plants that had shed their corollas were pistillate ; the
apparently hermaphrodite plants having their corollas dry on the re-

ceptacles, from which it was not easy to separate them—the scales of
the fiyr and a part of the stem coming away with them. This is so
well-known a feature of impregnation in the development of a fruit,
that I need not dwell much on the importance of this fact, as showing
the fertility of the pistillate, and the sterility of the opposite form.

I engaged friends to furnish me specimens from other places. Dr.
James Darrach finds them, as I have above described, in another locality
on the Wissahickon. Miss Anderson sends me ten specimens from Edge
Hill, Montgomery County, Pa., amongst which two are purely pistil-
late, the rest varying much as in the Wissahickon specimens. Mr.
Isaac Burk finds pistillate plants abound at Mount Ephraim, New
Jersey, but there are abortive filaments without anthers, and he sends
me one specimen of this character. Mr. Charles E. Smith sends me
a dozen or so specimens from Haddonfield, hermaphrodite, and so ex-
actly alike that they probably all come from one plant. Mr. E. Dif-
fenbaugh sends ten specimens from another place in New Jersey, all
witb anthers, but varying from nearly none to filaments three-eighths
of an inch long; varying also in the proportionate lengths of scales,
tubes and segments; but not near as much as in the Wissahickon spe-
cimens. Professor Cope sends samples from Delaware County, Pa.
These are varied like the Wissahickon ones; and Mr. Cope remarks to
me that the pistillate forms are so distinctly characterized, by the vasi-
form recurved corollas and other characters, that he can readily distin-
guish them as he walks along.

Has this peculiarity of Zpigea repens been overlooked by the many
botanists who must have critically examined it heretofore? Or has
the plant reached a stage of development when germs of uew forms
spring actively into life?

In a paper on Lopezia, published in the last volume of the Proceed-
ings, I showed that the sexual organs of that genus were admirably
arranged to prevent the pollen of a flower falling on its own stigma.
This behaviour of Zpigga adds another to the list of plants, now so

82 FLANT REMAINS IN NORTH AMERICA.

extensive, known to have an abhorrence of self-fertilization. It may
not be out of place to hazard a reason for this course :

There would seem to be two distinct principles in relation to form
going along together with the life of a species. The tendency of the
one force is to preserve the existing form; the other to modify, and
extend it to newer channels. The first we represent by the term în-
heritance, the other we understand as variation. Inheritance struggles
io have the plant fertilize itself with its own pollen; whilst the efforts
of variation are towards an intermixture of races or even neighbouring
individuals, rather than with members of the one brood or family.
May it not be possible that at some time in their past history all spe-
cies of plants have been hermaphrodite? that Diccism is a later tri-
umph of variation, its final vietory in the struggle with inheritance?
There are some difficulties in the way of such a theory, as there are
with most of these theories; but it seems clear from this case of Epigea
that cultivation has not as much to do with changes as it gets credit
for, and we may readily believe that, independently of external circum-
stances, there is a period of youth and a period of old age in form as
well as in substance, and that we may therefore look for a continual
creation of new forms by a process of vital development, just as ra-
tionally aud as reverently as for the continued succession of new indi-
viduals.

The discovery of dicecism in Zpigea is interesting from the fact that
it is probably the first instance known in true Zricaceg. In the Eri-
eal suborder of Francoacee, abortive stamens are characteristic of the
family, and in the Pyrolacee antherless filaments have been recorded.—
Meehan’s Gardener's Monthly, February, 1869

ON THE PLANT REMAINS FOUND IN THE CRETACEOUS
AND TERTIARY STRATA OF NORTH AMERICA.

The Cretaceous flora of Britain, and indeed of Europe, presents an
assemblage of plants very different from those which succeeded them
in the same area, either in ‘Tertiary or recent times. The fruits of
Pandanee, arborescent Liliacee, several genera of Cycadee, species of
Araucaria and Sequoia, with numerous Ferns and gigantic Eguiseta,
are.found in the Cretacecus beds of Britain. M. Coemans has de-

PLANT REMAINS IN NORTH AMERICA, 83

scribed a singular collection of coniferous fossils from strata of Calca-
reous age occurring in the Belgian province of Hainault, but with
them is associated a Cycad belonging to an extinct tribe of the Order.
No trace whatever remains of these Cretaceous plants in the existing
flora of the regions where they are found. A corresponding facies of
vegetation can be found at the present day only in tropical regions,
and to a considerable extent the same may be said of the vegetation
of the Tertiary strata. The tropical character is not so strongly pro-
nounced, but the Orders and genera represented are more southern
forms than those now living in Europe. Two or three Palms, species
of Smilax, Cinnamomum, Liquidambar, Liriodendron, etc. ; numerous
forms of Proteacee, referred to the modern genera Banksia, Dryandra,
Hakea, and Persoonia, and coniferous forms belonging to Sequoia,
Taxodium, Glyptostrobus, Frenela, etc.,—form a group of plants the mo-
dern representatives of which must be sought sometimes in America,
sometimes in Australia, and at others in Asia or Africa, but least of all
in Europe, and, in the few cases that do occur in Europe, only in
the Mediterranean region of the Continent. The Tertiary flora is
much further removed from the existing vegetation of Britain than
it is from the Cretaceous flora, and yet from this it is very clearly
distinguished.

n America the relations of these successive floras are very different.
Many genera are common to each of the three periods, and no very
marked line of distinction can be drawn between either of them. Pro-
fessor Newberry has just given us the means, of forming an approximate
estimate of the facies of the two extinct floras,* in a recent Essay, which,
besides containing much new and original labour, gives a narrative of
all that has been done before. The plants found in Cretaceous rocks
were at first believed to be of Tertiary age, on account of the modern
character of the genera found among them. The true stratigraphical
position of the rocks in which they occur has, however, been esta-
blished, beyond a doubt, from the discovery of unmistakable Cretaceous
shells in them, like Gryphaa Pitcheri and Inoceramus problematicus.
The forms enumerated by Newberry contain only a few, which have
disappeared from North America, such as Cinnamomum, Cissus, Ficus,

* eb ess on the e Extinct Floras of North America, with description of
e new species of Fossil Plants from the Cretaceous ~~ e. uot Strata.
rives of the "poa of Nat. History in New York, vol. ix

84 PLANT REMAINS IN NORTH AMERICA.

Araucaria, and Salisburia ; they especially abound in geuera still
bulking largely in the flora of the United States. Among these may
be enumerated 7 species of Populus, 4 of Salix, 6 of Quercus, 2 of
Magnolia, 2 of Platanus, together with representatives of Diospyros,
Aristolochia, Sassafras, Liriodendron, Taxodium, Cupressus, etc., some
of which are confined, as living plants, to the American continent,
though they are found in Europe in Tertiary strata. The genera in-
dicating a warm climate, like Sabal and Cinnamomum, are from the
west coast ; while the Cretaceous beds of Kansas, Nebraska, and New
Mexico have hitherto yielded no fossils of a tropical or even of a sub-
tropical character. This difference in the character of what was pro-
bably contemporaneous floras, is supposed to have been caused by the
existence of an elevated central region separating the two sides of the
broad continental surface on which the plants grew. This would give
physical conditions, not unlike those of the continent at the present
day, the isothermal lines being similarly curved over the surface. It
would thus happen that Palms and Cinnamons would, from the con-
ditions of temperature, be restricted to the western region of the Creta-
ceous continent.

Many of the genera found in these Cretaceous beds are represented
in the Tertiary strata, and they are accompanied with numerous other
forms, linking them still more closely with the vegetation of the pre-
sent day. These comprise such genera as Cornus, Negundo, Carya,
Sapindus, Aralia, Anelanchier, Planera, Rhus, Sequoia, and Thuya.
The resemblance which this fossil flora bears to the living vegetation
of the United States is very obvious. It agrees also to a considerable
extent with the present flora of Japan and China, and with the fossil
plants from the Miocene beds of Europe. Among the American Ter-
tiary plants is a species of Glyplostrobus, of which there is a large num-
ber of specimens, and which cannot be distinguished from G. Europeus ;

and other species (Taxodium dubium, Sequoia Langsdorfii, etc.) are
very closely allied to European fossils, if they are not indeed identical
with them

From-the Tertiary flora, when looked upon as the precursor of that
which now occupies North America, several important genera are want-
ing, which will most likely be yet discovered. Among the most
striking of these deficiencies may be mentioned Acer, Quercus, Lirio-
dendi on, Liquidambar, Sassafras, etc., some of which appear among the

CORRESPONDENCE, 85
vegetation of the Cretaceous period, and all of them are members of
the European Miocenes.

Among the Ferns from the Tertiary strata is an Onoclea, which
Professor Newberry cannot distinguish from the living American O
sensibilis, and which he considers the same as Filicitis ? Hebridicus,
Forbes, from the Miocene beds of Mull.

W. CARRUTHERS.

CORRESPONDENCE.

Wilkomm and Lange's Spanish Flora.
“Terra ferax Cerere, multoque feracior uvis."—0Ovid, Am., ii. 16. 7.
Dear Sir, —At page 239 of your fourth volume you state that, unless a few

more subscribers can be obtained, the publication of Wilkomm and Lange's
* Prodromus Flore vea anice’ must be discontin

ued.
rty eee since deus = T— uid "-— "i
a hope that Spanish Mn ould at length awaken from their črvov Ahôa

Baðúv, and endow science wid a T jawan of —"' he RR ur
racterized as “the richest and most varied flora in

Euro
This appeal has been partially responded to by Diii, Costa, Graells, and
a few others, whilst Webb, Boissier, Reuter, Kunze, Cosson, and Gay have
done still more towards the description of Spanish plants. engin while
the vegetation of every other European country is critically illustrated, in one
or more standard works, Spain and Portugal alone have no Flora, the extensive
and valuable collections made of late years, amongst which the magnificent
ones of Bourgeau stand pre-eminent, though worked up more or less completely,
having never been brought together and revised by a competent biases
ar with the count
To collect these irja membra, and study them comparatively from a uni-
form point of view, was the task undertaken by Professors Wilkom

regards scientifie accuracy in th

graphical distribution, and neatness in the typography, it has been admirably
executed.

[1]
j
P
E
$E
D
@
5
~> e
Er
©
-
B
ee
2
&.
S
S
a
o
S,
3

It seems scarcely credible, and is a reproach to European botanists, that a
work of this nature, of inestimable value for the study of the statistics of the

with the steadiness and rap
must already, to a dem uu bep repa sil and a
expect, we shall in a few years- sii ss some effort is mad

abandonment of an undertaking for which the materials exist, and whereof the

86 . MEMORANDA.

susceptors seek only to be secured from personal loss—possess a more com-
plete manual for the floras of Greece, Turkey, Egypt, Syria, and Western
Asia, than for that of the Iberian peninsula; whilst Italy, so long distracted
and misgoverned, besides innumerable local Florulas, and a works of Moris
and Gussone for Sardinia and Sicily, has given us a complete Flora of the
country in ten volumes, and another in course of eea which will pro-
bably attain equal lengt

My object in addressing to you this communication, which I earnestly hope
may meet the eyes of Prof. Wilkomm, i is to point out that, under the altered

placed in the principal libraries, could scarcely fail to meet with a ready and
favourable response.

I trust my suggestion will not be neglected, and that its success may prevent
a calamity which would demonstrate too clearly that, while many talk of the
progress of our science, there can be comparatively few who take a real interest
in

H. F. Hance.
Whampoa, China, December 11, 1868.

MEMORANDA.

The Rev. J. E. Leefe requests us to announce that he is now prepared to
send off copies of the first fasciculus of the ‘Salictum Exsiccatum,’ ne) paid,
on the receipt of 8s., hee in stamps or by Post Office order. Add
Cupwell Vicarage, Morpe

The Wollaston Fund is been awarded by the Council of the Geological
Society to Mr. W. Carruthers, of the British Museum, in consideration of his
researches in fossil botany.

A Memor of the late E Harvey, of Dublin, has just been published
by pma Bell and Dal

C. Wood has licor a p meis in a vta apne at Benton,

Sean! 8 ica California. The 160 degrees.

The plant he names Nostoc caladariam, It ue rim grows freely in water of

this very great temperature, but ae on itself a simpler structure, which he
has designated Pirson therm

HE PINES OF CALIFORNIA. egy a recent meeting of the California Aca-

race of Sciences, Dr. Bolander said there were but fifteen species indigenous

which he called Picea magnifica, which was but P. amabilis. He thought the
European botanists usura species in the interest of seedsmen, as there was
such a demand in Europe for seeds of new thin
HUJA AND LriBockpRUs.— We have been reque uested, by Mr. Robert Bro
to correct an error which has crept into his * Monograph of the pr

BOTANICAL NEWS, 87

Genus Thuja, Linn., and of the North American Species of the Genus Libo-
cedrus, Endl.” in its passage through the press. At page 363 of the volume
in which it is contained (Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. = the parallel columns
containing the characters of the two genera should be transposed, and the word

“the,” fifteenth line from foot of p. 362, last word in the line deleted. This
error is evident both from the context and the preceding and following matter,

but as it stands is apt to be confusing

Dr. Masters lately exhibited, at a Sati of the Scientific Committee of the
Royal Horticultural Society, a s n of a monecious Mistleto, sent by
Mr. George Thomson, gardener A ‘Stansted Park, Sussex. The same main
trunk bore short, stiff, compact shoots, with small leaves of a dark green colour,
and ripe berries, and, at the same time, long, slender, pendulous, whip- -like
tea with larger yellow-coloured leaves, and perfect male sonst in full
bloo Dr. Masters stated that he had never before seen or he similar

rofessor Oliver, who had paid much attention
to the Loranthacee, had also informed Dr. Masters, that he had not seen any
record of monoivism in the Mistleto, though such a condition was common in
some of the other genera of the Order. Professor Oliver also remarked that
the present case was the more remarkable from the fact that the sexual cha-
racteristics of Mistleto are usually so well marked that it is possible to distin-
guish the male from the female plants at a distance by their colour or genera
aspect. It was suggested by some members of the Committee that this might

case of natural grafting, owing to a seed having fallen on the male plant,
and there germinated—a parasite on a parasite !—but this view of the case was

"3
a
B
©
e
=
5
E

Mr. Wilson Saunders, at the same meeting, exhibited a Hyacinth of the
variety ipe “ Robert Steiger,” in which the fowert, instead of being of their
ual carmine colour, were all green. The difference in colour was associated

cence or phyllomorphy in Colchicum autumnale, and Dr. Masters to the like
phenomena in some species of Convallaria. :

BOTANICAL NEWS.

EDINBURGH BOTANICAL SOCIETY met on Thursday, 14th J; anuary, 1869, at 5,
St. Andrew Square, Dr. re et ian ier in the chair. The following commu-
nications were read :—I. Bio; cal Notices of Carl Friedrich Phillipp von
Martius, M.D. ; and Adalbert ri Sclinizlein, Ph.D., late members of the Society.
By Dr. Cleghorn. II. The Lichen Flora of Greenland. By Dr. Lauder
Lindsay. The author stated that his attention had been drawn to the lichen

S8 BOTANICAL NEWS.

ai of Greenland by being requested i in the winter of 1867-8, by Mr. Robert

rown, to examine and determine the lichens collected in West Greenland in
the e course of the “West Greenland Exploring Expedition” of 1867. On
studying in connection with the determination of the species so submitted, the
literature of Greenland lichenology, he was surprised to find that there was no
recorded modern list of the lichens of that country. Accordingly, the author
had drawn up a list of all the lichens which to the present day had been found,
or recorded to have been found, in Greenland, compiled from all the sources of
information accessible to him. The list included 268 species and varieties.
HL eg es on Diatomacee from Danish Greenland, collected by Mr. Robert
Bro By Professor Dickie. No.1. All the species recorded were British,
wit de single exception of Sepp uu iced described by the
late Professor Bailey, from Halifax ; found also on the shores of North-west

en

. b
Mr. Jennerand Mr. Howie in Ross-shire in July 1868. y Mr. Charles
Howie. The author described the parts of Ross-shire visited, and enume-
rated the different species of Mosses collected, with special reference to the
situations and conditions of growth. The paper was illustrated by dried
specimens of Bi quante V. On the Staining of Microscopical Preparations.
R

mauvine and Beale’s carmine solution. He showed that by means of staining,
the high powers of the microscope can be used to bring out points of stru
not easily apii without belue so treated. The process of staining does
nded with any great difficulty, and the author believes that
very important pies: may be obtained by eareful study of its action on ger-
minating plants. VI. Letter from Dr. R. O. Cunningham to Professor Bal-
four. “H.M.S. Nassau, Valparaiso, 3rd November, 1868.— Rather more than
a year ago I wrote to you, describing our experience during the first season we
spent in the Strait of Magalhaens, and possibly you may be interested by a
few notes of our proceedings during the past year. I shall confine myself prin-

Point two days later, on a lovely spring morning, recalling the month of April
at home. The fresh green foliage of Fagus antarctica was really refreshing to
the eye after our sea cruise, and a considerable number of flowering plants

in full flower, and so were two or three Cruciferce, and a pretty little Saxifrage
(S. exarata) bearing a close general resemblance to our S. tridactylites. We

nical and zoological, and then moved eastward, spending a few days at Cape
Negro, where I procured Oxalis enneaphylla, Arabis Macleniana, Embothrium

BOTAN!CAL NEWS. 89

coccineum, Geum Magellanicum, and a variety of other plants. Shortly after
e

so

without number, I was very much confined on board. ‘Towards the end of
ecember, we visited the Gallegos River, about thirty miles to the north of

Cape Virgins, i in search of a deposit of fossil bones of mammalia, but were un-

sian in great luxuriance, and found the ripe fruit of Rubus pude We

h
channels leading northwards from it to the Gulf of Penas. We halted at various
places on our way, and I made use of all the opportunities that came of going
ashore and hunting for specimens. At Playa Parda Core, in the western part

Metrosideros stipularis, and which qum not seem to have been previously met
with to the north of the Chonos Archipelago. It is, however, abundant in the
channels, and constitutes a well-marked feature in the vegetation, frequently
forming a distinct belt where the precipitous land dips into the water.

Poll Bay, emis: we spent two or three days, I found Gaultheria antarctica,
generally growing along with Myrtus Nummularia, and easily mistaken for it
at first sight, and Tetroncium ian Here, as in most places in the

channels where there was any open ground, « solid was formed of plants
of posture vage and Caltha um and a species of Prestonia
was sind espe he shallow pools of freshwater. At Eden Harbour, in the

me
cds a curious little dwarf conifer, which also occurs on the mountains of Val.

90 BOTANICAL NEWS.

divia (and which Philippi has €— under the name of Lepidothamnium),
as well as Mitraria coccinea, not before obtained to the south of the Chonos

of an arboreous grass of the genus Chusquea ; Myriacee, Bromeliacee, Escal-
lonias, and Fuchsias constituted a very prominent feature. The trunks of

a scarlet Loranthus ; and Gunnera scabra covered many of the sandstone cliffs
with its large Rhubarb-like leaves. Other conspicuous plants were a yellow-
flowered Loasa and Berberis Darwinii, and last, but not least, our common
Digitalis, which has completely naturalized itself. We left the Bay of San
Carlos on the 12th of April, to return to the channels, passing between Chiloe
and the mainland, and calling at two forts in the island on our w h

first of these (Cava Oscura) I found Tricuspidaria in flower, and was consider-
ably puzzled as to its affinities (Dr. Hooker has since set me up "- regard.
o it). The drooping crimson flowers give the tree a most re ppear

and was in hopes that it might prove new, but have since found that it has
been previously procured from Valdivia, being Philippi's Tecoma Valdiviana.
It does not appear to have been met before to the south of Valdivia, so this
discovery of it in the channels extends its distribution several hundred miles.
I have not said anything yet about the Cryptogamie plants of the channels.
There are -— e very beautiful ferns (chiefly H ymenophyllee), Musci and
Lichens: but the greater number of them occur also in Chiloe and the sout

parts of aa. and I did not meet with fee a great number of species as I was
led to expect. One, a species of Hypopterygium, greatly delighted me by the
beauty of its growth, resembling that i a miniature Palm-tree. We left the

little yellow Oxalis, known to the Chilians by the title of ‘Flor de Perding,’
formed bright-coloured patches on the hills, and a Fuchsia with small pink

BOTANICAL NEWS. 91

flowers was blooming abundantly. I made a short excursion to the small town
Santa Rosa de los Andes, at the foot ofthe Cordillera. "There the lower hills

there I made the acquaintance of the MNolanacee for the first time; Alona
lestis cepe the lower slopes of the hills, yn two species of Sorema being
abundant o e lower ground. ‘There, also, I saw for the first time the Ari-
stolochia riii the enti Title Seitan, Carica —

Llagunoa glandulosa, Sc m us fimbriatus, two sp of nia,
Trichopetalum, etc. Were oo to Valparaiso in the bise of vanae
and here we have been since. There is now a wonderful variety of plants in
flower on the hills and intersecting quenadas,— T'ropeolum tricolorum, two
yellow MBit a yellow and a deep purple Ovalis, a scarlet Alonsoa,
several species of Ginothera, Pisathea cerulea, Puya coarctata, a Verbena,
Adesmia salpigossi , Argemone, Tupa, Schizanthus, Anemone, Polygala, etc.,
ge yw in for

NINGHAM." VII. Report on the Open Air Vegetation at the Royal Bota tanic
Garden. By Mr. M‘Nab. VIII. Report on the Botanic Gardens of Natal.
By Mr. J. M. Ken, Curato:
Thursday, February 11. - ain Jenner, aie Vice-President, in the chair.
ead :—

= a spacial anne of pr » order to test the accuracy of the state-
nts conclusions to which he has arrived :—

L "The same specimen, i iu the han ds ie the same operator, in its different parts,
at different times, frequently exhibits colour-reactions different at least in de-
ee. 2. The same species, in the hands of tlie same operator, and, still more

ing equally in kind and degree. 3. Col orific quality i is determined by cire

8
States of development, in relation to sterility, hypertrophy, or degeneration of
ie Yvepialde tissues uper 4. This ineonstancy of colorific property leads
ver lis depend on laboratory testings in the purchase
of his *orchella weed," or in determining its commercial value; for it not un-

99 BOTANICAL NEWS.

frequently — that a most promising Roccella even proves worthless, and
is, as such, east asi 5. Colour-reaction, though interesting in itself in con-
nection with the iind subject of lichen colorific or colouring matters, affords
d that can be depended on, either (a) to the systematist in defining pier

or or (à) to the dye manufacturer in determining the ‘value of his “ ry eed.”
II. Notice of a Journey from Deyrah Dhoon to Jumnotri. Part By Mr.
William Bell III. Remarks on some Deep-Sea Dredgings
B :

examined by Professor Dickie. He found that in the matter from 2000 fathoms
there were two Diatoms, one identical with Coscinodiscus minor, and the other

say. Among the Mc he found several species of Polycystida. Special

of the dredgings were shown under the microscope. IV. Notice of the Occur-
rence of Amblystegium confervoides, any and yom tale in Westmoreland, by
Mr. J. M. Barnes. Communicated by Mr. P. N. Fraser. Mr. Barnes gathered
this moss in 1867, in considerable ine on nk stones in damp wood
near Levens. He has gathered it in many different places since. It always
occurs on limestone, and is apt to be overlooked for a small form of A. serpens.
Specimens were exhibited and presented by Mr. Barnes to the herbarium. V.
Report on the Open Air — at the Royal Botanie Garden. By Mr.
M‘Nab. VI. Miscellaneous Communications. 1. Aster salignus,—A note
was read from Miss Beever, recog ‘the occurrence of Aster salignus on the
shore of Derwentwater, where it was collected by Miss Edmonds, in 1868, in
flower, This m es occurs near Cambri idge, and in eae places on the
banks of the Tay, between Dalguise and Segzieden. ne locality below
Perth, Dr. White POR that it is associated so is agli plants,
such as Linaria na » Petasit tes alba, Sanguisorba Canadensis, Mimulus
luteus, Crocus vernus, an "i Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus, which are all more or
less common, and well established along the banks of the river. In France,
Aster Novi- Belgi seems to hold the same place as A. salignus does in Britain—
that of an exotic plant, well established on the banks of several rivers, as near
Strasbourg, Laugre, and Lyons. 2. Rare British Mosses.—A note was read
from Mr. James Hardy, Old Cambus, oo specimens of Dicranum elon-

gatum, which he collected near the summit of Hedgehope, Northumberland,
in July last; and recording the occurrence of Dieranodontium aristatum, in
ab Rae eM where it was first gathered by Mr. Jerdon in 1864, and Grim-
mia contorta, on the Cheviots, collected by himself in May, 1868. Mr. Hardy
is pe present engaged in drawing up a list of the Berviieksbire Mosses, which
will shortly be published,

ie
itte teneretur aei isses

Vincent Brooks, Day &San, Imp.

RSS,

vt *

W.G. Smith, lith.

W.G. Smith, lith. i Vincent, Brooks, Day&Son, Imp

Tab 9t

W.G.Sraith, del. et lith. Vincent Brooks, Day & Son. Imp

CO TEE an

93

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEE.
By F. A. W. MIQUEL.
Translated by W. TuIseELTON Dyer, B.A.
(Puates XCI. and XCIL)
(Concluded.)

The suspensors spring from the base of the corpuscles. They are
more or less spirally twisted, and descend at first to penetrate into
the central cavity of the endosperm, but afterwards they are more or
less pushed upwards by the embryo. I have not succeeded in ascer-
taining if the suspensors of neighbouring corpuscles can coalesce with
one another. It often happens that only one suspensor is well de-
veloped, and this produces the embryo. This is shown in Plate XCII.
fig. 2 and 4, where the suspensor proceeds from a corpuscle which
appears lacerated, or has been destroyed in making the section. Its
remains are still visible at the base of the sterile corpuscles. In fig. 8 -
however, there are two twisted suspensors, the longest of them bearing
the embryo. The suspensors produce lateral branches which terminate
in rudimentary embryos in the form of tubercles (fig. 4 and

These filamentary bodies represent the structure which the older car-
pologists called the filum suspensorium, and which R. Brown called
the suspensor. T have proposed for it, in consideration of its function,
the name embryoblastanon. Others had applied the term proemóryo to
it. In no other group of plants is this structure so complex as in
Cycads. It is more or less cylindrical in shape, and composed of an
aggregation of numerous elongated cells (Plate XCII. fig. 7). The
remains of a delicate membrane may be distinguished on its surface;
I am not able to give any explanation of it, but it may possibly be
caused, like the membrane on the surface of the embryo, by a slight
adhesion to the endospermic tissue. Such an adhesion might easily
take place between the superficial cells of organs which are in contact
during the time of their growth. The consistence of the filament is
firm and solid. It is only at the point of junction with the embryo
that it breaks readily.

The endosperm, in the axis of which the embryo is tightly packed,
is entirely unattached in the cavity which it occupies (Plate XCI. fig.
17; Plate XCII. fig. 11-13). At its surface the appearance of the

VOL. VII. [APRIL 1, 1869.] H

94 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEJE.

tissue is slightly different, but there is no definite membrane admitting
of separation. I cannotel early comprehend what Gottsche means by the
yellow membrane which, according to him, covers the endosperm (Bot.
Zeit. l. c. p. 398), unless he has in view the remains of the nucleus.

It is not unusual to see germination commence in the undetached
seed itself ; the radicle pierces the remains of the summit of the nucleus
and appears externally (Plate XCII. fig. 11). We must interpret in
this way the figure of the embryo of Maerozomia which I published in
1845 (Ann. des Sc. Nat. l. c.). In this instance the embryonic con-
dition had been passed and the first leaves developed.

It must be remarked that in all Cycads the plumule is only com-

osed of a few scales. On this and other points I may refer to my
communications in the Ann. des Sc. Nat. |. c., and in * Linnea’ xix.
p. 5. The parts which produce the pollen,* and which compose
the male cone, are in every point the morphological equivalents of the
carpophylls. It would be perfectly correct to call them anthers, but
from their analogy to the female organs, and to avoid the risk of con-
founding them with their loculi (which many authors continue very
improperly to call anthers), it will be perhaps preferable to adopt the
term androphylls. They are always smaller and simpler in shape than
the earpophylls, but their structure presents no essential difference.
The polygonal cells of the epidermis are much thickened, and the sto-
mata are deeply situated among them.

The principal point which arises here relates to the development of
the numerous polliniferous loculi (‘ Zogettes’) which are situated on
the under surface of the androphylls, and which were formerly looked
upon as distinct anthers.t Mohl has observed with reason that the
way in which I had explained in my monograph the evolution and
morphological meaning of these loculi was not consistent (* Vermisehte
Schriften,’ p. 57).

They are placed on the lower face of the androphyll (which is also
their situation in the peltate forms) and on either side of the median
liue, and they spring in groups of two to four, or rarely of five from a

* The oe figures which exist of these organs may be con nsulted.

T This was the opinion of Richard (Dict. Class. d'Hist. Nat. tome v. p-
216). Other Hii s as to the d ps _ oo R. Brown in the Ap-
pasi to Captain King’s as Bot. Wo bin vol. i. p-

459, et seq.). Lindley eco, Wired. p.293), adoptin beti s view, terms
the androphylls * antheriferous cone scales" —W

———— — €—

pU SS ee

ee

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEZX. 95

common point of attachment. In their earliest stages they appear as
slightly elevated protuberances or papillz, green in colour, and covered
by the epidermis, which they do not rupture. They are, in fact, ex-
crescences of the parenchyma which are formed at particular points,
and their internal tissue is consequently wholly cellular. Little by
little they assume their elongated rounded form, and the entire mass
of cellular tissue becomes pollen-generating tissue, because in the
cavity, when matured, nothing but pollen ean be found. Each cell
[‘ parent cell'] produces four other cells, and each of these forms a
pollen-cell They are comparable to the regions where, in the loculi
(^ loges’) of ordinary anthers, the production of pollen takes place;
and should receive, therefore, the name of loculi.

The formation of pollen does not take place over the whole organ as
in angiosperms and most gymnosperms, but only at a considerable
number of points on either side of the median line. The wall of the
loculi is very firm. Its colour is brown at a period a little more ad-
vanced, and its exterior is marked with short linear impressions. It
opens from the top to the bottom on the inner side or that which
is turned towards the other loculi of the group, and sometimes the
slit is prolonged beyond the summit on to the opposite side. Pur-
kiuje (‘De cellulis antherarum fibrosis”) was not wrong when he
termed the wall ** mere epidermidalis," since the loculi are nothing more
than erupted portions of the tissue of the androphyll, covered with the
same epidermis as the rest. I may remark, however, that two cellular
layers may be distinguished in this wall which may be also recognized
in Purkinje’s figures (Plate I. and Plate XVIII., belonging to Zamia
media and Encephalartos longifolius). The external layer is the epi-
dermis, the inner one is a parenchymatous layer of peculiar appearance,
composed of porous cells.

The cells of the epidermis have a very narrow lumen. This gives
rise to the superficial stripes mentioned above. ‘The pollen grains ex-
hibit a great uniformity throughout the whole family: they are more or
less elliptical, with a deep longitudinal fold which does not entirely disap-
pear in water. Thus, as Schacht first pointed out (Pringsheim, Jahrb.
ii. p. 145, plate xvii. fig. 26-28), two secondary cells are also formed
in the intine among the Cyeads, so that the structure of the pollen is
comparable in all respects to that of the Conifere.

If the views which have just been explained on the subject of the

H2

96 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACESR.

reproductive organs of Cycads have any foundation, the two kinds of
organs seem to follow the same course in their development and meta-
morphosis. Generating-cells originate at determinate points in the
parenchyma of the leaves; the embryonal vesicles in the nucleus of
the ovule, as the third generation (“ cellules petites-filles”) from the
transitory amnios; the male cell, that is the pollen-tube or included
cell of the intine, as the third generation from the androphyll or its
loculi. Among Angiosperms the generating-cells are formed by a
shorter course, as immediate products (“ cellules filles").

The generating-cells have, like macrospores and microspores, their
proper period of life. Produced, as the result of nutrition, by an indi-
vidual of more elevated organization, although sexless, they each run
through the phases of a brief existence; finally, they unite to produce
the proembryo. It is only, indeed, among the Alge, and perhaps
some other lower plants, that fecundation produces the plant properly
so-called—that is to say, the embryo; the embryonal vesicle, after fe-
cundation, developes into a distinct structure, an individual wholly
composed of cells (united in a linear direction, in one or more ranks).
This is an axial product, the last cell of which, that of the summit,
divides and produces the embryo by the repeated formation of new
cells. The embryo is therefore its terminal bud, destined to produce,
by its further development, the complex sexless individual, the plant
properly so-called. The embryo, according to this, is not the germ of
the plant, but the plant itself, which, after a period of physiological
rest, will commence a fresh evolution, whence will spring a complete
vegetable organism,—that is to say, an individual of a higher grade,
composed of axes and buds, forming, as it were, as many single indi-
viduals. “ Gemme totidem herbæ " (Linnzeus)

The two successive forms of the plant have, in the same way, a very
unequal duration of existence. The first, the proembryo, dies as soon
as the embryo is definitely constituted ; the vascular, sexless plant ex-
hibits, on the other hand, an m€— existence, at least apparently
so, because in reality the circumstances are different. Each bud or
axis is, in effect, a distinct individual. An axis which does not pro-
duce flowers only continues to exist as a point of insertion for succes-
sive axes; and an axis which has flowered, which has produced leaves
with microspores and macrospores, lives no longer. Among gymno-
spermous plants in general, and especially among Cycads, the pró-

1
]

Wide A SERM, ee

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEJRX. 91

embryonic form persists much longer than usual. It is also much
more complex; for, whilst among Angiosperms the proembryo only
forms a simple axis, represented sometimes by a single cell, and only
gives rise to a single bud, a single embryo, a single individual, —the
proembryo of Gymnosperms divides into branches, and produces, or
might produce, numerous buds or embryos. It imitates, to some ex-
tent, the higher sexless form, by its ramification and the production of
multiplied buds combined into one whole. If we consider the life of
the generating cells, the microspores and macrospores, as terminating
at the moment of their mutual union, a view which admits of support,
there would then be a triple alternation of forms within the limits of
the individual. But it seems more simple to consider the sexless in-
dividual of more perfect orgauization as producing by generation, or
differentiation, into two distinct states, a more simple organism o
short duration, returning finally to the original form with higher or-
ganization, and life indefinitely prolonged.

Among the vascular Cryptogams, alternate generation manifests it-
self more clearly, because the two forms appear distinctly at the exte-
rior, whilst among Phanerogams the cellular transitory organism is
enclosed in a portion of the higher organism. The spores produced by
the vascular sexless plant develope into organisms simple in structure
and wholly cellular (prothallium), which produce the generating-cells.
Among the lower vascular Cryptogams, both sexes originate from the
same spore; among the higher, from different spores,—the one set
microspores (male), the other macrospores (female). In both cases,
however, a new individual results from their union, which possesses
vascular bundles, is differentiated into stem and leaves, and is destitute
of sex. Yet here the embryo does not proceed directly from the cen-
tral cell of the archegonium ; the first product is a proembryo, the ter-
minal cell of which becomes the embryo. Thus, then, among Phanero-
gams, the generating-cells occur ou the higher essential form, among the
Cryptogams on the lower form.

Hofineister has made the remark that the Conifere (the Gymno-
sperms) are with respect to the development of the embryo, interme-
diate between the higher Cryptogams and the Phanerogams. Among
the Gymnosperms, the embryo-sae soon becomes free and detached
from the tissues which surround it ; the formation of the endosperm is
comparable to the production of the prothallium ; the corpuscles are

98 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEA.

completely analogous to the arehegonia. The embryo-sae of Gymno-
sperms holds, therefore, the same position as a spore which remains
contained within the sporangium ; the prothallium, which it produces,
does not make its appearance externally; the fertilizing matter, in
order to reach the archegonia, has to make its way through the tissues.
The corpuscles, however, indicate by their numerous vesicles, of which
only a single one is fertilized, a much more complicated condition
than exists among the vascular Cryptogams. In these, or at any rate
in the Ferns, there is only a single vesicle, the parent cell of the em-
bryo, or rather of the pro-embryo.

Hofmeister sees, rightly, a great distinction in the fact that in Gym-
nosperms fertilization takes place, as in other Phanerogams, by means
of a pollen-tube, whilst among the vascular Cryptogams this function
is performed by spermatozoids. e contrast is certainly very marked,
anatomically, but it seems less so from a physiological point of view.
The matter which the male element conveys into the female element,
through which it becomes the seat of a new vegetative evolution, is really
of an analogous kind in the two cases. The difference affects more the
external conditions of the function. Among the Phanerogams, an en-
tire cell, the pollen-tube, deprived of its secondary envelope, moves
towards the female cell, to which its fertilizing fluid must be transmitted
by osmotic penetration. Among Cryptogams there are numérous se-
condary cells (spermatozoids) which proceed from the antheridium, and
which—by means of the power of progression possessed by them, and
under the influence of surrounding conditions—insinuate themselves
into the archegonium, and penetrate into the interior of the female
generative cell. But as to an essential and fundamental opposition be-
tween the contents of the pollen-tube and those of the spermatozoids,
one cannot admit its existence after having learnt, especially from the
researches of Schacht, to understand the nature of spermatozoids better.*
We must add to this, that amongst the Conifere, it is not rare to see
the pen c penetrate into the corpuscle after having perforated
its summ

The AR T which thus exists between the vascular Cryptogams

* Schacht, * Die Spernia im pierre. 1864.’ —I have no know-
ledge of precise data the chemical properties of spermatozoids. It
would not be without ione: o Berai if phosphorus Deag ud them in as

great proportion as Sec in doce (compare Corenwinder in the Ann. des
Sciences Nat. 4me sé ^

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACER. 99

and the Gymnosperms, not only fills up, to a certain extent, the gap
which has hitherto separated the Phanerogams and the Cryptogams (a
point which has been lately developed by Kirchhoff in a note full of in-
terest inserted in the * Botanische Zeitung,’ 1867, Nos. 42, 43), but it
reminds us that it was precisely the vascular Cryptogams and Gym-
nosperms which, up to the Cretaceous epoch (omitting from conside-
ration a small number of Monocotyledons), represented the higher
plants. The passage to the more complicated forms of Phanerogams,
with hermaphrodite flowers and angiospermous structure, is exhibited
to us by existing types of Gymnosperms. This is shown in the
genera Ephedra and Gnetum (the last having two ovular coats) by the
structure of their stem, by their leaves, and by the rudimentary perigo-
nial envelopes of the still naked ovules. Welwitschia, the structure of
which has been so completely made out by the excellent work of
Hooker, though reminding us of Cycads by the form of its stem, of
tropical Conifere by its leaves, and of Guetum by its inflorescence,
makes, on the other hand, the first step towards hermaphroditism (as
yet unknown amongst the earliest Phanerogams up to the Cretaceous
period, and perhaps even later) by the development of male organs
within the same perigonium as a naked ovule. From this point organi-
zation advances a step in passing to the group of Loranthacea, re-
garded with the interpretation that Baillon bas attached to it (* Mé-
moire sur les Loranthacées’). In Welwitschia hermaphroditism is
still incomplete; in the Loranthacee we find its stage of development
more advanced Looked at in this way, rudimentary organs appear not
as atrophied parts, but as the first step towards a more complicated
plan of organization, which is only realized slowly in the progress of
ime.

In agamic generation, individuals are reproduced with all their cha-
racters; they form, as it were, au indefinite chain of identical ramifica-
tions, and it is rare for this mode of reproduction to give origin to a
deviating form.* In sexual generation this constancy of forms aud
characters is not possible. The two individuals which give origin to a

* We must not accept this statement without €: if E is ES include
all cases of agamic reproduction. In Bud variation in plants we have in-
stances of new forms originating independently of mus
poseen of aiai ps mu fruits by the Double Almond (Darwin, * Am-

and P under estication,’ vol. i. p. ), and of nectarine- ers ag
branches by rint rema, p. 374) are examples.—W. T. D.

100 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACE.X.

new being, are not in every respect and in every case in a uniform re-
lation. If we measure the fertile pollen grains of any one species, we
find them, it is true, to have an average size, but they may differ one
from the other in dimensions, not to speak of difference in contents.

It is the same with the parts of the female organ. The fertilized
embryonal vesicles ought equally, therefore, to differ from one another
in the same individuals. They combine the characteristics both of the
male and female parent, as is shown in a striking manner by the pro-
duction of hybrids, but these characteristies are combined, in each
case, in a slightly varied relation. This law, the effects of which are
so decided in hybridizing, ought also to make itself felt, although in a
less degree in the conjunction of microspores and macrospores belong-
ing to the same species, but to different individuals. The dimorphism
aud trimorphism of flowers, digamic fertilization, —originally pointed
out by Sprengel, in his admirable work (‘ Das entdeckte Geheimniss
der Natur,’ ete.), and which Darwin and many other writers in the same
direction have placed in a more striking light, —must convince us that
even among hermaphrodite plants, the self-fertilization of flowers is
much more rare than had previously been believed.*

The change of form of the species is thus involved in fertilization ;
and in the succession of individuals, over which this function presides,
we establish the law, that in each case the last generation must differ
a little from that which precedes it. Ought we not to attribute to this
intrinsic principle of variation, in addition to the action of natural selec-
tion, and of external conditions, a considerable influence in the progres-
sive development of the vegetable kingdom ? If such is really the case,

the maximum of modification, the greatest variety of forms should be

met with in the dicecious and monecious groups, and generally among
plants which are not self-fertilizing. The ascent of organization to a
higher grade of complieation is a law written in the history of the
organic world, and the true cause of which resides in organization itself,
just as the development of the individual is invariably determined in
the conditions of the fertilized embryonal vesicle.t

r. Hildebrand, ‘Die | eae ee ie. De bei den Pflanzen,’ 1867.

law that many hermaphro: dioi lowers x n “fertilize themselves, and tha
-E need zin ———— of another flower of the same, or even, in some
pecies. ** Nature tells us, in ced most emphatie ai

ect she ene dier Scl fertilization ” (Darwin ) Has there Seen in

.ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACES. 101

In the economy of nature we find numerous and intimate relations
between the vegetable and animal kingdoms, by which they mutually
influence one another. Having recognized the fundamental law that
the chemical compounds which serve to build up the animal structure
have been elaborated by plants, we now see that, on the other hand,
the animal kingdom forms an indispensable condition for the existence
of vegetables. Fertilization, in the majority of cases an essential con-
dition to the reproduction of vegetable species, is usually only pos-
sible among angiospermous plants by means of the intervention of
insects. Where, formerly, it was only seen in isolated cases to which
little importance was attached, modern science has discovered a natural
law. At the same time it has shown that it is especially the Diptera
and Lepidoptera, that is, sucking insects (Haustellata), which, uncon-
scious fertilizers of plants, perform in nature the important duty of
maintaining the existence of the vegetable kingdom, at least as far as
the higher orders are concerned.

We may also consider this relation in connection with time, and
inquire from what epoch it dates. The researches on fossil insects
which we owe to Germar, Unger, Oswald Heer, and others, have
shown that all the Orders of insects have not appeared simultaneously.
In the Paleozoic epoch, when angiospermous Dicotyledons did not yet
exist, Coleoptera, Orthoptera, and Neuroptera lived. These are man-
dibulate insects, which do not visit plants for their nectar. The first
Diptera date from the Jurassic epoch, but the appearance in great
numbers of haustellate insects occurs at and after the Cretaceous epoch,
when the plants with pollen and closed carpels (Angiosperms) are
found, and acquire little by little the preponderance in the vegetable
kingdom.*

ilization? ‘The separation of M xes exists in all the low
fcil kingdom spent with + and has held to this eee ter in "d
t periods. Herm ires p^ apih Pien established, and sers oid it
exists at present but rarely. See maphroditism, i in its perfect form

brand,

HS the Upper Chalk of Aix-la- A is acras to be the — formation
in which Angiosperms have been found. Am them spec ercus,
Ficus, Juglans, and of several ean Manes qire xty "n seventy species
of Proteaceae, have ascertained by Dr. Debe ell, *E

s s the proportion of 1 Pu is nearly the same as in the e vege-
tation of our own times (Lyell e), it is h hardly possible to o egard these re-
_ as fixing t hd wer limit Lo: range gio And the

ra may have still more ee In our own PORK "vegetation,

102 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACES.

When we examine the relations of the sexual organs in plants, it
seems in many cases that the function of fertilization has been rendered
in some manner difficult or even impossible. It might be said that
nature does not wish to see its end attained except circuitously ; as far
as Angiosperms are concerned, a more precise knowledge of insect-
agency has already to a considerable extent penetrated the mystery.

But there are other great divisions of the vegetable kingdom in
which this agency has no place, and it is these which were already in
existence before haustellate insects. I regard as such all the Crypto-
gams; among these the spermatozoids move towards the female
organ by means of humid surfaces, drops of water, etc. Among the
diccious and moneecious Phanerogams which have preceded herma-
phrodite species on the surface of the globe, their pollen is carried
in excessive abundance by the winds, and the chances are greatly in
favour of one of the millions of grains arriving at its destination.
As to Cycads, I do not at present know any property which would
be of a nature to attract insects in particular towards their female
cones, either from nectar in the flowers, colour, or odour; at the same
time, when one takes into consideration their being dicecious, and the
complete occlusion of their female cones (except in the Cycads, where
the ovules have the exostome outside, which would allow access to the
pollen-grain), it becomes almost impossible to comprehend how the
for example, our most conspicuous species or trees hold, for the most part, a
lower position than a large proportion of our herbaceous plants, whose perish-

d leave no trace in deposit i ight, ho

cena and osi of Finden in eben ance. Without a knowledge to the

rary, these might lead an observ: ipie. such a deposit to the con-
eranc that the Depulifore. almost pibe ea posed our jM iens Even
without this consideration, it will hardly be er kied that Angiosperms had at

tan :
Rie connection between the periods of appearance pd — of Angiosperms
h llate i is undou pea interesting. It , however, be re-
sidinbers d that it rests on negativ tispa which in den and is necessarily far
from conclusive. Their i in unii y be the cause of our finding them
associated in time, iex = igi — id; d is one of them may have preceded
the other, without our h ing at present evidence of the fact. Theories as to
evolu vi sho ould | only e sparingly ilh illustrated Ares geo Ades phenomena, and
mple, Dr. Debey has obice
about «d species of “insects from hn Aic Chapt beds. Yet these
pi to y uc Curculionide or Carabide, which are mandibulate insects.

ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACEE. 103

pollen can penetrate into the inverted ovule, from their opening, instead
of being directed to the periphery, being applied against the axis of
the cone. The difficulty increases when it happens, as in certain spe-
cies of Dioon and Encephalartos, that the entire cone is covered with
a compact pubescence,—is as if it were enveloped in a tissue of wool.
Nature, however, finds its way, as is proved by the numerous seeds
provided with an embryo whieh the ripe cone exhibits, as well as in
Conifers, where it is common to see in our climate pollen fixed on the
nucleus. The groups of plants whose origin extends to the palæozoic
time, show themselves therefore to be independent of insects. They
remain now as at the earliest period of their existence, and we see that
nature adopts other means to bring the microspores into contact with
the inacrospores.

Note by the Translator.—In page 74, line 30, the last clause of the
. sentence should have been rather more correctly rendered, ** It would
be, besides, a structure of which I know no other analogue."

The meaning of the whole passage admits of being made clearer by
a reference to Oudemans' view of the matter which Miquel controverts.
The former writer states that “the epidermis of the entire ovule" (in-
cluding its coat) ** penetrates into the micropyliferous tube" (exostome),
* and descends at first vertically, then obliquely, to the foot of the
conical protuberance, to the summit of which it is reflected so as to
cover it exactly, with the exception of its extremity (* Archives Néer-
landaises,” ii. 1867).

Miquel considers that the epidermis of the coat, and the epithelium
of the nucleus are distinct structures, although intimately united up
to the point, where the cone of the nucleus detaches itself from the

coat,—W

EXPLICATIO TABULARUM.
(Si nihil adnotatum, figuras nat. magn. delineatas intelligas.)
Tas. XCI.
Fig. 1. Pars eS ncaa prions —— secta, vasorum fas-

ciculos et canales gummifer nstra , pars nucle i libera ; b, carum

ii al ie te.
Fig. 2. 2. Ejusdem ovulum, amnii cavitate jam mte se
Fig. 3-4. Eadem auctiora, nuclei textu ; c, jam partim repulso.
Fig. 5. Idem provectius; a, integumen nti stratum peres molle ; b, stratum

4

104 ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS OF THE CYCADACER.,

Mea» x cse exostomium pro parte constituens; c, nuclei residuum
mbranifor:
Fig. 6. Idem, PES opie exemplar, nuclei textu copiosiore; a, b, c, ut
supra
Fig. 7. Ovulum bons bond b sim vede Tu auctà delinea
tum; a, stratu m integ ti uclei tela kupentsi ;
d, amnii eh p membrana D in UM ena e, nuclei pars libera
seu conus ; f, ej
Fig. 8 et 9 o. Aor nuclei valde penar strato extimo firmiore excedente quasi
tubulosu ii et C. rev
Fig. 10 et n "Nuda neni C. usn longitrorse sectus, canalibus ex tele re-
sorbtione
Fig. 12. Men. c. revolute tela nondum resorbtà; c, vertex amnii ante corpus-

euloru rana propria ; c, nuclei conus.

Fig. 13. ee "wens medie, impressionibus fasciculorum vascula-
rium extus pictum, apice; a, nuclei cono nunc depresso collapso exsiccato
opereuli instar obtectu

Fig. 14. Facies interior integumenti T: seminis vasorum fasciculis per-
eal , pars lignea integumenti ; c, membrana fusca ex residuo nuclei orta.

Fig. 15. Eadem Macrozamie Fraseri ; a, acria integumenti partis libere

Fig. 16. Pars lignea seminis ZncepAalarti — — a basi visa, forami-
nibus e fasciculis vasorum intranti ade perfoss

Fig. 17. Ejusdem semen, demto strato P b a, radicula progerminans; 5,
conus nuclei exsiccatus, endospermium apice obte — c, stratum membrani-
forme nuclei superstes ; d, endospermium uti in 3.

Tas. XCII.
Fig. 1. Vertex endospermii pan adis media, — nuclei cono residuo, cum 6
t. delin.

Fig. 2. Sectio endosperm ii perpendieulris, ar re peces — a b.
areola; 6, cavulum quo corpuseulum ample ctitur e pusculum
; idua

nes ;
proe "I embryoni

Fig. 3. "Corpus, coi ma Fiera A em.

Fig. 4. Macrozam P eri pateat ula quatuor; a, continentia massam sub-
pisi oxsiocnta m; p probabiliter — c, fragmenta basium corpus-
culorum disruptorum ; d, proembryo tenis ones rtasi tuberculiformes ;
e M exserens, e parte ima (hie resec mbryonem normalem exse-

ns (e semine in Tabula XCI. fig. 17, dini) auct. magnit.

Fig 5. nee sa subcellularis e apes Nn (fig. 4, ad b) desumta et aquå emol-
rat gnit

Ze. aries corpusculorum valde auctus.

Fig. 7. Sentio longitrorsa suspensoris seu axeos proembryonis, valde auct.
magnit.

Fig. 8. Macrozamie Fraseri corpuscula, quorum i mage adherent fragmenta

aria, bases probabiliter canalium conductoru nuclei €
massa cellularis nune in media cavitate, Sise vus sive embryonis sus-
.pensorem exserens, auct. m magnit. i
1 atum,
Fig. 10, cui deprompto uscula retracta dee icem

corp
Fig. 11. Encephalarti incogniti eee irt apice d. cono exsiccato gt
sme radicula progermina: xsertà (e semine Tab. XCI. fig. 17, de-
ineato

i
i
f
*

=

NEW BRITISH LICHENS. 105

Fig. 12. Macrozamie Fraseri endospermium longitudinaliter apertum
mbryone, cujus radiculs exsertæ coe proembryonis exsiccatus nr use
x semine Tab. XCI. fig. 15 et 17, delineato).
. Endospermium Cycadis medie, longitudinaliter apertum, cum em-
i def et suspensoris parte.
Fig. 14, 15. Carpophylla a facie antica et a latere, post pase aig di IS e)
ovula vel exsiccata vel viva tumidaque. (‘ Linnea,’ vol, xxv. tab. i 3, 5.)

NEW BRITISH LICHENS.
By tue Rev. James Cromer, M.A., F.G.S.
(Continued from page 51.)
Ko. IE

Tn addition to those species recorded in a previous number of this
Journal, as having been recently detected by me in Great Britain, the
following have now to be enumerated. With two exceptions they
were gathered last autumn in the Highlands of Braemar and the
maritime tracts of Kincardineshire, and have been duly noticed by Dr.
Nylander in the ‘ Flora’ for 1868 and 1869.

l. Spilonema Scoticum, Nyl. ; thallus black, forming small, compact,
convex, pulvinate patches; apothecia black, very minute, the epithe-
cium impressed or convex ; spores 8 in thecze, colourless, oviform-ob-
long, l-septate, 0°010-14 mm. long, about 0:0045 mm. thick,
paraphyses discrete, slender ; epithecium vaguely obscure, hypothecium
colourless ; hymeneal gelatine blue with iodine.

On micaceous rocks of Ben Lawers, above Loch-na-Cat. August,
1867. Rare, and but sparingly fertile. It is allied to S. revertens,
Nyl., but is sufficiently distinguished by the size of the apothecia, and
the character of the spores.

Collema lichinodeum, Nyl. in litt.; thallus linear-laciniated,
small, the lacinize obtuse and turgid at the apices, which are twice or
thrice divided ; the thallus internally nearly as in Ephebe, but with
different gonimia (although in colour almost corresponding), these being
small, and often joined in moniliform alveole ; apothecia unknown.

On schistose soil in crevices of rocks, and amongst decayed mosses
on boulders on the summit of Ben Lawers. August, 1863. This
somewhat peculiar species was first discovered by the late Rear-Admi-
ral Jones, and subsequently gathered by myself and Mr. Carroll. It
oceurs in fair quantity, but without the least trace of apothecia, and

106 NEW BRITISH LICHENS.

though its discovery has been recorded by Mr. Carroll in this Journal,
it has not hitherto been anywhere described.

3. Lecidea lithophiliza, Nyl.; thallus greyish-white, firm, unequally
deplanate, areolate-diffractate or areolate-rimose, thin; apothecia
brownish-black, brown when moist, somewhat plane or convex, immar-
ginate, white within; spores 8 in thecæ, colourless, oblong, simple,
0:009—0-017 mm. long, 0:0035—0:0045 mm. thick; paraphyses of
medium thickness, livid-brown at top; hypothecium chalky-white in
the middle, and black in the lower stratum ; hymeneal gelatine dis-
tinctly blue with iodine.

On micaceous stones of a wall near Portlethen, in Kincardineshire,
south of Aberdeen. August, 1868. Though plentiful in one spot,
I vainly searched for it elsewhere in that neighbourhood. Its specific

name would seem to indicate its propinquity to ZL. lithophila, Ach., a.

species common on the granitic mountains of Braemar, but Nylander
observes, that it ought rather to occupy a place amongst the Biatore,
near L. pheops, Nyl., a plant of Ben Lawers and Cader Idris.

. L. sarcogyniza, Nyl. ; thallus obscurely greyish-green, or sub-
Poesie opaque, thin, indeterminate; apothecia black, plane, mar-
ginal, the margin usually flexuose, Midi within; spores 8 in thecze,
colourless, oblong, 0:007—0:011 mm. long, about 0:003 mm. thick ;
thalamium colourless, paraphyses of medium thickness, club-shaped,
and blackish at apex; hypothecium under the hymenium distinctly
brown; perithecium blackish or black.

On quartzose stones of wall by railway, a little beyond the Bay of
Nigg in Kineardineshire. August, 1868. Apparently very rare, but
may be found elsewhere in that district, as it is very apt to be over-
looked as a mere state of LL. lithophila. The plant follows the de-
pressions and chinks in the stones.

5. L. commaculans, Nyl.; thallus brownish-black or black, thin,
subareolate, depressed, usually scattered, indeterminate; apothecia
black, small, convex, scarcely margined, concolorous within; spores 8
in thecz, colourless, oblong, 0:008—0-011 mm. long, 0:003—4 mm.
broad; paraphyses not discrete, epithecium blackish, hypothecium
thickish, reddish-brown ; hymeneal gelatine blue with iodine.

On hard felspathic boulders of Morrone, in Braemar. August,
1868. Apparently rare towards the north-west brow of the mountain,
amongst heaps of broken rocks, and, from the nature of the stone,

|
|
|
|
|

NEW BRITISH LICHENS, 107

specimens were with difficulty obtained. Its systematic place is near
L. dispansa, Nyl., from which it is well distinguished by the above
characteristics.

6. L. aphanoides, Nyl.; thallus obscurely olive-grey, thin, sub-
verrucose or subgranulose, unequal, indeterminate or subevanescent ;
apothecia black, small, convex, immarginate, naked, white within ;
spores 8 in thecze, colourless, elliptical, simple, 0:009—0:013 mm. long,
0:0045-0:0055 mm. thick; paraphyses not discrete; thalamium
bluish, hypothecium colourless, or vaguely reddish below ; hymeneal
gelatine blue, and then violet-reddish with iodine.

On calcareous rocks of Craig Guie, near Crathie Church, in Braemar.
August, 1868. Apparently rare, and gathered only very sparingly
beside the limestone quarry. It is allied to Z. aphana, Nyl., a species
found in Ireland by Mr. Carroll, both belonging to the group of L.
J'urvella, Nyl.

7. L. melaphana, Nyl.; thallus black, thin, opaque, unequal, some-
what diffractate ; apothecia black, small, convex, immarginate, obscure
within ; spores 8 in thecæ, colourless, oblong, simple, 0:011—19 mm.
long, 0:0045—0-0055 mm. thick; paraphyses not discrete, epithecium
with the upper portion of thalamium blue, hypothecium slightly
brownish below ; hymeneal gelatine blue with iodine, and then partly
of a violet colour.

On granite boulders of Craig Guie, in Braemar. August, 1868.
Like the preceding, to which it is closely allied, this species occurred
but in very small quantity e the boulders which lie thickly
scattered on the lower slope o hill. In both the specimens
gathered, it was associated with pecie: fuscata, var. Sinopica.

8. L. inserena, Nyl.; thallus obscurely cinereous, rimoso-areolate,
the hypothallus black, visible or denudate ; apothecia somewhat tumid,
black within ; paraphyses not discrete, epithecium bluish-brown, hypo-
thecium with white opaque stratum beneath ; spores ellipsoid-oblong,
0:014-17 mm. long, 0006-8 mm. thick ; hymeneal gelatine blue with
iodine.

On calcareous rocks of Craig Guie, in Braemar. August, 1868.
This species, which belongs to the group of L. tenebrosa, Flot., occurs
also on Morrone, according to specimens in my herbarium gathered
there in 1861, but not. correctly named.

In addition to these, I may here notice the two following sub-
species, only one of which, however, is a new one :—

108 ON THE FLORA OF SKYE.

- Lecanora badia,* picea (Dicks.), Nyl. "This differs from the type by
the thallus and the apothecia being pitch-black, spores oblong,
0:009-0-011 mm. long. It is ev viii Lichen piceus of Dickson’s
Crypt. Fasc. 4, p. 22, t. 12, fig. 5, but does not appear to have been
noticed since as a British Lichen, till I gathered it last autumn ¢ on
Morrone

Zsidiu ocellata,* preponens, Nyl.; thallus yellow, areolate or gra-
nulate-verruculose, apothecia subinnate, rugulose, immarginate; spores
0:015-7 mm. long, 0:008-0:010 mm. thick. Not uncommon on
stones of the railway wall between Nigg and Cove, on the coast of
Kincardineshire, south of Aberdeen. July, 1868

ON THE FLORA OF SKYE.
By M. A. Lawson, Esq, M.A.,
oe Professor of Botany, Oxford.

Notwithstanding the number of people who yearly travel through
the Isle of Skye, there has never yet appeared any published list of its
indigenous plants. The following, while it makes no pretensions to

completeness, may, it is hoped, afford to future travellers in those re-
gions some assistance in determining what species are new, and what
to be expected.

Our party consisted of Professor Oliver, Mr. Fox, and myself; and
our stay in the island a fortnight, the last week in July and the first of
August. We took the steamer from Glasgow to Portree ; thence by a
small boat to Steinscholi, a little village situated a short iia from
Loch Staffin, a shallow bay in the north-east of Skye. From this
place we botanized the Quirang and Storr, together with the range of
mountains stretching between the two.

Thence by Uig to Dunvegan, which we made our head-quarters
while investigating the botanical treasures of M‘Leod’s Tables, Dunve-
gan Head, and the woods surrounding the castle.

From Dunvegan we journeyed.by mail to Sligachan, and, while
there, devoted two days to the Coolins, and two to the red cone and
ridge of Glamaig and Glamer. One day at Broadford, and three at
Kyle Akin, finished our tour.

The following are the panii which a comparison of our list with

ON THE FLORA OF SKYE. 109

Mr. H. C. Watson's records of the same or neighbouring distriets has

afforded :—

The total number of species in our list is 389, and of these
lst. 120 have never been recorded from the ** Outer Hebrides.”
2nd. 51 have never been recorded from the “ Inner Hebrides,”
i. e. including Islay, Mull, Skye, and the neighbouring islands.
ave not yet been recorded from = “Inner Western
Highlands,” including West Inverness, Argyll, e

Lastly.

56 species have been recorded from m * Outer Hebrides,"

by Professors Babington and Balfour, that we did not find in Skye ;
but many of these we, no doubt, should have found had our stay been

longer i in the island.

s, be it remembered, is only the result of a hurried walk through

the E trodden Skye.

It follows that the less frequented islands,

such as Islay, Mull, and many others, would yield still greater results

to a careful search.

Thalictrum alpinum

Anemone nemorosa. Portree and
han.

Ranuneulu: Flammula.

R. ierat var. reptans.

R. mio

Caltha 1 =

Trollius Euro

Nymphæa sine: " Sligachan and the
neighbourhood.

Corydalis claviculata. Kyle Akin.

Nasturtium officinale. ord

S. alba. Uig.
Draba incana. — and Storr.
Cochlearia officin

VOL. VH. [APRIL 1, 1869.]

V. tricolor.

Drosera rotundifolia.

D.intermedia. Steinscholl ?

D. Anglica.

Parnassia palust Fells between

the Storr ees Steinscholl.

Polygala vulga

Silene ‘atin,

S. acaulis. Quirang, Storr, and
oolins.

M Vic rp

L. diurna.

Sagina procum

S. subulata. udi and Sliga-

chan.
S. nodosa. Loch Sligachan and
Broadford.
Honkeneja peploides.
Cherleria sedoides. Abundant on
nge of mo untains between
d 3

gin
Corestium glomeratum.
C. trivia

110 ON THE FLORA OF SKYE.

C. alpinum. Coolins.

e|

Hypericum quadrangulum.

H. pulehrum.

Acer Pseudo-platanus. Plantations.

Geranium molle. Broadford.

G. Robertianum.

Linum catharticum.

Oxalis Acetosella

Ulex Pep man

yle Akin.

Sarothamnus y up Orbost, Broad-
ford, Kyle

Trifolium DE
medium.

Orbost, Broadford,

T. repens.
Lotus corniculatus.
Anthyllis Vulneraria.

Lathyrus pratensis.
rrhizus.
Pade Padus. Kyle Akin.

ulgaris.
Steinscholl.

Potentilla anserina
P. Tormentilla. Said to be used for

R. bonitos Broadford
R. rosus, Arrh. boi Staffin.
R. SN Dunvegan

Dunvegan Head,

Sanicula Europea.

Crategus Oxyacantha. In various

places, especially in the south of
the island; apparently generally
plante
ploum angustifolium.
facing the sea, Steinscholl.
ifloru

Rocks

re.
E. anagallidifolium. Common on
the mountains, especially in the

south of the island

E. alsinifolium. Quirang and Storr,
Coolins.

Circeea alpina. Quirang, close to
the sea at Steinscholl, Kyle Akin.

M DU alterniflorum.

Montia fontana,

Spergula arvensis

Sedum agis

S. Rhodio

gen cessas Robs. rocks
bout Dunvegan Head, par m

Saxifraga stellaris

S. aizoides. Gung and Storr.

S. hypnoides.

S. nivalis. Quirang and Storr.

8. renee Ouirang and
Sto

inus oppositifolium.
Hydrocotyle vulgaris
pea Sli-

Ægopodium Podagraria. Dunvegan,
Kyle Akin

Bunium flexuosum.

CEnanthe croca!

Haloscias Seotieum, Steinscholl.

Angelica sylve

Heracleum Sphondslium.

Anthriscus sylvestris.
Hedera Helix.

|
E
4
f
|]

ON THE FLORA OF SKYE.

Sambucus nigra. Generally in the

3
5
TH
z
e

ymen
rula odorata. Bligachan.
Galium boreale.
G. Aparine.
G. verum. Bank, close to Dunvegan

Eupatorium — PN Dunve-
an Head.

Petasites vulgaris.

Steinscholl.

atricaria inodora

ipai Teia h

C. segetum ounding in every
aliit patch of ground.
rtemisia vulgari

G: (doi XN Dunvegan

Antenna

Senecio vulgari

S. sylvaticus. Salinhi

S. Jacobza.

S. aquaticus

Saussurea Mipiab- m sparingly ;
abundant on the Coo

Arctium mi

Centaurea nigra.

— nutans. Broadford?

C. lanceolatus
^ eieecgioitok

. arvensis.
Siin communis.

Hypochæris radicata.

xacum.
Sonchus oleraceus. Kyle Akin.
. asper.

Crepis virens.

m.
Steinscholl, Dunvegan.

Lobelia Dortmanna.

Campanula rotundifolia. Near Sii-
gachan.

T Uva-ursi. Storr, Qui-
rang, Coolin:

Calluna tne Abundant on the
limestone about Broadford and

Kyle Akin.

Erica Tetralix Ditto.

E. cinerea.

Vaccinium Myrtillus.

V. Vitis-Idæa

V. Oxycoccus. Loch Brittle, Dr.
Webster.

Pyrola secunda. Sligachan.

Ilex Aquifolium. Sligachan, Kyle

n.

Gentiana piai 2
appe trifolia
copsis arvensis.
undi and the Storr.
gm ber aer

3 cle Stein-

M.&

Digitalis T,

Scrophularia abbas

ense.
pu in

woods and ditehes about Dunve-

gan; also in many open marshy

eae between Sligachan and

roadford.
iue Crista-galli. Ditto.

.112 ON THE FLORA OF SKYE.

Euphrasia poem Ditto.
E. Odontites
Veronica outs Steinacholl.

Scutellaria motis On the shores
of Salt lochs, ete. Steinscholl,

ahit.
G. Pts d digg choll.

rvensis.
een Scorodonia
Ajuga reptans. De Sligachan,
Kyle Akin

Pinguicula vulgaris.

P. Lusitani

Utriculariá m minor. In brackish pools

near Steinscholl; abundant about
han.

Samolus Valerandi. Loch Scavaig.

Armeria maritima.

Plantago maritima.

P. lanceolata,

P. major.

Littorella lacustris.

puros maritima. ^ dá Ainort, Kyle
Aki

Ps herbacea. Loch Ainort,
Kyle

Atriplex deltoids.

Rumex conglom

R. obtusifolius.

R. crispus.

R. Acetosa.

R. Acetosella.

Oxyria reniform

Polygonum deis Storr ;
oolins.

P. Persicaria
P Hydropipe. Broadford; Kyle
Aki

P bes
figezn y nigrum.
Euphorbia Helioscopia. Broadford;

Mereurialis perennis. Loch Brittle,
ebster.
Callitriche platycarpa.
Urtica dioica.
Ulmus montana. Planted in groves.
Salix aurita.
€—— var. argentea.
s. herb
Populus ale
P Planted in groves,
ica Gale.
Betula glutinosa.
Alnus glutinosa, Dunvegan, Kyle
Akin.

Fagus sylvatica.
Quercus Robur.
Corylus Avellana.

Pinus sylvestris. In Ap PE
Pes latifolia. Loch Ainort.
eulata.

eat conopsea. Steinscholl.
Habenaria viridis. Quiran

H. chlorantha. Steinecholl,

ges cordata. Kyle Akin ; in dense

Malaxis sélladom. Sligachan ; plen-
tiful,

Tris Pseudo-acorus.

Allium ursinum. Amongst fallen rocks

on the coast at Steinschdll, and

other places.

|
|
l

ON THE FLORA OF SKYE. 113

Endymion nuta
Eriocaulon a In many of
the lochs and peat pools about Sli-
gachan.
Narthecium ossifragum.
effusus.

Storr and Coolins.
J. biglumis. Sparingly on the range
of mountains between the Storr

osus.

J. compressus. Loch Ainort.
. Gerardi.

Luzula sylvatica.

L tris.

ps of the secunda
about the Storr and Sligachan.
po maritimum.
T. palus

Spain ramosum. Steinscholl.

S. na

Lem Uig.

Po aa aon gren HE
P. heterophyllus.
E i Steinscholl.

istris.
Steinscholl.
Uig

tosus
Sligachan, Kyle Akin.
— ruf
andes veginatum.
um.

aris.
. M'Leod's Tables.
Ui

C. i: lata.

€. o

is.
C. irse

C. pallescens. Dunvegan, Kyle Akin.
C. panicea.

Phleum pratense. Uie, Sligachan,
le Akin.

Alopecurus pratensis. Steinscholl,
Uig.

Agrostis vulgaris,
A. alba
Holcus mollis. Dunvegan.
H. lanatus.
Aira cæspitosa.
A. flexuosa.
A. caryophylla. Dunvegan, Kyle
Akin.
. præco
Avena dd Uig.
Arrhen Ping avenaceum,
Triodia decumbens
Mollinia cerulea,

Broadford ?
Cynosurus cristatus
Dactylis glomerata.
Festuca ovina.
rubra

F.

Serrafi alow mollis. g.

Brachypodium sylvaticum. Dunve-
gan, vis irn in.

Triticum re

TT. repens, var. ie Steinscholl.

Lolium perenne.

114 DE NOVA RHAMNI SPECIE.

Equisetum arvense. viam BERRA -nigrum.
E. maximum. Steinscholl. A, Trich es,
E. sylvatieum. A. marinum
E. palustre. A. Dna. Sligachan, Kyle
E. limosum Akin.
Cryptogramme crispa. Coolins, Broad- | Blechnum boreale.
ford, Kyle Akin. Pteris aquilina.
Polypodium Phegopte: Hymenophyllum Wilso
P: Orbost, oh Akin. Osmunda regalis. Chica, Loch Sca-
R re. vaig ?

Lastrea Oreopteris. | Botrychium Lunaria. rang.
L. Filix-mas. Pilularia globulifera. Steinscholl.
L. dilatata. Lycopodium clavatum. Storr, Dun-
L. emula, Kyle Akin. vegan.
Polystichum Lonchitis. Quirang and L. alpinum. `

torr. L. Selago.

L. selaginoides.
ieas frasi ili
Athyrium Filix-fiunina. C. hispida.
DE NOVA RHAMNI SPECIE. z

Auctore H. F. Hanon, Pn.D., ETC.

Rhamnus (Frangula) oreigenes, n. sp. ; inermis, cortice cinereo-pur-
pureo, ramulis petiolis pedunculis pedicellisque tomento denso flavido-
cinereo obtectis, foliis alternis subcoriaceis breviter petiolatis subbipol-
licaribus circ. 10 lin. latis e basi obtusiuscule cuneata obovatis subito
caudato-acuminatis minute crenato-serrulatis crenis apice glandulosis
versus folii apicem magis approximatis atque conspicuis supra preeter
venas pilosulas pilosque in lamina sparsos demum glabratis subtus dense
cinereo-tomentosis costulatis costulis utrinque 7-8 cum costa subtus
prominulis margine ipso areuatim conjunctis, floribus axillaribus 3-8
subumbellatim dispositis, pedunculo petiolo subsequali pedicellis paulo
breviore, calycis tomentosi tubo campanulato lacinias semiovatas
acutiusculas erectas intus fortiter carinatas adeequante, petalis cucul-
latis ex ungue brevi obeordatis (apiee nempe sinu latinsculo semi-
bifidis) stamina equantibus laciniis calycinis duplo brevioribus, fila-
mentis crassis complanatis, antheris didymis sequilongis, stylo simplici
ovario globoso 3—4-loculari parum longiore sursum 3—4-sulcato apice
inconspicue 3~4-lobo papilloso apices filamentorum wes ovulis
minutissimis luteis non sulcatis basi emarginatis, fructu . . . ?

met
Bid i gl

CUM lee a C

LN
= pene a r ——— en ^n

NOTE ON DELIMA. 115

In herbosis ad caeumina montium Pakwan, supra Cantonem, ipse
legi, d. 12 Julii 1867 (Exsicc. n. 14,113)

Plantam nostram, indumento foliorumque forma certe distinctissi-
mam, non tantum cum speciebus continentis Indiz et Zeylania, sed
etiam eum plerisque earum ab amico Maximowiczio, in egregia com-
mentatione ‘De Rhamneis Orientali-Asiaticis’ * recensitarum, com-
paravi. Fructu licet etiamnum ignoto, de sectione,—habitu, stylo
indiviso, ovulorumque fabrica (difficile ob minutiem tandem explorata)
ponderatis,—minime dubito; ac inter commilitones probabiliter magis
R. Frangule nostrati quam aliis est affinis, nisi forte R. grandifolia,
F. et M.—mihi quidem non note,—propior. Petala fere qualia R.
caroliniane a Spragueo depicta (A. Gray, Gen. Pl. U.S. ii. tab. 167),
sed sinu profundiore ac paulo angustiore lateribusque extus magis ob-
lique truncatis invenio.

NOTE ON DELIMA, Linn.
Bx H. F Hance, Pn.D.

Bentham and Hooker, in thé * Genera Plantarum,' retain the genus
Delima, distinguishing it from Zetracera by its 2-3 ovules and soli-
tary carpel. But Delima sarmentosa, as remarked by Planchon and
Triana (Ann. Sc. Nat. 4me sér. xvii. 20), has very frequently a large
number of ovules, as I have repeatedly observed ; and it was, indeed,
from noticing this circumstance, and relying on the accuracy of the
character assigned to Delima by authors, that fifteen years ago, when
my acquaintance with plants was far more limited than at present, I
described the plant under the name of Leontoglossum. Since, more-
over, several genuine Zetracere have only 3 or 4 ovules, whilst in
others they are indefinite, and 7. sessiliflora and T. (Delimopsis) hir-
suta have a solitary carpel, it is manifest that these genera must be re-
united, as proposed by Planchon and Triana.

* Dolendum est, hac in reg diatribe, virum ornati
quodam R. utilem et R. chlorophoram, a docto Decaisneo i hp pree Popek
quod inscribitur * Notice du ve rt de hine’ descriptas Arianos a solerti
Riocreuxii manu nitide depictas, omnino preetermisisse.

116

NOTE ON THE CHINESE NAME OF ZLEUSINE
CORACANA, Gerín.

By H.-F. Hance, PED,

In the neighbourhood of Canton, where this cereal is sometimes
sparingly cultivated, the common native name, as obtained from the
peasantry by Mr. Sampson, is Kai-keuk-kuk, literally ** fowl's-foot
grain.” I have thought this worth noting, because, by a curious
coincidence, the closely allied Hleusine Indica bears in Spain, according
to Willkomm (Prodr. Fl. Hisp. i. 46), a precisely similar name,—
** Pié de gallo."

These are various instances of similar nomenclature amongst Gra-
minec, e.g. our own ** Cock’s-foot grass " (Dactylis), and Heran
arabica, Kunth, which, according to Bertoloni (Fl. Ital. i. 579), is
called “ Pie di gallo raspellone"' in Italy; but in no genus is the
popular term so appropriate as in Eleusine, and it i is, doubtless, to this
circumstance that we must ascribe the coincidence just alluded to.

NOTE ON H¥GROPHORUS CALYPTRAFORMIS.

The first time that I met with this beautiful Hygrophorus was in
November, 1847, when a few specimens of it were growing on the
mossy lawn at Wick House, between Brislington and Bristol, a station
which, as far as I know, remains undisturbed, although the Hanham
one is destroyed. I showed my drawing:of it at the time to the late
Mr. H. O. Stephens, but he could give me no information respecting
it, and it was not till some years later that I learnt its specific name.
Since then I have seen it three several seasons, and in three different
localities near Kenilworth. Is it, therefore, so rare a species as is
supposed? The last time I met with it was in 1866, but I never saw
more than a few plants in each spot. It is very lovely, and might
almost be mistaken, at a little distance, for buds of Colchicum autum-
nale, so pure and delicate is its colour.

Anna RUSSELL.
Kenilworth, March 10th, 1869.

——— ee

—— —— —À — — —

117

A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.
BY WILLIAM R. GUILFOYLE.

[We are indebted to the kindness of our correspondent, Dr. F. von Mueller,
for a copy of the following very interesting narrative, —EpD.)

È
On the twenty- avang day of IT last we left Sydney in H.M.S. Challenger,
Commodore Lambert, C.B., for a cruise among the islands of the South
Pacific. During the whole of is trip we experienced calm and delightful

than this place. The landlocked nin has all the appearance of a lake—

charms of which are heightened by lofty precipitous mountains, densely
clothed with the most luxuriant vegetation, Soon after we had anchored I
went ashore with the Commodore and several of the officers (whose kindness
to me during the cruise I shall never forget), but, as it was getting late, we

ananas, plantains, yams, taro, und everything useful as food. In Tutuila I
was struck with the richness of the vegetation, and with the great depth of
voleanie soil. The graceful Cocoa-nut Palm (Coeos nucifera) is here very
abundant in the villages, in fact, it is plentiful in all the islands, and it is will*
known that where this beautiful plant is to be found, it betokens the presence
of native habitations, I left the ship early the next morning, with the full
determination, knowing that our stay would be short, of going as far inland as
possible. A young officer accompanied me, and taking with us four natives,
we commenced to ascend the mountain steeps, and after a difficult ascent
through thickets of Carica Papaya (Papau Apple), Citrus Limonum, and

meses, occasionally interspersed with Aleurites triloba, Cocos, and some
Interesting Araliaceous plants, Phaseolus albus, and several species of Zpomca,
steer with, and growing over, the decaying vegetation and blocks of scoria ;

tocarpus incisa), the grateful shade of which was much needed. I noticed
even on the tops of those precipitous mountains, which are 1500 feet above
the level of the sea, several fine specimens of the Cocoa-nut. Along the
valleys, and upon some of the low ridges, two species of Sida were often con-
Spicuous objects. An ZEschynanthus and a species of Niphobolus were to be
found upon the stems of the Calophyllum, Inocarpus, and on many of the

trees, in such thick masses as to hide them from view. An Indigofera,
together with a Gossypium, and several varieties of Saccharum, would some-

VOL, Vil. [APRIL 1, 1869.] K

118 a BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.

times form an impenetrable mass, especially when an Zpomoa, of which I
noticed several species, had found its way into the midst of them. Among
t erns, Nephrodium, Nephrolepis, Asplenium, Pteris, and Lomaria, were
more plentiful upon the mountain sides, while groups of Marattia elegans,
and a species of Alsophi/a, were common in moist places

Our next anchorage was at Apia Upolu, which is also one of the Samoan
group. Here the vegetation is much the same, and the natives quite as mild
and good-humoured in aspect as those at Tutuila. Although the weather was
exceedingly warm, I had some very pleasant walks during our stay at Apia,
and through the kindness of H.M. Consul (Mr. Williams) and the mission-
aries, who sent guides with me into the interior, I experienced no diffieulties,
save the work of travelling up and down the steep mountains, which is often
rendered less laborious by the many trailers and climbers that hang nm
almost every stem, and which enables one, by catching hold, to pull u

teen sorts of that useful and ornamental plant. This I cannot doubt, when
in a walk of twelve miles I met with eight distinct varieties. In a valley near

in getting a few knina rne which have ine safely. The fruit beet
exactly 18 inches in length, and 12 inches in circumference, while the tree
itself was not more than 20 feet in height. But by far the largest Breadfruit-

ree I have met with anywhere, was also in Tana ; its trunk was 7 feet in cir-
cumference five feet from the und, while it nid not have been less than

any of the other islanders. At the Samoas and at Vavou it seems to be the
principal diet. The refreshing green of its s foliage, the ser — bakti
i its b

afford

with in the islands. At Upolu, as also in most of the islands, the Inocarpus
ed n or * South Sea Chestnut,” is to be found; but it is nowhere so ple..tiful
as in the Fijis, where it often grows to a height of more than 50 feet. Th
peer presents a very remarkable appearance, having projections like buttresses .

The leaves are of a dark green, and the flowers, although small, are very fra-
grant. The fruit somewhat resembles a chestnut, and when roasted is much
used as food by the natives. Near to the B rendfrait-broo, with fine foliage
(described as being near to the cascades), were the finest specimens of Znocar-
pus I have met with. They presented a rather novel but beautiful appearance,
being literally covered with Dendrobiums, of which there were three species.
The v hoslifnd Sapindus pinnatus, which is closely allied to, and not unlike the

A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS. 119

Lichee of China, although a much larger and more delicious fruit, — here,

standing on the side of a mountain ; a beautiful specimen, about 45 feet high,
was towering above the dwarf, but pretty shrubs that surrounded it in the
N

the dense foliage of a Calophyllum, or a Eugenia Malaccensis, forms a back-
ground,—I quickly descended, thinking that I had discovered something new.
My native guides kept close to me, saying, Tava tava, at the same time
— their hands to their dió and smacking their lips, to signify that the
tree I so eagerly rushed to, bore an edible fruit. Eugenia Malaccensis is also
an excellent fruit, and, like Sapindus pinnatus, it is to be found in most of the
South Sea Islands. I have seen several fine varieties of it in the Fijis, very
different from the one called Fekeka in the Samoas, and which I believe is the i
same as the one at Vavou, Friendly Islands, called Fegéka. At Burretta, the
private residence of Mr. Thurston, H.M. Consul at Fiji, my attention w
called to a scarlet and a yellow fruiting variety growing side by side, and both
had flowers corresponding in colour with their fruit, which were the same in
size and taste, and the trees themselves were about the same height. The Vi-
apple (Zvea dulcis) seems to be more plentiful in Upolu than in most of the
it is an excellent fruit, and a very ornamental tree. Some very fine

Visit the ground was strewed, even for a distance, with their delicious fruit,
which is of a golden-yellow me perfectly oval, very juicy, and weighs gene-
rally about three-quarters of a pound. The tree bears two crops in the year.
The Plantain and the Banana ids common almost everywhere. Musa ee
dishi, of China, which I have found in many of the islands, Mr. W:
H.M. Consul at Samos, informed me was first introduced by " father (the
Rev. John Williams), from the Duke of Devonshire’s garden many years ago.
It has been introduced into most of the islands by native iy teachers.
There are a great many varieties of the Plantain and the Banana among the
islands, and there were at least twenty-five kinds among those we visited. I
met with a very remarkable speeies in a plantation in the Fijis. The foliage
was of a rich purple, and had a most beautiful effect, mingled with the varie-
gated foliage around. I attempted to take up a small plant of this beautiful
variety, but was immediately prevented by the natives. Tobacco, calico, and
en money, were offered for it, but to no purpose. wards learnt from
a settler, that it is customary with the Polynesians to plant ornamental reum
ir houses in honour of their deceased relatives, and that to break
one of those plants is considered an atrocieus crime, punishable by d: I
recollect, at Tutuila, having attempted to pull up a small plant of Aralia, near
to a village, when a young chief rushed forward, bawling “9 loudly as possible,
Tabu tabu (forbidden), and from his excited appearance I should think that,

120 A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.

had not the Commodore and some of the officers been present, he would have
attempted to handle me roughly. Another fact worthy of notice is, that the
natives of many of the islands—and partieularly those of Tana and Vate,
New Hebrides—ornament their houses by planting around them the prettiest
variegated plants they can find. Crotons and Dracenas are great favourites
with them, as also are plants with strong perfume, such as the Evodia, and
others. It may appear strange to some that even those naked savages have a
taste for the ornamental and beautiful, but I believe that there is no one in
existence who could, without a feeling of delight, pass by a group of those
most striking of all variegated plants, the Crotons and Dracenas. No bouquet
could produce a more varied display of brilliancy than I have seen in them.
Imagine what a dazzling effect a Croton must produce, from 12 to 15 feet in
height, having a mass of foliage, striped or spotted with the most glowing
colours,—bright scarlet, vermilion, or yellow, reticulated with purple, green,
orange, or pink. The Draesnas, not less beautiful, are generally found upon

e mountain slopes, and it is a strange fact, with regard to the latter, as well
as with several other plants I have met with, that the coloured variety found
in one spot may not be found elsewhere upon the island. "There is no general
distribution of any but the green varieties, and those occur in all the islands.

It occupies altogether about sixty acres, and is situated upon a rich alluvial

Bilimbi, Achras sapota, Anona squamosa, and many other beautiful fruits,
were here thriving most luxuriantly. The Vanilla aromatica had climbed up
the stems of many of the Breadfruit and Cocoa-nut trees with whieh this
garden is studded. There is no very great display of artistic decoration in the
garden itself, but it — justly be termed an Eden, from its picturesque situ-
ation ; its running streams and small lakes; its avenues and groups of Bread-
fruit and Dad its plantations of Banana, and thickets of Pandanus

The growth of everything is exuberant. The prettiest hedge I have ever seen,
surrounded a fancy-garden near the house, it was formed of a dwarf, bright
scarlet, large, double-flowering Hibiscus (indigenous to the Samoas), about 4

over a great portion of the island. The vegetation everywhere " indescribably
rich, vt mere: principally of the Orders Malvaceae, Myrtaceae, Tiliacea,

ipindacee, Guttifere, Araliacea, d Leguminose, eroe Eu-
sicibme: Conposite, and Urtica

(To be continued.)

———É A amara be

121

A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.
BY WILLIAM R., GUILFOYLE.

Il.

In Vavau's beautiful harbour we next dropped anchor. Vavau is the only
one of the Friendly Islands we visited. "The a is an exceedingly pic-
turesque place, and in this respect it may be second only to to Pango Pango
in Tutuila. The scenery charmed me much, rome in all my rambles—
and I believe that I walked over the greater portion of the larger islands of
this group—I found nothing very rare or new in the way of plants. Vavau is
less mountainous, the einig bring: more of an undulating nature than any
of the other islands. I think it would be admirably adapted for the te

heard of more than two. aving collected aes an soon obtained from

which the natives cut into round pieces about three or four inches in diameter,
with which mié play a game called **lafo;" Niumea, a very handsome variety,
with a red ; Ninule,is the variety common throughout Polynesia, the
nut is the same in size as the last, but of the ordinary colour, and is a re-
markably strong grower. In a village about two miles inland I came across

which is only 400 feet above the level of the vh Im with som e very fine spe-
cimens of the beautiful Barringtonia iosa, w ih is not common in Vavau,
but is met with very frequently in the Fijis ind the East Indies. Its com-

ful of ornamental trees. The penn "a is ada covered for a considerable dis-
tance with its large quadrangulate seed-vessels, which, while in the green state,
for poisoning fish. About a mile from the burial-place I was not a

t from. They ans apelangi " —** white man "—had put it
here. Several varieties of the Orange-tree are plentiful about the villages, but
the Tahi predominates. also a nd a Lime, the latter

being the same species that I met with at the Samoas. The Carica Papaya, or
* Papau apple” (often called * Mammey apple”) is very abundant here. Piper
VOL, VII. [JULY I, 1869.] L

199 A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.

methysticum, the plant of which the de is made, i is cultivated extensively ;
but in this, and in many other islands have taken up their
abode, the practice of drinking that beastly beverage has ceased much of late
years. The under-scrub of Vavau consists principally of an Arundinaria, the
reed of which the houses and fences (decidedly ie neatest and best I have seen
anywhere) ia made. A eA aseolus, sereral. add ies of mae, ae a Kenney-
dia [?—En tob asses over
hundreds = acres. Sometimes they find their way into the SERS of
Broussonettia (the plant of which * Tapa," or native cloth is made), and soon
destroy them. The ceful Cocoa-nut towers majestically above, and waves
its feathery fronds in the breeze, as if defying its enemies beneath. I found
the vegetation more varied, with few exceptions, near to the water’s oe where

Malvaceous, Rubiaceous, isi ge and Leguminous plants seemed to be
more numerous than others. I was taken all round this ay delightful
harbour in the French missionaries’ rie and was not only charmed with the

Pup and the perfume of Jasminum rents, Sl resting itself upon

shrubs on the banks that pP ed the shore, but also with the fish and
dade of all colours to be seen in its waters. The pretty Paritium tiliaceum,
with its heart-shaped leaves ka pe golden-yellow flowers, a Hernandia, a
Calophyllum, an Erythrina, and a Casuarina were among the vegetation that
clothed the banks. An Echites and a white-flowering Hoya grow in such thick

daceous plants; a Dendrobium might, perhaps, be discovered in the midst of a
bunch of Drynaria, upon a stump or in the fork of a tree, and occasionally a
Bletia and a Diuris would be seen in the long grass. Growing around their
AER N in the villages, the natives have many Fijian plants. Among the
more conspicuous of these were the Acalypha tricolor, a Euphorbiacea, some
Dracænas and Crotons, and the beautiful Palm Pritchardia Pacifica, whose
bright green umbrageous fronds (the same in form but fully twice the size of
Latania Bourbonica or Corypha Australis) might be seen in several places
spreading gracefully over a native hut. Near to the chief’s house (who, by

sugar-cane tops. In the t As om there was a handsome suite of furni-
ture, which I learned had been PT from Sydney a few months previous

1
$
P
i
|

A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS. 123

to our visit. It consisted of two tables, a sofa, some TUN a iig qe and,
if I mistake not, a Brussels carpet covered the floor. A large mirror, and

baceo. He paid a visit to the commodore o n the m morning we iy he having
n he

Respect and kindness, in whatever form, must tend to i sr those uncivilized
people to throw off their savage character, and aspire to a higher humanity.
It was by the consideration and good will of previous inm together with
assiduous missionary labour (and this has done more good than many credit)

however, it is always moist and fertile, owing to its rich soil, occasional
i : i

ew days’ steam took us safely to Ovalau, Fiji Islands. Our first port
there was Levuka, and our next anchorage was at the mouth of the Rewa
River, in Viti-levu, or Big Fiji. Levuka gives one but a very vague idea of
the beautiful scenery of the Fijis, although I must say that the ——
around itis rich; and, without doubt, the island of Ovalau contains a

variety of plants than any place of its size in the Fijis. But one must »
Seem to the other side of the island, and thence across to Bau and up the

er if he wishes to see tropical verdure beautifully displayed. I was never
more delighted, however, than with a trip to the island of Wakaya (eight miles
to the windward of Ovalau), belonging to Dr. Brower, the American consul,
who resides there, and who certainly deserves great praise for the manner in
whieh he has turned his attention towards the growth of cotton, coffee, and
sugar, which succeed admirably. His plantations of Sea-island cotton are
extensive, and the quality the best I se peis ees oem This x verni is

they seem to be quite at home. The doctor informed me that eight years ago

he introduced ten head of cattle, which have now increased to nearly two hun-
He has several well-bred horses, as well as goats, pigs, and fowls

in quantity.

I had some very laborious, though truly interesting, tours t through the moun-

tains of Ovalau. The highest peak here is said to be about 2080 feet, which I

L 2

124 A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.

managed to ascend with difficulty. The thickets of scrub, reeds, and climbers,—

among the latter two species of Smilax and a Rubus,—were often exceedingly
troublesome. Sometimes my guides and myself had to crawl upon our hands
and knees, and, after an hour’s work in getting through one of those labyrinths,

impossible to scale those barriers, which are often more than eighty feet in
height. Amongst the caeca b sad vegetation which clothes the mountains
to their summits one meets with many fine species of Ficus, which are often
of pote size, and rendered eds beautiful by a large mass of Polypo-

whose large pied green foliage often contrast beautifully with the purple
heart-shaped 1 of Paritium purpurascens, are pleasing objects. Pa-
ritium proa ies its bright green foliage and yellow flowers, is not less

hyll
pesia populnea were ole literally hidden by a matting of Niphobolus, whose
pendent ribbon-like fronds, hanging gracefully down, gave them a novel but
heautiful appearance. Scarcely less singular and beautiful i is the aspect of the

would icta a ee Pintana, to which genus it is closely ailis

Two spec psing
the trunks si engin of the larger trees. The Pandanus is des met with
far inland, but is found generally close to the sea. Its strong aerial roots pro-

on their tips a loose, cup-like coating, which preserves their absorbents from

|
|
I
|

A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS. 125

injury until they reach the earth, in which they quiekly "d themselves, and
act as stays to prevent the stem being blown about by the wind. I was fre-
quently startled during my walks, which were often long ud: por ors though
always interesting, by the rattling of the huge pods of Mucuna gigantea, or
‘Big Bean," which are often two feet in length, and as broad as one's hand.
Occasionally on the Znocarpus edulis, “South Sea Chestnut," whose singular
m I have described, and also growing on the branches of Artocarpus incisa,
I have met with two species of Loranthus and a Viseum. These parasites are
very interesting and ornamenta
was struck with the beautiful and picturesque scenery at Burreta. From
the consul’s house (Mr. Thurston's), which is situated upon a hill from which
a charming view may be had of the port of Ovalau, looking northwards, that
wilderness of beauty in the valley of Livone,—a garden, in fact, with its

and Banana studded about here and there, through the other rich and varied
vegetation, —would alone present a truly magnificent picture. Turning round,
the eye looks upon the long, low, and narrow but pretty island of Mot wu
with its islets, distant a couple of miles, the big Fiji, “ Viti-levu," being in

n
white sandy beach and coral reefs, or by belts more or less broken of the
never-to-be-forgotten Cocos nucifera

Mr. Thurston’s cotton re aetan are among the best I have seen, great
care having been taken to — the var em sorts of Cotton apart, a precaution
which must be observed if one good varieties. It often happens
that when the sorts are planted in too close proximity the pollen is transmitted

settlers say that the hybrid is inferior to either. I cannot help thinking, how-
ever, that a very good sort of Cotton might be obtained between the Egyptian
and the Sea-island. The silky substance of the one and the long staple of the

Burreta, I proceeded in the consul's boat up the Rewa river, the mouth of
which is distant about forty miles. I was pleased to have so good an oppor-
tunity of seeing this part of Fiji, and I was not unsuccessful in my botanical
explorations.

Twenty miles or more from the mouth the river is often more than a quar-
ter of a mile in width, and along its banks are some extensive cotton and coffee

plantations; among the more important of which are those of the Messrs.

Storck. Sugar, too, in — cultivated patches, occurs in places.

For miles inland, along the river, the country is generally of an undulating
nature, and the soil oaiiy productive. It consists in many places of a

mixture of pulverized volcanic rock and vegetable deposit, which, saturated

*

126 A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.

with the heavy dews at night and frequent showers, becomes extraordinarily
fertile. Indeed, throughout my rambles in the Fijis I did not meet with an
acre of land that might not be cultivated. we soil everywhere is covered
with a dense mass of vegetation. During my ascent up the river I called upon
several of the settlers, whom I found to be. exceedingly kind, and through

is benefited by the rich soil and constant moisture. Perhaps it will be con-
sidered an exaggeration by some, but I was informed that it is by no means
uncommon to see Sugar-cane growing to twenty-five feet in height. I myself
measured a cane in Ovalau which was exactly twenty-two feet in length. In
the windward islands, or close to the coast on the big lands, I have no doubt
that cotton will pay the planter much better than sugar would at present.

Thr the rich green mantle spread over hill and valley, on either side of
this most delightful river, the Palms and Tree-ferns first catch the eye. The
graceful Cocoa-palm is not to be seen, but its loss is compensated for by Ken-

oa-nut will seldom grow well far away from a, although in the island
of Vate, one of the * New Hebrides," I ure several fino e specimens in a village
about nine miles from the coast. Next in importance, the eye must rest upon

the bouquet-like display of colour of gie. oed and foliage. The bright
scarlet flowers of Erythrina Indica are often rendered still more brilliant by
a mass of golden-yellow—the dying foliage of Evea dulcis, or the flowers of
Paritium tiliaceum—the latter perhaps backed up by the dark beautiful green
of a Calophyllum, a Barringtonia, or an PE: And by the side of
Sapindus pinnata, with its fiery red shoots spikes of flowers in the
distance,—that finest of all tropical foliage when unbroken by the wind,—the

when laden with its dense gums of orange-coloured fruit. This gorgeous
display of colour is rendere d still more magnificent by the sombre green an

In moist places, a short distance in from the banks of the river, such plants
as Coir Lachrima, a Canna, an Arundinaria, a Tradescantia, T lutea,
Smilaz, several species of "tire Clerodendron inerme, Dracænas, Crotons,
Crinums, Allocasia, Bletia, Angiopteris, Alsophila, pears etc. etc.,
are to be found in such exuberance, aided by the constant moisture, as to be

patches. I must say that even the wild Fijian teaches a lesson as regards the

dde,

T

T———Ó—rt

relat

A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS. 127

culture of the first-mentioned vegetable. He generally chooses a spot in the

small shoot is then cut off a Yam and inserted in "m top of this prania

seen waving to and fro the graceful fronds of a Palm or of a Tree-fern. Taro
tops ne are an excellent substitute for Spinach, and to my taste are far
more de .

met with Excecaria Agallocha (“ Sinu gaga,” or poison sinu of the

toe " New evt and the New Hebrides, but it is more common in
e Fijis. I have seldom seen it growing to more than twenty feet ; it occurs
iine to the cun and is seldom seen inland. The smoke of its decayed wood
and green leaves is said to be a certain cure for leprosy, a disease which is
very prevalent throughout Polynesia. The dense habit and compact form of
this tree render it a pleasing object. Jpomaa maritima will occasionally be

he sandy beac

inerme, which havespread over many acres. Two species of Rhizophora (Man-

es margin the coast for miles in many parts of Fiji, and partieularly near
to the Rewa river. :
III.

After leaving the Fijis, we visited the New Hebrides, of which group we
d at An h Is

hills, which have the appearance of beautiful lawns, surrounded by a mass of
rich foliage. On the whole, the scenery of the New Hebrides is less striking
than that of the other groups we visited. The island of Vate, however, should
perhaps claim some special mention. To give Aneitum and Tana their due
(I cannot say much for - ru as we were there only a few ie it must
itted that the variety of plants is something marvellous. The varie-
gated foliage at every few paces, of the richest tints imaginable, striped and
spotted with all the most glowing and brilliant colours, —Croton, Dracena
Acalypha, Eranthemum, Graptophyllum, Pandanus, Hibiscus, dasschsidius.
and I could enumerate a score of other plants, also variegated,—call upon the

128 A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.

real lover of plants to pause at almost every step of his ramble to admire their
singular beauty. And who is there that could pass by those gorgeously attrac-
tive treasures of the vegetable kingdom—the Crotons and Dracsnas— without
being filled with wonder and admiration? I was so fortunate as to find up-
wards of thirty-five new varieties of Dracena during the cruise, an and was often

Aneitum may be considered perfectly sai for the traveller as regards the
natives, who are certainly the most miserable-looking of any of the Polynesians
I have seen. Traversing the island, I met with some fine specimens of Dam-
mara obtusa. Both in Vate and in Aneitum the Dammara is by far the

,
Many species of Santalum occur in the mountains, but a large specimen of this

thaceous, Malvaceous, Araliaceous, Rutaceous, Euphorbiaceous, Myrtaceous,
and Fabaceous plants, seem to be the predominating Orders among the under-
scrub. Two clim bing Ferns of extraordinary beauty,—Lygodiction and a

busa Arundinacea, though quite distinct from that species, is sometimes to be
ound in clumps upon the mountain sides ; $ and v ery pretty it is when curving

n s,
above the water, and upon the decaying timber partly imbedded with them,
Ferns of all kinds were to be seen. Two of these, more numerous than others,
Lomaria atienuata and L. emdiiala hada stems often three feet in length,—
were suggestive of a Lilliputian grove of Tree-ferns. Close to the shore upon

the other side were forests o t Pandanus l have seen. Some of them
were beautifully variegated, their drooping fronds catehing the spray, and their
roots washed illow. Night came on before I had quite reached
the coast, after a toilful journey aeross the moun 3 had

ling
been APIS for the following day, or I should have been S ug to bivouae for
the night. It soon became quite dark, and the rocks, which are almost impass-
able ate the coast, te me many a severe tumble. To prevent this my
guides lit torches of the dried stems and leaves of an Arundinaria, which were
a great assistance. Night, however, had nearly passed over before I reached
the mission station.

|
|
|
|

3
:

A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS. 129

Tana is also very thickly — with vegetation. While there we beheld
many interesting scenes, the most important of which, and one that will never
be forgotten by me, was the laa ; and it is perhaps the most sublime sight
eee can xi iem ent. This wonderful object is situated between five and six
miles from Port Resolution, where we were anchored. The volcano is v
active, an ain “i place every five or ten minutes, that can be Sai
ma isit was & very hurried one, for I had been out some
eightor ten miles the same day in another direction in search of plants, "t
after parting with my guides, I agreed with two other natives who were along
side the ship to take me to the voleano. Accordingly, getting into their canoe,
I was paddled to the shore. A narrow, and in many places rugged, path led
the ind through a suecession of dense gloomy forests and gullies, aud through
ral villages, in one of which, although it was getting late, I could not resist
"i temptation of making a sketch of a very fine species of Fig, n from
its small leaves, not more than an inch long, I have ventured to n
microphylla. I found its girth to be about forty-five feet around pr trunk.
ts wi

shade. Like the Banyan-tree of weed it throws down hundreds of roots to
the earth, which soon grow and e props to its far-extended lateral
branches. Long before I reached T Aon I had a glimpse of it from the
tops of several hills. The smell of sulphur was strong three miles off, and I
could nótice it upon my clothes. The vegetation, therefore, becomes less dense
or luxuriant. Many trees, aided by the rich soil and moisture, appear to P

i e

in the valley beneath. Quite close to the foot of the voleano there
is a small lake, covering an area of several hundred yards. This volcano is said
to be about 1300 feet above the level of the sea, but I should have thought
that it was much higher. The ascent is steep and very toilsome, owing to the
loose character of the pulverized lava, sand, and sulphurous matter, that gave
way under foot. The only relief is an occasional piece of scoria, which gives
one foot-hold as he anxiously toils upward. My guides kept up a constant
hatter between themselves, and would a make signs to me when an

terrified at the idea of my doing so. t I thought that I had come to a
meoc side of the mountain, or that di natives regarded it with a sort of
religious dread. I learned afterwards from a missionary in one of the other

130 A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.

islands that there is a traditional story among the Tanese to the effect that a
number of natives, among whom were several great chiefs, were once looking
down, when the mountain, displeased with the acts of the latter, caused the
side upon which they were standing to give way, and all were precipitated into

aee be seen a huge burn rnin g mass, m raced only a few feet below this

and the explosion forces into the air, several hundred feet higher than the tup
of the crater, tons of burning lava, in pieces varying from the size of a marble
to several hundredweight. Sometimes the lava comes down vertically, but

various forms by reason of its soft doughy nature. I should have remained at
least an hour, gazing in wonder and admiration at this most sublime spectacle,
but, unfortunately, a strong south-westerly affected the regions below, and the
air was at once filled with a dense sulphurous smoke which was almost unbear-

wandered over the vegetation. Strange to say, the Commodore at the time of
his visit discovered a small Fern near to the mouth of the erater, which was
the only serap of vegetation, living or dead, within at least a € and a half of
it. This Fern, although not yet in seed, I believe to be a new Nephrolepis ;
but whatever generic name for it we may be able to deine it shall bear
the specific one Lamberti, in honour of its discoverer.
During my gor to hn Talasa ; found several new amd interesting
E y toil

two of Jranthemum -

n 8,
some ramble in the forenoon, some eight or ten miles into the interior, E found,
what, without doubt, for beauty and magnificence is unequalled in the flora of
Polynesia, and perhaps not surpassed for eleganee and splendour in any part of
the wor It wasa single tree of a species of Inocarpus, growing to about Ie
feet, protubly its full height, its leaves were long and graceful, and of so in
"— e heat sns scarcely less so, as to almost charm me as I i
iie it in silent admiration But, alas! there were neither seeds, seedlings,
nor suckers. In vain did I look for them and for other specimens of the tree,

where they could be found? The natives indicated by signs and a few words
of broken English that there were other trees of it upon the other side of the
mountain, but were we to venture further the natives would kill me. I had,

therefore, to content myself with euttings, whieh I helped myself to pretty
freely, but which, I regret to say, in spite of all my care, died a week or two
after we left Tana. Myg uides and myself rested for half an hour beneath
that most barres and indescribable object (with reluctance I left it), whose
foliage in the bright sun cast over us a shade of golden yellow. Ihad heard of

m
eee

A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS. 131

o existence of this tree at least three miles away from the valley in which it
as growing. The first hint was by a native pointing first to a piece of yellow
ius (which I carried with other things for the purpose of payment), and then
to a tree, by which I immediately understood what was meant. During our
jaunt back in another direction, I found many other treasures, one in particu
belonging to the Order Musacec,a genus between Heliconia nig "weed. ae
ing immense leaves beautifully striped with almost every color
e Tanese are, of the New Hebrideans, although not a silet, the most
muscular, and mentally the superior race. Two natives who could speak En-
glish well enough to be understood, while going with me in search of plants,
expressed themselves thus :—“ Spose missi-on-a-ry come live Tana plenty Tana
man come down kill it missi-on-ar-y like it pig.” And I believe they would be
savage enough to do so.
In many places in Tana, but not in any other island of the New Hebrides,
a fine species of Myristica was — On either side of the track to the
volcano, some specimens of it were growing to fifteen or sixteen feet, and be-
neath them the ground was covered with their fruit
In Eromanga we remained only a couple of hours, but in Vate or Sandwich
sees several days.
ving first visited Havannah harbour, and afterwards Vela harbour, I had
a see opportunity of penetrating for a considerable distance into the mainland.
es

immy - Charcoal," came a us ^ night in a boat. He could speak English

= Accordingly, I accompanied him in his canoe to the shore, where

a thicket., The other natives, however, seemed to be good-humoured-looking
fellows, and so we proce on some three or four miles further, greatly en-
ed by the appearance of the distant vegetation, which eonsisted prin-

— of dense, more or less broken, belts of Casuarina, Melaleuca, Barring-

ia, Erythrina, forests of Plantain, hus fruit lying in heaps upon the ground ;

ony like spaces of hundreds of acres in extent; groups of Palms and Tree-
ferns of great beauty, which gave to the landscape a peculiarly charming effect,
h as I had not me witnessed in other islands, but in parts of Vate

I found the vegetation poor and seanty, as it formed a garden of beauty and
fertility in others. On the dir however, I should think that Vate, from its

ig admirably ailapisd. for the growth of cotton, would not be a bad locality

132 A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.

for some enterprising company. After we had passed through several places
such as I have endeavoured to describe, we came to a large village which was
bordered on one side with a hedge of a gigantic Heliconia, growing from
twelve to fifteen feet high, and which at first sight I mistook for a Mi

Beside this hedge I nici upon a long pole that rested - two forked stis;

among others, a number of human jawbones, We had not proceeded far,
when a number of natives in a state of nudity, some with clubs upon their
shoulders, others with bows and arrows in their hands, rushed from several

de

huts bawling lustily at my guides, who at once stood, and a great vengan
was immediately entered into between them, during which conversation

hear the word “ man-of-war” was very frequently used. I —* ot say veni
I felt as I stood in their midst, ignorant of their lan
tinizing me the while from head to foot. Several cxathinaly attéurptsd- to
haadló i my revolver,—a liberty which, of RERS I declined to allow. The

crowd soon after began to disperse, and we passed on without further inter-
ruption for a few paces, when I € it ivite to return, which we did

by another track. I invariably made a practice of being as jovial as possible
with the natives of the various islands, ase I found it to be an excellent plan.

To make them laugh, which is a very easy matter, and to give them a small
present of calico, babeo; etc., soon causes a sort of attachment, and they will
do as much for you in return. They are, however, generally covetous, and I

have found among them qaia in the Fijis) some arch rogues

IV:

I visited Protection and Deception Islands, which form one side of Havan-
nah harbour. In many places the harbour is three miles wide, and, looking

from the entrance, it reminds one of a beautiful river. The vegetation of both
these islands presents an ap nce somewhat Australian. Every tree upon
t seemed uffering from ught. The forests of Melaleuca re-

delightful perfums sometimes occur. The Murraya was the only genus of

Aurantiacee I met with in those islands, while upon the mainland, the other
side of the harbour, — other genera occur. The predominating Orders
were Malvacec, Asclepiad. Rubiacee, Acanthacee, Myrtaceae, Liliaceae, and

Gramineae, of which latter, aer time pm I could have made a large col-
lection of dried specimens. During my rambles upon these islands I did not
meet with a drop of water. As a substitute i water the natives use the milk
of the cocoa-nut, which may be had in abundance. The natives here are far
more filthy-looking, the women d than in the other islands of Vate.
In the mainland I found three species of Citron, one with very small fruit,
another identical with pam medica, and the other, which was of rare occur-
renee, bore a fruit of extraordinary size, more than three times that of the
ordinary Citron. A species of Cookia was plentiful, but there were neither
Oranges, Limes, nor Lemons. A few hours’ steam took us round to Vela

A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS. 133

harbour, where I again had an opportunity of going ashore, and afterwards
across to Pango Bay, in the neighbourhood of which I was very successful in
my botanical discoveries. Mr. Kosh, a missionary, who resides there—the

took me some six or seven miles inland. During my walk I found several
splendid varieties of Hibiscus, two of which for their immense gorgeous flowers
and compact habit are, I venture to say, the most beautiful of the. genus ever
yet discovered. The larger flowering variety is of a glowing scarlet colour,
the flowers averaging seven inches in diameter, and from the manner in which

group of Casuarina éuieaitifblin. The bright scarlet of its ‘animate flowers

Hill, Paramatta River, to whom I feel indebted for w discovery, he having

visited Pango Bay, where he saw it some three or four years ago. I regretted

much that my native guides would not venture further than a few miles inland

from the Pango Bay side. One of them, a Rarotongan native teacher, who
1 = e E

co ood English, told me that to go further wou to never
saeia as the natives were great cannibals, and exceedingly savage towards
turning by a different track, we pas ri some ts of

Celia and through some extensive plantations of the Cassava root of
Western America (Jatropha Maniho t), and Tacca pinnatifida, of which the
rts make arrowroot. Passing through a thicket, consisting principally of
cardiaceous, Myrtaceous, and Araliaceous plants, we suddenly came u
a ene village, in which an S prettily variegated, an Aralia and
an Evodia, were growing in quantity around the houses. All are used medi-
einally, particularly the Mer whieh is remarkable for its strong perfume
This plant is to be found almost in every village throughout Polynesia. It has,
I think, been introduced into the other islands from the rpm and e Fijis.
Along the coast the vegetation principally consists of se s of
Tanghinia, Pandanus, Excecaria, Hernandia, Cocos, rA , atopy,
and others. The sends scrub was not s b donee 5 ear the coas und
it at Havannah harbour. It consisted of giae genera of EES of which
the more conspicuous were a Wollastonia, ie oon yellow flowers, and a
Cineraria. Many varieties of Dracena (of which genus I must here remark I
have seen upwards of a hundred varieties risum the eruise, and of which more
than fifty were green-leafed), a Grewia, and a Jasmine, while a Portulaca
and a Tatinum, together uem n verita. and several others carpeted
the sandy beach in
Port de France es No Caledonia, was the last port we visited pre-

134 A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS.

vious to our return to Sydney. If I had not known something. of the richness

The harbour is well sheltered, and the wea large, — ering the age
of the sett tlement; but the bare-looking hills whieh surround it, destitute of

Government, having the ctor Li they possess,—convict labour, ete., for

the improvement p the e of the place. They would only have to

send seven miles to find a allish of large and truly ornamental trees, such
ew

posed of
really good soil. New Caledonia will yet, I think, from its fine genial climate

tion to visit it soon again), produce a greater variety of plants than most

islands in the Pacific. Unfortunately I spent but one day, and that a pouring

wet one, in the mountains a few miles above the “ Model Farm.” In spite of

the rain, e I succeeded in collecting some interesting plants. A suc-

cession of very pleasing cascades occurs between two very steep mountains to

the right of má farm. These steeps are literally covered with vegetation, which
i in the Sam

of other plants under foot, and luxuriant heptane description, are here to be
met with; and overhead, at considerable height, the massive green boughs of
the taller trees, whose stems and larger branches profusely ornamented with
parasites and epiphytes, together with numerous climbers, form a canopy
beneath which the sun seldom or never gleams, and presents a picture of vege-
table luxuriance such as language cannot See a nor the talents of an artist
do justice to. Conspicuous during my walk through more open spaces were

ri wia
- ium, Acacia, Cyer. Asc lepias, NEART , and

ge the ** Model Farm" many } } fi n by convicts.
In one of the granaries I was shown ty M. Botan, a ne
the whole establishment, some ten or twelve tons of rice, of good quality, which

A BOTANICAL TOUR AMONG THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS. 135

had been grown on the farm. The average stag there per acre is said to be
three toa and there are two crops in the year. A rice-field requires to be in

oaan an excellent view of the harbour. Along the side, facing one of the
principal streets, is a row of well-grown specimens of the beautiful “Gold
Moh” of India and Madagascar— Poinciana Regei—which, when in flower,
must indeed be a magnificent sig

On either side of the principal ulla leading up to the governor's house,
which ean be seen from the gate, are some Orange-trees that appeared to be
met unhealthy. At nearly every corner, where walks cross each other at pee

angles, the Acalypha tricolor, with its large fiery crimson, brown and
striped or spotted leaves, lent a brightness to nen beautiful foliage with which
it was backed oe and appeared more beautiful than I had seen it in the Fijis,
its native place. Facing the house a row of ‘ erbin ferrea rosea,” planted

ternately with some beautifully variegated Crotons and Poinsettia pul-
cherrima (then in flower), was also a gorgeous sight. The garden extends over

one horizontalts, two ere shrubs, were worthy o. map agg while some
flower of Poinciana pulcherrima were charmin Parkinsonia
ee and Stackytarpheta a and a small spacium of Latania
formed a background for some Crinums beautifully flowered. A stra abge look-
P Sanseviera and a Tradescantia claimed a glance, and some fine specimens
Anona muricata and squamosa, Lucuma, piira Indica (Mango), Zizy-
o and other früit-boaxiig trees, formed a group of great interest. Coffea
abica, with its pretty berries, gs the eye lr along a back walk, as
a background for which specimens of Ficus prolifera, Acacia Farnesiana,
and laurifolia occurred. elai aklai. Glochidion, Agati grandi-
flora alba, Guilandina, Bombax, Cinnamomum, Vitex, and many other plants
of stll greater interest, no doubt, might have been seen, but time was precious,
and a few hours afterwards we left Port de France for Port Jackson, which we
reached in eight days: thus terminating to me a salubrious and most interest-

136 REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB.

ing tour. Our stay in most places, as I have stated in the beginning of this
nt

dition, I have no hesitation in saying, the largest collection of choice and
beautiful plants ever yet collected in the islands of the South Pacific.

REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE
CLUB

By J. Boswe.u-Syme, F.L.S., Curator.

In the following Report, I have confined myself to remarks on the
plants sent for distribution by the members of the Botanical Exchange
Club, or those which have come under my own observation.

Thalictrum sazatile, Schleich. Little Trees Hill, Gogmagogs, Cam-
bridge; Mr. F. A. Hanbury. In the third edition of ‘ English
Botany’ I expressed a suspicion that the flowers of this plant were not
erect, and that it might be the T. collinum of Wallroth. I am now able
to say that this is the case; the flowers are drooping. In 1863 I
brought a root, gathered before it flowered under the guidance of Pro-
fessor Babington, in the station mentioned above. This root I culti-
vated until I came to Scotland last year, so that I was able to observe
its flowers for several seasons. The pedicels are thicker and less
flexible than in T. minus and T. Kochii, but the flowers always droop
when expanded. The Cambridge pun cultivated beside 7. Kochii,
Fries (received from Mr. H. C. Watson, who brought it from the
Lake district), produced far fewer and much shorter stolons than the
latter, which increased rapidly, new plants appearing on its subterra-
nean stolons one or even two feet from the parent. The fruit of these
two plants is very similar, and strikingly different from that of T.
minus.

Ranunculus aquatilis, Linn. Several of the forms, including var.
Psendo-fluitans, near Warwick; Mr. H. Bromwich. In the third
edition of ‘English Botany’ I arranged four subspecies under Z.
aquatilis. I now believe these ought to be reduced to two; the first,
R. peltatus, with its varieties vulgaris, floribundus, and Pseudo-flui-
tans; the second, to which I propose to give the name R. stenopeta-
lus, under which R. heterophyllus, Bab.; R. Drouettii, Schultz; and

REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB. 137

R. trichophylius, Auct. Angl. (R. paucistamineus, Tausch.) must be
arranged as varieties. These three plants differ from R. peltatus in
their narrower non-contiguous petals, which give a star-like appear-
ance to the expanded flowers, and have the nectariferous pore with a
nearly straight, not horseshoe-shaped border. I have seen no British
specimens of the plant called R. trichophyllus by the Belgian botanists,
which has short rigid leaf-segments, somewhat resembling in the dried
state those of R. circinatus, Sibth. Probably R. Baudotii, Godr.,
ought to be added as a third subspecies of R. aquatilis, as I have
observed transition states closely connecting it with R. stenopetalus,
var. paucistamineus.

Ranunculus Flammula, Linn., var. Pseudo-reptans. uc of Wight,
Mr. F. Stratton; and Gaines Lake, Cumberland, N
The Isle of Wight plant is intermediate between the ibn fi of
E. Flammula and the slender plant sent by Mr. A. G. More. The
latter is precisely similar to examples which I possess from Brauuton
Burrows, Devon, collected by Mr. G. Maw, but is certainly not the
sarhe as my specimens of the Loch Leven plant. The latter locality
still continues to be the only British station known to me for the sub-
species R. reptans. I hope iu the ensuing summer to procure this
plant, and try if, by cultivation, it will pass into R. Flammula.

R. Steveni, Reich. In the list of desiderata for 1869 I have
entered the name of this plant, and should be much obliged if any of
our members who should meet with a form of R. acris with an
elongate, oblique or horizontal ereeping rhizome would send speci-
mens. I believe that R. acris consists of two very distinct subspecies,
or possibly, ver-species. Ist, E. Sfeveni, “ Andr." Reich., with a
horizontal or oblique elongated creeping rootstock ; and, 2nd, R. Bo-
reanus, Jord., with a very short perpendicular and usually premorse
rootstock. Of the first of these subspecies I have no certainty that it
occurs in England, though it is that represented in Sowerby’s ‘ En-
glish Botany,’ if the rootstock was drawn from a British specimen.
About London, Edinburgh, and in the south of Fife, the only form of
R.acris is R. Boreanus, Jord. The typical R. Boreanus I have not seen
in Britain, but my R. acris, var. vulgatus is a variety of R. Boreanus.
It is the R. Lomophyllus of Jordan (‘ Diagnose d'Esp?ces nouvelles ou
méconnues, p. 71), not the R. vulgatus of Jordan ; and my R. acris, var.
rectus is not the R, rectus of Boreau, but apparently R. fomophyllus,

VOL. Vil. [JULY 1, 1869.] M

138 REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB.

growing in a shady place. I fell into these errors from not having
access to British specimens of R. acris with complete rootstocks at the
time (November) when I was called upon to write the description for
‘English Botany,’ ed. 3. In the case of common plants, herbarium
specimens are usually few and imperfect, and, unfortunately, I had
only a month’s notice before the publication of the third edition com-
menced on the lst of January, 1863. The double yellow Ranunculus,
cultivated in gardens under the name of * Yellow Bachelor’s-buttons,”
is a good example of R. Steveni. It has usually the lower leaves less
deeply divided, and with broader ultimate lobes than R. Boreanus.

Fumaria Boreii, Jord. Auchtertool, Fife; and Aberlady, Had-
dington; J. Boswell-Syme. This is the only one of the forms of
F. capreolata, Linn., which I have seen in Scotland. It is certainly
distinct from F. pee iflora, Jord., which is a mere variety of his
F. speciosa, and is a much more southern plant. I have seen British
specimens of F. pal/idiflora only from Somersetshire, communicated by
Miss Gifford.

Oxalis stricta, Linn. Garden at ‘“ Tilehouse, Denham, near Ux-
bridge, Bucks, where it comes up spontaneously," Miss Drummond.
Communicated by Mr. J. Britten.

Trifolium hybridum, Linn. Roadside between Long Niddry Station
and the sea, Haddington; J. Boswell-Syme. Very abundant along
the sides of the road between the footpath and the causeway. Ten
years ago the plant was not there.

Epilobium anagallidifolium, Lam. High ground between Storr and
Quirang, Isle of Skye; Professor M. A. Lawson and Rev. H. E
I mention this because the distribution of the true F. alpinum and
this plant is not yet known, though there can be little doubt that
E. anagallidifolium is much the commoner of the two

Herniaria ciliata, Bab. Garden examples. “ The root was sent to
H. C. Watson from the Cambridge Botanical Garden as being certainly
the H. ciliata, Bab. It was kept in a flower-pot some few years ago,
producing very short branches and comparatively few flowers, ex-
amples of it in that state having been dried and distributed heretofore.
In the spring of 1868 the root was turned into the open ground,
where it throve vigorously in loose mould, and produced the more
elongate branches and denser clusters of flowers, as now sent for dis-
tribution,"—H. C. Watson. The specimens sent show no disposition

REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB. 139

to approach the habit of H. g/aóra of the eastern counties, as defined
in the eighth volume of the third edition of * English Botany.’

Aster salignus, Willd.? Shores of Derwentwater; Miss Edmonds.
Concerning this plant, Miss Edmonds writes, ** It has been seen for
many years by a local botanist, but has never been noticed at the
flowering season, till this autumn. T visited the spot immediately on its
being made known to me, and found the said plant in great luxuriance,
established in a bed of sedges, perhaps to the extent of the eighth of
an acre, and full of blossom, though passing into seed . It seems
that the plant was known by Miss Wright and her bin father, for
thirty years past, but, although puzzled about it, they were content
to suppose it some stray production, and the reason of their never
having seen it in flower may be that the said reedy spot is very gene-
rally under water. There have been drains lately cut across it, and,
the late summer favouring it, the locality has been more readily ac-
cessible. The colour of the flowers when fresh was a delicate lilac.”

ARY EDMONDS.

Mr. H. C. Watson and Mr. J. G. Baker concur in considering this
as 4. salignus, Willd. Professor Babington says it is not that plant.
Having now no herbarium but my own within reach, for consultation,
Iam unable to decide the question. I do not think it is the same as
the plant which I have from the Rhine, near Strasbourg, under the
names of ** 4. salignus, Willd.," and “ A. salicifolius, Scholler," which
is the: common American 4. longifolius, Lam. ; but Wirtgen, in his
‘Flora of the Rhine Provinces,’ intimates his doubts of the Rhine
plant being Æ. salignus, Willd. The Derwentwater plant has a more
hispid stem, and the leaves seabrous all over the upper surface. I
have not seen specimens of the so-called 4. salignus from the banks of
the Tay, or from Wicken Fen, but judging from Professor Babington's
description, the Cambridgeshire plant is the same as the Rhenish one.

I might venture to apply a name to the Derwentwater Aséer, it
would be 4. puniceus, Linn., but my American specimens of this plant
are poor, and it belongs to the most puzzling group of that very intri-
cate genus.*

* I must confess myself unable, after examining s ns from many dis-
tant localities, to draw any clear line of distinction ag ratte the European
Asters, which ‘have been called Soe gare on the one hand, and on the pian the
American A. simplex, Willd., and A. longifolius, Lam.,

well-known as wild plants i in "the sed States and often cultivated in pote
M 2

140 REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB.

Senecio viscosus, Linn. Railway banks, near Frant station. Not
previously recorded from Sussex, but the locality, “railway banks,”
dieates its being an introduced plant.

Andromeda polifolia, Linn., var. curta, Tate. Coombes Moss, Derby ;
Rev. Augustin Ley. In the ‘Journal of Botany,’ for 1866, p. 377,
Mr. Ralph Tate called attention to a variety of Andromeda polifolia,
with the pedicels about as long as the flowers, for which he proposed the
name 4. curta. At the time when I wrote the description of 4. poli-
Jolia for the third edition of * English Botany,’ all the specimens 1 had
seen had the pedicels twice or thrice as long as the flowers, and I sup-
posed that the plate in * English Botany,' in which they were repre-
sented, as only equalling the flowers, had been drawn from a speci-
men in bud,—the buds in Æ. polifolia appearing of a large size long
before the flowers are open, and then having short pedicels. The
Rev. A. Ley, however, has sent specimens of 4. polifolia with the
flowers fully expanded, in many of which the pedicels are only as long
as the flowers, and in none more than twice as long, so that in this
plant the pedicels really vary from the length of the flowers to thrice
their length. In no other particular, however, do the short-pediceled
plants differ from those which have long pedicels.

Gentiana Pneumonanthe, Linn. “On the heath, eastward from the
paling of Woking Cemetery, Surrey; a locality not recorded in the
* Flora of Surrey,’ but within very few miles from that of * Whitmoor
Common, Worplesdon,’ given in the Flora."—H. C. Watson.

Linaria vulgari-repens, E. B., ed. 3. West Cowes, Isle of Wight;
Mr. F. Stratton. This form ofthe hybrid plant is apparently the same
as that found by Mr. H. C. Watson at Shirley, Southampton, men-
tioned in * English Botany,' ed. 3, vol. vi. p. 143

A. simplex and longifolius quite pd in Ha size of the egie the general
habit of the plant, and the shape of the lea The character principally re-

ied upon to separate them is in the Ines using the scales of which are narrower,
more resina oea with w ura wa more distinctly multiserial in simplex.
ibed from

and larger
weads. To of the three American species, Miss Manos plant seems
nime longifolius and Waar s Silesian plant, which he first called sali. gigs nus
and afterwards pulchrum, to have just ihe PU of s Ce ht f G. Bax
(A. ‘alas has the leaves scarcely a amplexicaul, and u ilit m dn
piss er than those of A. longifolius. aT am apartan = Rhenish Aa
is not A. simplex, but the faites from the Elbe under the name of “A “A
N E, BoswELr-SYME.)

REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB. 141

* Mentha Nouletiana, 'Timbal- Lagrave, Essai Mon. Menth. p. 3.
Dr. St. Brody sends from Crantram Hill, Gloucestershire, a Mint, just
intermediate between the ordinary forms of sylvestris and viridis, of
which the following is a detailed description. Stem square, dark
purple in exposure, erect, nearly or quite naked downwards, clothed
upwards with short, soft, white, cottony, crisped hairs, which are very
dense towards the top. Leaves quite sessile or the lowest with a very
short petiole, the blade oblong-lanceolate, 13-23 inches long, 12-14
lines broad, acute or subacute, with 6-9 sharp, erecto-patent teeth on
each side, the upper surface bright green, nearly naked, the lower paler,
generally, especially in the upper leaves, furnished with a moderately
dense coating of adpressed cottony pubescence, the veins often purple.
Flowers in a dense spike, half inch thick when expanded, quite con-
tinuous, or the lowest whorl with a short space above it. The lower
bracts lanceolate, slightly exceeding the whorl. Pedicels purple, half
a line long, very slightly pubescent. Bracteoles conspicuously ciliated.
Calyx between campanulate and tubular, three-quarters of a line long,
thinly covered with short spreading shining hairs; teeth lanceolate,
rather shorter than the tube. Corolla one-eighth of an inch long, gla-
brous or very slightly pubescent.

“This form comes under the M. viridis, var. pubescens of Grenier and
Godron, and is almost precisely the plant described by Timbal-
Lagrave. So far as we are aware, it has not been gathered in Britain
previously.” —J. G. BAKE

I have not seen this vue so that I can add no notes to Mr. Baker's
description. I hope Dr. St. Brody may be able to send specimens for
the next distribution.

Calamintha menthifolia, var. Briggsii ; ‘English Botany,’ ed. 3
Carisbrook Castle, Isle of Wight; Mr. F. Stratton. These specimens
show the worthlessness of the character derived from the length of the
peduncle compared with the length of the pedicel of the central flower
ofthe cyme. In some the peduncle of the lowest cymes is as long as
or longer than the primary pedicel, as in the Devonshire plant, but in
others it is shorter. These plants all agree in being larger, more hairy,
and with deeper-coloured flowers than ordinary C. menthifolia,—in this,
agreeing with the Devonshire plant.

Galeopsis Tetrahit, Linn., var. bifida. Auchtertool and Pitkinnie,
Fife; J. Boswell-Syme.

142 REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB.

In the potato fields round Balmuto, this small-flowered form of
G. Tetrahit exclusively prevails ; the large-flowered form, var. genuina,
I have seen only once in a wood not far from Balmuto ^oi. The
var. bifida is rarely above a foot high, varies with red or white flowers,
with the lower lip notched or nearly entire, and its lateral lobes re-
flexed or spreading, so that the small flowers are really the only dis-
tinctive mark of the variety.

Galeopsis versicolor, Curt. Auchtertool and Pitkinnie, Fife ; J. Bos-
well-Syme. This plant is abundant here, growing with G. bifida, but
showing no tendency to variation. I am now convinced it is a ver-
species, and that I was wrong in placing it as a subspecies of G. Te-
trahit in the third edition of ‘ English Botany.’

Pulmonaria angustifolia, Linn. Near Newport, Isle of Wight;
Mr. F. Stratton, who finds both the long-styled and the short-styled
plants. In reference to this, I may mention that I have found the
long-styled form of P. officinalis abundantly fertile, producing long-
styled and short-styled plants, though I had in my London garden the
long-styled form only.

Chenopodium rubrum, Linn. Weston Green, FIO Examples
sent in order to illustrate the conversion of variety Pseudo-botryoides
into almost typical rubrum. On Weston Green, in the parish of
Thames he

water of the pond evaporates under the summer sun, a gravelly strand
or shore is left bare, and is much trodden by the geese. Here, in
past years, the prostrate variety of Pseudo-botryoides has regularly oc-
curred in the autumn. In the hot season of 1868, evaporation was
more rapid, exposing a much wider strand, and one earlier free of
water. The tramp of the geese followed the retiring edge of the water ;
and on the less-trodden outer side of the widened strand, the secl
developed into the upright, branched or unbranched, forms now sent ;
some of them fair typical examples of Chenopodium rubrum. Unfor-
tunately, very few of the larger examples were dried, through an inten-
tion to return for more not having been soon enough carried into
effect. The variety Pseudo-botryoides was so named because it had
been mistaken by various botanists for the true C. botryoides of Smith.
Its proper relation to typical C. rubrum is now placed beyond ques-
tion. (See * English Botany,’ 3rd edition.) "—H. C. Watson.
Chenopodium album, Linn. “A series of examples, numbered 1, 2,

REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB. 143

3, 4, to illustrate the experiment recorded in the * Journal of Botany '
for October, 1868, as stated on their labels. Also, some wild speci-
mens, to show what are intended by the names ‘candicans? and
‘virens? in the * London Catalogue of British Plants,’ 6th edition,
with forms more or less intermediate between these and * viride,’ "—
H. C. WarsoN. Most of the cultivated specimens sent by Mr. Wat-
son, raised from the seeds of C. candicans, are intermediate forms, but
some of them are true C. paganum ; and some of the specimens of
C. candicans, which have been cut down and have subsequently thrown
out fresh branches, are true C. viride,—so that the supposition that
these are anything more than varieties is untenable.

Polygonum aviculare vars. Mr. T. R. Archer Briggs sends from
Plymouth what I believe to be var. microspermum; Mr. F. Stratton,
var. littorale, from the Isle of Wight. Of the latter, I have also com-
muuicated a few specimens from Haddingtonshire. With this excep-
tion, var. vulgatum is the only form I have seen since I came to Scot-
land.

Euphorbia Esula, Linn., var. genuina. Railway bank, Leek Wooton,

arwick ; Mr. H. Bromwich.

Euphorbia Esula, var. Pseudo-cyparissias. Walls of Hulme Abbey,
near Alnwick ; Mr. William Richardson.

Leucojum estivum, Linn. Littlemoor, Oxford; Rev. Augustin
Ley. .Oxfordshire, as a published locality for this plant, rested pre-
viously on old authority ; but several stations near Oxford are known
by local botanists.

Asparagus officinalis, Linn. Norton Spit, Isle of Wight; Mr. F.
Stratton. This is not the same as the Cornwall plant, but evidently
the common Asparagus of gardens, so that, in the Isle of Wight, it
can only be considered an escape from cultivatio

Polygonatum: officinale, All. Kyloe Crays, Seiad, Mr.
William Richardson ; and Dursley, Gloucester, Mr. J. Marsten. The
specimens sent from both these stations belong to the typical form of
the plant, having the peduncles 1-flowered or a few of them 2-
flowered, and in the latter case forked from the very base.

Colchicum autumnale, Linn., var. album. Sutton Court, Pensford,

- near Bristol; Mr. J. F. Duthie. Mr. Duthie informs me that the

white-flowered variety occurs not unfrequently together with the com-
mon form

144 REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB.

Alisma Plantago, var. lanceolatum. Kew Gardens; Mr. Baker.
The wild state of var. lanceolatum is usually smaller than that of var.
genuinum, but the cultivated specimens sent by Mr. Baker are of large
size, showing that var. lanceolatum is not merely a stunted state of 4.
Plantago ; and I can see no reason to alter the opinion I expressed
in * English Botany,’ 3rd edition, that it does not deserve to be con-
sidered a subspecies.

Potamogeton filiformis, Nolte. Loch Gelly and Camilla Loch, Fife ;
J. Boswell-Syme. Although not previously recorded from Fife, this
plant grows in immense abundance in both these Lochs. When fresh,
the leaves are of a bright grass-green colour, by which it may be dis-
tinguished from P. pectinatus at some distance. The stems are shorter
and the lateral branches much more nearly parallel to the main stem
than in Z. pectinatus, giving the plant much resemblance to Ruppia
maritima. It is most abundant in shallow water, and very fine in the
stream running out of Loch Gelly, where it forms a dense mat at the
bottom of the water, the long peduncles floating with the current quite
clear of the leaves. P. pectinatus also grows in Loch Gelly, but very
sparingly, and in deeper water.

Wolfia arrhiza, Wimm. “ From a pond in a large meadow on
Apse Farm, near Sunbury Lock, between Walton-on-Thames and
Moulsey Hurst, Surrey. The same plant occurs also in a splash of
water, very near the church, in the parish of East Moulsey, a short half-
mile from Hampton Court station."—H. C. Watson.*

Juncus nigritellus, Don? Shore of Coniston Lake, Cumberland ;

ore. These specimens seem to me ordinary J. lampro-
carpus. They have 8 or 9 heads, and the perianth-leaves are all blunt.
In a dried state, I am, of course, unable to say whether the leaves are
terete or compressed, but, if they be the former, it will be a proof that
one of the alleged distinctive characters of J. nigritellus is sometimes
to be found on J. lamprocarpus. On Ben Lawers, Braemar, and in
Orkney, I have collected J. lamprocarpus with strongly-compressed
leaves and decidedly acute inner perianth-leaves, with the number of
heads varying from 2 to 20.

Scirpus parvulus, Róm. et Schultes. On mud flats at the mouth of
the river Avoca, Wicklow, Ireland ; Mr. A. G. More and Mr. Charles

* The Rev. W. W. Spicer found = this year (1869) in a ditch at Byfleet,
near Weybridge, Surrey.—H. TRIME

REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB. 145

Bailey. In the sixth edition of the ‘London Catalogue,’ Scirpus par-
vulus was placed in the list of excluded species, as it was believed to
be extinet in the ouly known British locality, namely near Lymington,
Hants, where it was found by the Rev. G. E. Smith about 1840; the
discovery of this plant last summer, therefore, on the east coast of
Ireland, by Mr. A. G. More, was a welcome surprise to British bota-
nists, and the members of the Botanical Exchange Club will doubtless
have been gratified at receiving specimens of this species which the
abundant supply has enabled me to include in every parcel. To Mr.
More's admirable paper on S. parvulus in the * Journal of Botany’ for
1868, p. 321, I have nothing to add in the way of description ; but,
as both he and Mr. Bailey sent me recent specimens of the plant, I am
able to confirm the opinion that the plant has no leaves, the supposed
leaves being evidently barren stems, each surrounded with a very short
transparent basal sheath, which I could detect only in the recent plant.

he Club is indebted to the Editor of the * Journal of Botany ' for the
plate prefixed to this Report.

Scirpus fluitans, Linn. “ A few examples taken from the bed of a
shallow pool on Ditton Marsh, dried up in 1868, where they were
growing amid a dense carpet of Pilularia. These examples are without
flowers, and are sent only to show how little they resemble the true
Scirpus parvulus, though this latter has been erroneously referred to
S. fluitans when not floating in water."—H. C. Watson. As there
were not sufficient specimens to send to all the members of the Club,
a few remarks are necessary. Mr. Watson's specimens have tufts of
distichous leaves with sheathing bases, but the stems are undeveloped.
The leaf-tufts are combined into compound tufts, which are connected
by the branches of the bare, slender rootstock. It is evident that in
S. fluitans the leaves are not imperfectly-developed stems, as Anders-
son supposes (“ culmi non rite evoluti,” Pl. Scand. Cyper. 8).

Carex ericetorum, Poll. Gogmagog Hills, Cambridge; Mr. F. A.
Hanbury. It is strange that this plant has not been detected in any
station but the above, as one of the drawings in the plate of C. precoz
in ‘English Botany’ has been drawn from C. ericetorum. I have
looked for it on Box Hill, on the Hog’s Back, Surrey, and in the still
more likely locality near Streatley, Berks, but without success.

Carex involuta. Hale Moss, Cheshire; Mr. Spencer Bickham, jun.
A description appeared from the pen of Mr. J. G. Baker in the Report

146 REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB.

of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1863. In this Mr. Baker agrees
with Mr. G. E. Hunt in thinking that it should be considered a form
of C. ampullacea, and not of C. vesicaria as Mr. Babington considers
it. It differs from C. ampullacea in its smaller size and more slender
habit, and more conspicuously in its spikes tapering towards each end
and not at all squarrose, the perigynia being ascending and not spread-
ing; they also taper gradually, and not abruptly, into the beak.

rom C. vesicaria it differs in its more slender habit, obtusely tri-
gonous and smooth-angled stem, channelled and glaucous leaves, and
female spikes with more numerous and smaller perigynia; also in its
roundish-obovate, trigonous nut, which is precisely similar to that of
C. ampullacea.

It cannot be considered as a hybrid between these two species, as
the nuts are perfectly developed, and Mr. J. Sidebotham, who was
kind enough to send me specimens with mature fruit, informs me that
neither C. ampullacea nor C. vesicaria grow in the neighbourhood of
the locality of C. involuta ; indeed, he says, ** I do not know of either
within a mile or two.

Leersia oryzoides, Sw. ** By the canal, near Woking Station, Surrey.
It occurs sparingly by the canal side, almost opposite to the railway
station; more plentifully about the first brick-bridge (not the wooden
foot-bridge) beyond the station in the ascending line of the canal,
where it is crossed by the road to PE A new locality, not re-
corded in the * Flora of Surrey. "—H. C. V ON.

Alopecurus fulvus, Sm. ‘* About a D Hiis the chureh and
school-house, in East ares Surrey ; a locality not given in the
Flora of the county.” —H. C. V ON

Phegopteris plumosa, J. Smith. Mr. Rakes sends from Kew Gardens
a number of specimens from the plant thus named by J. Smith. “ It
is a very delicate, elegant, finely-eut form of Athyrium Filix-fcemina,
with the sori much reduced in size and the involucre generally, but not
invariably quite abortive. The original plant was found in Yorkshire,
and propagated mes circulated in gardens by Messrs. A. Stansfield and
Son, of Todmorden . BAKER.

Pilularia globulifera, lu *Ina senha on Ditton Marsh,
where the main line of the London and South-Western Railway crosses
the highway, called the * Portsmouth Road,’ so there in 1868,
after entire evaporation of the water."—H. C. WATSON

TE quac urne > PU CER E T

REPORT OF THE LONDON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB. 147

Equisetum Moorei, Newman. Sandhills, coast of Wexford, Ireland ;
Mr. A. G. More

Mr. More sends a few barren specimens of this very remarkable
plant, which is said to differ from its allies, by having herbaceous
stems ; though Mr. More hints that this may be owing to the exposed
places in which it grows (Journ. Bot. p. 208), but has or has not this
point been tested by cultivation? The teeth are wholly black, not
white, as stated by Mr. Newman, and have the tips much more per-
sistent than in Æ. hyemale, closely resembling those of E. trachyodon,
A. Braun, but the sheaths are loose, and the stems with a comparatively
large central hollow, as in Æ. hyemale.

Excluded Species and Casual Introductions.

Mr. H. Bromwich sends Petasites albus, Gartn., from an “ old
sand quarry, Guy's Cliff," Warwick. Professor M. A. Lawson, Lina-
ria supina, Desf., from “ ballast hills, near Hartlepool, Durham.” Miss
E. Jones, Euphorbia dulcis, L., from * Glascoed Dingle, near Llansitin,
Denbighshire. Dr. St. Brody, Rosa pomifera, Hern., from a coppice-
wood, near Painswick, Gloucester. Dr. St. Brody de sends several
species from Gloucester Docks, including Vicia villosa, Potentilla
Norvegica, Linn., Caucalis daucoides, Linn., Ballota ruderalis, Fries,
Bromus tectorum, Linn., B. velutinus, Sm., and B. patulus, Reich.

Balmuto, March 31st, 1869. J. BoswELL-SYME.

New Buckinghamshire Plants, collected by J. Britten.
New to the Sub-province of West Thames.

Rhamnus Frangula. Comarum palustre.
New to the County.
*Lepidium Draba. Alisma ranunculoides.
Viola vigere Triglochin palustre.
*Impatiens fi Juncus "poii
e im P Botrychium
Orchis incarnata. Lycopodium hen

New Gloucestershire Plants, collected by Dr. St. Brody in 1868.
Ranunculus Pseudo-fluitans, Bab. R. Andegavensis, Bast.

R. Bachii, Wirtgen. R. Crepiniana, Desg.
Aconitum Napellus, Linn. R. platyphylla, Ran.

Oxalis stricta, Linn. Caucalis daucoides, Linn,
Fragaria elatior, Ehrh. Polemonium cæruleum, Linn.

Rosa verticillacantha. “ Merat.” Mentha pubescens, Willd.

148 NOTES ON RANGE IN DEPTH OF MARINE ALG.

Mentha hirsuta, b. subglabra, Baker. Leonurus Cardiaca, Linn.
M. sativa, 6. paludosa, Sol. Carduus Forsteri, pha
Ballota ruderalis, Fries (the true Same rostellata, L

plant). nopodium rte, 255

Excluded Species.
Erysimum orientale, Br. Waste Rosa pomifera, Hern. Coppice
e near the docks, Glou- wood, near Painswick.
Achillea nobilis, Zinn. Waste
Malls parviflora, Lam. Banks ground, near the docks. —
of the el opposite the docks, pen. centaurioides, Linn.
Glouceste Banks of the enini near the
din.

NOTES ON RANGE IN DEPTH OF MARINE ALGÆ.
By Prorsessor DICKIE.
(Read to the Botanical Society of Edinburgh ; Revised by the Author.)

The bathymetrical range of animal life has been of late attracting a
due share of attention, and facts of great interest have been ascertained.
Very little has been done regarding the range in depth of marine plants ;
few instances have been recorded, and even some of these are not quite
trustworthy.

When the dredge ceases to scrape the bottom, it becomes in its pro-
gress to the surface much the same as a towing-net, capturing bodies
which are being carried along by currents, and therefore great caution
is necessary in reference to any marine plants found in it. Seaweeds
are among the most common of all bodies carried by currents near
the surface or at various depths below, and from their nature are very
likely to be entangled and brought up.

The present communication is offered chiefly with the view of di-
recting attention to the subject, and of recording a few facts, which
may, perhaps, stimulate algologists to add to the number of such.

There are two effects which diminished supply of light at great
depths may be expected to produce upon Zf/gz,— decrease of size and
modification of colour. The proportion of light necessary for the ger-
mination of the spores, and subsequent development, surely deserves
the attention of physiologists.*

2n Reb of Natural History, Dec. 1868, there are some remarks by
Mr. Jeffreys regarding various Mollusea, ri bright- ^ie Mil and well-
developed eyes, at depths from 200 to more than 1500 fathom

M m

zh att nime: —9 Ap -N A EEEESWÉRRS; 070

o rules AA

NOTES ON RANGE IN DEPTH OF MARINE ALGZ. 149

The influence of the law, that in water there is a limit of obliquity
beyond which transmission into the air cannot occur, giving rise to
total reflection, and the unequal absorption exerted on the different
separable rays of light, can only be hinted at here in relation to this
subject. According to Bouguer, sea-water at a depth of 700 feet loses
all transparency. Mr. H. Wild, in a recent number of Poggendorff's
* Annalen,' states that light, in traversing 5 metres in depth, has its
intensity reduced to one-third. He, however, adds that the transpa-
rency of water at low temperatures is greater than at higher.

Further, it is very notable that in high northern latitudes, where
thick ice covers the surface of the sea during great part of the year,
and where, moreover, the absence of direct sunlight for several months
together produces very peculiar conditions, nevertheless seaweeds
abound, the number of species not much more than fifty, but some of
large size, and most of them individually plentiful.*

The late Professor E. Forbes adopted the following zones in relation
to the distribution of marine organisms on the British shores :—1st
Littoral zone, comprehending the space between tide marks. 2nd.
Laminarian, from low-water mark to 15 or 20 fathoms. 3rd. The Me-
dian zone,} from 15 or 20 fathomsto 50. 4th. The Infra-median ; and
5th. The Abyssal. In the first two of these seaweeds are abundant ;
they are rare in the lower part of the median zone, and very rare indeed
beyond it.

In recording habitats of British Alge (as in ‘ Phycologia' of the
late Professor Harvey), the expression “cast up from deep water”
is often used ; it is somewhat indefinite, nevertheless, as many delicate
species are thrown on shore in very perfect condition,—they cannot
have come from any great distance ; and if we examine the tidal chart
in Johnston's ‘ Physical Atlas,’ where depths round the British and
Irish shores are also given, it will be seen that the line of 10 fathoms

. on the general coast is very narrow, but is wider in bays and arms of

the sea; and as these localities yield many species, 10 fathoms may be
considered a common bathymetrical range. The following may be
mentioned as reaching to or beyond 15 fathoms :—Chorda Filum, Cut-
leria multifida, Zonaria parvula, Polysiphonia parasitica, Chylocladia
* < Journal of aH innean Societ; vol.
median o

t He used the te coralline Zo the latter very loose or incor-
rect if applied to the e Corallinide of algolo,

150 NOTES ON RANGE IN DEPTH OF MARINE ALGÆ.

kaliformis, Melobesia calcarea, Rhodymenia cristata, Phyllophora rubens,
rodiei, Peyssonelia Dubyi, and species of Delesseria. Seve
iie are also found in the littoral zone.
. It is of interest, however, to ascertain the absolute limit of vegetable
life on our own shores, and the only case which has come under my
own notice is the following :—About ten years ago, in company with
the late Mr. Hyndman, of Belfast, and Mr. Waller, when dredging
near the Maiden Rocks, coast of Antrim, our dredge got fast on rocky
bottom at a depth of about S0 fathoms. With some difficulty we re-
covered it. On examination it contained a few mollusca, abundance
of living zoophytes,* and two red Alga, the largest being Phyllophora
Brodiai, quite fresh and of the usual colour. It appeared to have
been recently torn from its site; still, as it is not unfrequently cast
upon the Antrim coast, it is just possible that the specimen may have
been loose and accidentally entangled in the dredge. Regarding the
other species, I have no doubt it was attached near the base of one of
the living zoophytes; and, although not more than a quarter of an
inch in length, it could be referred to Delesseria sinuosa, a species very
widely distributed along the British and Irish shores.

In vol. ii. page 464 of the ‘ Antarctic Flora, Dr. J. D. Hooker
states that “ 8 to 10 fathoms are the utmost depth at which, judging
by our experience, submerged seaweed vegetates in the South Tempe-
rate and Antarctic Ocean." This may be the general limit, but Macro-
cystis pyrifera is reported, in the same work, as attached to the bottom
in 40 fathoms, though most of the very long stem—700 feet—lies near
the surface. Lamouroux speaks of the d/ge@ growing at 100 or 200
pices. pal m brings. is more than doubtful. Humboldt records

us folia, Lamx. ; Chauvinia tais Kützing),
as growing in 30 ihoni i quite green. In ‘ eis Americana,’
Anadyomene stellata is stated to grow in 20 fathoms, pe of the usual
green colour, in the Gulf of Mexico. In his report on the /Egean Sea,
the late Professor E. Forbes states that Constantinea reniformis, P. and
R., occurs at 50 fathoms, and he considered this as the greatest depth,
accurately observed, at which 44/ge vegetate. In a recent number of

* It may be Vi mua. to — the species :—Sertularia abietina, S. rugosa.
S. argentea, - rosace keen indivisa, T. Larynx, Tub ws ipora serpens,
Halecium Bea Flus alari. Crisia eburnea, La and

Caryophy wy llia Smithi. The fattat lived i in an aquarium for id as years

NOTES ON RANGE IN DEPTH OF MARINE ALG&. 151

* Silliman's Journal,’ Count Pourtales states that Centroceras clavulatum
came up in a dredge which had been at the bottom in 270 ‘fathoms 3
this species is stated in * Nereis Americana’ as abundant at Key West,
everywhere near low-water mark. I doubt very much whether this
plant was brought from the bottom ; most likely it was caught by the
dredge in its progress towards the surface. In Areschoug’s ‘ Phyceæ
Seandinavicee Marine,’ it is stated that Desmarestia aculeata has been
got, between Jutland and Norway, at a depth of 90 fathoms.

In the supplement to Captain Inglefield’s ‘Summer Search for Sir
John Franklin’ (1853), there are some cases which were recorded by
myself in the Botanical Supplement to the work. They were given on
the authority of Dr. P. Sutherland, from whom I received the speci-
mens, viz. :—

Fathoms.
Fucus vesiculosus . . . . 40to
Desmarestia aculeata . 2 805 100
Dictyosiphon fueniculaceus - 58 5 I00
A . 10, 100
Laminaria eris aiei DU aa TOO
Chordaria flagelliformis . . 80 ,, 100
Chetopteris plumosa . 25 „ 30
Ectocarpus a ©. 70 , 80
Euthora cristata 98 ,, 100
Ptilota serrata oci cU
Kalymenia Pennyi. . . . 20, —
Conferva Melagonium . . 20, —

Respecting the greater depths in the above list, I have much doubt.
It is a well-established fact that masses of Alge are set adrift by the
action of the ice in summer, and are seen floating in great masses.
Under such circumstances, though the dredge may have been at the
bottom in 100 fathoms, it is rash to conclude that all its contents,
especially 4/ge, have been growing at that depth.

uring the voyage of the * Fox,' under the MERE of Sir L.
M*Clintock, Dr. Walker dredged Rhodymenia interrupta at the east end
of Bellot Strait, in about 60 fathoms as estimated; the plant is now
known to be an Arctic form of Phyllophora Brodizi, and this is of
some interest in relation to the probable existence of the plant at 80
fathoms on the Irish coast, already alluded to. Captain Thomas
Mitchell, late commander of the * Queen of Nations,' belonging to Aber-
deen, gave me some material which eame up adhering to the sounding-

152 NOTES ON RANGE IN DEPTH OF MARINE ALGÆ.

€ pem the Abrolhos shoal, in 40 fathoms, in lat. 18? 11" S., long.

3' 15" W., thirty miles from the nearest part of the coast of
cdd Most of it consisted of a species of Melobesia, much decayed,
but partly also fresh and entire ; adhering to it, growing on it, in fact,
there is a solitary specimen of an Alga of bright crimson. On exami-
nation I had no hesitation in referring it to the genus Peyssonelia. It
is not very prudent to describe supposed new species from solitary
examples ; nevertheless, as it seems to differ from others known to me,
and being of interest in relation to the subject, it may be legitimate to
record it under the provisional name Peyssonelia abyssicola, sp.n.* If
a single cast of the sounding-lead did such good service, how much
more would the dredge accomplish on this Abrolhos shoal $

Finally, it is worthy of notice, that species which reach the lowest
depth where Algæ vegetate are chiefly Rhodosperms ; next in order
the olive-coloured. The Chlorosperms prevail in the littoral and
upper part of the laminarian zones.

Diatomacee are usually considered to rank among the lower forms
of Algæ. I may close with a brief reference to their range. Although
some few species have been certainly brought up from the greatest
depths reached by the dredge, it does not necessarily follow that they
live and propagate there. Many of the marine species adhere to the
higher forms of seaweeds, and necessarily have a limited range; while
not a few of the free species occur at or not far below the surface.
Along with the Delesseria already mentioned as growing at 80 fathoms,
I only detected three Diatoms, viz. Melosira marina, Coscinodiscus
radiatus, and C. eccentricus. These minute organisms are so inde-
structible, so abundant, and widely diffused, that it is not surprising
to find them in matter dredged at various depths. The Melobesia
from the Abrolhos shoal yielded at least a dozen species, but I cannot
positively assert that they were living.

It is to be hoped that in future more attention will be paid to this
subject. Exact records of depth will add to the interest pertaining to
the Algæ procured, besides contributing to a department of inquiry very
much overlooked ; in this respect zoologists are far ahead of algolo-

gists.

* Peyssonelia abyssicola. aa circular, faintly zoned concentrically, sub-

g

tomentose beneath, about half an inch in diameter; colour bright red; upon
Lithot thamnium mamillare (Melolesia ane. Harv. arvey).

Vincent Brooks Day & Son Imp.

G.Smith, ad nat.lith.

A "n

t
Y

153

ON THE GENUS KNORRLA, Sternd.
By W. Carrutuers, F.L.S., F.G.S.
(Puate XCIII.)

This genus was established by Sternberg, in the ‘Tentamen Flora
Primordialis’ (p. xxxvii.), which accompanied the first volume of his
‘Flora der Vorwelt,’ for two stems which he considered to be dico-
tyledonous, and to have been clothed with fleshy cylindrical leaves,
like some succulent plants. The fossils were casts found in beds be-
longing to the Coal-measures. Stems that are imbedded in sandstone
have frequently entirely perished, and the cavity remaining having been
afterwards filled in with amorphous material, there is no indication of
the fossil except this cast of the original, which shows often in the most
perfect manner all the external characters of the stem, but without
any trace of its internal structure. As a consequence, considerable
uncertainty has always existed as to the true nature of these fossils.

ey are described as decorticated stems, without any definite mean-
ing being attached to the term ‘ decorticated.’

Professor Williamson has clearly established that some Sternbergias
are the casts of the medullary axis of Dadoaylon. Endogenites striata of
Lindley and Hutton is a similar cast of that or an allied coniferous
genus. The most familiar condition of Calamites, as a fluted and con-
stricted stem, is in like manner only the cast of the medullary or cel-

‘lular axis; the thin incrustation of coal which is attached to it when

it is removed from the rocky matrix, representing the greatly altered
woody tissue. Knorria also is the cast of the interior of a Lepido-
dendroid stem, as was at first supposed by Sternberg, though he after-
wards changed his opinion, and by many subsequent writers as Gceppert,
Dawson, etc. It has been described by these authors as “ decorti-
cated.” In the stems mentioned, with the exception of Knorria, the
“cortex”? means the whole of the woody tissue, as well as the cortex
properly so-called. In Lepidodendron, however, the wood is a very
slender cylinder in the centre of the stem, while the casts of Knorria
have a considerable diameter. A specimen from the Coal-measures,
near Edinburgh, for which I am indebted to Charles Peach, Fsq., whose
long-educated eye appreciated its value, exhibits the relation of the cast
to the complete stem. In the lower part of the specimen, the short
VOL. Vir. [JULY 1, 1869.] N

154 ON THE GENUS KNORRIA.

truncate processes, supposed to be fleshy leaves, are present, but in
the upper portion these are exhibited as long, slender processes, from
two to three inches long. They are composed of the same amorphous
sand which forms the stem itself, and are consequently casts proceeding
from, and filled up through the stem. These processes are all free from
the stem, being separated from it by a thin film of coal, and in con-
sequence of this, the processes are broken off from the lower portion
of the specimen. The whole stem is covered with a thin layer of coal,
which separates it from the incrusting rock.

In examining the structure of the stem of Lepidodendron we find, as
already stated, that the woody cylinder is too slender to have formed
the mould in which Kzorria was cast. The wood was surrounded by
a cellular tissue of considerable thickness, and so delicate that it has
never yet been seen preserved in anything like its entirety. It is
generally replaced by some amorphous or crystalline substance, and its
nature has been detected only by the occasional preservation of small
portions, which have been protected by their neighbourhood to the
woody cylinder, or to the outer sub-cortical layer. This outer layer is
composed of small, regularly arranged, elongated cells. It appears to
have been more durable than any of the other tissues, having resisted
the decay which speedily destroyed the medulla, and the delicate cel-
lular structure between it and the wood, and even the woody cylinder
Which, from its relation to these two cellular structures, was probably
more liable to decay. The specimens of erect Sigi/larie, discovered by
Mr. Wünsch, in Arran, preserved erect in beds of volcanic ash, are com-
pletely hollowed out; all the interior cellular and vascular tissue has
disappeared, and only the layer of elongated cells and the outer cortical
layer of indurated cells remain. This compact cylinder of elongated
cells in Zepidodendron is penetrated in a spiral manner by the vascular
bundles which pass to the leaves. These bundles are composed of a
few scalariform vessels, surrounded by a considerable quantity of cel-
lular tissue, of the same delicate structure as the inner layer which
is always altogether, or almost altogether absent, and, like it also, it is
very rarely preserved.

This specimen then shows that Kzorria is a Lepidodendroid stem
which, after being imbedded in mud or sand, lost by decay the whole
of its interior up to the cylinder of elongated cells, and lost besides
this, the vascular bundles with the accompanying cellular tissue which

REPORT ON THE CULTIVATION OF CHINCHONA IN BENGAL. 155

passed upwards and outwards through the remaining structure to the
leaves. Into this large central mould and the small radiating tubes the
amorphous material was pressed, until it completely filled them. Sub-
sequently the cylinder of elongated cells was converted into coal, form-
ing a thin film, which surrounds and separates every cast of the cavity

of the vascular bundle. The pressure to which the stem was subjected
has compressed it, and also pressed the long processes against it.

The upper portion of the specimen figured would be referred to
Knorria longifolia, while the lower portions represent the appearance
of the stems named K. imbricata. Professor Schimper has given an ex-
tensive series of illustrations of these stems in his *Le Terrain de
Transition des Vosges,’ plates xiii. to xx. He considers the subcortical
‘cushions’ of the leaves to have been produced between the wood and
the bark, but if the fossil belongs to Lepidodendree, where he, as I be-
lieve, correctly places it, this is an uncertain locality. For if we con-
sider the cellular structure external to the wood cylinder as cortex, then
it is certain that there is a very much greater diameter in the stems of
Knorria than is known to exist in any Lepidodendron. And if on the
other hand the cortex refers to the external layer of thickened and in-
durated cells, this was too thin a layer to permit the formation of such
long processes. The interpretation supplied by the specimen figured
explains the peculiarities of the fossil, and also shows that it can no
more be retained as a separate genus than Sternbergia.

EXPLANATION OF Pirate XCIII.

of Knorria, from the Edinburgh Coal-measures, from the cabinet
of Ghasies Te Esq., "Edinburgh.

REPORT ON THE CULTIVATION OF ae IN
BENGAL FOR THE YEAR 1867-6
By Tuomas ANDERSON, M.D,
Superintendent, Botanical Saee and in charge of Clisdione Cultivation
engal.

[Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh. ]

The cultivation of the Chinchonas has been most successfully carried
on during the year. The open-air cultivation has been greatly ex-
tended, and now consists of four times the amount of plants reported

N2

156 REPORT ON THE CULTIVATION OF CHINCHONA IN BENGAL,

last year. I shall follow the arrangement of the report of last year,
and shall consider the plants in their different stages of growth.

Stock Plants.—These plants, which are all grown under glass panes,
are in excellent condition, and, notwithstanding the vast amount of
cuttings they have yielded, their vigour has increased during the
year.

Seedlings.—A quantity of excellent seedlings of C. officinalis, aud a
very few of C. succirubra, were reared from seed yielded by the plants
planted at Rungbee in October, 1864. Besides these, I received
during the year several packets of seed of C. officinalis and of C. succi-
rubra from Mr. Thwaites, the director of the Botanical Gardens,
Ceylon. The number of seedlings raised during the year amounted
to 101,750. The number of seedlings obtained during the previous
year was 38,500,

Nursery Beds.—Large additions were made to the nursery beds.
Most of the plants in these beds remained unprotected throughout
the winter.

Permanent Plantations.— The formation of the open-air plantations,
and the tending of the plants in them, are the simplest parts of the
cultivation of Chinchona as practised at Darjeeling. As the process of
planting followed by me at Darjeeling has not yet been fully stated in
any of my previous reports, the time has now arrived for narrating the
various stages of the open-air cultivation, from the clearance of the
forest-covered land until the end of the second year of the growth of
the plants. Hitherto, the land selected has consisted of ground on
which Lepchas had previously carried on the cultivation of Maize,
Millets, and Rice (a peculiar variety, which is grown without being
irrigated) in the manner known as joom* cultivation, with patches of
virgin forest occurring every here and there among the partially-cleared
spaces,

Nepalese coolies with their kookais (short, heavy, curved knives),
and Lepchas, with their long, straight, sword-like knives, are sent to
fell the jungle as close to the ground as possible.

# Joom cultivation is the term used to designate the rude cultivation prac-
tised rr most of the hill tribes of India. It consists of felling and burn

cal fter "1
abandoned for a pach a atch of forest. The piece aban doned soon
vered with a dise: end s oabi gigantic grasses, and young
in

REPORT ON THE CULTIVATION OF CHINCHONA IN BENGAL. 157

The serub, and even young trees as thick as a man's body, fall
rapidly before the knives of these clearers. Where patches of virgin
forest are met with the axe must be used; but here every tree is not
felled, as the smaller ones, being notehed near the ground, are borne
down by the fall of the full-grown trees. In preparing ground for
Chinchona planting at Darjeeling, the practice has always been to clear
the land entirely of all vegetation,—not a tree of even the smallest size
ever being spared. In these hills, forest should not be felled before
the middle or the end of November; if the lgnd is cleared earlier, the
grasses and underwood spring up among the branches of the fallen
trees, and thus their burning is prevented. Felling may be continued
until the middle of March. After two or three months’ exposure to
the bright sunshine and dry air of the cold season, the felled trees are
in a fit state to burn. By the end of March, therefore, fires may be lit
in the afternoon, when the sun has thoroughly dried up the heavy
dew, at the bottom of the slope covered with felled and dry jungle.
The fire rapidly consumes the whole of the brushwood and the branches
of the trees, leaving only the large branches and trunks to smoulder
for weeks.

Wherever virgin forest or bamboo jungle has existed it has been
necessary, after burning the lighter vegetation, to cut up the trunks of
the trees and the bamboos into short pieces, and either to pile them
into heaps for burning, or to roll them into the steep ravines which
are too stony for planting Chinchonas. The land thus cleared by fire is
ready for laying out the ground for planting, and for marking out the
bridle paths required to give easy access to all parts of it. These
paths are made about four or five feet wide, and are connected with the
principal roads of the plantation. The sites for the plants are fixed
"by means of a cord about 100 feet in length, on which marks are tied
5 intervals of six feet for C. succirubra, and at shorter distance for

C. officinalis. This marked cord is stretched along the ground, aud at’
each mark on it a stick, about two feet and a half in length, is thrust
into the ground, thus indicating the place where a Chinchona is to be
planted. In order to secure uniformity in the plantation, each line is
continued to the full extent of the ground to be planted before another
line is commenced : the lines in properly laid-out plantations will thus
be parallel. ——

In the plantations of C. succirubra the lines are fixed at six feet

158 REPORT ON THE CULTIVATION OF CHINCHONA IN BENGAL.

from each other; and as the plants are six feet apart in the lines, a
form distance a six feet between the plants is maintained.

At first C. officinalis was planted with an interval of five feet be-
tween the plants, but I have lately altered this plan for a system of
close planting in lines, the lines being four feet apart.

After the ground has been “ staked out,” the next preparation for
planting consists of digging the soil to the depth of a foot, removing
the roots at the same time in a circle about one foot in diameter, of
which the stake is the centre. The planting of the ground thus pre-
pared is performed in dull, cloudy weather, when showers are frequent,
but when the ground is not saturated by long-continued heavy rain.
The thoroughly hardened plants are brought from the adjoining
nursery-beds in shallow boxes, which the men carry on their heads.
The plants are given to the coolie engaged in planting, who, with his
hands, makes a hole in the loose soil sufficiently large to admit the
roots of the plant, and the soil is gently pressed around the roots to
prevent the plant being beaten down by a heavy rain. The plants
when taken from the nursery-bed should not be less than-four inches
and should not exceed a foot in height, but plants varying from six to
ten inches in height are of the best size.

After the plants have been planted for three weeks it is necessary to
cut down the weeds which had sprung up around them, as in a few
weeks more the young Chinchonas would soon be smothered in a jungle
five or six feet high. These weeds require to be cut down once a
month from May until the end of October; they are laid in lines fol-
lowing the slope of the hill, and the slightly raised ridges soon dis-
appear as they are decomposed by the heavy rain and high tempera-
ture. During the same period of the year it is necessary to weed
every six weeks the prepared circles in which the Chinchonas are grow-.
ing, and at the same time to loosen the soil round the plants by
lightly hoeing with a kodalie or furroah. In November the entire
surface of the plantations is thoroughly hoed, and by this means the
weeds receive a great check by being exposed to the drying sunshine
of the cold season after having been uprooted. After hoeing, the plan-
tation requires no attention until the end of April, when a light cover-
ing of weeds having sprung up again, the circles round the plants should
be lightly hoed and somewhat enlarged. From May again until the
end of October the periodical cutting of the weeds must be continued,

contine demus ED Sh ot

|
|
|

REPORT ON THE CULTIVATION OF CHINCHONA IN BENGAL. 159

but not so frequently as in the previous season, as many of the
strongest-growing weeds by this time have succumbed to the hoeing
in November. The growth of the plants is greatly favoured by a
hoeing of the ground in November again, after the second growing-
season is over; and if this is done in the following year, their third
growing-season, the plants are tall and strong enough to outgrow the

jungle, which then begins in its turn to be smothered under the dense

foliage, at least, of C. succirubra.

: elim Tea Association purchased 10,000 plants of C. succirubra
in July, 1867, and all of these, which were planted on steep slopes of
the Himalaya immediately above the Terai, are inferior in condition
and promise to only the splendid plants of Chinchona in the Govern-
ment plantation at Rishap, close to Rungbee.

Chemical Analysis of the Bark.—The bark of C. suecirubra aud
C. officinalis, referred to in the last annual report as having been sent
to London for analysis, was analysed by Mr. Howard. The analysis
was most satisfactory, one specimen of C. suecirubra, thirty-one months
old, yielding no less than 7:30 per cent. of precipitated alkaloids, of
which 3:20 was quinine and 2°27 cinchonidine mixed with a little
quinine,—a larger percentage of alkaloids than has been found in any
other bark of the same age. The bark of C. officinalis, taken from
plants twenty-eight months old, gave 3:20 of alkaloids. The conclu-
sion drawn by Mr. Howard from this analysis is, “that there is no
reason to think the Darjeeling barks at all inferior to those grown at
Ootacamund ; the difference of climate does not appear to have much
effect on the alkaloids therein contained.”

Flowering and Seeding.—A small number (270) of plants of the
varieties of C. officinalis, planted in October, 1864, have again pro-
duced a profusion of flowers, and already many of them are covered
with most promising panicles of seed-vessels. A considerable amount
of good seed was obtained from several of these plants in August and
September, 1867. Out of 389 plants of C. succiruéra, planted in
October, 1864, only two plants produced flowers and seed last year,
and a few seedlings were raised from their seed. These plants, which
were in an unhealthy state at the time of flowering, soon after became
healthy and vigorous, and this year they have not flowered. Another
plant of C. succirubra, from whose stem a large piece of bark was
taken, has put forth a few flowers from one or two of the branches.

160 REPORT ON THE CULTIVATION OF CHINCHONA IN BENGAL.

With these exceptions, none of the C. succirubra plants have flowered
at Darjceling, although many of the oldest plants are above twelve feet
in height.

Distribution of Chinchonas.—11,390 plants of C. succirubra were dis-
tributed during the year. Of these 10,290 were sold to planters in
the district of Darjeeling, 1000 plants were despatched to Chittagong
for distribution among the tea-planters, and 100 were sent to the
deputy-commissioner of Hazara in the Punjaub.

Private Cultivation of Chinchona in Darjeeling.—100 acres were
planted with C. succiruóra during the year by the Darjeeling Chinchona
Association, the area being 120 acres. At Coombe Banks, the Chin-
chona estate of Major Fitzgeraid, twenty-five acres have been planted.

The Darjeeling Tea Company possesses some fine plants of C. succi-
rubra, planted in May, 1864. This company is also forming planta-
tions of red bark on land well adapted to the cultivation of Chinchona.,

Mr. Robson, the superintendent of the Chinchona plantations of the
Tuckvar Tea Company, has made large additions to the plantations of
C. officinalis and C. succirubra. Some of the older plants of C. offici-
nalis on this estate are now in flower.

The Selim Tea Association possesses 10,000 plants of C. succirubra,
which were purchased from the Government plantations in July, 1867.

1000 plants of C. succirubra were sent to Chittagong in February,
1868, and most of them arrived in good order.

Khasia Hills.—The establishment of a small nursery at the Khasia
Hills was sanctioned by Government early in 1867. The nursery
was intended only for raising plants of Chinchona for distribution
among the planters in Assam. One of the European gardeners from *
the Darjeeling plantation was sent, in February, 1867, in charge of the
plants from Darjeeling, with which the cultivation was to be com-
menced. He reached Shillong in the Khasia Hills in the end of
March, and early in May the cultivation was commenced near the Dak
Bungalow of Nunklow.

The plants had been increased from 650, the original number sent
from Darjeeling, to 6778 on the 31st March, 1868. The distribution
was begun in March, 1868, by the sale of 100 plants, and other appli-
cations had been registered. The species in these nurseries is C. suc-
cirubra, the only species that will probably succeed in Assam.

HNENGR Son

à

161

ON HABENARIA MIERSIANA, Champ.
By H. F. Hawcz, PH.D ero:

This Orchid, one of the rarest members of the Hongkong flora, was
first deseribed by its discoverer, the late Lieut.-Colonel Champion, in
1855,* the determination being supervised by Professor Lindley, who
pointed out a close affinity with the Nepalese M. geniculata, Don.
Mr. Bentham admitted the species in his * Flora Hongkongensis,'
with some slight modification of the character, but without any special
remark. Thunberg, in 1784,T described an Orchid from the neigh-
bourhood of Nagasaki, which he erroneously took for O. Susanne, L.
Ten years later, however, having in the interval discovered his mistake,
he gave a figure of the plant, f under the name of O. radiata, adducing
his former name as a synonym. Lindley, in his monograph of the
family, placed this in the genus Platanthera,§ no doubt on account of
its supposed relationship to P. Susanne, for he had seen no specimen,
and his diagnosis was simply framed from Thunberg's description.
As regards that author's figure, the flower is a very good representa-
tion of that of Habenaria Miersiana, but there are only two in the raceme,
and the leaves are depicted much narrower and more acute than in the
Chinese plant.

Amongst Maximowicz’s Nagasaki plants is an Orchid distributed
by him under Lindley's name, whic find on a careful comparison
and dissection of the flower, to be in all respects identical with Cham-
pion's species, the fleshy processes of the stigma, characteristic of
typical Habenarie, but not occurring in Platanthere, being equally
conspicuous. It was not until after I had ascertained this fact, that I
became aware that the same plant had been previously gathered in
Japan by Buerger and Siebold, the latter of whom also considered it
as the one described by Thunberg; whilst Professor Miquel, on ac-
count of its having broader leaves and less deeply-cut lateral labellum-
lobes than represented in the plate, characterized it as a new species,
under the name of ZZ. Sieboldiana,| very acutely remarking: “ Prze-
sertim confinis videtur H. Miersiane, Champ., eujus autem lobi labelli
laciniati.? This, which is certainly an imaginary, is doubtless also a

ook. Journ. Bot 37. + Flor. Jap. 2.

*H
1 Ic. Plant. Jap. leo. Y t 2. § Gen. et n ‘Orchid. 296.
l| Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 208.

162 ON HABENARIA MIERSIANA.

conjectural point of difference, for he can scarcely have seen the plant
of Champion, who only twice met with it, whilst I have myself, I be-
lieve, never possessed but three specimens, two of which are in my
herbarium, the other sent to Professor H. G. Reichenbach. Having
subsequently received a specimen from Maximowicz, Miquel remarks :*

“ H. Sieboldiana, quam prope Nagasaki legerunt Maximowicz et
Mohnike, ab illo Z. radiata, Lindl., statuitur, qui itaque synonymon
Thunbergianum huc duxit: doüec exemplar authenticum investigatum
sit, hac de re dubia supersunt." These doubts can perhaps only be
authoritatively solved by the botanists of Upsala; but that there is no
good reason for calling in question the identity of Champion's aud
Miquel's species with that of Thunberg is, I think, evident, from the
fact that the former has apparently been gathered by every botanist
who has collected around Nagasaki, where M. Maximowicz resided an
entire year, and enjoyed every facility for exploration; that it is the
only plant yet found there agreeing at all with Thunberg's description
and plate; and that, looking to the great difficulties and impediments
that a traveller had to encounter, as graphically detailed in his preface,
some allowance may fairly be made for a drawing executed from a
dried, and very likely depauperate and indifferent specimen.

n describing a new Cantonese Orchid in the last volume of this
Journal, I referred it to Peristylus, explaining that I did so, not from
any conviction of the validity of that genus, but because I felt uncer-
tain as to the limits of any larger group in which to locate it. I ma
take this opportunity of saying that, on more mature reflection, I quite
concur with the reduction of Cæloglossum, Peristylus, Platanthera, and
Gymnadenia to Habenaria, as proposed by Mr. Bentham and since
acquiesced in by Professor Asa Gray,t two of the most accomplished
of living botanists. Nor, indeed, though at present inclined to keep
it so, am I satisfied that the absence of a dursicula suffices to maintain
the genus apart from Orchis, with which it is combined by Grenier
and Wilkomm. For, while the existence of fleshy stigmatie cornua
could scarcely of itself be defended as a sufficient ground for the
generic severance of Habenaria from Platanthera, it must, at least in
any philosophical classification, if depended on, be recognized as of
equal and unvarying value in very closely allied groups. But Professor

* Op. cit. iii. 194.
t Man. Bot. N. Un. St., 5th ed. 499.

-n m

SERTULUM CHINENSE QUARTUM. 168

Lindley himself speaks doubtfully of its constancy in Celoglossum,*
and admits its occasional absence in Gymnadenia.t With regard to
the length and shape of the spur, all gradations occur, quite uncon-
nected with the presence or deficiency of the stigmatic processes ; and
although the existence of this appendage may be fairly regarded as a
somewhat important character, its modifications in form and size seem
of no more value than those of the labellum, sepals, or petals. Nor
can it well be maintained that the obliquity of the anther-cells is of
any special structural importance, even were not the differences in this
regard between two such closely allied species as A. bifolia and H.
chlorantha a convincing argument. The plant described by me should
therefore bear the name of Habenaria Sampsoni.

SERTULUM CHINENSE QUARTUM: A FOURTH DECADE
NEW CHINESE PLANTS,

By H. F. Hance, Pu.D., ETO.

l. Indigofera (Euindigofera) melilotoides, n. sp.; caulibus erectis
angulatis elevato-striatis glabriusculis, foliis pinnatim trifoliolatis
foliolis cuneato-linearibus obtusissimis emarginatis brevissime petiolu-
latis adpresse puberulis, stipulis inconspicuis, racemis angustis virgatis
folia multoties superantibus multifloris, calycis puberuli dentibus
lineari-setaceis, petalis ceerulescenti-albis carina apice maculata, legu-
minibus ovoideis compressissimis l- rarius 2-spermis glabris.—In
rupestribus collium aridorum prope Peking, m. Augusto 1865, coll.

W. Williams; circa Jehol invenit R. P. Arm. David. (Exsice. n.
12469.)

A remarkable species, with exactly the habit of a Melilot, having
seemingly no direct affinity with any other species known to me. e
inflorescence is somewhat like that of /. australis, Willd., or Z. Bun-
geana, Walp.,—also received from Dr. Williams,—which however is
deseribed as having a linear few-seeded pod. Dr. Williams has sent

me either a very closely allied species, or a variety of the present, with
the leaflets thicker in texture, and pinnately bijugous ; but the speci-
men is not sufficiently perfect to warrant a decided opinion.

* Gen. et Spec. Orchid. 302. t Op. cit. 275.

164 SERTULUM CHINENSE QUARTUM.

9. Smithia (Eusmithia) salsuginea, n. sp. ; caule ramoso hine inde
parce setuloso, foliolis 1-2-jugis cum impari cuneato-obovatis obtusis-
simis margine costaque subtus distanter setulosis, stipulis parte basali
decurrente superiore duplo breviore ovato-lanceolatis nervosis scariosis
margine hyalino-albidis, racemis simplicibus v. ramosis folia pluries
superantibus 2—5-floris, pedunculis parce setulosis, bracteis ovato-lan-
ceolatis calyce 4-plo brevioribus adpressis, calycis 4-linealis scariosi
glaberrimi inferne elevato-striati superne retieulati nervulis exeurrenti-
bus pectinati segmentis subeequalibus inferiore lato ovato rigide apicu-
lato superiore orbiculato late emarginato, petalis flavis, leguminibus
articulis cire. 9 plus minus (nune obsolete) tuberculatis.—In palude
salsula peninsule Kaü-láng, juxta mare, ex adverso ins. Hongkong,
sociis Simithia conferta, Sm., et Geissaspide cristata, W. et A., mense
Octobri 1868, detexit oculatissimus Sampson. (Exsice. n. 15113.)

This plant with its companions are all additions to the Hongkong
Flora, due to the vigilance of Mr. Sampson, who has likewise found
Smithia sensitiva at Canton. S. gracilis, Benth., and S. humilis, Benth.
(neither described, to my knowledge), appear to be its nearest allies.

ernonia (Ascaricida) clivorum, n. sp.; herbacea, sesqui-tri-
pedalis, caule angulato elevato-striato tomentoso, foliis brevipetiolatis
oblongis v. oblongo-lanceolatis acuminatis distanter calloso-serratis
supra costa tomentella excepta glabriusculis subtus pilosulis atque gut-
tulis resinosis pallidis conspersis utrinque sed prsecipue subtus promi-
nulo-reticulatis, floribus laxe paniculatis, capitulis hemisphzericis longi-
uscule pedunculatis 20—30-floris, involucri squamis linearibus acutis
arachnoideis et glandulosis interioribus anguste hyalino-marginatis ex-
terioribus sensim brevioribus, flosculis purpureis, achzeniis angulatis
striatis fuscis glandulosis albo-strigosis basi pallide bulbosis, pappi
albidi setis omnibus capillaribus exterioribus brevibus, receptaculo fim-
briato-alveolato.—In frutectis clivorum ad fauces Shiu-hing fluv. West
River, prov. Cantoniensis, mensibus Februario Octobrique a. 1867,
collegit Th. Sampson. (Exsicc. n. 14743.)

The nearest ally of this species is V. nemoralis, Thw., which however
has rather larger capitula, rounded involucre-scales, achzenia twice as
long with the outer pappus-scales subpaleaceous, and narrower much
less prominently reticulate leaves

4. Fraxinus (Fraxinaster) rhynchophylla, n. sp. ; ramis obtuse quad-
rangulis, ramulis apice ad insertionem foliorum inflorescentizeque dense

SERTULUM CHINENSE QUARTUM. 165

fulvo-hirsutis, foliis 2-3-jugis, foliolis subeequalibus 13—2 poll. longis
petiolulo subsemipollicari anguste marginato suffultis e basi plerumque
lata truncata ovatis deltoideo- vel rhombeo-ovatis subito in acumen
longum productis crenato-serratis costulato-nervosis non reticulatis
costulis utrinque 5—7 complanatis vix elevatis subtus secus costam ad
insertionem costularum 2-3 infimarum fulvescenti-lanosis praterea
glaberrimis, floribus dioicis, masculis in paniculas confertas erectas
foliolorum par infimum raro attingentes digestis, pedicellis lineam longis,
calyce $ lin. longo aeute 4-lobo, corolla nulla, antheris lineam longis
obtusis filamentis paulo longioribus, flor. foem. et samaris . . . .. ?—In
umbrosis montanis Chine borealis, prope Jehol, Maio florentem, coll.
R. P. Armandus David, missionarius apostolicus. (Exsice. n. 14679.)

So far as I am aware, but two Ashes of the section Fraxinaster have
hitherto been recorded from Eastern China :—F. Chinensis, Roxb., only
known to me from Roxburgh's character, and from the figure given by
Mr. Hanbury in his * Notes on Chinese Materia Medica,’ and F. Mand-
shurica, Rupr. The former differs by its lanceolate merely acute leaf-
lets, of which the terminal one is described as much larger than the
others, and borne on a long petiolule, its small drooping panicles,
and polygamous flowers: of the latter, which Regel (Tent. Fl. Ussur.
104) is disposed to think may be a mere variety of F. excelsior, I have
an authentic fruiting specimen, gathered by Maximowiez at Possiet
Bay; it differs widely by its much larger oblong gradually acuminate
leaflets, finely reticulate and slightly downy beneath along the whole
midrib, cuneate and sessile, and hairy at their insertion; the flowers
also are destitute of calyx. Like its Manchurian congener, M. David’s
plant, by its dicecious flowers, shows an affinity with the American
species. The primary costiform veins are flattened, as if subjected to
pressure, and differ from the slender elevated veins of other species.
The leaflets are more conspicuously and abruptly acuminate than in
F. (Ornus) retusa, Champ., or F. longicuspis, S. and Z., of which latter
Species Mr. Sampson has found a single tree near Canton, whether
wild or not I cannot say, though I have visited the locality.

5. Convoleulus translucens, n. sp.; herbacea, glaberrima, 3-12 pol-
lices long., foliis e basi cordata lanceolatis acutis petiolo lamina triente
vel plus breviore suffultis 1—1-pollicaribus lineolis pellucidis creberrime
notatis pedunculis unifloris folia eequantibus vel iis dimidio superatis
medio bracteis binis minutis subulatis preditis superne incrassatis,

166 SERTULUM CHINENSE QUARTUM.

sepalis zequalibus oblongis acutis bilinealibus, corolla calycem duplo
excedente, genitalibus inter se equalibus, corolle medium attingenti-
bus, stigmatis cruribus brevibus complanatis.—In planitiebus herbosis
Mongoli:x citerioris, m. Sept. 1867, invenit Dr. S. W. Williams. (Ex-
siec. n. 14690

A curious little plant, of whose precise affinities I am uncertain.
C. arvensis, L. var. sagittifolius, Turcz. exhibits, though in a much
less degree, pellucid markings in the leaves; but our species is at once
distinguishable by its dwarf size, exauriculate leaves, short peduncles,
acute sepals, and (so far as I could make out from examination of a
single flower) broad obtuse stigmas. The flowers seem pinkish, but
as blue Convolvuli dry of this colour, their hue when fresh is uncertain.
Dr. Williams seldom saw a specimen more than a foot long, and it is
frequently much smaller. The same gentleman found C. Ammanni,
Desr., and C. £ragacanthoides, Turcz., near Kalgan or Chang-chia-kaü,
nds the Great Wall.

6. Dracocephalum (Boguldea) rupestre, u. sp.; caule adscendente

vilous foliis radicalibus et caulinis petiolo iis zequilongo vel parum

reviore suffultis oblongis obtusis crenatis e basi cordata in petiolum
euneatim attenuatis utrinque pilosis subtus pallidioribus, floralibus ses-
silibus e basi cuneata ovatis serratis, verticillastris circ. 8-floris capi-
tuliformibus, bracteis euneato-rhomboideis longe setaceo-serratis caly-
cibus paulo brevioribus, calycis dente supremo obovoideo reliquis
linearibus subtriplo latiore omnibus acutissimis, corolla ampla rubes-
cente calyce duplo longiore, antheris glabris.—In rupibus editis ditionis
Pekinensis invenit Rev. A. David, miss. apost. (Exsice. n. 14881.)

This plant, which is probably the unnamed species mentioned in
Maximowiez's ‘Index Flore Pekinensis,’ is intermediate between .D.
altaiense, Laxm. and D. grandiflorum, L. (chamedryfolium, Fisch. et
Bth.)

7. Phytolacca Pekinensis, n. sp.; foliis basi cuneatis oblongis v.
obovato-oblongis calloso-apiculatis granulis albidis punctatis 5—7 pol-
lices longis, racemis erectis pollicaribus ovoideo-subglobosis pedicellis
flore duplo longioribus, staminibus stylisque 8.—In ditione Pekinensi
reperit Dr. S. W. Williams, Augusto 1865. (Exsice. n. 12648.)

Possibly too close to the Japanese P. Kempferi, A. Gray; which,
however, from a specimen in my possession, seems to differ by its
oval leaves and linear-lanceolate racemes 25-6 inches in length. Dr.

SERTULUM CHINENSE QUARTUM. 167

Williams's plant is no doubt the one inaccurately taken for P. octandra,

y Bunge, and referred with doubt by Maximowiez, in his * Index
Flore Pekinensis, to Pireunia Laíbenia, Moq. I presume this latter
is the same as Roxburgh's Phytolacca acinosa, of which he has given
a very meagre diagnosis, but Moquin has entirely overlooked the name
in his monograph of the Order, in the Prodromus.

8. Polygonum ( Echinocaulon) pteropus, n. sp. ; caule angulato lineato
crebre retrorsum aculeato ocreis inferioribus membranaceis adpressis
basi dense retrorsum aculeolatis apice truncatis setoso-ciliatis superi-
oribus limbo herbaceo orbiculari patente ciliato munitis, foliis inferi-
oribus e basi truncata hastato-trilobis lobis basalibus abbreviatis hori-
zontaliter divarieatis obtusis petiolo margine herbaceo ciliato distincte
alato ipso limbo 4-plo breviore iufra setuligero suffultis superioribus
sensim sessilibus lobisque lateralibus obsoletis omnibus supra passi
subtus in nervis strigoso-setosis infra pallidioribus, capitulis geminatis
globosis densis, pedunculis setulosis atque glanduloso-hispidis, floribus
majusculis 7—8-andris, achzenio ovato trigono angulis obtusis faciebus
coneaviuseulis apiculato stramineo opaco oculo armato subtilissime
ruguloso.—Ad angustias precipitis 13 mill pass. longas, Nankau
dictas, secus viam a Peking in Mongoliam ducentem, collegit cl. Dr.
8. W. Williams. (Exsice. n. 14890.

Closely allied to the Japanese P. hastato-trilohum, Meissn., from
which it differs by the glandular hairy peduncles, and the winged
petioles. It is possible this may be the species mentioned by Maxi-
mowicz as having been mistaken by Turczaninow for P. arifolinm, L.

9. Aneilema melanostictum, n. sp. ; erectum, 21—4-pollicare, caudice
brevi crasso squamato, foliis lanceolatis acutis amplexantibus basi pilis
septatis ciliatis margine cartilagineo albo scabris elevato-nervosis epi-
dermide laxa utrinque rugosissimis atque punctis impressis nigris cre-
berrime notatis, vaginis pilosis, inflorescentia terminali simplici vel
dichotoma pauciflora, bracteis ovatis acutis persistentibus hyalino-albis
punctis lineolisque badiis conspicue obsitis, floribus parvis ecruleis,
staminibus fertilibus 3 filamentis basin versus barbatis, fructu . . . ?—
In insula Heenan, Martio 1868, collegit clar. Swinhoe. (Erice, n.

remarkable little species, from its densely black-dotted foliage,
something like which is described by Hasskarl (Plant. Junghuhn. 147)
in 4. dion. Kth. It is not half the size of 4. nanum, and wants

168 HORACE MANN,

the diffuse habit of that plant, which, however, has similarly dotted
braets, and is perhaps the nearest ally.
10. Zoysia Sinica, n. sp.; foliis involutis, spicis lanceolatis 1-14
oll. longis 2-22 lin. latis, spiculis laxiusculis subdivergentibus
3-linealibus oblongo-lanceolatis obliquis acutis.—Ad oras Chine austro-
orientalis usque saltem ad Amoy. (Exsiec. n. 10155.)
his species is the only one I have seen from the coast of China.
Mr. Bentham, in the ‘ Flora Hongkongensis,’ has referred to Z. pungens,
Willd., which, however, from a comparison of Ceylon and South Aus-
tralian specimens, appears to me abundantly distinct, by its narrow
linear spikes and ovate-lanceolate spikelets, only a line or little mor
long, and so compactly and evenly arranged as to give a tessellated ap-
pearance to the spike. Z. Japonica, Steud., under which name, with a
mark of doubt, I have been accustomed to distribute the Chinese plant,
is much nearer Z. pungens, and perhaps not sufficiently distinct; but
the spike is broader, the spikelets are borne on long pedicels, and are
much more laxly arranged, and the leaves are flat, or but slightly in-
volute.

HORACE MANN, CURATOR OF BOTANY IN THE BOSTON
SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

By Wiuiram T. Bricuam, Esq.

(From the Proceedings of © Boston e of Natural History, vol. xii.,
ovember 18, 1868.)

It is sad to speak publicly of our private sorrows, but when those
sorrows touch all alike who reverence the good, admire the brave, re-
joice over victories in the noble struggle of light against darkness,
knowledge against ignorance, or who mourn over great efforts uncom-
pleted, then must we lay aside all thoughts of personal loss, and speak
each with all of our common grief.

The youngest officer of this Society has left us never to return.
Were years alone the test of usefulness and manhood, we might count
over the few that Horace Mann numbered in his earthly life, regret
they were so few, and from the full-grown and ripened lives still with
us, look for his successor. But vainly should we look; where should
we find in all the years the best of our number could show, a single

HORACE MANN. 169

year so full of hard work, conscientious, unselfish, self-sacrificing strug-
gle that the world might know more, and the cause of science be ad-
vanced ?

In his earliest youth Horace Mann drew in from his father's careful
teachings the love of Nature, which has since been his constant joy.
Often would he softly open the door of his father’s study, and come
silently to his father’s side, waiting for the leisure which would give
him some of the marvellous stories about the earth and its inhabitants,
which in his mind took the place of the unrealities of fairyland so dear
to most children.

Chemistry was the delight of his boyhood, and his father’s house
contained a laboratory, in which he spent many an hour, often to the
great anxiety of his family, who dreaded the usual results of boyish
experiments with powerful reagents. Inanimate matter did not satisfy
him, and after much thought, although opposed by most of his friends,
who wished him to receive a collegiate education, he determined to
devote himself to the study of Nature, entering Professor Agassiz’
School as a student of zoology and geology. This was at the time
when the present museum was recently built, and the hard manual
labour of moving and arranging heavy specimens, which he so readily
undertook, seriously affected his health. He was at this time also
deeply interested in conchology, and most especially in botany, and it
was from this latter interest that the companionship and friendship
commenced, which for the last four or five years have so closely united
us. When Dr. Asa Gray was told that I was soon to visit the Ha-
waiian Islands, he asked me to collect the very peculiar flora of that
group, and suggested the propriety of asking Horace Mann to accom-
pany me. It was a short notice, but his friends advised him to go,
and he joined me in California. From that time, for more than a year
we were constant companions, and many a long ride, many a weary
walk, did we share. For more than six months we kept house toge-
ther in Honolulu, and from the first day to the last he was the same
modest, retiring, hard-working, unselfish, conscientious man. Tho-
roughly alive to all the beauties and wonders of Nature there surround-
ing him, he often wrote home that he enjoyed every moment, and often
indeed have I seen him in perfect ecstasy over the discovery of some
new plaut after a hard climb up some island precipice.

With his rich collections he returned to Cambridge, and was soon

VOL. vr. [guy 1, 1869.] o

170 HORACE MANN.

appointed Dr. Gray's assistant, and afterwards Instruetor in Botany in
Harvard College. Besides the work of arranging the Thayer Herba-
rium and constantly aiding Dr. Gray in preparing material for his
classes, and revising proofs of his two botanical manuals,—a work
more than enough for a common man, a work indeed that no common
man could do,—he worked steadily in his spare hours, often late into
the night, on his Hawaiian collections. The many thousand specimens
were determined and labelled and partly distributed; his * Enumera-
tion of Hawaiian Plants,’ which has given him a good botanical repu-
giis was published by the American Academy of Arts and Sciences
(of w e was unanimously elected a Fellow on the very evening of
his nee ; a most complete Flora of the islands was published in
part by the Essex Institute; several other botanical memoirs were in
hand, and you all know that his labour here in our herbarium and in
our work as a Society, was not light.

His interest in this Society never waned. Often on shipboard, lying
on deck at night, have we talked over this matter, and he was full of
suggestions, many of which have since been carried out; others, such
as a permanent doorkeeper for the Museum on exhibition days, guide-
books to the various collections, and a fire-proof floor for the main story
of this building, will be perhaps in time. He was always present at
the Council meetings, and his advice was always sensible and re-
spected.

As a result of our Hawaiian explorations, five new genera were
added to the flora, one of which was dedicated to him under the name
of Hesperomannia, and has been engraved for the next part of our
Memoirs, while of new species of flowering plants, no less than seventy-
one, or more than eleven per cent. of the entire pheenogamous Hawaiian
flora were discovered. His published works, besides a number of re-
views in the * American Naturalist,’ were :—

‘On some Hawaiian Crania and Bones.’ (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
vol. x. p. 229.)

‘On the present condition of Kilauéa and Mad Lda.’ (Ibid. vol. x.

)
" es on the Hawaiian Islands.’ (Ibid. vol. x. p. 232.
‘Revision of the Genus Schiedea and some of the Rutacee.’ (Ibid.
vol. x. p. 309.)
‘Description of the Crater of Haleakala.’ (Ibid. vol. xi. p. 112.)

anti

aa EE
me

STATISTICS, ETC., OF HAWAIIAN PLANTS. yg!

‘Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants.’ (Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and
Sciences, vol. vii. p. 143.)

* Flora of the Hawaiian Islands.’ (Proc. Essex Institute, vol. v.)

The last has not been completed, and a number of other valuable
and interesting memoirs remain unfinished.

Early in October the severer symptoms of what he had considered a
mere cold, compelled him most unwillingly to give up his college
classes, temporarily as we all hoped; but the worst form of pulmonary
complaint had gone too far to be stopped, and although his friends all
hoped for his recovery, he passed away peacefully on the evening of
November 11th, 1868, after some days of great pain and anguish.

Sad as it seems to us, in our blind interpretations of Providence,
that a life so full of promise, so pure, so true, a life so short and yet
so full of results, should be cut short, yet the example of this life,
called so closely to view by the angel of death, caunot but animate and
encourage many others; and the nobly proportioned column, whose
base and lower shaft alone we see on earth, yet raises its capital above
the veiling clouds, a monument and beacon we may well follow.

STATISTICS AND GEOGRAPHICAL RANGE OF HA-
WAIIAN (SANDWICH ISLANDS) PLANTS.

By Horace Mann, Esq.

The Hawaiian Islands have a surface of about 4000 square miles,
situated just within the tropics, and more than one thousand miles
from any other land except a few rocks lying to the north-west, bare of
vegetation, and inhabited by seafowl and seals. On this area, which
includes an excessively dry and hot, a very wet and very hot, and from
these every other variety to a very dry and very cold climate, is found
a flora of 620 species of flowering plants * and Ferns, of which the
former comprise 485 species, the latter 135; the Mosses, Lichens,
and Alge being left out of consideration as too little known.

Of the 554 flowering plants, including 69 species supposed or
known to be introduced, 479 species belong to the Dicotyledone, and
the remaining 75 to the Monocotyledone, in the proportion of nearly

* Omitting Graminea, which have not yet been fully studied.
o 2

172 STATISTICS, ETC., OF HAWAIIAN PLANTS,

100 to 15. These 554 flowering plants are divided among 253
genera, giving to each genus on an average 2:58 species. There are
87 Natural Orders of flowering plants represented in the group. Of
the 554 flowering plants 377 are peculiar to the group, while 42 are
of recent and 27 of supposed aboriginal introduction, giving the pro-
portion of endemic species 68:05, of introduced (recent) species,

Of the 253 genera 39 are peculiar, and these 39 genera are repre-
sented by 151 species, or 3:94 species to a genus, while the whole flora
has but 2:58 species to each genus; thus showing the important part
which these genera take in constituting the whole pheenogamous flora.

Among the genera not peculiar to the islands, there are sixteen, of
which the species belong to a distinct group in the genus, or which
are most largely represented in the South Pacific Islands and Australia,
or on the Hawaiian Islands themselves.

Geranium, very peculiar species. TAn eg in South Seas and
me either to be reduced to ustralasia
Pelea, or if not, entirely Austra- ama species very peculiar.
lasian. Cyrtandra, — in the South
Pittosporum, largely Australasian. Seas and Moluccas: large genus in
oprosma, a marked New Zealand the Hawaiian Islands,
, type. Cyathodes, Australasian
Acacia, an Australian phyllodinous Wikstremia, many species Hawaiian,
species, represented in South Seas and Aus-
Gouldia, one other species in Pacific, tralasia.

ret New Zealand and Aus- Santalum, Western Pacific.
"Exocarpus, Australasiaand Moluccas.
Bipcibnta mostly Hawaiian, a few Astelia, 3i js

in Mexico.

These sixteen genera comprise 76 species, or 4°75 to a genus, thus
taking an important place in the flora.

All the species of the following families are peculiar to the group,
omitting, of course, species known to be introduced.

Ranunculacee. Portulacacee
—Menispermacee. —Camelliacese
Crucifers. —Tiliac
Violacese. niacese
—Bi *
Pittosporacere. —Aquifoliacese,
Caryophyllacew. A lastraceze.

CODI asi

STATISTICS, ETC., OF

—Saxifragaces.
—Halorage:e.
—Begoniaceæ.

Solanaceæ.

HAWAIIAN PLANTS. 178

Labiate.
—Myoporinee.

Smilacines.
Juncaceg.

Of these, sixteen. (marked thus —) are represented by a single
species, and the remaining twenty-four families comprise 220 species,

or 9°16 species to each genus.

The following families are represented by five or more species :—

Violaces, 6.
aroili. 14.
12.

Urticacesz, 13.
Cyperaces, 39.

Those species belonging to families which are not represented by
five or more species, are but ninety-two, belonging to fifty-six families,
—less than two species to each family on an average, —while the fa-
milies in the above list average fourteen species each.

Species peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands :—

Ranunculus Hawaiiensis, Gray.

R. Maviensis, Gra

Nephroica Worvandiana, Gray.

Lepidium Oahuense, Cham. and
Schlecht.

L. se nn.

Cleome Sand wicensis, Gray.
Viola Kavaiensis, Gray.

V. Maviensis, H. Mann.

V. Chamissoniana, Ging.

174 STATISTICS, ETC.,
Tsodendrion f cei Gray.

I. longifolium,

T laurifolium, a,

Xylosm i scii Seem.
Pittosporum Loc Gray.

vem sri emen

= lanceo! ray.
hiedea Sidi Hook.

d rim T

S. ample s, H. Mann.

. Mann.
Alsinidendron trinerve, H. Mann.
ortulaca villosa, Cham.

P. sclerocarpa, Gray.

Eurya Sandwicensis, Gray

rip s tomentosum, Nutt.
drynarioides, Seem.

Hibocub Youngianus, Gaud.

H. Brackenridgei, Gray.

nottianus, Gray.

, n. 8p-

‘Abntilon incanum, Don.

Meyenian
Waltheria nre 3
Elæocarpus bifidus, Hook. 2d Arn.

Geranium multiflorum, Gray.
Hook.

P. sapotzefol
P. auriculefolia, G

OF

HAWAIIAN PLANTS.

Kavaiensis, H. Mann.

eu
2 =

S

s

a

E

Platydesma cip ili, H. Mann.
Zanthoxylum srg Gray.

Z. Maviense, H. M

Z. (Blackburnia) dipetalum, H. Mann.

Gouania vitifolia, G

and Arn.
Desmodium Sandwicensis, E. Meyer.
Vicia Menziesii, Spreng.

hrina siepe votre Gaud.
Canavalia galeata,
Vigna Dabei, em
Va paige ett Gray.
Sophora chrysophylla, Seem.
Cesalpinia demencia , H. Man
Cassia Gaudichaudii, Hook. pu aires

Acacia Koa, Gray.
Rubus pean en Gray.
R. Macrei, Gray.

Acæna eigos, Gray.

s, Hook. md Arn.
ay.

. microcarpus, H. Mann.
Hillebrandia PEE EE Oliver.
Hedera Gaudichaudii, Gray.

H. platyphylla, Gray.

-—

a — c "S

a

b^ i

STATISTICS, ETC., OF HAWAIIAN PLANTS. 179

Heptapleurum Kaviienhh, H. Mann.
eem.

Dipanax Mannii, S.
Reynoldsia Sandwicensis, Gra

C. longifolia, G
iosa, Gr

B. brevipes,

Guettardella ladies, H. Mann.

Gardenia Brighami, H. Mann
myi, H. Mann.
Gouldis Sandwicensis, oe
Kadua laxiflora, H. Man
centranthoides, Hook. eu Arn.

K.

K. glomerata, Hook. and Arn.

K. cordata, Cham. and Schlecht.

K. Cookiana, ee and Schlecht.
K. parvula,

K. glaucifolia,

K. Menziesiana, Cham. and Schlecht.
K. acuminata, Cham. and Schlecht.
K. — Gra is

y.
V. eonsanguinea, Gray.
V. arenaria, ec
V. conyzoides, Gray.
Coreopsis dama n
C. macrocarpa, Gra,
e Macrei, Gray.

C. cosmoides, Gray.

C. Menziesii, Gray.

C. micrantha, Gray.

aye Sandwicensis, Less.
B. Hawaiiensis, Gray.

Lipocheta australis, Gray.

integrifolia, Grew:

succulenta,

pene ape Gr ay.
nuifoli

riego psi

emyi,
P EEE E TO — DC.
A. mi um, Gra

adc

. paleata, Gray.
Raillardia latifolia, Gray.
scabra, DC.
De.
ciliolata, DC.
Hillebrandi, = Mann.

Poe eerre
5 E E
e
S
g
PR

Delissea demontiids vide
coriacea,

obtusa, Gray.

hirtella, H. Mann.
acuminata, Gaud.
angustifolia, Poe

sie katona H. Mann.
arborea, H. Man
subcordata, anb

COT OH)
f=]

ndulata, Gaud.
platyphylla, Gray.

pd
~
c

mosa, H. Mann.

BYSSUL SY
3.2

s

E

Hi

S

E

S

Pt

Sapota Sandwicensis, Gray.
Myrsine Gaudicha E DC.
ssertian

C. Garnottiana, Gaud.

STATISTICS, ETC., OF

HAWAIIAN PLANTS.

C. laxiflora, H. Mann.

C, Maersi, Gra

C. Menziesii, Hook. and Arn.
C., n. sp.

C., n. sp.

Solanum Nelsoni, Duval.

S. Sandwicense, Hook. and Arn.

Sphacele hastata, Gra,
Phyllostegia vestita, Benth.
P. grandiflora, Benth.
P. brevidens, di ian
P. glabra, B
P. hirsuta, ih

. parvifloi

P. Hillebrandi, Z. Pose
S

s, Bent.
S. ealaminthoides, Gray.

S. microphylla, Benth.

S. crenata, t

S. diffusa, Gr

Myoporum Sandwivense, eue
Gra.

Cuscuta Sandwichiana, Choisy

TN

i "ua Som a 2» > ag

E

ie ^tm

-——Rn Rc

STATISTICS, ETC.,

Erythrea sabeoides, Gray.
Labordea fagreoidea, Gaud.
n.

Ochrosia Sandwicensis, DC.

O., n. sp.

Olea Sandwicensis, chig
Rumex giganteus,

Santalum Freycintianum, Gaud.
S. pyrularium, `

. sericea, Ga
Touchardia latifolia.
Euphorbia clusiæfolia, Hook. and Arn.
E. Remyi, Gray.
E. multiformis, Gaud.
- Hookeri, Steud.
E. cordata, Meyen.
Antidesma platyphyllum, H. Mann.

Phyllanthus distichus, Hook.and Arn.

Sandwicensis, Müll.
— n

HAWAIJAN PLANTS. 177

P. latifolia, Mig.
E P inen. Miq.
P. Macræan iq.
1 leptostachya Hook. and Arn.
E

sp.
fishers Martii, Wendl.
P. Gaudichaudii, Herm. Wendl.

+) n. 8p.
Freycinetia arborea, Gaud.
Sisyrinchium acre, H. Mann
Smilax Sandwicensis, Kunth.

S. anceps, Willd.

Bs - alt. [ Fide Journ. of Bot. VI.

PP Sandwicensis, Lindl.
A. Jaubertii, Gaud
Liparis Harmia H. wines

. Man.

Astelia Misionin, Smith,

A. veratroides, Gau

Joinvillea asce sexi Gau

gorra trachysanthos, d and

C. outer Hook. and Arn.
C. caricifolius, Hook. and Arn.

Cladium leptostachyum, Nees and
Meyen:

Baumea Meyenii, Kunth.
Vincentia angustifolia, Gaud.
Gahnia Gaudichaudii, Steud.
G. Beecheyi, H. Mann.
G. glob ann.
Oreobolus furcatus, "im Mann.
Scleria teens Nee

arex Com apum Gilb.
C. Meyenii, Wm
C. Oahuensis, C. "" Meyer.
C. nuptialis, Boot.
C. Prescottiana, ae
Uncinia Lindley ana, m

178 STATISTICS, ETC., OF

Panicum nephelophilum, Gaud.!
montan Gaud.

ellitum

= totali; Hook. and Arn.
P. Beecheyi
P; Mini o Munro.
Poa Oahuensis, Kunth
P. monticola, Kunt

variabilis,

, sp.
P., sp. alt

HAWATIAN PLANTS.

Isachne distichophylla, Munro.
i ioi Munro.

Agrostis Sandwicensis, Munro.
Calamagrostis, sp.
Trisetum — cops Munro.
Eragrostis nana, Muar

Festuca, sp.

Sehizostachyum Fase PE

a
"3

Kaleria | goreti Kunth.

Plants not peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands, and not introduced by
W hites

—Cardamine hirsuta, L.

— Gossypium um religiosum, P3

2 alp.
S. rhombifolia, L.

Malvastrum — ai Gray.

—Waltheria American
—Tribulus cistoides.
Colubrina eatin: Brongn.
Alphitonia excelsa, 2
odonæa viscosa

—fTCardiospermum Halcecsbam, L.

Strongylodon lucidum, Seem.
Dioclea violacea, Mart.
Mueuna gigantea, DC.
M. urens, DC.

*Phaseolus espe TEE, a
*P, semierectus,

Vigna lutea, Gray.
+Dolichos Lablab, Z.
TCajanus Indicus, Spr
Ceesalpinia (Gruilandina) Jiendons
Benth.
Osteomeles anthyllidifolia, Lindl.
sera longifoli

Eugenia (Jambosa) Malaccensis,

Lythnon maritimum, H. B. K.
Cuphea balsamona, Cham. and
Schlecht
—tJussixa disa
Lagenaria vulgaris, Ser.
Cucurbita maxi h.
TPapaya vulgaris, DC.

vest J * era =
Viscum moniliforme, Blume.

Canthium a, Hook. and

LAN ort citrifolia, Z
Adenostemma viscosum, Forst.
—* Ageratum VR L:

Grasses are still in the hands of ri Munro, and therefore only
B

1 The
this very imperfect list can be given.—

Bier. sot

PE LU riso

STATISTICS, ETC.,

nd e eda E;
*Sonchus
aee sericea,
Cyathodes Kandansin Cham.
C. imbricata, Stschelgl.
some lineariloba, A Hook. and

PRAG Zeylanica, L.

olanum oleraceum, Dunal.
—S. Dieu: of Jacq.
B.

—Plectran sa porieen, Willd.
—*Priva dme
—*Vitex trif

—Heliotropium niis: Hook.
and Arn
— H. Curassavi £L.
Batatas tckoiedolin, Choisy.
TB. edulis, Choisy.
B. pentaphylla, eec
pomcea Bona-nox

sea, L.
Pisonia deer Parkinson.
P. excelsa. ger
— TANEH diffus
Rumex Geant Gray.
—*Polygonum glabrum, Willd.

Sipate: iioa, Mart.

HAWAIIAN PLANTS. 179

— A. bidentata, Blume.
A. biens Hook. and Arn.

— Fleurya interrupta, Gaud
Pilea peploides, — —- Arn.
— Artocarpus incisa, Z.
— Broussonettia papyrifera, Vent.
Morus pendulina, Endlich.
h

Alocasia macrorhiza, Schott.
Tacca pinnatifida, Forst.
— Naias major, 4 $.
— Ruppia maritim
— Potamogeton Guidi Cham
— P. Hawaiiensis, Cham.
— P. pauciflorus, Pursh.

a—

TM sp. alt.

— Zingiber piter. Ross.
*Canna Indi
+Helmia bulbifera, Kunth.
TDioscorea pentaphylla, Z.

Luzula campestris, DC.

; ne ier Rotib.
C. brun

C. mami pm

! This should rather be placed among the plants accidentally introduced in
—W. T. B.

recent time.

180 STATISTICS, ETC., OF HAWAIIAN PLANTS.

Cyperus pennatus, Lam. E. palustris, R. Br.

C. viscosus, Ait. — Scirpus maritimus, L.

C. cæspitosus, P. — B. riparius, Presl.

C. paniculatus, Hook. and Arn. Fimbristylis cymosa, R. Br.

C. strigosus, L. — F. umbello-capitata, Steud. ?

€ auriculatus, Nees and Meyen. Gahnia globosa, H. Mann
Kyllingia monocephala, Rottb. Carex festiva, Dewey.

e bue obtusa, Schult

Species marked with a dagger (t) are perhaps of aboriginal intro-
duction; those marked with an asterisk (*) possibly of recent intro-
duction; those marked with a dash (—) are par excellence lowland
and maritime.

For convenience, the flora of the Hawaiian Islands may be divided
into five regions: the dry alluvial plains on the shore or Maritime Re-
gion, the Lowland Region, Higher W ooded Region, Wet Mountain Re-
gion, and Dry Mountain Region

I. Maritime Region. Besides the plants in the previous list, the
seil = characteristic of this zone :—

nsi Lycium Sandwicense.
Hibiscus Yoga. Nama Sandwicensis.
Erythrina osperma oni Aegon sabseoides.
Lipocheta penne Pritcha

IL Lowland Region. ‘This extends to about 1000 feet above the
sea, and is principally characterized by Aleurites Moluccana, Jambosa
Malaccensis, Hibiscus tiliaceus, Pandanus odoratissimus, and Cordia

subcordata.
Capparis Sandwicensis. Cardiospermum Halicacabum.
Abutilon incanum., Eugenia Malaccensis.
Sida fallax. Lythrum maritimum.
Hibiscus danni Jussiæa villosa.
H. tiliace j Sicyos cucumerinus.
oeny ati (Cre species). Morinda citrifolia.
ribulus ci Adenostemma viscosum

Waltheria PEED Vittadinia arenaria.
Oxalis corniculata. V. conyzoides.

jana. Erigeron Canadense.

! Jules Remy og £ five zones thus: Littoral, Tropical (from the base
of the hills to the esi Forest, Mountainous or Subalpine, and Alpine.
The absence of anything like an Alpine region will be evident on inspection of
the above lists.—W. T. B.

|
t.
í

STATISTICS, ETC., OF HAWAIIAN PLANTS. 181

Sesevola sericea
Plumbago Zeylanica.

Cuseuta Sandwichiana.

III. Higher Wooded Region.

Borhaavia diffusa.

Santalum ellipticum (v:

eire (three speia):
Euxolus lineatus.

Euphorbia multiformis.

Aleurites Moluccana.

Ricinus communis.

Tacca pinnatifida.

Zingiber Zerumbet.

Cordyline terminalis.

This is the forest region. The fol-

lowing species are found here; those marked * in the higher part.
Only those marked — are not endemic.

*Ranunculus Hawaiiensis.
*R n

viensis.
Nephroica Ferrandianus
Lepidium serra.
T

Polendrin m of the species),
a Hawaii

2. of the species).

Silene lanceolat:
Schiedea (most of the species).

Hibiscus Brackenridgii.
H ttia

ulata.

emrah ial = M species).
Byronia Sand wi.
Perrottetia inican
Colubrina oppositifolia.

— Alphitonia excelsa

— onsea viscosa.

— Rhus semialatum.

ii.
— Strongylodon lucidum.

— Mucuna (both species).
olacea.

Cassia Goudichaudi

*Rubus (both s

Vorst thi
Broussai:

Metrosideros n. of the species).

Heptapleurum Surddptas.

Dipanax Manvii.

Reynoldsia Sand wicensis.

Tetraplasandra Hawaiiensis.

Triplasandra Oahuensis.

Viseum moniliforme.

Coprosma (all of the species except
ubens).

pu
Canthium luc

idum
Psychotria (both "edes es).
Straussia (all of the species).

Bobea (both species).

182 STATISTICS, ETC., OF HAWAIIAN PLANTS.

Guettardella Sandwicensis.
Gardenia Brighami.

emyi.
Gouldia Sandwicensis.
Kadua (all of the species).
Adenostemma viscosum.
Coreopsis macrocarpa.

crei.

C. eosmoides
Bidens Siaindertnestiin:
B. arias

Li is.
Dubautia (all of the species).
Raillardia latifolia.

Hesperomannia pee eres
Rollandia (all of the species).
Delissea (seventeen species).
Cyanea (six species).
Clermontea (both species).
Brighamia insignis,

Scevola Gaudichaudii.

S. Chamissoniana.

S. mollis.

S. glabra.

Vaccinium penduliflorum
Cyathodes (both vet
Maba Sandwicensis.

Sapota Sandwicensis.
Myrsine (all of the species).
Lysimachia (both species).

Nothocestrum (all of the species).
Phyllostegia vani of the species).
*Sphacele has
Stenogyne (nto aes sagas
Myoporum Sand
Tpomeea tube Puit:

Ipomoa Bona-nox.
Bonamia Menziesii.

species)

— Phytolacca Bogotensis.
Rumex giganteus.
Santalum (two species).
Exocarpus Gaudichaudii. i

reodaphne Kavaiensis.
Wikstræmia (t te species).
Ptilotus Sandwicen sis.
eurya interrupta.
Urera (both species).
Pi es

Touchardia latifolia.

Morus pendulina.

Euphorbia clusisfolia.

E. Remyi.

E. Hookeri.

Antidesma platyphyllum.
Phyllanthus distichus.
Claoxylon Sandwicensis.

Pe peromia (most of the species):

Commelyna Cayennensis.
pompe cs species).
Liparis Hawa
Draceena aurea.
— Cordyline terminalis.

odorata
a - > species).
endens.

Galatia Beecheyi.
bo:

G. globosa.
Uncinia Lindleyana.

REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST. 183

IV. Mountain Region. Wet and wooded between the lower and
higher cloud level, 3500—6000 feet.

Metrosideros polymorpha (dwarf). Vittadinia (several species).
Gunnera petalo a ea. Hedera platyphylla
Coprosma pube Astelia Meyeniana.
Labordea ELE, :

V. Upper Mountain Region. A small region on the summits of
West Máui and Kauai, which lies above 6000 feet, and which is not
wooded.

Viola eis es Wilkesia gymnoxiphium.
V. Mavi Raillardia montana.
testing exis var. hololeucum. Lobelia Gaudichaudii.
Drosera longi Vaccinium at
Acsna exigua. Oreobolus tus
Lagenophora Maviensis and some Graminez.

Argyroxiphium (two Loy

(From the Memoirs of the Boston Society, vol. i. part iv. 1869.)

REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST
AND DIRECTOR OF THE MELBOURNE BOTANIC

Botanic Garden, Melbourne,
14th September, 1868.
SIR, :
In compliance with your request, I have the honour of transmit-
ting to you a succinct general Report on the work more recently per-

formed in the Botanic Garden and its scientific institutions. Simul-

taneously, I beg to point out what measures of progressive improve-
ments might most advantageously oceupy the attention of the establish-
ment during the next year.

Since the great excavations at the Garden lake, and the earthworks
connected therewith, were completed, it became possible, within the
means available, to finish the various lines of walks, which now extend
in the aggregate over 224 miles. All of these are lined with trees,
unless they pass along special garden land.

A considerable extent of these walks requires, however, yet to be

184 REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST.

somewhat raised and to be covered with a gravel-layer, or perhaps with
clayey grit, which is far more accessible, and will bind into a firm mass,
impervious to rain. A large portion of the main drive from the City
Bridge to Anderson Street, needs yet to be macadamized, and basalt
boulders might be used to mark off lastingly its footpaths.
he tree lines along the walks amount altogether now to 21 miles ;
also, different kinds of trees have recently been chosen for these ave-
nues, to exhibit the relative merits of each. The remaining portion
of the reserve between the City Bridge and the Botanic Garden has
latterly also been planted with many additional kinds of Pines— not
less than 21,000 Pines, representing very many species, being now
grouped or scattered on the lawns. To prevent more completely a
certain degree of monotony, which might be caused by the massive
upgrowth of Conifers, though many are of very distinet form, and
though lines of deciduous trees dissect the lawns, I introduced into the
incipient pinetum several hundreds of New Zealand Palm-lilies (Cor-
dyline Australis and C. indivisa), and also numerous groups of real
Palms,—for instance, the Gippsland Fan-Palm, the New Zealand Nika-
Nika, the Date, the Seaforthia, the Sabal, aud a few others equally
hardy. Many of these Palms or palm-like plants have become already
very conspicuous, and it may be readily foreseen that, within a few
years, the environs of the city will assume by this measure an aspect
so exotic, that a visitor viewing the suburban landscape will imagine
himself to be within the tropics. To the Palm groves require still to
be added in quantity the Chilian Jubaa and the equally hardy Chinese
Livistonia. The various trees will form a nucleus for forest culture
when gradually bearing seeds, and when not merely the protection but
also the enrichment of the native forests will become an object of legis-
lative enactments. The total number of trees now planted out ap-
proaches to 30,000. The Willow plantations along both the Yarra
banks, from Prince's Bridge to Richmond, have been renewed or com-
pleted this year on the municipal side of the river by the aid of the
Corporation. The renewal of the fences since the last floods, effected
at great expense by the City Council, has afforded for this purpose all
the necessary security. Weeping Willows and various kinds of Basket
Willows have been chosen promiscuously to combine ornament with
utility. i
A dense belt of vegetation will thus guard against accidents, embel-

P^ MED cM o a a n CHEER. — 7 ndis

REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST. 185

lish the river, consolidate the banks, afford more shade, shelter the
Garden against the piercing westerly winds, and replace permanently
the fences, apt to be carried away by the floods.

Tall Danubian Reeds, Callas, patches of Tea-tree (Melaleuca erici-
Jolia, transferable in an upgrown state), Poplars, Ashes, Elms, Oaks,
all of various kinds, Toi-Toi, Pampas Grass, Tamarix, Ampelodesmos,
Wiry Muehlenbeckia, Poa ramigera, will ere long impress on the once
dismal swamps and river banks a smiling feature.

The many thousand large plants required for this purpose were
partly supplied by donations or interchanges. Clover and Lucerne are
also established on the lagoons and even on the rises.

To render, in our zone of evergreen vegetation, the Yarra valley no
longer of a wintery, leafless aspect, the City Council very kindly allowed a
strip of ground all along the northern banks to be ploughed for the recep-
tion of seeds of such quick-growing evergreen trees (chiefly Eucalypts,
Acacias, Exocarpus, and Casuarinas) as will resist those occasional
inundations to which we are still likely to be exposed, unless many
more of the ledges of rocks across the Yarra are blasted away, to de-
crease still further the niveau of the river,—a measure which the still
rapid fall during floods will admit of.

To secure the lower part of the Garden against such calamities and
destructions as were experienced during the last four floods, it will be
necessary to raise the river bank still three to four feet higher, perhaps
with the formation of a terrace, although the embankment has been
heightened already all along the Garden to the extent of several feet.

is security could, however, not be afforded on the expansive flat next
to the City Bridge without serious impediment to the flood stream ; but
the swampy ground, now with the change of seasons wet and dry, will
absolutely need deepening in several places, and raising (under forma-
tion of islands and such like ornamentation) in other spots, inasmuch
as localities on which the area of dry land and of ponds is not pro-
perly defined, are prone to originate, by algie growth, malarian fevers.
Consequently, on grounds of sanitary necessity alone, I feel bound to

recommend this measure.

A spacious sluice was built, by Garden labour, last year, to admit
of the sudden filling of the Garden lake whenever the river rapidly

. fises, in order that the demolition of the embankments of the lake may
. in future be obviated

VOL. vir. [JULY 1, 1869.] d

186 REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST.

The tall Indian Bamboo has been aeclimatized, and is, with other
Bambusacee and the Nile Papyrus, chosen to fringe the lake. Ina
climate like ours, which admits of the culture of so many tropical
plants without glass protection, it is always an important object to
group the greatest possible number of prominently remarkable plants
from various parts of the globe suitably together. This, indeed, is one
of the greatest charms in our horticulture. "Throughout the Garden
ground numerous new species have been added annually, predominance
being given to such shrubs and perennial plants as entail the least
attention for maintenance. Were it otherwise, so extensive an area
could not be maintained in sightliness, whilst here throughout the year
the growth of weeds, annually more diversified, is to be coped with.
And even now it is unavoidable to cover the central portions of all the
shrubberies densely with perennial grasses, an operation which could
not have been effected a few years ago, because the plants, then small,
would have become suffocated. Plantations have also been formed at
the stately girder-bridge, a structure which reflects high credit on the
Department of Public Works. Whenever the lower part of Anderson
Street is to be filled up, then the dyke now forming the approach to
the bridge ought to be reduced.

The whole area of the Garden and arboreta now laid out comprises
nearly 400 acres, including the lake with its six islands. To the latter,
a seventh requires to be added, on the north-western extremity. By
the extensive excavations on the lagoon, the once inundated Eastern
Tea-tree ground has now been completely reclaimed, and forms a minia-
ture forest, readily accessible to picnic parties from the river. Turf
soil is by these means also easily obtained for Nursery culture. The
work connected with the excavations also enabled me to establish pas-
sages across three of the bends of the lake, whereby the distance from
point to point has been conveniently lessened. It allowed, also, widen-
ing the causeway and securing good soil for the Garden. Unrestricted
access for carriages is given to all the rising ground in the reserve,
from which such panoramic views may be enjoyed over the city,
suburban landscapes, and bay; and it is anticipated that, whilst from
year to year the park trees will afford augmented shade and shelter,
the locality indicated will become to residents of the city one of the
easiest and most favourite resorts for recreative enjoyments. A proposi-
tion, suggested in one of my former Reports, that the paths along the

REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST. 187

base of the ridges and along the Yarra banks might be widened into
pleasure drives, could now be readily carried out, the Yarra flats, by
recent arrangements, being no longer occupied as pasture ground.

In special artistic ornamentation as yet little has been effected, the
Director deeming it of pre-eminent importance to devote his early
means to the raising of trees and utilitarian plants, such as will miti-
gate the heat of our summer clime, and increase the salubrity of the
city, or such as will play an important element hereafter in our rural
economy, and originate new industries. This is the reason why no
fountains exist, save one in the central island of the lake ; ; thus neither
are statues erected.
` Works of art we can call forth at pleasure, while time lost in form-
ing the plantations caunot be regained. Now, however, since the
main planting operations have been effected, it is but too desirable
that a few appropriate statues and monumental works should add to
the embellishment of the very varied vegetation, and stand with it in
bold or beautifying contrast. It is proposed to gather works of art,
constructed of the most varied material; the Carrara marble, all the
cement compositions, the various blendings of ore, might all be brought
together for illustration. For the play of fountains, the water pressure
was hitherto quite insufficient, inasmuch as the Yan Yean works are
only utilized when, at late night-hours, the pressure exceeds 40 lbs. to
the square inch. Had not, providently, each of the many garden build-
ings been supplied with a spacious cistern, it would have been impos-
sible to save the plantations from destruction during the trials of the
summer months, unless by costly means Yarra water had been forced
to the culmination of the hill for extensive irrigation. A special vote,
adequate for such water works, has never been at my disposal, nor could
such independent water-supply have been maintained, unless annually
à considerable outlay for fuel and attendance to an engine were in-
curred, or, what appears still less desirable, a windmill—apt to inter-
fere with the traffic, and never sightly—had been established on the
summit of the ridge. Nevertheless, it might be highly instructive to
show, by local experiment, ses much Yarra water could be forced by
Steam-power to the summits of our rises, within certain expenditure of
capital and labour, because the fertility of many extensive tracts of the
country could be very much increased, and the clime vastly be
ameliorated, if rivers like the Yarra, and still more so those of the

P2

188 REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST.

great Murray system, were not allowed to flow unutilized into the
ocean.

Waterholes are sunk into tenacious clay soil on the higher-lying
parts of the ridge, for securing the storage of Yan Yean water during
rainy nights; and from these reservoirs the water is led readily during
the hottest weather, by gravitation, to the plantations on the slopes
below.

The abandoned quarries have been decorated with Agaves, Aloes,
Mesembryanthema, some Pelargonia, and other rock-plants; while
Brambles, Strawberries, and other wild fruit-plants, attractive to chil-
dren, have been planted in the gullies. Goodenias, Roses, and other
shrubs line the river and lagoons. The Fern-tree gulley has been ex-
tended, and to the various hardy arborescent Ferns, some perhaps a
century old, huge square Todeas of great age, Staghorn Ferns, and
very many other species, were added in masses. The kinds of hedges
now shown in different parts of the ground are very various, but that
of Pittosporum eugenioides, first adopted by myself, is most admired,
and called forth an extensive trade in this plant. Four other New
Zealand Pittospora, as well as our native P. undulatum, are among
those chosen for hedges. The Chamomile edgings, as time absorbing
as defertilizing, and apt to be trodden down, are being gradually abo-
lished. Turkish Box, dwarf Roses, Veronica decussata, Rosemary,
and most particularly Mesembryanthemum tegens, are substituted. The
latter plant can be obtained largely from the Yarra flat, never fails in
the heat of summer, and grows so depressed as to need only lateral
trimming. Although large improvements have taken place on all the
lawns, they still require gradually to be turfed with Cynodon dactylon,
a grass which is within a few weeks established, by casting its rhizomes,
converted into small pieces, over the broken and levelled ground,—a
process extensively adopted by the director of the Sydney Botanical
Garden; it tends also much to subdue weeds. On the even surfaces
of ground clothed with Cynodon, an ever-verdant fine turf can be main-
tained by the ready appliance of lawn-cutters and rollers. Banded
flower- masses might be interwoven; but as yet such works of luxury,
for which, after the lapse of the season, no permanent return can be
shown, have not been attempted in this young establishment. There
is, nevertheless, a gay display of flowers in the special garden-land
through the greater part of the year; indeed, the variety is far greater

et

REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST. 189

than a superficial observer will imagine, inasmuch as the area variedly
studded with flowers is so extremely extensive.

The incessant calls, however, to provide for publie fées, tea-meet-
ings, and bazaars, decorative flowers, not rarely deprive the garden of
a real show of ornament. The plants throughout the ground are very
extensively labelled, about 3000 iron labels being employed. Labels,
however, with fused, and thus unobliterable letters, are here, as elsewhere,
yet a great desideratum. In the large conservatory all plants are placed,
for instruction’s sake, along both sides of the stages, so as to represent
those of the Western and of the Eastern hemisphere separately, the
plants of the various families being again grouped together. In an in-
expensive structure, far too modest to do justice to so grand a plant,
the Royal Water-lily has flowered throughout two seasons, and re-
peatedly has ripened seeds, available for transmission to the hotter
parts of Australia. The high temperature of the Victoria House is
inexpensively provided by its connection with one of the forcing-pits,
while, in the humid heat, Vanilla and many other epiphytal Orchids of
the “jungles of the torrid zone find here the conditions necessary for
their permanent existence. The standard collection of Vines and
orchard trees has annually been added to. Fruit from these has been
supplied to public charities. The experimental ground has also an-
nually grown richer. To attempt to specify the treasures of the Garden,
whether utilitarian or ornamental (many first introduced by the Director
into Australia), is beyond the scope of these pages. The special cata-
logue appended to this document will exhibit many which we possess,
but not all, inasmuch as thousands of plants occur yet in too young a
state to correct their erroneous appellations. Mere varieties and garden
hybrids, as a general rule, have been excluded from the catalogue. In
a full account of the botanical establishment, submitted by order of the
Government to His Royal Highness the Duke of Edinburgh, I specially

ded to some of the leading useful or remarkable plants. ut an
explanatory enumeration of all would enlarge to a volume, or might
nd space in a contemplated publication, which would serve as a
garden guide. To add still further to this valuable collection, Mr.
Heyne proceeded, at my request, early this year to Sydney, to select
from the local conservatories. In this object he was very liberally sup-
ported by Mr. C. Moore. The suppression of the two principal kinds
of Missio (Loranthus pendulus and L. celastroides), which, on neg-

190 REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST.

lected ground, often manifest themselves by the widely visible dead
ramifieations of the trees, causes here much loss of labour. "The anni-
hilation of the trophy guns throughout Britain suggests the propriety

Garden. The spot allotted to them might far more pleasingly be
occupied by a small ornamental building, in which the native birds,
which, permanently or migratively, are inmates of the Garden area (ap-
proximately 140 species), could be illustrated by single museum speci-
mens, to satisfy constant inquiry in reference to the scientific names of
the species. The lake is often swarming with water-birds, the tame
swans, pelicans, ducks, ete., acting as decoy birds. Thrushes teem in
the shrubberies. To the aviary, donations of parrots, cockatoos, and
other showy native birds, not formerly kept, would add much interest.
The formation of an outdoor fresh-water tank, for the culture of hardy
aquatics, which in the lake generally succumb under the prey of water-
birds, is highly recommendable. The introduction and multiplication
of important plants, of industrial or medicinal value, has received care-
ful attention. Thus about 10,000 young Peru bark plants have Been
raised, comprising mainly Cinchona succirubra, C. Calisaya, and C.
officinalis, the latter, the most hardy of all, predominating.

These plants have withstood the night frosts, which we experience
near Melbourne, when merely placed in brush shades. On one occa-
sion the thermometer in these shades sank to 28? F., while in the open
ground it stood at 24? F. near the surface; still the plants suffered
no further than getting some of the leaves and youngest branches in-
jured, but soon formed new leaf-buds. These frosts affect, moreover,
also some of the plants which inhabit the mild sheltered glens of our
ranges, and I am therefore justified in anticipating that, in many of
the warmer forest regions of Victoria, the Cinchone could be grown to
advantage, these plants being consociated with Fern-trees in their
native haunts in the middle regions of the Andes. Coffee plants
scarcely suffered in the brush shades, in which the temperature may be
regarded almost analogous to that of our Fern-tree gullies. It would
be very important to ascertain, by actual test in the ranges, whether
the Coffee and Cinchone would yield prolifically. In such localities,
under any circumstances, the Tea-shrub would so luxuriate as to pro-
duce an abundant crop of leaves, since even in dry localities of the
Botanie Garden, and in its poor soil, the Tea-bushes have grown quite

|
|
|

REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST. 191

well. Cork-Oaks, of which, as of Tea, several thousand plants are
reared, would also produce far more rapidly their useful bark in the
ranges than near the city ; there the American Hickories and Walnuts,
of which a copious supply of seedlings exist, would grow much faster.
These, with the Red Cedar, West Australian Mahogany, Sumach,
Seotino, Dates, Carob-trees, Valonia, and Dye-Oaks, Mastix-trees,
Arrowroot, and perhaps also Tapioca, Tamarinds, and very many other
prominently utilitarian plants, would thrive best in the rich humid soil
of our mountains, and might occupy localities not readily eligible for
cereals.

Observations in reference to the effect of night-frosts on the prin-
cipal plants, as well as records concerning the flowering-time of various
species, are registered in the office. Notes are also accumulating re-
specting the adaptability of the dry desert tracts, and again of the
alpine highlands, to certain cultures. By a Parliamentary return sub-
mitted last year, it was shown that from 1859 till July 8, 1867, not
less than 355,218 plants were distributed to the public reserves,
cemeteries, church and school grounds of Victoria. During 1868,
again, 49,475 plants were rendered available for this purpose. These
distributions comprised very many of the rarest Pines and other select
plants, often not otherwise available,-many requiring two years’ atten-
tion in the nurseries here, thus involving the necessity of maintaining,
during some years, approximately, 40,000 plants alone under pot cul-

ure. Bearing in mind the increasing extent of trading establishments,
exeeedingly well conducted, it is worthy of the consideration of the
Government whether these distributions from a publie establishment
should not be materially decreased, or abolished altogether. Numerous
plantations, by the impetus given, are now established on public
grounds throughout the colony, from whence, moreover, seeds and
cuttings might be locally obtained. Eminently useful plants of many
kinds have, for local experiments, been widely scattered over the
country. The Treasury Reserve received last year 245 to some extent
already upgrown coniferous trees.

Turning to the special phytographic department, it may be observed
that the Museum now contains about 350,000 prepared and arranged
plants; the Australian portion being richer than that of any kindred
institution in existence.

The sixth volume of the ‘Fragmenta Phytographie Australie,’ a

192 REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST.

work devoted to original discoveries, and written in a language com-
mon to science of all nations, is almost completed. The fourth vo-
lume of the universal work on the plants of Australia is, through my
aid, under the rare advantages attainable in the great national institu-
tion of Kew, just completed by the President of the Linnean Society,
and comprises the Orders of Corolliffore. Extensive preliminary re-
searches have been carried on already for the fifth, sixth, and seventh
volumes ; to which, finally, a supplement is to be added. To promote,
by further field researches, the objects of this large work, on which all
subsequent medieal, technological, and rural observations in reference
to the native Australian vegetation must rest, I visited, during the
past spriug, one of the most important tracts of West Australia.
Finally, also, the great task yet remains to be performed of tracing out
more completely the relation of geology to the distribution of the plants
existing as well as passed away,—a line of researches for which excel-
lent geographical and geological maps are annually affording more fa-
cilities. Mr. Dallachy continues sedulously to collect, both for the
Garden and the Phytographie Museum, in the north-east part of
Queensland.

The following are the genera which, since the issue of my last Re-
port, by local independent researches, have been added to the system
of Australian plants :— Dillenia, Cakile, <Aldrovanda, Gomphandra,
Connarus, Strongylodon, Salacia, Caryospermum, Casearia, Cucurbita,
Cnanthe, Antirrheea, Lasianthus, Ophiorrhiza, Geophila, Aniseia, Ery-
cibe, Ichnocarpus, Ceropegia, Bassia, Chrysophyllum, Thunbergia, Grap-
tophyllum, Dischisma, Cylicodaphne, Cinnamomum, Plecospermum, Taxo-
trophis, Hyrtanandra, Nepenthes, Apostasia, Cirropetalum, Pogonia,
Spathoglottis, Dracena, Bambusa, Centotheca, Angiopteris, Marattia,
Deparia, Isoetes ; and the horia. genera new to phytography :—
Fitzgeraldia, Pagetia, Davidsonia, Thespidium, Eleutheranthes, Thozetia,
Carnarvonia, Darlingia, Helmholtzia, Corynotheca ; by which means re-
presentatives of Connaree, Samydee, Selaginee, Nepenthee, and Aposta-
siacec are added to the Australian flora. The following are additions to
the list of Australian trees published in the volume of the Intercolonial
Exhibition :—Melodorum Maceraei, Pittosporum rubiginosum, P. venu-
losum, Eriostemon squameus, Sterculia laurifolia, Sloanea Woollsii, S.
Macbridei, Gomphandra Australiana, Leucocarpon celastroides, Taxitro-
phis rectinervis, Ficus Benjaminea, Croton triacros, Beyera viscosa,

REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST. 193

Mallotus polyadenos, M. Dallachyi, M. repandus, M. Chinensis, M.
pyenostachys, Macaranga involucrata, Oxylobium Callistachys, Pitheco-
lobium Sutherlandi, Archidendron Lucyi, Quintinia Fawkneri, Cuttsia
viburnea, Hakea macrocarpa, Oarnarvonia aralifolia, Dryandra flori-
bunda, Myrsine achradifolia, Bassia galactodendron, Chrysophyllum pru-
niferum, C. myrsinodendron, Alstonia verticillosa, A. villosa, A. excelsa,
Cerbera Odollam, Casuarina Fraseriana.

In the event of its proving inadvisable to devote the New Exhibi-
tion building to the intended collections of a general industrial museum,
it might be advisable to enlarge the Phytological Museum building in
the Garden, in order that a full display of vegetable objects of indus-
trial interest may be formed. The absolute want both of space and
accommodation frustrated every attempt to render my establishment
also useful in this direction

During the Intercolonial ‘Exhibition an apt opportunity arose to re-
present more fully the technological value of many native vegetable
products, and for this purpose, from the ordinary resources of the
establishment a laboratory was constructed. I need not detail the
experiments conducted in reference to the value and percentage of
many kinds of paper material, essential oils, dye stuffs, wood vinegar,
tar, wood spirits, and tannic acid, from native plants, especially trees ;
on all of which ample information was offered in the documents con-
cerning the Exhibition. These as observations have since
been continued as far as circumstances permitte

Appended to this Report are the tables of very extensive series of
analyses, conducted in detail by Mr. Chr. Hoffmann, in reference to the
yield of potash in our more gregarious native trees. They show that
the manufacture of this alkali can be pursued here more profitably than
in those countries in which the supply of original timber is far less ex-
tensive than in Victoria. ‘The examination into the yield of iodine
and bromine in our seaweeds is commenced ; likewise, the yield of
soda in one of the principal littoral plants is recorded. I have entered
also on a series of toxicological researches, by which it is hoped the
nature of those poison plants so injurious to stock will be fully eluci-
dated

A supplementary catalogue of the library is also given; many of
works, however, had to be provided by the Director’s private

194 REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOYERNMENT BOTANIST.

It yet remdins for me to record my sense of obligation to the very nu-
merous donors, who enriched the various branches of the establishment
during a more recent period. A glance at the list of these supporters
will also be the most convincing proof of the wide external communi-
eations of the department, while a reference to the plan annexed will
at once largely explain the extent of the internal operations, which are
singularly multifarious. It would be unjust were I not specially to al-
lude to the graceful concession continued by the Peninsular and Oriental
Steam Navigation Company, the owners of the ‘Great Britain,’ and
many other mercantile and seafaring gentlemen, to convey, freight free,
the consignments of this establishment, or were I to pass over silently
the kind aid rendered by his Excellency Sir Henry Barkly, in effecting
from Mauritius the final transits to Bourbon and various parts of South
Africa. The foreign communications involve the necessity of corre-
spondence in several languages, the number of all letters issued being
about 3000 a year. The permanent property in buildings, iron fences,
drains, boulders, waterworks, collections, library, and lasting improve-
ments, irrespective of the plants distributed, and irrespective of the
value of the local plantations, fell not short of £27,000, -according to
an estimate made two years ago by professional gentlemen not con-
nected with the department. This lasting property has in
additions since, considerably in value. In this estimate, ipi he
value of the iron bridge is not included. While aiming, as far as is in
his power, at the utmost economy, the Director hopes that those means
which Parliament may also in future be pleased to entrust to him will
proportionately enhance the lasting value of the establishment, and
always bear, in scientific information afforded, and in practical services
rendered, an ample return.

Iam,
dee Von MuzLzzn, M.D., F.R.S

SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT,

In accordance with your instructions, I have the honour of submit-
ting a brief Report on the work earried on in the Botanie Garden, and
the scientifie establishments connected therewith, during the last six
months, This document may be considered as supplementary to the
last general Report, and will also briefly explain what additional work
seems recommendable during the year 1869.

f

REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST. 195

In the horticultural division of the establishment, the shelter accom-
modation for tender or young plants has been extended so much, that
now the-whole space under cover, either by glass or calico or brush
shades, exceeds half an acre. Many rare plants, often new to Austra-
lian cultivation, flowered or bore fruit for the first time. To show how
the riches of the establishment are thus yearly increasing and may ex-
tensively be diffused, I may instance that the first Flame-tree, in pro-
ducing fruit last year, gave the means of raising nearly one thousand
seedlings. The Grevillea avenues commenced flowering this season,
and it may be imagined what a brilliant effect the long lines of this
tree will produce in years to come.

The conservatories have been rendered lately still more gay by new
access to the silvery and banded Assam Begonias, the variedly spotted
Caladiums of Central America, and various Gesneriaceous and many
other gorgeous plants; while arrangements are made to add to the
collection Dionæa, the Sarracenias of North America, Biophytum, and
other plants, remarkable for spontaneous movement or extraordin
structure. The Great Central American Water-lily bearing the name
of her Majesty is now flowering through the third year; but the nar-
row, inexpensive house, allotted as well to this noble plant and other
tropical aquatics as to the equinoctial Orchidee, stands much in need
of extension. To the plants in the general garden ground additions
have steadily been made, so much so, that now a fair rearrangement
can be effected in many places, to represent on separate plots the cha-
racteristic vegetation of the great divisions of the globe in a very in-
structive manner. During the extraordinary dryness of this summer
miles of edgings became quite parched, and will require renewal in the
autumn, for which purpose the less perishable Mesembryanthemum will
be chosen. Porcelain labels, with unobliterable letters, have been
ordered as a commencement of naming the plants in a more lasting
and sightly manner. His Royal Highness Prince Alfred, during his
stay last year, condescended to plant on one of the lawns, in remem-
brance of his visit, the Patagonian Sazono-Gothea conspicua and the
Californian Pinus Alberti, - which commemorate the name of his
illustrious and lamented paren

great boon has been saspe on the Garden by the Government,
in sanctioning the establishment of steam-works for forcing Yarra water
to the highest rise, 110 feet, whence some irrigation is now effected

196 REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST.

over the greater part of the Garden area and the adjoining reserves.
If even during ordinary summers the duty of providing for the safety
of the extensive plantations proved a source of very great anxiety, and
of extreme toil, both day and night, then this duty became still more
onerous during the horrors of an almost rainless summer, when, during
successive hot winds, the up-growing tree-vegetation, as well as the
tender garden plants, had to be protected over nearly 400 acres of
ground against the imminent danger of destruction, and this with an
inadequate water supply. Happily this difficulty, in a great. measure,
has now been overcome.

The expenditure for the raised Yarra water exceeds slightly 4d. per
1000 gallons.

New South Wales house coal, sereened, per ton of 2240 lbs., as
under contract for 1869, £1. 6s.

The capacity of the small temporary tank to receive the water at the
summit of the ridge is, however, only 1700 gallons, and until provision
shall have been made for a spacious and raised tank, as intended, one
great difficulty will continue, namely, that although a large supply of
water is available, it can, under faint pressure, only in very limited
quantity find its way through the ramifications of the former Yan Yean
pipes to distant higher parts of the Garden and reserves.

The eight mostly spacious cisterns for the reception of rain-water
from the roofs of the Garden buildings, and the four iron tanks, will
be kept filled, to provide against any emergency in the event of break-
age at the engine. I may still remark that, although during the cooler
months steam-power will not require to be used every day, neverthe-
less, any savings then effected in the outlay will need to be expended
again during the hottest weather, when fourteen hours' daily work of
the engine will be needed.

The Geyser fountain in the lake (which for two afternoon hours iu
eool weather, and then on Sundays only, was worked with Yan Yean
pressure) has ceased to play. Until the steam-engine was provided the
Garden enjoyed Yan Yean supply during two night hours (from 3—5
A.M.), provided in cool weather the pressure admitted of obtaining any
supply at all; but this boon has now entirely ceased. e whole of
the former Yan Yean pipes, provided at the expense of the Garden, have
become available again for the conveyance of the Yarra water.

The large reserve between the St. Kilda Road and the Yarra is con-

-REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST. 197

verted, within the last five years, from a treeless waste into an incipient

orest. From year to year additional kinds of trees become inter-
spersed; thus shade and shelter as well against the north-western
desert winds, as also against the south-west antarctic storms, will be
more and more obtained. Few even of our metropolitans seem aware
that the verdant valleys which, within five minutes’ drive from the
City Bridge, slope gently to the Yarra, afford already charming picnic
grounds, on which, free from the dangerous vicinity of the reptiles of
our ranges, field amusements can be enjoyed simultaneously with views
of rare beauty. Access of carriages to the whole of this rising ground
and its gullies is permitted, under the anticipation that all ordinary
caution will be exercised to prevent injury to the young trees. By the
gradually denser growth of Grass, Lucerne, and Clover plants, the so-
called Cape-weed (Cryptostemma calendulaceum) has become largely
suppressed; but inasmuch as the Director of the grounds has repeat-
edly been accused of having brought this and other weeds, as well as
some winged invaders, into our colony, it may be right to place it here
on record, that the whole of these assertions is contrary to facts, and
that already, in 1833, Baron Von Huegel noticed and recorded the
Cryptostemma as an inexterminable weed of Australia. A gardener's
cottage has occupied, for ths, the last of the empty old quarries,
until then a favourite retreat of vagrants.

For more than a mile’s length, basalt boulders have recently been
brought from Jolimont, by permission of the City Council, to line the
intended footpaths on both sides of the main drive. The drive itself,
to the width of twenty feet, requires to be macadamized, for which pur-
pose the boulders may be utilized, whenever more elegant linings can
be substituted for them.

By the friendly aid of the military authorities lately, walks have been
laid out on and near the Yarra bank, towards the City Bridge. During
the coming autumn it is intended to define these walks with many
hundreds of rose-bushes. The fences along the St. Kilda Road, Domain
Road, and Anderson Street, up to the point at which the iron fencings
commence, have sunk almost into destruction. Several thousand young
Willows, planted along both sides of the Yarra bank during the last
cool season, have weathered fairly through this summer of drought,
labour for watering those on the north bank having been granted by
the Corporation.

198 REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST.

An important work will devolve on the department in further exca-
vations on the lake, if the needful extra aid can be rendered. The
water has entirely evaporated through the aridity of the season, and no
sufficient rise of the river has taken place to refill the lake. The ad-
vantages of deepening this basin would be manifold. Its niveau and
that of the river would become permanently equal, and a constant
communication between both would become possible; material would
be gained to heighten the flood-dam so far as to obviate future inun-
dations of the Garden; the brackish water of the lake would become
fresh and available for garden purposes; further storage of soil for the
improvement of the meagre Garden slopes would become possible ;
waterfowl might permanently be maintained on the lake; and finally
the aspect of the whole landscape would be greatly beautified.

Sir William Macarthur’s method of wrapping hard seeds in mois-
tened cloth to speed their germination has been adopted to advantage.

A variety of Bamboos and different Sugar-canes were secured, in-
cluding the hardy Chinese cane; forty-eight kinds of Vines were
added on behalf of the Acclimatization Society to the already large
collection, which includes the white and black American Seuppernong,
the Sultana raisin grape, the French Cognae grape, Follet Blanche,
and many other famed kinds, new or rare in Australia. - The true
Oriental Dye Saffron, Colchicum, the oil-yielding Sesamum, the Tussac-
grass of the Falkland Islands, the Caper (quite an ornamental plant),
the wide-spreading avenue Acacia of West Australia (Acacia saligna),
Ficus Sycamorus (the best of all avenue trees of the Orient), the Clove,
Rhamnus utilis (yielding the green satin dye of China), the Sapodilla,
the Avocado Pear, the Indian Teak, Cassava, Squill, Turmeric, the
medicinal Bhel fruit, the Tree Cotton, Mangosteen, edible Vanguiera,
Aya-pana, Gelsemium, and many other important plants, are more re-
cent acquisitions to the Garuen. Although it may as yet be impos-
sible to cultivate remuneratively the Saffron and many other of the
plants indicated, it remains evidently still the aim of a public institu-
tion to establish such plants timely in the country.

Turning to the nursery department, I can report favourable progress,
notwithstanding the precarious supply of water during the great heat.
For the first time in Australia masses were raised of plants of Assam
Tea (the seed kindly supplied, at the Director's request, by W. H.
Birchall, Esq.) ; so also large numbers of the White-heart Hickory or

REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST. 199

Mocker-nut (Carya tomentosa), of the delicious Pecan-nut (Carya oli-
viformis), the Butter-nut (Juglans cinerea), the Black Walnut (J. nigra),
the Himalayan Oak (Quercus incana), the Chestnut Oak (Q. Castanea),
the American Swamp Oak (Q. Prinos), the Bur Oak (Q. macrocarpa),
the White Oak (Q. alba, a most valuable timber tree), the Jersey Pine
(Pinus inops), the American Pitch Fir (P. rigida), the Douglass Pine,
the noble Himalayan P. longifolia, the Chinese Fir, the Balm of Gilead
Fir (P. balsamea), the double Canada Balsam Fir (P. Fraseri), the
West India Pencil Cedar (Juniperus Bermudiana), and the American
Cherry Birch (Betula lenta).

Many other highly valuable trees have been lately introduced, but
not really in masses. Secured were, however, large supplies of the
seeds of Pinus Gerardiana (the Tibet Ree or Shungtee), which fur-
nishes sweet edible nuts for Indian and Persian bazaars; and grains
also were obtained in quantity of Juniperus religiosa (the Himalayan
Pencil Cedar). Many good-sized plants of the latter have been several
years on our lawns. Nearly all the tree seeds from the United States,
were obtained through the generous aid of Professor Asa Gray, of

ston.

Perhaps the most remarkable of all plants lately brought under cul-
tivation is the deadly poisonous Physostigma venenosum, the Calabar
Ordeal Bean, a plant of the utmost importance in ophthalmic diseases.
The large hard bean was buried fully four years in soil before it ger-
minated.

As decenniz roll on, many of the trees, which under great efforts are
now introduced, will undoubtedly bear prominence in our forest culture,
—a great subject, which more and more presses on legislative attention,
since already so much of the native timber in all the lowlands has been
consigned to destruction. If, in densely-populated countries like
Belgium, one-fifth of the whole of its territory is scrupulously kept
under forest culture, it ought to be a final aim, in a far hotter clime, to
maintain a still greater proportion of its area covered by woods, if the
comforts and multifarious wants of a dense population are to be timely
provided for. It is especially in the western and northern parts of
Vietoria where exertions in this direction have to be made; it is there
Where extensive shelter and retention of humidity is needed, and there
also where artesian borings on spots, indicative as eligible, would vastly
promote the raising of forests.

200 REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOYERNMENT BOTANIST.

By your kind concession, Sir, I was enabled to spend in the begin-
ning of this year one week in Tasmania, with a view of adding, by
field observations and new collections, to the material of my works.
This journey (my first to the island) was to me replete with interest.
For although I had aided in the elucidation of the Tasmanian vegeta-
tion for more than twenty years from museum plants, I had no oppor-
tunity until this year to observe the many highland plants, absolutely
peculiar to the island, in their wild native grace. Moreover, I suc-
ceeded, within the brief time of my visit, in ascending Mount Field
East, about 5000 feet high, lying about halfway between Hobarton and
Macquarrie Harbour ; and as this mountain range and the shores of
Lake Fenton had not been subjected to any previous phytological in-
vestigation, it fell to my share to obtain copious novel information on
the distribution of the alpine plants of Tasmania. To contrast the
consociations of these and their geological relations with those of the
Australian Alps proved in a high degree instructive.

The Museum collections become more and more important, and
their value as a lasting source of authentie information for centuries to
come can never be over-estimated. It remains, however, a source of
regret that no more amateur collectors in far inland localities send
spontaneously plants, simply pressed and dried; by which means much
would be learnt additionally on the range of different species over the
continent, and their variation in form. The facilities for obtaining re-
liable information on any plants, always cheerfully given, might in the
future also not be equally great, nor the opportunities of literary record
` always remain the same. If to the several hundred thousand plants in
the Museum still a collection could be added, rich in authentic speci-
mens, described in works during the earlier parts of this century, we
would then possess one of the grandest institutions for phytographic
research anywhere in existence

The want of an appropriate hall, with proper fittings, has prevented
special teaching by lectures in the Garden. But, as an illustrious
Professor of Natural Sciences also teaches phytology at the University,
it might be desirable to restrict any future occasional demonstrative
lectures in this place to those industrial phytological subjects, through
which science enters into the occupations of daily practical life, occupa-
tions of which many in this young country have still to be called forth.
It might be desirable, also, with a view of diffusing a vivid knowledge

Sd ten cement

REPORT OF THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT BOTANIST. 203

on the native vegetation, to arrange for occasional Saturday afternoon
excursions of students and amateurs to botanically-interesting spots in
the vieinity of the city.

Whatever may be the decision in reference to the organization of
the general Industrial Museum in the city, there should certainly be
spacious room in the Garden available as a store for objects of leading
plants of different parts of the globe. Such vegetable objects, like
those in Sir William Hooker's great institution of Kew, could not be
more advantageously studied than in connection with the living plants
of the Garden or conservatories.

The timber, fibres, resins, gums, dyes, paper materials, drugs, oils,
alkalies, and many chemical eduets from plants of Australia could be
contrasted with similar products of other countries; the processes of
manufacture and their technological and commercial value be demon-
strated ; while subjects relating to culture of any kind could be eluci-
dated, diseases of plants by objects and drawings illustrated, and many
other kindred inquiries drawn into vitality of practical application.
Thus I may instance that it seems not generally known how our com-
mon Eucalyptus leaves, under Ramel's process, can be converted into
cigars, or how the same leaves serve as a remedy in intermittent fever.

I herewith beg to submit the fourth volume of the work on all Aus-
tralian plants, elaborated, under my aid, by the President of the Lin-
nean Society. This volume brings the number of species already de-
scribed to nearly 5000. For the fifth volume, which is to embrace
mainly the Monochlamydee, the whole material in our Museum has
been preliminarily prepared. Hitherto, precisely fifty large cases of
museum plants, in 922 large fascicles, with notes, have been transmitted
on loan to Kew for the elaboration of this work, the collections here
accumulated, or furnished originally from hence, being more extensive
than the united former Herbaria of Australian plants in Britain.

We may reflect, not without pride, on the fact, that a similar de-

'Scriptive work exists not even yet for the vegetation of Europe, and

we may also remember that, without a work of this kind, the confused
Vernacular appellations, and any medicinal, technological, cultural, or
other observations on the native plants, could not be reduced to a solid
Scientific basis. R. Brown's celebrated * Prodromus,' issued in 1810,

comprised only about oue-third of the Australian plants then known,

and even the Orders elaborated in his volume have been augmented by
VOL. vit. [suLY 1, 1869.] _ y

202 REVISION OF THE GENUS SANGUISORBA.

more recent researches almost threefold. Of the ‘Fragmenta Phy-
tographie Australie,’ the sixth volume has also been completed last
year, and the seventh is commenced. Within the few next years I
trust it will be in my power, if Providence grants me life and strength,
to issue, on the plants of each of the Australian colonies, a special
volume, for which much preliminary work has been done.

The library became also lately further enlarged, but mainly on the

irector’s private means. Personal travelling expenses since 1852,

e

and many other official expenses, as well as the courtesies which are
demanded from a public department frequented by very numerous
visitors, have also ever solely and readily been defrayed from the ad-
ministrator’s own resources, who, not for any selfish purposes whatever,
ventures to place these facts, after the lapse of many years, on record,
but simply in justice to himself, because the obligations devolving on
him in maintaining the efficiency and dignity of the department seem
not at all understood.

When now long past the zenith of ordinary life, he can with fairness
assert, that thirty of his best years have been absorbed almost entirely
in phytologie and cognate pursuits; that almost seventeen years have
been devoted cheerfully and exclusively to the main foundation and on
struggling services of his department, and this, he may add, with the
sole aim of endeavouring to effect some lasting good to the great
country which, since twenty-two years, he adopted as his permanent

ome.

FERDINAND VON MUELLER.

REVISION OF THE GENUS SANGUISORBA.
By PROFESSOR ALEXANDER Braun AND C. Bovcnuf, Esq.
(From Index Sem, Hort. Bot. Berol. 1868.)

SANGUISORBA, Tabernem.; J. Bauh. (1651); Scopoli (1760);
Wiggers (1780); Spenner et Schimper (1829); Moretti (1833);
Cesati (1841). Pimpinella, C. Bauh. (1623); Tournef. (1719);
Haller 0j Geertner (1788). — Poterium, Benth. et Hooker, Gen.

Pl. (186

REVISION OF THE GENUS SANGUISORBA. 203

Subgen. I. SANGUISORBA, Z.—Flores omnes hermaphroditi (rarius
polygami, supremis mere femineis), aut omnes tetrandri, aut omnes
dodecandri, plerumque monogyni. Stigma muricato-papillosum. Calycis
tubus fructifer siccus, quadrangularis vel quadrialatus, levis. Vege-
tatio in omnibus lateralis, surculis floriferis e foliorum radicalium axillis
prodeuntibus.

Sect. 1. EvsaNGUISOR2A, De Cesati, Iconogr. Pl. It. ii.—Stamina 4, carpidium
1, calyx fructiferus quadrangularis vel anguste quadrialatus

A. Florescentia adscendens (centripeta).

l. S. Canadensis, L., cum varietate Sitchensi (latifolia), et (2) S.
media,

2. S. alpina, Bunge.

B. Florescentia descendens (centrifuga).

3. S. officinalis, L. (cujus varietates esse videntur: S. montana
et serotina, Jordan, nec non S. auriculata, Scop., cui flores polygami
adscribuntur).

4. S. tenuifolia, Fisch., cum formis dibus non satis extricatis :
S. carnea, Fisch. ; S. rubra, Schrank; S. angustifolia, Fisch.; S. longi-
Jolia, Bertol.

5. S. polygama, Nyland. (An a S. officinali satis distincta ?)

Sect. 2. PTERACHENIUM, De Cesati, 1. c.—Stamina 6-15 (sæpissime 10-12) ;
carpidia 1-2; calycis tubus latissime alatus ; florescentia e regione media
adscendens simul et descenden
6. S. dodecandra, eae

Subgen. II. PorERIDIUM, Spach.—Flores omnes hermaphroditi,
diandri vel tetrandri, monogyni. Stigma breviter penicillatum. Calycis
tubus fructifer induratus, quadrialatus, reticulatim et transverse ru-
gosus. Vegetatio terminalis. Florescentia adscendens.

7. S. myriophylla (Rchb. Herb.), A. Br. et Bouché.

“ Poterium myriophyllum, Gay, 309," Select. Sem. Hort. Acad.
Dresdensis, 1846. (* Gay " errore typographico pro Geyer.) “ Po-
terium myriophyllum, Reichenb. (N. Am. Geyer) Hort. Dresd. 1846 ;
Reichenb. pater in herb. filii. Poterium annum, Nutt. msp. iu Hooker,
Flor. Bor.-Amer. i. (1140), p. 198. Sanguisorba annua, Nutt, msp.
in Torr. et Gray, Flor. of North Am. i. 429; Hooker, London Journ.
of Bot. vi. (1847) 219; Torrey in Marcy, Exploration of the Red

9

~~

204 REVISION OF THE GENUS SANGUISORBA.

River of Louisiana, 1853, p. 280, t. v. Poteridium annuum, Spach in
Ann. Se. Nat. 3 sér. tom. v. p. 43. Sanguisorba occidentalis, Nutt.
msp. sec. Torr. et

Herba secundo anno florens, gemmis in axillis foliorum radicalium
ortis perennans, vegetatione terminali i.e. axi primaria in sureulum
floriferum excrescente. Surculus e basi rosulam foliorum radicalium
gerente progrediens erectus, multifolius, ramosus, ramis axi primaria
brevioribus. Folia glabra (in planta juvenili ad rachin pareissime
pilosa), pallide viridia, subglaucescentia, wtate pallide rufescentia vel
luteo-fuscescentia, radicalia et caulina imparipinnata, 5—7-juga, foliolis
pectinato-pinnatipartitis (in planta juvenili pinnatifidis), segmentis
utrinque 3—7 (posterioribus anteriora numero superantibus) linearibus
acutiusculus. Stipule adnatze, in foliis radicalibus vaginam elongatam
integram, utrinque dente inconspicuo terminatam, in foliis caulinis
brevem bilobam, lobis recurvato-patulis margine superiore (more folio-
lorum) pectinato-partitis, formantes. Spice densiflore (in surculo
primario et ramis majoribus) oblonge, eyliudrieze vel (in ramis et ra-
mulis minoribus) capituliformes, ees Florescentia adscendens,
floribus infimis nonnunquam tardivis. Flores omnes hermaphroditi,
albo-virescentes. Bractez flore mes breviores, occulte, latissime
ovatee, obtuse, concave et subcarinate, basi utrinque paullulum ac-
currentes, bracteolas et tubum calycis amplectentes, scariosæ, albo-
hyalinz, uninerves. Bracteole (prophylla) bracteis similes, minores,
basi nervo brevissimo mox evanescente instructe. Calycis lobi late
oblongi, late albo-marginati, medio virides, obtuse apiculati, apiculo
rufescente, post anthesin reflexi. Stamina constanter 2 !, lobis caly-
cinis interioribus (lateralibus) opposita, exserta. Filamenta filiformia ;
antherze breves, luteo-albze, subfuscescentes. Carpidium unicum, stigmate
breviter penicillato albo. Tubus calycis fructifer coriaceo-induratus,
. sublignosus, ovatus, utrinque attenuatus, alato-quadrangularis, alis
crassiusculis acutis, faciebus medio reticulatim, margine transverse ru-
gosis, rugis alas intrantibus. (Dispositio foliorum 3, in spicis 12.

Species valde singularis, primum in horto Dresdensi culta, orta e
seminibus plant a cl. Geyer in Oregon lectz, cujus locus natalis a col-
lectoris his verbis indicatur: “ Loamy, stony, sunny watercourses,
Spokan highlands, with Hosackia Purshiana. The seedling plants have
tawny-coloured leaves in the winter." (No. 4

Sanguisorba annua, Nutt., quam dubiis quidem vexatus, tandem sine

REVISION OF THE GENUS SANGUISORBA. 205

hesitatione cum planta supra descripta conjungimus, seeundum descrip-
tionem cl. Torrey et Gray plurimis notis optime congruit, binis autem,
duratione annua et staminum numero quaternario discedit. Quod qui-
dem ad durationem attinet, error facilis et discrepantia nullius mo-
menti; numerus autem staminum a cl. Torrey et Gray indicatus errore
adscribi non potest; confirmatur enim icone Torreyana supra laudata
et cl. Spachii testimonio. Quam ob rem numerum staminum, in planta
culta quidem constanter binarium, seeundum loci natalis diversitatem
mutabilem esse crediderim. Etenim habitatio S. annuæ ab auctoribus
indieatur duplex, hine ad flumen Red River in Arkansas et Louisiana,

illinc in Oregon. Stirps orientalis et occidentalis, quamvis simillime,
tamen non omnino convenire videntur, quod ipsius Nuttallii sententia
erat, qui seeundum aduotationem cl. Torrey et Gray stirpem Oregonam
propter caulem minus ramosum et foliolorum segmenta acutiora specie
distinetam esse censuit et S. occidentalis nomine salutavit. Has dif-
ferentias nullius momenti esse auctoribus Flore Bor. Amer. concedi-
mus, sed gravior in staminum numero adesse videtur, que varietatis
orientalis (tetrandrze) et occidentalis (diandrze) distinctionem permittere
videtur,

S. myriophylla floribus Sanguisorbe, stigmate et fructu Poterii, genera
jam pridem, Seopolio duce, a pluribus auctoribus juncta novo vinculo
connectit. Sanguisorbe genus, latiori sensu conceptum, eximium prebet
exemplum diversi in inflorescentiis ejusdem indolis evolutionis ordinis,
florescentize nunc a basi adscendentis (centripetee), nune ab apice de-
scendentis (centrifuge), nunc e regione media sensu opposito progre-
dientis in spicis simplicibus ad eundem typum constructis. Disposi-
tionem specierum totius generis, fructificationis et vegetationis charac-
teribus innixum, sequentem proposuimus.

Subgen. III. Porerrum, L., exclus. spec. nonnull. ; Spach !.— Pim-
pinella, Adanson. Rytidopoterium, (sectio Poterii), De Cand.— Flores
polygami, superiores feminei, inferiores hermaphroditi, aut omnes poly-
andri, aut superiores oligandri (sepissime tetrandri). Carpidia 2;
stigmata penicilliformia. Tubus calycis fructifer lignoso-induratus,
tetragonus vel quadrialatus, vario modo rugosus aut verrucosus.

Sect. 1l. AGRIMONIOIDES, Spach.—Calyx angulis squalibus, —
rugosus. Vegetatio herbacea, terminalis. Florescentia adscenden

8. S. agrimonioides, L. (sub Poterio), De Cesati, |. c. secs
agrimonioides odorata, Tournef. Poterium agrimoniafolium, Cav.

206 REVISION OF THE GENUS SANGUISORBA.

Sect. 2. PIMPINELLOIDES, Spach.—Calyx angulis equalibus, transverse rugosus,

reticulatus, verrucosus, muricatus. Vegetatio herbacea terminali
a. Florescentia adscendens !

9. S. Durigi, Spach (sub Poterio).
b. Florescentia descendens.

a. Surculi multifolii, plerunque polycephali, capitulis lateralibus pedunculatis.
10. S. minor (Tabern., J. Bauh.), Scop. Fl. Carn. (1760).—S. Po-

terium, Wiggers (1780). S. pimpinella, Schimp. et Spenn. Flor.

Frib. iii. (1829). Pimpinella Sanguisorba, Gertn. Poterium San-

guisorba, L. P. dictyocarpum et muricatum, (platilophum e stenolo-

phum), Spach. P. glaucescens, Rchb. P. Guestphalicum, Bonnigh.

P. polygamum, W. et Kit.—Species sequentes 11-17, huic maxime

affines.

11. S. Jauberti, Spach (sub Poterio).

12. S. eriocarpa, Spach (s. P.).—Poler. Garganicum, Ten.

18. S. villosa, Sibth. et Sm. (s. P.)

14. S. alveolosa, Spach (s. P.).

15. S. Magnolii, Spach (s. P.).

16. S. verrucosa, Ehrenb., Spach (s. P.)

17. S. Spachiana, Coss. (s. P.).—B. oh multifolii, capitulis
lateralibus plurimis sessilibus.

18. S. lateriflora, Coss. (s. P.).—y. Sureuli paucifolii vel aphylli

(scapiformes), monocephali.

19. S. rupicola, Boiss. et Reut. (s. P.).
20. S. multicaulis, Boiss. et Reut. (s. P.).

Sect. 3. SaNGUISORBOIDES, Spach.— Calyx angulis inzqualibus, 2 late margi-
natis, 2 alternis nee marginatis, reticulatus. Vegetatio herbacea, termi-
nalis? Flore
21. S. dam Spach (sub Poterio).—8S. Mauritanica, Desf. (non

"gs

4. ANCISTROIDES, Spach.—Calyx plain zqualibus, grosse reticulatus.
Verto fruticosa, lateralis! i.e. floriferis axillaribus. Florescentia
escenden

22. S. nece Desf., Spach (sub Poterio).
Subgen. IV. SaRgcoPorERIUM, Spach (valore generico).— Leiopote-

rium (sectio Poterit) De Cand. ex p.— Flores monoici in spicis andro-
gynis, inferiores masculi polyandri, superiores feminei digyni. Calycis

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 207

tubus fructifer globosus, lzevissimus, subbaccatus. Vegetatio fruticosa,
terminalis, ramis (inflorescentiis depauperatis) spinescentibus. Flores-
centia adscendens !

- S. spinosa, L. (sub Poterio), iios De Cesati.—Sarcopoterium
spinosum, Spach.

Bencomia, Webb, Phytogr. Canar. ; Benth. et Hook. Gen. Pl. (Po-
terii sect. Leiopoterium, De Cand. ex p.) omni jure a Sanguisorba
separatur. Flores dioiei: masculi calyce quadripartito absque tubo,
staminibus numerosis imo calyci insertis ; feminei carpidiis 2-4. Tu-
bus calycis fructifer globosus, lios cum acheniis osseis in
drupam 2-4-locularem concretus. Vegetatio arborescens. Spice
axillares elongatæ. — Florescentia adscendens.—Species 2 Canarienses :
B. caudata, Ait. (sub Poterio), et B. Moquiniana, Webb et Bert

Species Sanguisorbe, nobis incognitæ, quoad sectionem dubiæ sunt:
S. diandra, Wall. (an e sect. Poteridii ?) et Poterium Indicum, Gardn.
ex ins. Ceylon.

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

Dei Funghi Sospetti e Velenosi del Territorio Senese. Per Francesco
Valenti-Serini, Dottore in Medicina, ecc. ece. Turin: 1868. Fol.
Before Dr. Valenti-Serini had commenced writing this book on sus-
pected and poisonous Fungi, he should atleast have learned something
about the genus Agaricus; and before he began the illustrations he
might, for his own sake, have taken some lessons in rudimentary draw-
ing. For what information can we expect from one who is totally igno-
rant of the subgenera of Agaricus, unacquainted with the colour of the
spores, cannot tell a brown- or purple-spored Agaric from a white-
spored one, and who ignores such genera as Russula and Marasmius ?
The plates, fifty-six in number, and “ carefully coloured after nature,”
are the worst we have ever seen ; they not only display an ignorance of
drawing of which a school-girl would be ashamed, but the gaudy co-
lours are daubed on with such an unsparing hand, that the drawings,
if depended upon, would be sure to mislead. Few botanical subjects
require such minute attention to subtile details as Fungi; but here
they are so coarsely and falsely drawn, and so incorrectly coloured,
as to make it difficult to believe they were taken from nature at

208 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

This work is published under the auspices of the Academy of Medi-
cine of Turin; it is folio in size, and the learned author prints five
and a half lines of titles after his name on the title-page (each line
eight inches long) ; but we imagine that neither the prestige of the
Academy nor the voluminous titles of the author will save the book
from well-merited condemnation. Indeed, we see little use in criticiz-
ing it s all, for when the author refers to a certain species as ** dan-
gerous," and we turn to the plate only to see a totally different spe-
cies represented, belonging to a wholly different section of the 4ga-
ricini, it will be seen that the book places itself beyond the bounds of
criticism. To take an example at random: plate 44 is said to rep
sent Agaricus aureus. This eo comes under Pholiota, amd the
characters of Pholiota are brown spores, and a ring or annulus to the
stem ; in the figure, * carefully coloured after nature," the gills are
pure white, and, of the twenty stems shown on the plate, not one has
a trace of an annulus. To make the confusion worse, Dr. Valenti-Serini
says it is the same with Sowerby's A. fascicularis (t. 285), which is
a Hypholoma, with purple spores, and gills at first dirty yellow, then
purplish-green; but the doctor's figure is probably neither one nor
the other. To show how totally unfit the book is for modern students,
we may add that the author does not refer to books published within
the last thirty years. He is unacquainted with the * Epierisis " of
Fries; and (although the book, with the exception of two species, treats
wholly of the Hymenomycetes) he does not know Fries’ * Monographia
Hymenomycetum ;’ and there are no references made to well-known
modern books by Berkeley and others. The letter-press is wordy and
meagre, and, as it generally refers to some other species than the one
intended to be described, it is of little value. The cases of poisoning
and records of experiments with Fungi would have been more valuable
had names, places, and dates been given. The book has already found
its way into the libraries of this country ; and for such students as
care to know what species the cartoons most resemble (if they resemble
any), the following table may be useful. In the cases where the
plates are not referred to, it remains an open question whether the
species are correctly named by the author or not ; in the cases where
the names given are correct, they are in synonyms now quite out of
date. This may be seen at once in plates 2 and 3, where varieties of
Agaricus phalloides, Fr., are termed Agaricus bulbosus citrinus and

"vt PIRE CR UR, 1L, GRECO NN E ESSEN AN

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 209

Agaricus bulbosus viridis. To some of the species, no scientific name
is given (merely the popular one) ; and when the scientific names are
given, the name of the founder of the species is frequently omitted. It
is to be understood, therefore, that where we have omitted authors’
names, we have merely followed Dr. Valenti-Serini.

Tab. 4. Fig. 1. Amanita Vitoni. As this Agaric is shown with
brown gills, it is probably not an Amanita.

Tab. 4. Fig. 2. Amanita Terrea (o pseud-Amanita) has dark brown
gills, and ovvio. if the colouring is correct, cannot be an Amanita.

Fig. 1. Amanita fulva. Fig. 9. Amanita cinerea = forms
of Agaricus pantherinus, DC.

Tab. 6 et 7. Agaricus fulvaster and A. plumbeus. Probably forms
of A. Cecilie, Berk. an r. Both these varieties are common in the
neighbourhood of London.

Tab. 8. Volvaria Corticelli. Volvaria here, like Amanita above, is
raised to the position of a genus; the curious Agaric represented in
the plate has whi¢e gills, not pink, as might have been expected from
the name.

Tab. 9. Agaricus virgatus is an indifferent representation of 4. vol-
vaceus, Bull., or the ** Stov Agaric " as we call it in uM accord-
ing to Dr. Valenti-Serini.

Tab. 13. Z. perlatus. The same species as shown on Tab. 6.

- Tab. 14. 4. margariliferus— A. pantherinus, DC.

Tab. 15. 4. maculatus (!). Totally different from 4. maculatus,
A. and S., and belonging to a different section of Agaricus. Probably
forms of the species shown on Tab. 6 and 13.

Tab. 16. 4. verrucosus, Bull.— A. pantherinus, DC.

Tab. 17. Æ. Hydnocephalus. A bad representation of A. aculesqua-
mosus, Weinm.

Tab. 18. Fig. 2. 4. ulmarius (?).—Fig. 5. A. rimosus, Bull. Per-
haps correct.

Tab. 19. Æ. lacrimabundus, Bull. Very poor and incorrect repre-
sentation.

Tab. 20. Fig. 1, 4. nanus (?).

Tab. 21. Fig. 1. Æ. Peronatus, Bolt. A grotesque caricature of
Marasmius peronatus, Fr.

Tab. 22. 4. mutabilis, Scheff. May be this species, or 4. melleus,
Vahl, but is not like either.

210 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

Tab. 24. Æ. sanguineus, Bull. Some red-topped Russula or * Red
Simpl-gilled Agaric,” as the benighted English are said to call it.

Tab. 25. Russula emetica. Russula is here elevated to its proper
place, it is however ignored in Tab. 24, and in all the plates of Russule
following the next Tab.

26. R. furcata, Pers. Dr. Valenti-Seriui is right for once;
he was determined that the gills of his figures should bear out the spe-
cific name.

Tab. 27. Agaricus fætens, De Cand. We have never seen the com-
mon Russula anything like this figure, where it is shown snow-white
and of great size like Lactarius vellereus, Fr.

Tab. 28. Fig. 1. 4. acris, De Cand. The pileus of Lactarius aeris,
Fr., is intense umber, here it is snow-white ; the sienna-coloured milk is
also shown white.—Fig. 2. 4. controversus, P. ‘Totally unlike Lacta-
rius controversus, P., the white gills are shown full-burnt sienna, and
the pileus is shown perfectly white.

Tab. 29. Fig. 1. A. necator, Bull A caricature of Lactarius
torminosus, F.—Fig. 3. A. pyrogalus, Bull. Bad representation of
Lactarius pyrogalus, Fr.—Fig. 4. A. theiogalus, Bull.= Lactarius theio-
galus (P).—Fig. 5. 4. azonites, Bull. Marked with strong zones (!).

Tab. 30. 4. deliciosus, P. Highly amusing representations of this
fine Lactarius.

Tab. 31. 4. wrens, P. As much unlike Marasmius urens, Fr., as
the other species are unlike their originals (stem spotted with crimson-
lake !).

Tab. 32. Fungus aureus cyathiformis (?).

Tab. 33. Figs. 1, 2, 3. Agaricus eburneus, Bull. Poor ‘cases!
tions of Hygrophori (?).

Tab. 34. 4. tubaformis (?).

Tab. 35. A. olearius(?). Exactly the same with Tab. 32.

Tab. 36. 4. ulmarius, Bull. Bad figure.

Tab. 37. A. stypticus, DC. Totally unlike Panus stypticus, Fr.

Tab. 38. “ Prataioli sospetti.” Varieties of Agaricus campestris, b.
—It is very amusing to observe that Dr. Valenti-Serini is quite un-
aware of the scientific name of the species shown in seven figures on
this plate; the descriptions of the figures are trivial in the extreme.

Tab. 39. Agaricus ficoides, Bull. An absurd representation of Hy-
grophorus pratensis, Fr., or “ Reddish Flied Agaric,” as we are said
to call it.

Ee ee

pra eE cem n» asi

however are in any way dangerous.— Fig.
*

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 211

Tab. 40. 4. comatus, Müll. Bad representation of Coprinus co-
matus, Fr.

Tab. 41. 4. amarus, Bull. Bright green gills, perhaps 4. fasci-
cularis, Huds.

Tab. 42. A. Psittacinus, Scheff. The yellow and green tints point
to Hygrophorus psittacinus, Fr., but the plate is far more like a large
form of Agaricus incanus, Fr.

Tab. 43. A. “ sulphureus," Bull. This species has a solid stem,—
here it is shown very hollow all the way up, leaving only a thin bark
as in some Coprini.

Tab. 44. A. aureus, with gills snowy white instead of brown.

Tab. 45. 4. coccineus, Wulf. Very unlike Hygrophorus coccineus,
Fr., or the “ changeable scarlat Agaric.”

Tab. 46. “Fungo detto Ammazzamogli.” Perhaps 4. rachodes,

Vitt.

Tab. 47. Cantharellus, Merulius, Hydnum, Verpa, Clavaria. All
very unsatisfactory. Hydnum, absurd.

Tab. 48. Fig. 1. Polyporus lucidus. Bad.—Fig. 9. P. Juglandis,
DBull.— P. squamosus, Fr. Absurd.—Fig. 3. P. versicolor, P. Absurd.

Tab. 49. P. “ sulphureus,” Fries. Not quite so bad as the others.

Tab. 50. Boletus marmoreus— B. satanas ?

Tab. 51. Fig. 1. Boletus cyanescens, Bull. Perhaps right.—Fig. 2,
9. B. satanas. Ditto, but the colouring is absurd in all the figures.

ab. 52. Fig. 1. B. pernicosus (P)—Fig. 2. B. piperatus, Bull.
Right!!! but we do not term it * Papper Boletus" in England.—Fig.
3. ** Boleto Punteruolo Malefico" (?). This plate has not got its five
figures numbered.
ab. 53. Fig. 1. B. chrysenteron — B. subtomentosus, Bull. Neither

i B. annulatus= B. luteus,
L., or the “ Dingi Yellow Boletus.” —Fig. 3. B. felleus, Bull. Right!
Fig. 4. B. cinereus, P. (?).

Tab. 54. Fig. 1. B. olivaceus, Scheeff. (?). Fig. 2. B. calopus, P.
This dingy figure is totally unlike the splendid Boletus it is referred to.

Tab. 55. Phallus impudicus, Linn. A laughable caricature, evi-
dently drawn from memory (a very treacherous one).

Tab. 56. Clathrus cancellatus, L. Almost as bad as the last.

=

212

CORRESPONDENCE.

Death of Dr. Meller.

I beg to send you a brief account of the death of Dr. Meller (Director of
the Botanieal Gardens at the Mauritius), so that you eei tan a compiled
notice in ivo * Journal of Botany,’ if you think it will be p:

es James Meller (M.D., and Member of ihe "Royal College of
Surgeons E Taasi: 1857), died at Allington House, Berrima, New
Wales, on the 26th of February, 1869, aged thirty-three years. He died from
general debility, the result of frequent attacks of fever, first contracted when
in Africa with Dr. Livingstone, and also in Madagascar. He arrived in Decem-
ber at Sydney from the Mauritius vid Melbourne, having been sent by the
Government of that island to collect different varieties of the Sugar-Cane, and

thought advisable » remove im to a cooler part of the cata an arrange-
me hich h ; Bei as fixed upon, having a cool moun-
tain air, rather more than 2000 feet above the level of the sea, and distant
.83 iei from Sydney, and, moreover, easily reached by railroad,—a t ad-
vantage to an invalid. He did not, however, derive the expected benefit from
the change ; although the evenings were co cold as to require a fire, his appetite
did not at all improve, and consequently the debility increased ; he gradually
sank and died, on the 26th of February, in the full possession of his senses.
He was attended to by his sister (Miss Meller), who accompanied him from
the CREA and who has since left for England (viá d the early
of this month. GEORGE BENNETT.
Sydney, March 25th, 1869.

y

Importation of American Seeds to Australia.
In my attempts to obtain acorns of American Oaks and nuts of the Aa

ed in the result, as many cultivators would gladly secure the seeds of
these valuable trees for distant localities. Packing in dry sand succeeded
always best ; for not only the seeds of the American species of Juglans, Quercus,
d Carya came thus safely a voyage of fully three months, but in a similar

I Assam Tea seeds fit for germination, the seeds being more

|

CORRESPONDENCE. 213:
than two months on their way. I need scarcely add, that Mediterranean and
illustrious Asa c in arranging for the transmission of copious collections of

these American seeds. FERD. VON MUELLER
Melbourne, March 28th, 1869.

The Cocoa- Nut in Australia. | E

4

r. C. Moore, Director of the Sydney Botanical Garden, in a lecture on en-
Bisse plants, has stated that—* It was somewhat s singular that the Cocoa- i

the instance mentioned by M‘Gillivray, and from hi ount it would almos
seem that it had been plan . . The Cocoa-nut Islands surrounded the
northern portion of the irgend m the nuts had been found by Mr. King

g the coast; but it was not known that = had ever
aes took, excepting Whero; a as " oii Bay, they had been planted."
that at Emu Park,Cawarral, about twenty-
six miles east of MON on an open sandy flat, within 300 yards of the
sea, we have a Cocoa-nut growing; its diameter at the butt is eighteen inches,

o

gather them by thousands along our coast, and use them as food? Or, was it
carried where the tree stands now, at the top of a wave during a very heavy sea ?
The spot is not one a seaman would have chosen as likely, for planting a Cocoa-
nut, to mark his visit on the Australian shores. Aware of the presence of the
ocoa-nut-tree on the surrounding islands, he would naturally have supposed
its existence also on the mainland. Failing to find .. reasonable motive, I may
be allowed to dismiss the first supposition. The second could have happened,
under certain conditions; but, again, the nut iem probably have remained
uncovered, and the chance of a tonc germination diminished. The most
plausible Ee is the third. By a strong wind and current, a nut could
carried rapidly from an island, preserve all its vitality, and be buried slightly

at the end of the waves, under sand and vegetable matter. After a careful
investigation, I am inclined to think that such was the fact, and that what
has happened at Emu Park must have also — at different points of
our very imperfectly botanically-explored co only six years after

a large population had settled on the basin of = dr sc that "m firet in-

214 CORRESPONDENCE.

timation of the existence of a Cocoa-nut-tree growing at Cawarral was given by
Mr. Robert Spencer. I shortly after secured specimens of the leaves, flowers,
and fruits for identification, which I forwarded in November, 1864, to our
illustrious Australian botanist, Dr. Ferdinand von Mueller, who mentioned

hibitions. The epe unroot the a lready growing plant, to secure the
smallest part of the albumen atable. Does not such want of fore-
thought by these deci of nature establish sufficiently one of the Sea
eauses of the paucity of the Cocoa-nut on our I

reor = T useful Palm, and still extend its geographical distribution,
w to be limited to so few individuals. Will it ever be found in
hags ed F I am, etc.,

Remarks on Dr. Lindsay's Paper * On — Reaction as a Specific
Character in Lichen

Dr. Lindsay, in his paper (Journ. Linn. me Rein: pp. 36-63, 1869),

bien Bo to show the slight degree of faith that ought to be placed in the che-

has thought proper to enter into; such a task would assuredly be altogether
superfluous, for evidence is not to be denied, and to any one able to see, and in
suitable conditions for such researches, the reactions here in question are as
evident as they are easy to produce. Nothing in them is “ supposed,” as Dr.
Lindsay would have it.

he reddish hue sometimes produced on the altered basis of certain old
thalli of, e. g., Platysma nivale by the application of potash or of liquid am-
monia, has nothing to do with the chrysophanic acid pese; as €— Lr

: ; of t

r. -
Lichens. All the other examples set forth by him are like the one just dies
to, oraltogether inaccurate. In like manner, if the thallus of Physeia parietina
or of adi

times positive and sometimes negative) he had to do with different species?
He himself allows he is unaeq with the common Parmelia olivetorum
-Ab uno disce omnes

Mu MES noe me Marce ee ee ee

BOTANICAL NEWS. 215

He asserts that my * observations* are not confirmed by other n
This is not quite true, for I see them approved of on all sides, and I a
dent Dr. Lindsay's authority will not suffice to invalidate them

The colouring effects produced by chloride of limet are Man rally very evi-

bilicarie for instance, the erythrinic reaction is typically weak ; in which case
this weakness is itself characteristic.
The other newly proposed agent, hydrate of potash (hydras kalicus or kali
se fi

c
. 8
en
w
er
a
B
°
oo
3H
un
"B'S
Qu
.

L-
is
E
E.
©
p
8
E
©
Qu
g
e
B
E
S
£2
S.
9
2
oO
i

actions of Jecanoric acid omer and redi are, anaray speaking, very clear (in
Parmeliei, SES €i, etc.) ; thos acid are still more so.

e instrument I use for aerae the reagonin is a goosequill sharpened into
a SEM: m with this I touch but a very small extent either of the cortical layer

case : Os, qui erroribus sunt dediti, nulla castigatio acrior npe potest
quam si errores suos conservant et in falsis Kap rebua permane

etc.
Paris, June, 1869. We. NYLANDER, M.D.

BOTANICAL NEWS.

The Trustees of the British M h tablished an additional assistant-
ship in the Botanical Department, and we congratulate them on the appoint-
ment of so able and promising a botanist as Dr. Henry Trimen to the new
office. He entered on his duties early in May last.

Dr. Seemann returned to England on the 12th of last month, T an ab-
sence of several months in Central America and the Isthmus of Pana:

The ‘ Gardeners’ Chronicle’ is authorized to contradict the ai: that it

* They are entirely independent of those of the Rev. W. A. Leighton, who
has made a series of applications of gi — to Cladoniei.
+ This i ee the pee of unit us Knox = Latin hypoehloris calcieus,

€).

EU Dr. Dade me has made sy a inbecsutocnl preparatio
of doubt value. Nor are tincture of iodine rend its aqueous ogee Fientical
their reactions. ‘Dr. indsay is consequently wrong in saying, “I
ras not aware of any advantage this — ee aee aqueous one vith the addi-
lon of iodide of potassium) “ possesses o offici incture of iodine,
diluted with water to such extent that the liquid dob only a pale sherry colour."

216 "BOTANICAL NEWS.

was at Dr. Hooker's advice those Englishmen who attended the St. Petersburg
Exhibition were not decorated.

The tenth and concluding part of Seemann’s ‘Flora Vitiensis’ is now in the
course of preparation, all ii plates (100) having already been

Dr. F. Mueller's able * Official Report on the Melbourne Botaniosl Gadu for
1869’ has just come to hand, and will be found in another part of this Journal.

A Pharmaceutical Congress, to which all civilized nations are invited to send
—À is to take place at Vienna in September.

* Portland (Maine) Advertiser' was recently printed on paper made of

a kind of material said to have been never before used in the manufacture of
paper—Zizania aquatica, or Water Rice. It grows in great abundance in

n; erica.
Mr. Collins, whose paper on India-rubber appeared in this Journal last y:
is now working up the subject of Gutta Percha, and would be glad if any du our
correspondents could communicate any authentic specimens, etc. of any of the
Guttas, as Gutta Mutah, Tuban, Percha Claison, etc., addressing them to the
Museum of the Pharmaceutical Society, Bloomsbury Square, London.
EDINBURGH BOTANICAL Socrery.—Thirty-third Session, Fifth Meeting. —
The Society met on the 11th of March, Dr. Cleghorn, President, in the chair.

to Si February, 18 y Dr. H. Cleghorn. Dr. Cleghorn described
the present state of the Botanical Gardens at Syracuse, Catania, and ^
and enumerated the principal plants obse in flowe the time of his
v e described the scenery of the island, and drew attention to em:

increased facilitie es of travelling afforded by two railways now

E
B

Bengal (vide p. 155). III. Notes on a Visit to the Hot Springs of Jumnotri in
1860. Part2. By Mr. Wm. Bell. IV. On the M " ton sig Leaf.
By Dr. Joseph Bullar. The author = that t of leaf w

ubi corolla, and the other whorls of ilie flowers. m rofessors Balfour ani

I. Report on the Open-Air Vegetation at the "iem Botanie Garden
€ M'Nab. VII. Miscellanous Communications. 1. Dr. Buchanan White
presented specimens of Funaria Hibernica , which he had collected i in Septe em-

some remarks regarding the indurated structure of the albumen in the seed of
Convallaria majalis, preparations of which he exhibited under the microscope.

E

Tab. 95.

Vincent Brooks Day &Son,lmp. .

É \
q

R

L7

T.

> &

N
RUN

Worthington G. Smith, del et lith

EUM es

217

ON THE GENUS SYMBOLANTHUS.
By Jons Miers, Esa., F.R.S., F.LS., ETC.
(Prare XCIV.)

The genus Symbolanthus, established by G. Don in 1837, consisting
of two species, natives of New Granada and Peru, was divided by

Grisebach, in 1845, into two separate genera: to the former species,

originally described by Kunth as Lisianthus anomalus, he now gave
the name of Leiothamnus anomalus, designating the latter species,
first described in the ‘ Flora Peruviana’ as Lisianthus calycogonus, R.
and P., under the name of Syméolanthus calycogonus, Griseb. ; but
Don's name of S. Pavonii will claim the preference on account of its
having a priority of eight years. Among the plants collected by Weir
in 1863, for the Royal Horticultural Society, is a new and handsome
species of this genus from the Rio Magdalena, which is here figured.
A more detailed character of the Peruvian species is here first given,
in order that Weir's plant may be compared with it.

l. Symbolanthus Pavonii, G. Don (1837), Dict. iv. 210 ; S. calycogo-
nus, Griseb. (1845), De Cand. Prodr. ix. 80; Lisianthus calycogonus,
R. and P. (1799), Fl. Per. ii. 14, t. 126 ; fruticosa, glabra, ramosa,
ramis obtuse 4—6-gonis, ad nodos annulatis ; foliis oppositis, lanceolato-
oblongis, utrinque acutis, peuninerviis, marginibus parum revolutis,
petiolo imo crassiore, cum opposito in annulum connato, limbo 15-plo
breviore; floribus in axillis terminalibus opposite solitariis, pedicellatis,

i €" x dent * * . .
pedicello recurvato, calyce dimidio breviore, imo bracteis 3 acuminato-

ovatis concavis donato; calyce 5-gono, 5-sepalo, sepalis erectis, margine
membranaceis et fimbriatis, 3 exterioribus lanceolatis, 2 interioribus
imo subsagittatis ; corolla magna, rubro-rosea, tubulosa, tubo superne
ventricosa, calyce 3-plo longiore, fauce constricto, paulo obliquo, limbi
laciniis 5, cordato-ovatis, imo imbricatis, apice acutis, reflexis, margine

erenulatis ; staminibus erectis, inclusis, filamentis subulato-filiformibus,

ex a banjo 5-dentato fere basali enatis; antheris sagittato-oblongis ;

. Capsula magna, ovata, acuta—In Peruvia alta, prov. Huanuco, ad
. Acomayo, etc. (lat. 10?) ; non vidi.

This is said to be a shrub 6 feet high and quite glabrous ; axils 9
lines apart; leaves 21-22 in. long, l in. broad, on a petiole 2 lines
VOL, VII, [Avus 1, i869.] R

918 ON THE GENUS SYMBOLANTHUS.

long; pedicels 6 lines long; sepals 1 in. long, 4 in. broad; tube of
corolla 23 in. long, 10 lines diameter above the middle, contracted to
6 lines in the mouth; segments of border 1 inch long, 10 lines broad ;
capsule 24 in. long, 1 in. in diameter, enveloped bs the enlarged
calyx

2. Symbolanthus superbus, n. sp.; glaberrimus, ramulis 4-gonis,
fistulosis, annulato-nodosis; foliis late elliptieis vel oblongis, imo
acutis, apice breviter acute attenuatis, utrinque, lete viribus, pauci-

nerviis, nervis remotis vix prominentibus, eveniis ; petiolis compressis,
canaliculatis, imo dilatatis, et in annulum circa caulem eoalitis ; floribus
terminalibus, axillaribus, ternato-verticellatis ; pedicellis erectis, calyce
longioribus, imo bracteis 3 parvis acutis membranaceis munitis; sepalis
5, imbricatis, oblongis, obtusis, marginibus membranaceis et integris,
medio nervo crasso carinatis ; corolla speciosissima, tubo rubro-roseo,
campanulato-infundibuliformi, sepalis plusquam 2-plo longiore, ore
amplo subobliquo, limbi segmentis orbieularibus, apice subito acumi-
natis, imo late auriculato-e xpansis, et imbrieatis, subreflexis; stamini-

theris imo divaricatis, arcuatim curvatis; ovario conico-oblongo, disco
annulari insito ; stylo subulato, stigmate 2-lamellato, faucem attingente.
—In Nova Granada, v. s. Rio Magdalena (Weir, 95).

A beautiful plant, apparently of more herbaceous growth than the
preceding species, from which it also differs in its larger leaves, upon
a longer petiole, its more campanular corolla, and its stamens spirally
convoluted around the arcuated anthers. The axils are about 14 in.
apart; the leaves are 33-43 in. long, 14-23 in. broad, on a petiole
3-5 in. long; the pedicels are 14 in. long; the sepals 1 in. long, 5
lines broad ; the tube of the corolla is 2 in. long, 1 in. in diameter at
the mouth, the segments of the border are 1 in. long, 1 in. broad, the
stamens scarcely extend beyond the mouth, being spirally curved for
more than a revolution around the anthers; the stigmata are spathu-
lately oblong, 2 lines long, 14 line broad.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV., re pom Symbolanthus superbus,

Miers, from specimens collected P Mr. —Fig. 1, an entire rudis, Fig.
2, corolla laid open. Fig. 3, a stamen. en 2 d 8 slightly magnified.

INDEX CRITICUS BUTOMACRARUM,

219

ALISMACEARUM

JUNCAGINACEARUMQUE HUCUSQUE DESCRIPTARUM.

AUCTORE Dr. Fr. BucugNav.*

( From the * Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftl. Vereines zu Bremen.)

BUTOMACE4, L. C. Rich
(Proposition d'une nouvelle famille des
Plantes: les Butomées (Butomez) in
mm du Museum d'Hist. Nat
1815, i. 364.)
ro forum, Due Ad Plant. ed. 1.
har a, Buchen.
BvroMorsis, Kunth, Palin 1841, iii.
164— Ten nagocharis, Hochst.
B. Cordofana, Kth. in Walp. Ann. 1849,
69 — Tenagocharis latifolia, Buch.
B. bmeeclta Kth. Enum. 1841, iii. 165
=Ten haris latifolia, Buchen.
Bm hifi, d Enum. 1841, iii.
atifolia, Buchen.
Buromus, L. Syst. As ed, 1, 1735
Gen. Plant. ed. 1, 1737, n. 340
B. aee Gertn. Fruct. 1788, i. A-
B. umbellatus, L.

B. junceus, Turez. Catal. Baik. n. 1079
= B. umbellatus, 8. minor, Ledeb.
B. lanceolatus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. 1832, ii.

= Tenagocharis latifolia, Buchen.
B. e Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 1825,
ocharis latifolia, Buchen.
B. vc de L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1, 1753.
B. merg minor, Ledeb. Fl. Ross.
1853, iv.
B. vulgaris di It. ii. 22 =B. um
latus, E Im Ledebour, Fl. e
1853, iv.
ejs Ban Mill. Dict. ; edit.
erm. a me visa: Ph. Miller, Allge-

P

meines Girtnerlexikon, nach d. Engl.

| Hyprocums Commers, L. C. Rich. n &
368 e 3.

? Hydrocleis azurea, Schult. fil. Msc. in
Herb. Reg. Monac., teste Seubert in
Endl. et Mart. Fl. Bn
viii. 118, species dubia.

H. Commersoni, L. C. Rich. 1. e. 368 et
373, species valde — ener

=H. nymphoides, Buc

H. Humboldtii, Endl. Gen. Pla nt. 183
129= Hydrocleis er Bush.

H. Martii, Seub. 1. c. 116.

. 1847, fasc.

rviflora, Seub. 1. c. 117.
LIMNOCHARIS, H. et B. Pl. /Equinoct.
8, i. 116.
L. Commersoni, Spreng. Linn. Syst.
eg. 1825, ii H Aopen Com-
Rich

B. Pl. Æquinoct.
1808, L n6- -L “si Buchen.

L. flava, Buc

L. Henkei, T "-Á- Henk. 1830, i.
88, planta dubi

L. Humboldtii, L. C. Rich. 1. e. 369 et
374— Hydrocleis nymphoides, pesa

L. "gri Duchaiss. in Griseb. N
Fl. Panam. Bonplandia, 1858, vi. n

L. Plame LL C. Rich. 1. c. 370 et 374

L. flava, Buchen.

at Dr. eton has quite recently published in the Nachrichten von der

Ts of qe esellschaft age Wissenschaften zu nasci June
dec. Juncaginacere, i

ee,
on Sehlagintweit in High Asia.

sacos, Ali ismac

Mi.

and
Dan the Juncacee there are some

R 2

220 INDEX CRITICUS
SAGITTARIA ranunculoides, Arrabida
FL Flum. 1827 x. t. 32=

>

821 = Hydrocleis nymphoides, Buch.
Pl. Nub. Nov.

T. alismoides, Hochst. in Flora, 1841,
Intelligenzblatt n. 3, 42— T. latifolia,
Buchen.

T. pipe Hochst. in Fl, 1841, 369

T. latifolia, Buchen.

3s latifolia, Buchen.

VESPUCCIA, mg Nuov. Gen. e Sp. di
Piante Mon. 1854, 55

V. Humboldtii, Parl. l.c. 56 = Hydro-
cleis nymphoides, Buchen.

ALISMACEA, De pics EIEE gen.).
Fl. Fr. 1805,
AcrrNOCARPUS, R. Be piar Fl. Nov.
. Holl. 1810, 342 2 Damasonium, Juss.
A. australis, Spr. in Fah et Gruber,
Encycl.

Cycl.
te Kth. Enum, 1841, iii.

stellatum, P.
. minor, R. Br. Prod: Fl Nov. Holl.
1 342 = Damasoni australe,

us

pestre, Coss. sur Deux Espéces.
[n d'Esp. i Bull. Soc. Bot. de
Fr. 1864, xi 35.

A. ancile, Mart., teste Steudel, Nom.
Bot. 1840, 491 = Echinodorus Guia-

nensis, Griseb

BUTOMACEARUM,

A. Andrieuxii, ioa ie Arn. Bot.
Beech. Voy. 1839, 3

A. rg ono a. » Lith. 1781,

24— Echinodorus ranunculoides,
d.

A. arcuatum, Michalet in Grenier et
Godron, Fl. de France, 1855, iii. 165
=A. Plantago,

A. Berterii, Spreng. Linn. Syst. Veg.
ed. 16, 1825, ii. 163— A. Sprengelii,
Kunth = Echinodorus cordifolius,

b.

Grise
A. Berteroanum, Balb. in Róm. et

et Mart. Fl. B
— Echinodorus cordifolius, 8. Berte-
roanus, Griseb. (teste Griseb. .

A. canaliculatum, Al. Br. et Bouché
Index Sem. Hort. Bot. Berol. 1862,
6—A. kim L. (testibus auctori-
bus € in Spec. Nov., minus
cognitaru carum que in Hort.
Reg. Berol. sara 1867, 1868, 4.)

À. cattle L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1, 1753=
Echinodorus cordifolius, Griseb.

parte— À. m

8. 108)=Echinodorus cordifolius,
Griseb.

A. cordifolium, Aut. pro parte— A. flo-
ribundum, ^e puts Seub. l.c.

A. cordifolium, Thunb. Fl Jap. 1784,
=A.P lantago, L. ? (teste Miquel,
vidi Fl. Jap. in Ann. Mus. Lugd.
Bat. 1866, ii. 138.
A. — Sw. Observ. Bot. 1791,
39— A. macrophyllum, Kunth, B
minus, Seub. (teste Seubert in Endl.
et Mart Bras. 1847, fasc. viii.
108.)
‘A. Damasonium, L. Sp. Plant. ed. 1,
1753 = Damasonium stellatum, Pers.

ALISMACEARUM JUNCAGINACEARUMQUE.

A. Damasonium, L. Desf. Fl. Atlantica,

Coss. (teste Munby, Cat. Plant. in
pais sponte nasc. Lond. 1866,

A. Danson, Willd. Fl. Berol. Prod.
1787, n. 415 — A. parnassifolium, L.
(Osldosis; Rui.

A. diversifolium, Gilib. Fl. Lith. 1781,

A. dubium, Willd. Fl.
E 132=Caldesia parnassifolia,
Par

À. parri SET Seub. in Endl.
Mart. Fl. Bras. 18 47, fasc. viii. ra

A. ellipticum, Mart. in R
tes, Linn. Syst. Veg. 1830, vii. ii.
1607.

A. eee B. minus, Seub. in Endl.
t Mart. Flor. Bras. 1847, ae vill.

A. ibun, Hochst, in Sched. =
Echinodorus (?) enneander, A. Br
A. flavum, L. Sp. Plant. ed. 1, 1753

= Limnocharis flava, Buchen
A. flavum, Thunb. FI, Jap. 1784, 153

Bat. 1866, ii. 13
A. E Boab. in Endl, et Mart.
Flor. Bras. 1847, fasc. viii. 109 (an

diversum E. Echinodoro | cordifolio,
Griseb, f

À. Geyeri, Torr, i in J. N. Nicollet, Rep.
on the Hydrographical Basin of

Documents)
= Alisma Plantago, L. (forma minor,
foliis lanceo

A. glandulosum, Thw. Enum. Plant,

Zeyl. 1864, 332.

A. gramineum, Gmel. Fl. Bad. 1826,
ca =A. Plantago, var. y. grami-

A. graminifolium, Ehrh. Herb. = A.

321

Plantago, y. Meen (Kunth,
Feyen 1841, i

A. grandiflorum, ie et Schl. PI.
Romanzoff in Linn. 1827, ii. 152.

. 1830, vii. ii.

9 - ebangdotds intermedius,
Gris

A. Kora H Hochst. in Coll. Pl. Nub.

n. 169= Limnophyton

A. lanceolatum, Bihulix. teste C.
Sprengel in Linn. Syst. Veg. 1826, ii.
163 — A, Plantago var.

A. lanceolatum, With. Arr. 362, teste
Schur, Enum. Transsilv. ien 629

=A. Plantago, var. pining:

A: irapa Qilib. Fl. Lith. 1781, v.

=A. Plantago, á

A. nate Eichw. Naturhist. Skizze
von Litthauen, Volhynien und Podo-
lien, 1830, 127 =A. Plantago, y. gra-
minifolium (Kunth, Enum. 1841, iii.
149).

As macrophyllum, Kunth, Enum. 1841,
lii. 151 = Echinodorus cowdifolina,

Griseb.

A. macrophyllum, Kunth, 8. minus,
Seub. in Endl. et Mart. Fl. Bras.
1847, fasc. viii. 108— Echinodorus
cordifolius, B. Berteroanus, Griseb.

A. majus, S. Fr. Gray, Nat. pound
Brit. Pl. 1821, ii. 216= A. Plan

A. i, B. lanceolatum, S. Fr. Gray,

Echinodorus tates jm — Elis-
ma natans, Buche
Poll. Hist. Plant. in Pa-

A. natans,
latinatu Sponte Nase. 1777, iii.

222 INDEX CRITICUS

snap Plantago, var. graminifoli-

X: M. ra Fl. Amer. ee
6,1 ubia

C
asd: in

Pn 1864, i. 652 Elin ma natans,
Buchen.

AX natans, e. T Rchb. Ic. gi —

vii. 29 — Elisma natans, Buc

A. m dieiolens i Griseb. n Plant.
Cubens, 1866, 218.

A. obtusifolium, Thwaites, Enum. Plant.

332 = Limnophyton ob-

um, 'Miq
A. MeL F. — Fragm.
Phyt. Austr. 1858,
A; : oe Kth. rat 1841, iii.
=Sagittaria palefolia, Nees et

art.

A. parnassifolium, Bassi in Linn. Syst
Nat. ed. 12, 1768, ii. (Caldesia, Parl. ;
Echinodorus, Eng.

A. parnassifolium, var. Baumgartenia-
num, Schur. Enum. Plant. Transsylv.

, 630.

A. purcifibesi, Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept.

1816, i. 253— A. Plantago, var.
Americanum (A. Gray, Man. Bot
1856, ed. 2, 438).

. Plantago, L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10,

A. Plantago, var. aedis Bolle,
Alismaceen-fo: in
Verh. d. Bot. Tackle f. Brand. 1862,
iii. 164— A. arcuatum, Michalet (teste
Bolle, Ascherson in litt.).

A. Plantago, var. Americanum, Schultes
in Römer et gom. Linn. Syst.

Veg. 1830, 7, ii. 1

BUTOMACEARUM,

a ut. s — a Ledeb.

Fl. Ros v. 40 — A. Plantago,
var. axis imd

A. Plantago, diversifolium, — Beitr.

z. Flora v. Wien, in Oesterr. Bot.
Zeitschr. 1861, 95.

Plantago, var. graminifolium, Wahl.
Fl. Suecica 1824, i. 228. testibus

Rómer et Schultes Syst. Veg. 1830,
vii. ii. 1598
A. Viantego. f lanceolatum, Mart. Prod.
. Mosq. ed. Lips. 181 7, 66.

A. ings iei X minor, Miq. Prol. Fl.

ap. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. 1866,

ii. 138— A. “Plantaga, foliis elliptico-
oblongis, parvulis.

A. Plantago, var. obtusifolia, Spreng.,
Linn. Syst. Veg. 1825, ii. 163, teste
Kunth, Enum. 1841, iii. 149.

A. Plantago, var. parviflora, Torr. Fl.
acid and middle sections of United

diee i. 882— A. Plantago,
var. priis

A. Plantago, ra shirin, Miq. in Ann.
Mus. Lugd. Bat. 1866, ii. 138— A.
Pinang: fol. ovatis acutis, basi ro-
tundatis = Sees

Róm. et

pub à
Schultes, pt Syst. Veg. 1830, vii.
1608.

vs _puboscns, 8 B. Claussenii, Seub. in
Endl. et . Fl. Bras. 1847, fasc.

viii. 107.
A. ranunculoides, Linn. Sp. Plant. ed. 1,
1753 = Echinodorus ranunculoides,

g-

A. ranunculoides, Willd.
juod. 1787, 183=Elisma
Shever (teste Kunth, Enum. 1841,

i. 150).

Pie uiti Noce. et Balb. Fl
Ticin. 1816, i. 176 2 A. Plantago, Y-

ALISMACEARUM JUNCAGINACEARUMQUE.

A ipee Kunth (teste Kunth,
Enum. 1841, 149).

A, BR PS var. Brasiliensis, A,

de St. H. Voy. Distr. Diam. 1833. ii.

432 — A. tenellum, Mart. (teste Steud.

in Endl. et Mart. Fl. Bras. 1847,

viii. 105) = Echinodorus te-

nellus, Buchen.

A: rancid, B. a 8. Fr. Gray,

. Plants, 1821, ii.

ar etr ranunculoides, 8.

repens.
A. —— Ü var. repens, De Cand
et Duby, Bot. Gall. 437, teste Kunth,
Enum. 1841, iii. 150.
A. ranunculoides, All. C. Allione, Fl.
Pedemont. 1785, i. 243, fide Balb. =
. Plantago, B. yt yaa (Kunth,
Enum. 1841, iii.
À. :éiunfcdotdee

A Dict. Encycl. Méth.
Bot. 1790, ii. B15— — ra-
nunculoides, Engelm., var. repens.
A. roseum, Raf., teste Sto Nomencl.
Bot. ed. 2, 1840 mihi ignotum,

Ti?

A. rostratum, Nutt. orn has —
flora of Arkansas Territory in Tran
Amer. Phil. Soc. 1837, v. 159 = Sek
nodorus rostratus, Engelm

A. ae, Willd. in Spee. Plant.

ed. 4, 1799, ii. 277 — Limnophyton
obtosifsfium, Miq.

A. ipei Kunth, Enum. 1841, iii
154, = A. subalatum, Mart. ?
(teste a in Endl. et Mart. Fl.
Brass. 1847, fasc. viii. 107) =Echi-

nodorus cordifolius, Griseb. (teste

Grisebach über die Vegetation der

Karaiben in Abhandl. der

sellsch. d. Wiss. zu Göttingen, 1857,

Kon. Ge- |

223

vii. 257, und Fl. Brit. West Ind. Is-
lands, 1864, 505).

A. stellatum, bas Dict. reset Bot.
— ii. 514. — Damasoni

m, Pers
A, itur Mart. in Rém. et Schult.
Linn. Syst. Veg. 1830, vii. ii. 1609 —
Echinodorus ebaki Griseb.
A. subalatum, Mart., e. majus, Schult.

A. sat, Mart., 8. medium, Schult.
A. sual, Mart., y. minus, Schult.

A. oe Raf. in Med. Rep. of
N. York, v. 356?=A. Plantago, e.
Americanum (teste Kunth, Enum.
1841, iii. 149).

A. subulatum, L. Spee

Syst. Veg.1830, vii. ii. maasia
dorus coin Buche

A. trinerve, Link ; Bend, Nomen. Bot.
ed. 2, 1840, i. 49, mihi ignotum (an
Alisma Plaids Echinodorus ranun-
culoides, Damasonii spec. ?).

A. triviale, Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept. 1816,
i. 252— A. Plantago, var. America-
num, Schultes

A. Hook: and Arn. Bot.

Beech. Voy. 1839, 311.

Species sequentes Ind. Orient. nomini-
bus tantum cognite sun
A. — H. Ham. in Wallich, Nu-
erical List of Dried Specimens of
Plant, puma A n. 4996, laps.
mi; A. hyllum in Steudel
(Nomencl. Bot. ed. 2, 1840, 1. 49).
A. je eq Wall. ibid. 175, n.
4997 — parnassifolium ? Ham.
Hb.
A, eristatum, Wall. teste Poen ibid.
A. pubescens, Ham. (A. ipurense,
Steud.) ; Steudel ibid.

224

A. stellatum, Ham. Hb. (A. Hamilto-

nianum, Wall. = Steudel ibid.
BALDELLIA . Nuov. Gen. e Spec.
di Pia em Moo: 1854, 57 = Echino-

dori spec.,
B. RTS Parl. ibid. = Echino-

D. appe Mill. Dict. ed. Germ. a me
: Ph. Miller, Allgemeines Gárt-
nerlexikon ; nach der Englischen
Nümberg, 1772,
TS.

mer ed. 2, 1815, i. 268— Actino-
ied minor. R. Br. teste Salisbury

D. cote Coss. Pl. Sed du Midi

de l'Espagne, 1849, ii
D. Californicum, ipio: in nid PL
7.

Auflage übersetzt, Nürnberg,

INDEX CRITICUS BUTOMACEARUM,

| — n. 8— Limnocharis flava, Bu-

D. pues Willd.; C. Linn. Sp. Plant.
799, 27 ae alismoides,

(Sm aith, Ex. Bot. i.

D. minimum, T Lange, Pugillus Plan-
icarum in Vi-

denskabelige Meddelelser fra d. natur.
Forening i Kjóbenhavn, 1860, 65.

D. minus, Buchen. — Actinocarpus mi-
nor, R. Br.

D. polyspermum, Coss. Pl. Nouv. du
Midi de l'Espagne, 1849, ii. 47.

D. we Thuill. = Elisma natans,

Buc
P. elatum, Pers.* Syn. Plant. 1805,

D. ME. Coss. Germ. ; sibs Will-
komm et Lange, Prodi F

DIPSEUDOCHORION, Buchen
chorion, novum Alismacearum genus
in SAS 1865, 241 =Limnophyton,

D. mot tifolium, Buchen. ibid.— Lim-
vi mites obtusifolium, Miq.

Ecurnoporvs, L

848,
E. cordifolius, Griseb. über d. Flora
der Karaiben in Abh. d. Kön. Ges.
d. Wiss. zu Góttingen, 1857, vii. 257.

| E. cordifolius, 8. Berteroanus, Griseb.

* Ledebour in Flora Rossica, 1853, iv.
Pers. Syn. i. 400.

42, dicit : D. stellatum, L. C. Richard in

ALISMACEARUM JUNCAGINACEARUMQUE.

E. (?) enneander, Al. Br. in Schwein-
furth, Beit -— zur Flora Aithiopiens,
1867, 295

E. dines Citiseb. Fl. Brit. West
Ind. Isl

E. Pines E Buchenau, über
die Richtung der m nospe bei
den Alismaceen in sheim, Jahr-

bücher für Wissenschsftliche Bo-
tanik, 1868, vii. 28.

E cen d wand Cat. Plant.
Cuben. 1866,

E. muricatus, rne Nov. Fl. Panam.
in Bonp y vl.

E. natans, pisa . in Ascherson, ss
rov. Brand. 1864, i. 601— Elism

Elisma natans, Bucher
E. natans, b. ication Fr. Ascher-
son, ibid. = Elisma natans, Buchen.
E. ay (L.), Eng. Ascherson,
651 (Caldesia imis lia,

E. i Buch., v. Alisma tenellum,
Mart., et Echinodorus parvulus, Eng.
i ay, Man.

E. ranunculoides, Eng. in Ascherson,
. Prov. Brand. 1864, i. 651
E. rostratus, Eng. = A. Gray, Man.
Bot. ed. 2, 1856, 43
E. subalatus, Gris. «e Plant. Cuben.

1866, 218.

E. subulatus, Gray (non Engelm.!)
Man. Bot. ed. 1, 1848, 460 — E. par-
vulus, Eng

Eisma, Buch. "ug ^ oe der
Samenknospe be: maceen, in
Pringsheim, Std neg fi ME
scha e Botani = 1868, v

E. "bios Buch. ib
PHYTON, Mis ES Nederl. Ind.

, li. 242.

225

L. veg Mig. ibid.

OTTELIA, est genus Hydrochari-
shone e r Pers. (Da-
. masonium Indicum, Wi

SAGITTARIA, L. Syst. Nat. ey n 1735 ;
Gen. Plant. ed. 1, 1737, n. 7238.

8. senilis, L. fil. Suppl. Plant. 1781,

, vide S. pugioniformis, L.
8. weutifolio, Pursh,

pases ed. 2, 439).] = S. graminea,
; Eng. in A. Gray, Man. Bot.

s i^ 1867, 494.

S. affinis, Seub. in Endl. et Mart. Fl.

. alpina,
Baicalensi-dahurica in Bull.
Imp. Mose. 1854, iii. 58— S. sagitti-
folia, L.
S. a lpina, B. emersa, Turcz. ibid.— 8S.

ied Aves cat Chilensis, var.

8. acsi. Lindl. in Edwards’ Bot.
Reg. 1828, xiv. n. 1141=S. lanci-
folia, L., var. — Griseb.

S. aquatica, Lam.=S. ——— =
(teste Steudel, Nomencl. Bot. ed
1841, ii. 491.)

S. aquatica, S. Fr.
Brit. Pl. 1821, ii.

Gray, Nat. Arrangem.
154=8. sagitti-
folia, L
S. Blumei, Kunth. Enum. 1841, iii. 158.
S. bracteata, Willd. Herb. n. 17559,
. Humb. = Alisma echinocarpum,
ied: (testibus Chamisso et fichlech-

fase. viii. 105)— uhitédome deine
nensis, Gris.

226

S. Brasiliensis, Mart. Syst. Mat. Med.
Veg. Bras. 47 excl Vell. x.t.31—

Flora Bras. 1847,

).
S. i Donn, Hort. Cant. ed. 6,

8. pipa y. fluitans, Eng. in Emory,

8. “pin var. grandis, Eng.
Gray, Man. Bot. ed. 5, 1867, e

d Mex. Bound, Surv. 1859, ii.
8. clin 8. media, Eng. in Emory,

S. A ads var. spongiosa, Engelm. in
A ot. ed. 5, 1867

co) Sinensis, Si
8. "iie Lam. Dict. wen 1790, ii.
504, es valde dubi.
8. cordifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. 1832, iii.
647.
S. Doniana, Sweet, Hort. Brit, 1826,
375 —8. hastata, D. Don
hinocarpa, Mart. Aimamitabeo Bot.
M (sine anno) 6=Alisma
echinocarpum, wipes = Echinodorus
Guianensis, Gris
S. edulis, Behlecht. Plant Leibold. in
Linnea, 1844, xviii. 432, v. S. macro-
phylla, Bun
8. feta Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept. 1816,
397 =S. lancifolia, L. (teste Engel-
mann n A. Gray, Man. Bot. ed. 5,
1867, 4:
8. gracia Porh, Fl. Amer. Sept. 1816,

i. 396 —S. variabilis, Engelm. var.

INDEX CRITICUS

BUTOMACEARUM,
angustifolia (Engelmann in A. Gray,
M ot. ed. 2, 1856, 439).

Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer.

Michx. (Engelmann in litt. d. d.
Junio, 1867).
S. graminea, Michx. var. platyphylla,
Eng. in A. Gray, Man. Bot. ed. 5,
1867, 494.
Guayanensis, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et
Sp. Plant. 1815, i. 250 = Alisma
echinocarpum, -— = Echinodorus
Guia ag Gris
i rin Prod, Fl. Nepal.

m

mg
S. eiie Push, Fl. Am. Sept. 1816,
ii. 396 =S. variabilis, var. sagittifolia,

Eng

8. Saa aii Pursh, 1

S. heterophylla, Pursh, var. gui
Eng. in mis Gray, Man. Bot.

. 2, 43
8. sage Pursh, var. elliptica,
Eng.lc

ng.
8. heterophylla, Pursh, var. rigida
ng. l.c.

8. pec iom Schreb. in Schweigger
rte, Fl. Erlang. 1811, ii. 119—
var. heterophylla,

S. hirundinacea,
Jave, 1830, fasc. i
. incrassata, Steud Nomida Bot.
ed. 2, 1841

8. — » pies ‘Nat. ed. 10, 1759,

Bl Enum. Piant.

- udi, var. angustifo|
ie Art), Griseb. Cat.
1866, 218,

olia, Lindl.
PL Cuben.

bud Sete Fe NT

M Uere Te CNET

ALISMACEARUM JUNCAGINACEARUMQUE. 227

8. Meridian D. Don, Prod. Rn Nepal.

8. piesa Mig Linn. Sp. Plant. ed.
4, 1805, iv. 409 —S. variabilis, var.
latifoli

Eng.

S. latifolia, 8. major, Pursh, Fl. Amer
Sept. 1816, ii. 396 =S. variabilis, var.
latifolia, Eng.

S. longiloba, Eng. apud J. Torrey in

1859, ii. 212; e 8. gramitien,

|
x Mie
A S. macrophylla, Ea Enum. Plant.
X hina Bor. coll. anno 1831,
> in Mém. Say. omg 1832, ii. 137
: — 8. edulis, Schlecht.
S. macrophylla, Zucc. Plant. Nov.
i minus cogn. quæ in Hto. Bot. Her
i barioque Regio Monacensi servantur
: fasc. 1, in Abhandl. der Kónigl. Bayr.
Akademie, 1832, i. 289 =S. Mexicana,
Steudel.
| S. major.
; S. Mexicana, Steud. Nomencl. Bot. ed.
2, vit 1, ii 491, v. S. macrophylla,
Zuce

3 S. minor, r, Mil s . Germ. a me
- visa arbeit. Gärt-
nerlezikon ‘adh der Engl. 8. xm &.
überse “nore 1776, iv

8. pesci . (foliis MUR.

spathulatisque
S. minor, a = — in cae 8.
natantis d est?
S. monoica, Gilib. Fl. Lith. dat, v.
218 —8. sagittifolia, L.
S. cosi Cham. et Schl. Pl.
ff. in Linnea, 1827, ii. 156.

Reiches, 1776, iii. Anhang, 797, t. G,
f. 3-8. alpina, Willd. =S. sagittifo-
lia, L.

oos DENARII Reet NNG

tusa Mühlenberg i in litt

S. natans, H. Martius (rectius S. -—

folia, var. natans), Prod. Fl. Mos-

S. ute Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 1803, `
190.

8. bil Michx. var. lorata, Chapm.

d.
S. nymphefolia, Hochst. in Coll. Plant.

ub. cl. Kotschyi, n. 432=S. cor-
difolia, Roxb. (v. Buchenau in Flora,
1865, 242).

8. obtusa, Miihlenberg ;* Willdenow,
S d 805, iv. 409—

probab. — S. sagittifolia, L. Moses
Miq. mpm Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat.
1866,

S. rondes L. Sp. Plant. ed. 1, 1753
Limn

= Limnophyton obtusifolium, Miq.

8. obtusissima, Hassk. Cat. Hort. Bo-

S. ovata, TE — 8. lancifo|
Grisebac

- (teste
h, Fl Brit. West Tad. Isl.

1864 , 505).
8. palis Nees et Mart. in Maximi-

lian, Prinz zu Neuwied, Beitrag zur
Flora Brasiliens. in Nova Act. Phys.

S. abinde d Mn E m Galeotti,

Enum. Synopt. Plant. Phaner. ab
H. Galeotti in pae: Mex. coll. in

* Non Willderiow, a sed d Mülilenberg : Willdenowius ipse decit > Sagittaria ob-

238 INDEX CRITICUS BUTOMACEARUM,

Bull. Acad. Roy. Brux. 1842, ix. n. Fl. Bras. 1847, fasc. viii. 108) = Echi-
2, 979. nodori sp.
S. quens Muell. Cat. Plant. Amer. | S. sagittifolia, Auct. Amer. — S. variabi-
Sept. 1813, 8— S. variabilis, var. pu- lis, Eng.).
bescens, En ng. S. sagittifolia, b. squiloba, Schur.
S. pugioniformis, L. Diss. de Pl. Surin. Enum. Plant. Transsylv. 1866, 630.

1775, n. 126; Amon. Acad. 1783, | S. sagittifolia, a. breviloba, roa Fl.
viii. 263 ; in adn. S. acutifolia, Suppl. Ussuri-Gebietes in Mém. Acad. St.

419. £
S. Purshii, Steud. Nomen. Bot. ed. 2, | S. sagittifolia, c. divaricata, Schur.
1841; ii. 491; et Kunth, Enum. Enum. Plant. Transsyly. 1866, 630.
1841, iii. 160— 8. acutifolia, Pursh. S. sagittifolia, æ. edulis, Sieb. Herb. Miq. j
S. pusilla, "has Enum. Pl. Jav. fasc. Ann. Bot. Lugd. Bat. 1866, ii. 138.
, 1830, 34—S. Blumei, Kunth. S. sagittifolia, «. heterophylla, Schur.
S. pusilla, Nut. Gen. North. Amer. Pl. Enum. Plant. Transsylv. "a 630.
1818, ii. S. sagittifolia, var. gracilis, Bll. (non
S. casing ps Ann. Mus. Bot. Torrey!), Bolle, pp oide i
Lugd.-Bat. 1866, ii. 138, an synon. »" Mark in Verh. d. Bot. Verein
S. pusillie, Nutt. ? (Miquel). d. Mark, Brand. 1861, iii. 163
S. radicans, Nutt. Collections towards a | S. sagittifolia, var. gracilis, Torr. com-
ra of Arkansas Territory in Trans. pend. 355, teste Torrey ipso in Fl. of

Amer. Philos. Soc ecd y: 189- State of New York, 1843, ii. 259—
dorus dian A 8. variabilis, var. gracilis, E
S. saragini Arrab. (Velloz) Fl. | S. sagittifolia, 8. hastata, Tor. P bid. = ;
Flumin. 1827, x. = 32 = Hydrocleis S. variabilis, var. sagittifolia, Eng. *
onis oides, Buc S. sagittifolia, var. heterophylla (Schreb. 7
S. rhombifolia, ur Spicilegium Alis- als Art), e, Alismaceenformen der
macearum in Linnea, 1835, x. 219. Mark in Verh. d. Bot. Vereins d.

S. rigida, Pursh, Fl. donee espe ii. Mark Brand. 1861, iii. 161.
397 — S. heterophylla,var. rigida, Eng. | S. sagittifolia, a. latifolia, Torr. Com-
S. sagittata, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 1784, 242 = pend. 355 teste Torrey ipso in Fl. of
S. sagittifolia, L. (teste Thunb. ipso). State of New York, 1843, ii. 259=
S. sagittifolia, Lour. Flora Cochinchin. S. variabilis, var. latifolia, Eng.

790, ii. 570=S, Chinensis, Sims | S8. 6 eI y. longiloba, Turez. Flora
(teste J. Sims, Bot. Mag. 1814, xxxix. Baicalensi-dahurica in Bull. Soc. Nat.
1631). reium "1854, ii. 57=8. sagittifolia,

S. sagittifolia, L. Sp. Plant. ed. 1, 1753. var. angustifolia, Hook. Fl. Bor.

S. sagittifolia, Rich. Essai d'une Flore Amer. ii. 167 (E. Regel, Flora des
de l'Ile de Cuba, in Ramon de la Ussuri-Gebietes in Mém. Acad. St
Sagra, Histoire de Te de Cuba, 1850, Petersb. vii. sér. 1861; iv, n. 140).
xi. 923 — S. acutifolia, L. (teste Gri- | S. sagittifolia, var. macrophylla, P)
seb. in Cat. Plant. Cub. 1866, ae Fl. Bor. Amer. 1840, ii. 167 —

8. oo Arrabida (Velloz), Fl ect var. latifolia, Torr. (teste T

=Å. aropin, Torrey, Fl. of State of New York,

Kunth ves Kunth, Enum. 1841, 1842, e 259 =S. variabilis, var. lati-
in. 152, et Seubert in Endl. et Mart. | folia, Eng.)

.

X 0 a n tp se re ac

Seale heen ate

eve ll UL aa | EE US owe Cee ees
t Gis as apy Eyre a

ALISMACEARUM JUNCAGINACEARUMQUE. 229

8. eS var. €—— Martens
m. Synopt. Plant.

nt
8. sagittiolia, var. obtusa, Bolle, Alis-
maceenformen der Mark in Verh. d.
ag Vereins e Mark Brand. 1861,

S. sui i eet Torr. Com-
no ipso in Fl. of
State xd Xe York, 1843, ii. 259—

, Var. pibencstés Eng.

8. Pine var. rigida, orr. Fl. of
S ork, 1843, 259—
S. rigida, Purs h. 28. cine
var. rigida, Eng.

S. sagittifolia, var. simplex, Hook.
Bor. Amer. 1840, ii. 167, teste Tor

eouukilolin: Punk enumerat.=8. gra-
minea, Michx.

S. sagittifolia, var. stratiotoides, Bolle,
Alismaceenformen der Mark in Verh.
d. Bot. Vereins d. Mark Brand. 1861,
in. 164.
S. sagittifolia, var. subsequiloba, Regel,
Fl. des Ussuri-Gebietes, 140; in
Mém. pee St. Petersb. vii sér.
1861,

S. E. var. oe oed

P

utifolia, L. var. (teste Mi-

Haad Symbolæ ad floram Surinamen-
in Lin 1844, xviii. 379).

8. Bebes. Mart. in Endl. et Mart.

Fl. Bras . 1847, viii. 110 — Echinodo-
iseb.)

S. simplex, Auct. Amer. (non Pursh).
—8S. graminea, Michx. (teste oret
mann in Å. pens y, Man. Bot
1867, 4:

S. simplex, Pusih, Fl. Amer. Sept. 1816,
ii. 397 —S. variabilis, forma dioica,
Eng. ibid.

S. Sinensis, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1631,

14.

Apri
S. stolouifem, Eng. et Gray, Plants
Lindheimerian 8

æ in Bosto urn
Nat. Hist. 1845, v. 234=S. simplex,
t mer. =S 1 Mie

E m hx.

(G Eng. in litt. d. d. Junio, 1867).
S. triandra, Dalzell, Contrib. to Bot
of West. India in Hook. Journ. Bot
and Kew Garden Misc. 1850, ii. 144.
S. triflora, N oronha, Relatio Plantarum

tav. Genootschap van Kunsten en We-
tenschappen, 1791, v. 84— S. Blumei,
Kun

S. trifolia, L dios Pl. ed. 1, 1753, species
valde d

8. ries m in À. Gray, Ma
Bot. ed. 1, 1848, 461, et ed. 2, 1856,
an.

. variabilis, var. angustifolia, Eng. 1. c.
: variabilis, var. diversifolia, Eng. l. c.

var. pubescens, Eng. in

S. viciis var. Ec utn Eng. l.c.

S. vulgaris, d
Russland un
birge, iris ii. 45, 157 —S. sagitti-
folia,

a RIA, L. a cl. Munby in Catal.
Plant. in Algeria Sponte Nasc. 1863,
32. Alismaceis adscribitur, sed certe

genus Hydrocharitacearum est.

230 INDEX CRITICUS
Vallisneria bulbosa, Poir. — le
eem d. Bot. 1 . 821, p
p dim sagittifolia B. -
lisneriifolia, Coss. et Germ. pro parte
verisimiliter = Scirpus maritimus, L.

JUNCAGINACELE, Rich.

chard, Analyse du Fruit,
1808, et Proposition d'une Nouvelle
Famille des Plantes, les prone in
Mém. du Mus. Eu i,

Carantuss, L. C. R; P Teon-
cum, Willa. Cg Kunth, Enum.
1841, iii. 142

Croxooxros, Endl. Gen. Plant. Suppl.

1369.

C. diee Endl Icon. Gen. Plant.

«4851 oe australasica-

rum, vA Hü ecad, iii. in An-

nalen des ene Mains 1840, ii.
211— c. procera,

C. linearis, Sond. in Pl Muelle-
rianæ, canons, 1856, xxviii. 225.

C. procera, Buchen poda pro-
cera, R. Br. Adipt. Triglochin du-
bia, R. Br., ad hoc genus referenda
est; an diversa a specie precedente ?

Endl. Genera Pl. Suppl. i. 1356).

JuxcaGo, Tourn. Inst, Rei Herb. 1700,
i. 260 — Triglochin, L.
J. palustris, feum: Methodus Plant.
1794, 644 X

Linza, H. et t B. Plant. «Besos 1808,
i. 222. nus anomalum, ad Cype-
raceas transferendum ?

xia. x e Fragm. Phytog.
Austr. 1

M, dirait F. Muell. 1

s dad:

. , ii. 139.
Scnevcuzerta, L. Syst. Nat. ed. 1,

BUTOMACEARUM,

1735 (teste Richter, Codex Bot. Lin-
nseus) et Flora Lappon. 1737, 133.
8. MM Pese Flora Nederl. Ind.

S. ne c Sp. «ipa ed. 1, 1753;
2, 1792
8. iun ail, Tandi cma
ca, 1792, ii. 502—8. umm
S. unicapsularis, Commers =
cus grandiflorus, L. Suppl. 209 teste
rN Encyc. Méthod. Bot. 1789,

ipee Willd. Nähere Bestim-

Magellanicum, Willd. i
ture. pon ans ge igno-
tus ; t. Nat. ed. 1, 173
T. Ani, C. ed crinis zur Flora Bos
maces in Linnea, 1849, xxii. 273=
T. m
T. pean Philippi, Reise durch
die Wüste Atacama, 1860, n. 356, 49
[zweite Paginiru nel
T. atlantica, Willd. Herb. — T. bulbosa,
(teste Kunth, Enum. 1841, iii.
)

A re Lois. Fl. Gall. 1807, 725,

T. bulbosa, 8. aean ae R. et S. Linn.
Bs Plant. 1829, vii. ii. 1585.
p berries Hook. Ic. Plant. 1842,

e c

416.
T. ‘atom, Hook. Ic. Plant. 1845,
t. 731
E. ‘entrap; Hook. Ic. Plant. 1845,
viii. t. 728.

T Cini Meyen, Reise um die Welt,
834, i. 354, adnot.=T. palustris,

m. sili: Ruiz et Pav. Fl. Peru
Chil. 1802, iii. 52. An Seiten €

neris ?

ALISMACEARUM JUNCAGINACEARUMQUE. 231

T. decipiens, R. Br. Prod. Fl Nov.
Holl. 1810, 343 =T. maa et P.
Ta dena Domb. in Herb. Mus
aris=T. striata, R. p i P (teste
Kunth, Enum. 1841, iii.
T. dubia, R. Br. d. FL iu Holl.
1810, 343. Species dubia, ad genus
— referenda.
T. elata, Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. Plants,
1848, i. m =T. maritima, var. elata,

A. Gray.

T. filifolia, Sieb. in Herb. Nov. Holl. n.
174; Spreng. Syst. Veg. cure Poste-
riores, 1827, iv. 2, 142— T. striata,
R. et P.

T. filifolia, Hook. Ic. Plant. 1848, vi. t.

o
278=T. striata, R. et P.).

T. flaccida, A. Cunn. T triandra,
Michx. (teste J. D. Hook. ibid.)

T. fonticola, Philippi, Beine durch die
Wüste Atacama, 1860, n. 355, 7
onde Paginirung]- T. palustris,

T. juncea, Gilib. Exercitia Phytologica,
1792, ii. 501
T. laxiflora, Gon. Ind. Sem. anni 1825

qu: ab horto regio in Boccadifale
pro mutua commutatione exhibentur,
825.

©

T. Lechleri, Steud. in sched. W. Lech-
E — Chilen. n. 457 =T. striata,
R.e

T. oar, Endl. in Plant. Preiss.
1846-7, ii. 54 — Cyenogeton linearis,
Son

T. pacima, L. Sp. Plant. ed. 1, 1753,
ed. 2, 1762, i. 483.

T. maritima, Thunb. Fl. C

Pm P. (testibus Chamisso et Schlecht-
endal, Plant. Romanzoff. in Linn.
1827, ii. 150).

ap. 1807-

'T. maritima, var. elata, A. Gr. Man.
Bot. 1856, 437.

T. maritima, 8. micrantha, E. Mey.
Plant, Ecklon. Linn. 1832, vii. 131.
re H. B. K., Kunth, Nov.
Gen es Plant. 1815, i. 244— T.
uh

T. — Spr. Linnei, Systema

g. ed. 14, cur. C. rus 1825,
ii. pa E iare R. et
Br. Pro ki FL Nov.

in Hook. Journ 2
fe — L. m. Plant. ak. 1, 1753,
2, 1762, i.

E ‘alts e FL Lusitan. 1804,
€ he (teste Kunth,
va 1841, iii
T broni Desf, E Missa. 1798, i.
322— T. laxiflora, Gruss. (teste Gus-
sone, Fl. Sicul. Synop. 1842, i. 439).
ii pecu B. L. Sp. Plant. ed. 2, 1762,
483 — T. bulbosa, L
"p. esce B. salina, Mertens et Koch,
Deutschlands Flora, 1826, ii. 628.
T. palustris, 8. Poll. Hi

B. igne R. et S. (testibus Rómer
et Schultes, 1. e.)
T procera, R. Br. Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl.

1810, i. 343— Cyenogeton procera,
Buchen,

racemosa, Endl. Plant. Preiss. 1846-
47, i. 54— Ala i semibarb:

Br. (P l. Nov. Holl. 1810, 275)

status onus evolutus, teste Sonder
in Pl. Mueller. (Linn. 1856, xxviii.
224).

T. reflexum, Vahl, nomen ab auctore

232 NEW BRITISH LICHENS.

non publicatum = Tetroncium Magel- alge Fl. Hercynie in Linn. 1840,

lanicum, Willd. (teste Willd. in Ma- 867 — T. maritim

gazin d. Gesellschaft naturforschender | T. striata, R. et PEL pem et Chil.

Freunde in Berlin, 1808, ii. 17). 1802, i

T. Regneri, C. Koch, Beiträge zur Pipes T. trian, Miche. Fl. Bor. Amer. 1803,

des Orinin Linn. 1849, xxii. 272, i. 208

an T. maritime, var P T. trichophora, Nees s. — in Pl.
T. salina, Wallr. Scholion zu Hampe’s Preiss. 1846-1847, i

NEW BRITISH LICHENS.
By tHe Rev. James CRoMBIE, M.A., F.G.S., F.L.S.
No. III.

In addition to those enumerated in the two former papers, there are
now to be described the following new species recently discovered by
me in the New Forest and in Scotland, one of which, however, had
previously been recorded by

cidea tenera, Nyl. in Flora, 1869, p. 83; thallus cinereous-
green, thin, somewhat subgranulate, indeterminate, everywhere rimu-
lose; apothecia pale, minute, plane, with paler margin; spores 8 in
theez, colourless, oblong or subbacillar, simple or obsoletely 1-sep-
tate, 0008—0:10 mm. long, 0:0015—0:0025 mm. thick; paraphyses
moderately thickish, with clavate apex, epithecium and hypothecium
colourless ; hymeneal gelatine blue with iodine, spermogones colour-
less, spermatia oblong.

On the smooth face of a granitic rock on the coast of Kincardine-
shire, S. of the Bay of Nigg. August, 1868. "Though occurring
plentifully in one spot, it was seen by me nowhere else in the neigh- |
bourhood. It is allied to Z. globulosa, Flk., from which it is sufti-
ciently distinguished by the above characteristics.

. precavenda, Nyl. in litt.; thallus obscure, thin, scarcely
D. apothecia black, plane or meist concave, margined, small;
spores 8i in theeze, faintly blackish, elliptical, 1-septate, 0:014—17 mm.
long, 0:006—8 mm. thick; paraphyses slender, epithecium obscurely
amber-brown, hypothecium somewhat reddish-brown, above more in-
tense in colour; hymeneal gelatine blue, and then wine-red with

4
:
b

NEW BRITISH LICHENS. 233

On the decaying wood of an old holly near Lyndhurst in the New
Forest. April, 1869. Very rare and local, and found only very
sparingly on a single tree. Nylander observes that it is distinguished
from Z. myriocarpa, De Cand., by the form of the paraphyses and the
reaction with iodine, and from Z. adpressa, Hepp., by the paraphyses
and the colour of the spores and hypothecium.

3. L. deducta, Nyl. in litt.; thallus obscurely subgelatinous, but
scarcely proper (as traces of a greenish effuse thallus are here and
there visible) ; apothecia blackish, small, usually margined; spores 8
in thece, colourless or faintly blackish, elliptical cr oblong, 3-septate,
0010-13 mm. long, 0:0035—0:0045 mm. thick; paraphyses not
discrete, thin layer of the apothecia reddish (hypothecium more
obscure in the acea hymeneal gelatine blue, then wine-red with
iodine.

On decaying felled stumps of Holly in the New Forest, near to
Brockenhurst. April, 1869. Very rare, and perhaps but a variety
of L. subturgidula, Nyl., from which it differs chiefly by the apothecia
being black and margined.

4. L. spododes, Nyl. in litt. ; thallus greenish-yellow, thin, granu-
lose, somewhat evanescent; apothecia cinereous or sordid pale, small,
convex, immarginate; spores simple, oblong, 0°010-14 mm. long,
0:0025—0-0040 mm. thick; hymeneal gelatine blue, and then wine-
red with iodine.

On old pales near Lyndhurst in the New Forest. April, 1869.
Rare and local. It is closely allied to Z. denigrata, Frs., of which
probably it is to be regarded as a subspecies, though externally it is
readily distinguished from this

5. Endocarpon Crombiei, Mudd, Brit. Clad. p. 36; parasitic on
thallus of ZAamnolia vermicularis; apothecia PROF MR lateral
minute, at length emersed, confluent, each verruca containing many
nuclei; ostiola very minute, punctiform, depressed, pale reddish-
brown; nucleus subgelatinous in yellowish-brown subceraceous tunic ;
paraphyses slender, discrete ; spores 8 in thece, very minute, ellip-
tical, unilocular, occasionally obscurely bilocular, hyaline.

Apparently not very rare on the higher Grampians of Scotland, as
Ben Lawers, Morrone, Ben-na-boord, on which last mountain it was
first discovered by me in August, 1862. Though regarded by Mudd,
l. c., as a trne lichen, Nylander considers it as a fungillus, and indeed -

VOL. vil. [aucusT 1, 1869.] 8

234 NOTES ON THE FERN-FLORA OF CHINA.

it seems to be one of those anomalous things of which the systematic
place is at present rather doubtful.

I may here also mention that Collema chalazanodes, Nyl. in Flora,
1869, p. 293, has been gathered in Bradley Wood, Devon, by Dr. H.
D. Holl, whose herbarium contains several lichens not hitherto re-
corded as British, which will be duly noticed in my forthcoming ‘ Enu-
meration of British Lichens.’

NOTES ON THE FERN-FLORA OF CHINA.
By H. F. Hanoz, PRD., Ere.

At page 270 of the last volume of this Journal, Dr. Max Kuhn, of
Berlin, notices, under the name of Woodsia macrochlena, a supposed
new Fern, collected at Che-foo by the botanists of the Prussian expe-
dition to China. Dr. Kuhn has since had the kindness to transmit to
me a small specimen of this, an examination of which enables me to
state positively that it is identical with my Woodsia insularis, de-
scribed eight years ago (Ann. Se. Nat. 4, sér. xv. 228) from two or
three plants only, gathered in the island of Sachalin. Dr. Kuhn re-
marks, *differt ab omnibus reliquis speciebus indusio membranaceo
quadrifido, lobis margine longissime ciliatis persistente." It seems to
have escaped him that W. polystichoides, Eaton, figured by the late
Sir W. Hooker at plate 2 of his *Second Century of Ferns' and
plate 32 of his ‘Garden Ferns,’ is described as “involucro e squamis
4—5 tenui-membranaceis in orbem dispositis imbricatis longe ciliatis ;”
and by Milde (Fil. Europe, ete., p. 170), from the figure only, as
having *indusium profunde quadripartitum, margine longe ciliatum.”
Of the varieties nudiuscula and sinuata of this latter species I possess
good examples from northern China, as also of W. Ilvensis, R. Br., and
JF. hyperborea, R. Br. The sections into which this genus is divided
by various pteridologists do not seem to me tenable

In the article referred to, Dr. Kuhn quotes my notice of Adiantum
Cantoniense in a way which would be likely to lead an ordinary reader
to infer that I had maintained this as a species, and that he had first
established its identity with 4. Capillus-Junonis, Rupr. This is not
the case, as my paper, published a year before his own, had for its sole
object to point out this identity. Dr. Kuhn regards the southern Fern

NOTES ON THE FERN-FLORA OF CHINA. 235

as a variety distinct from the northern omne, relying, as I learn from
him by letter, on the circumstance that in the former the transverse
diameter of the pinnule is greater than the longitudinal, whilst in the
latter the reverse is the case. But the considerable number of speci-
mens from both parts of the empire whieh I have been enabled to com-
pare conclusively prove the instability of this character, and that it is
not possible to distinguish two well-defined forms.

Adiantum diaphanum, Bl., which, though very close to, is yet, I think,
scarcely identical with 4. sefulosum, J. Sm., is abundant at Amoy,
1 growing in wells, and on the shaded perpendicular sides of ditches.

Though I have seen no Indian specimens, I think it most probable
that my yr Guilelmi must be merged in A. Edgeworthii, Hook.,
to which, judging from the charaeter only, I had approximated it: :
specimen from Pére David has the rachis conspicuously Hi sr
whilst specimens of 4. Capillus- Junonis differ equally in the absence or
presence of this naked rooting prolongation. What further disposes
me to this conclusion is, that I have received from the same excellent
naturalist, gathered on shaded rocks of the mountains of northern

hina, two other plants hitherto supposed to be peculiar to India,—
and there, I believe, local,—viz. Didymocarpus lanuginosa, Wall., and
Gymnogramme vestita, Hook. This Fern is surely most distinct from
A, caudatum, L., with which both it and A. rhizophorum, Swz. (also,
as I ik, a true species), are combined by Mr. Baker in the ‘ Sy-
nopsis.
Adiantum Capillus- Veneris, L., is common in various places in the
Canton province, but always, so far as I have observed, under the or-
dinary form, not the one with deeply incised pinnules met with in
Ceylon and elsewhere.

Cheilanthes ? Chusana, Hook., was sent me from Foochow by Mr.
Medhurst in 1859, and Messrs. Parry, Sampson, and I have met with
it in various localities in Kwangtung. I cannot help thinking that my
determination of this plant is correct, and the late Professor Mettenius
was of the same opinion. It often accords quite well with the figure
(Spec. Fil. 2. t. 106 B), but the pinne are frequently less approximate
and the pinnules broader. Sir William Hooker, to whom on two
several occasions I sent specimens, first said it was a broad form of C.
tenuifolia, Swz., afterwards that he considered it to be his C. sudvillosa.
"That, however, it cannot be, since it has neither the continuous invo-
| s 2

c 236 NOTES ON THE FERN-FLORA OF CHINA.

lucre nor the villose pinuze which are attributed to that Fern both in
the description and figure.

Father Armand David discovered Cheilanthus tenuifolia, Sw., in
shady places of the higher mountains in the neighbourhood of Peking.
This Fern has not previously been recorded from Northern China, or
from any part of Asiatic Russia; and I believe the Peking habitat is
the most northerly known, answering to that of Tasmania in the
southern hemisphere ; which, though in a slightly higher latitude, and
on about the corresponding isotherm, enjoys, from its insular character
and the great preponderance of ocean, a far more equable climate and
milder winter.

r. Sampson is, I believe, the discoverer of Pellea geraniifolia, Fée,
in Southern China; having, in September 1868, gathered unusually
fine specimens on precipitous rocks, above the monastery, near the
summit of the Pakwan hills, outside Canton.

The late Dr. Harland and I gathered, in October 1856, on the steep
flanks of Victoria Peak, Hongkong, fine specimens of Péeris pellucida,
Br., some of which were transmitted to Kew ; but, though the species
was determined by Sir William Hooker, the locality is omitted in the
* Synopsis.’

I find no plant in my herbarium answering to Péeris insignis, Mett.,
and there must be some mistake about the number, as my n. 79 is
Asplenium Klotzschii, Mett. As its relationship to P. teniosa, J. Sm.,
is mentioned, it is probable the Fern sent was regarded by me as not
distinct from P. cretica, L.

Though I have seen no Javanese specimen, I have little doubt that
Dr. Kuhn is right in reducing my Woodwardia angustiloba to W. au-
riculata, Bl.

Asplenium normale, Don, occurs in the dry clefts of rocks, on the
summit of the White Cloud Mountains, above Canton, and I also
gathered it on rocks in the Tsing-yune pass. Unless I err, this Fern
has not previously been detected in China.

y Asplenium comptum (Ann. Sc. Nat. 5 scr. v. 255) is a Fern re-
specting which there is some difference of opinion amongst the most
accomplished pteridologists. Sir W. Hooker (litt. 30 Jun. 1865) was
uncertain whether it is distinct from 4. dimidiatum, L., or a small form
of 4. macrophyllum, Sw. Professor Mettenius (litt. 31 Oct. 1865),
after studying the Hookerian herbarium, regarded it as a remarkable

NOTES ON THE FERN-FLORA OF CHINA. 291 -

plant, to which he knew no parallel, and not nearly related to 4. dimi-
diatum. Mr. Baker (litt. Feb. 1868) says it quite agrees with the
can specimens referred to A. dimidiatum in the * Synopsis Filicum.'
Finally, Dr. Kuhn, who has recently redescribed it, under the impres-
sion that my name was only in manuscript, remarks (Botan. Zeit. 1869,
p. 182): “ Diese Art ist nahe verwandt mit Æ. macrophyllum, Sw.,
jedoch durch so wesentliche Merkmale von ihm verschieden, dass wir
gegen eine Vereinigung gerechte Bedenken tragen würden." To me
this Fern appears distinct from either of the species named, but, of the
two, nearer 4.macrophyllum.

Asplenium incisum, Thbg., to which A. elegantulum, Hook., is re-
duced by Mettenius (in Miq. Ann, Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 234), Baker
and Kuhn, is stated y Milde (Fil. Eur. 63) to be merely A. Tricho-
"mes,

My pee: Pekinan is regarded as a good species by both
Mettenius and Kuhn, but is referred by Baker (in litt.) to Æ. sepul-
chrale, Hook., which both Milde and Kuhn consider the same as 4.
varians, Hook. and Grey. The only specimen of 4. sepulchrale I have
seen, gathered by Oldham, and sent me under that name from Kew,
but which exceeds the dimensions given in the ‘ Synopsis,’ appears to
me altogether distinct, by its habit (not unlike that of Davallia tenui-
Jolia, Sw.) and very long stipes, and is apparently referable, or at least
"very close, to 4. solidum, Kze. ; and my Ceylon specimens of 4. vari-
ans do not look at all as if belonging to the same species as either the
Japanese or North Chinese Fern. I have, however, a small Jehol Fern
from Père David, which I have no hesitation in referring to 4. varians.
Probably more plants than one have been confused under the name of
A. sepulchrale. A. Pekinense is much like the American 4. montanum,

Of Asplenium Niponicum, Mett., I possess Fokien specimens from
De Grijs, and others gathered in the Filoitsz woods, along the North
River, province of Kwangtung, by Sampson ; they agree perfectly with

from Japan

Mr. Swinhoe gathered the Japanese Asplenium Gæringianum, Mett.,
at Talienwan; and M. David has sent from Jehol a Fern which I can-
not distinguish from 4. Hohenackerianum, Kze

Mr. J. G. Veitch gave me a Japanese specimen of Asplenium
Thwaitesii, A. Br., which accords in the most perfect manner with those

238 NOTES ON THE FERN-FLORA OF CHINA.

from Ceylon. Neither Mettenius nor Baker have apparently ever seen
this species from Japan.

Mr. Sampson has detected in shady parks at Canton an Asplenium
in all respects identical with the Fern distributed from Ceylon under
n. 1247 by Dr. Thwaites, by whom it is regarded as a bipinnate form -
of A. Schkuhrii, Mett. ; whilst I cannot myself see how it is to be dis-
tinguished from the West Indian 4. radicans, Schk.

I have received from Father Armand David specimens of Scolopen-
drium Sibiricum, Hook., gathered from cold alpine rocks near Jehol.

Aspidium deveanm, Kze. (intermedium, J. Sm.) was found, in June
1865, along the West River, in the province of Canton, by Mr. Samp-
son. I give the above name and synonym on the authority of the late
Professor Mettenius, to whom I sent a specimen, whose judgment with
regard to Kunze's Ferns is unimpeachable, he having full aecess to that
author's herbarium. Mr. Moore, also, from referring in his * Index’
both Kunze's and J. Smith's species to the variety 8 of his Sagenia
coadunata, evidently considers them identical. The present is pre-
cisely the same as Dr. Thwaite’s n. 1358, which Sir W. Hooker doubt-
fully regarded as a var. B. minor of 4. giganteum, Bl., whilst he referred
J. Smith's intermedium to the typical form of that species, and placed
A. devezum as a synonym of J. cicutarium, Sw. Dr. Thwaites's n.
1357, again, which he considers, no doubt rightly, as the 4. giganteum
of the * Species Filicum,’ Professor Mettenius said is the 4. paradoaum
of Fée; whilst under the same number Gardner appears to have sent
to Kew the very similar 4. membranifolium, Mett., or 4. fuscipes, Wall.,
with which latter name, indeed, my first specimen of 4. paradoxum
received from Dr. Thwaites was ticketed. This confusion in nomen-
clature renders it difficult to speak with certainty; but I believe Z.
devezum has only heretofore been found in Java, the Philippines, and

eylon. An invaluable revision of some of the species of this excep-
tionably difficult genus, by the lamented Leipzig Professor, will be
found in the Annales Mus. Lugd.-Bat. i. 225, seq.

Mr. Sampson gathered beautiful specimens of Aspidium odoratum,
Bory, on the singular isolated limestone rock called Kai-kun-shek, or
* Cock’s-comb-hill,’ along the West River, 100 miles west of Canton,
in June 1864, and others in the caverns at Sai-chii-shan, in February,
1869. Milde records the species from China, on the authority of the
Petersburg herbarium, therefore, perhaps, from the north of the empire.

. NOTES ON THE FERN-FLORA OF CHINA. 239

Mr. Baker's mention of this country was, I believe, in reference to my

specimen

I may take ibis Visi of remarking, in connection with my former
observations on the coalescence of tribes (Journ. Bot. Vol. III. p. 342),
that a very marked transition is effected between the genera A spleninm
and <Aspidium, by such species as Asplenium gymnogrammoides, K1.,
and 4. puncticaule, var. bipinnatisecta, Mett. (= A. macrocarpum, Bl.)
on the one hand, and Aspidium splendens, Wall., and A. obtusissimum,
Mett.! (= A. sparsum, B. latum, Thw. n. 1369!) on the other; and,
again, through Asplenium Geringianum, Mett., A. Hohenackerianum,
Kze., and their allies, and Aspidium emulum, Sw. I think it is diffi-
cult to look at these representatives of their respective genera without
believing them to be really allied, not merely somewhat alike. The
true position of Athyrium, in so far at least as regards some of the
species, seems to me still very much open to question; and Milde
insists strongly on its distinctness as a genus.

r. Wells Williams gathered at Ku-pei-kau, in the summer of 1865,
from fissures in the bricks of the Great Wall, a curious dwarf variety
of Polypodium lingua, Sw., with oblong fronds $ to 1 inch long only,
borne on stipites of nearly equal length.

With respect to Polypodium Chinense, Mett., separated from P. nor-
male, Don, mainly on account of a more complicated venation, and the
absence of paraphyses, I may remark that P. normale is placed b
Mettenius himself, in his monograph of ngu (‘ Dispositio Spe-
cierum,' p. 24), in a section to which he ascribes *' sori iri A nd.
destituti;" nor are any figured in Hooker and Greville's plate of P
longifrons, Wall. (Ic. Fil. i. t. 65). The only Indian (Khasia) speci-
men of P. normale, to which I have at present access, has the sori too
much rubbed and defaced, from careless drying, to be trustworthy on
this point; but, so far as concerns the venation, I can see no appre-
ciable difference between it and the Chinese Fern (Macao, Hance!
Fokien, De Grijs!), the number of free thickened veinlets in the
areole being subject to a good deal of variation in the fronds of each.

The late Mr. Oldham sent me, from Formosa, a fine specimen of
Polypodium lomarioides, Kze., quite accordant with those from the

Philippines.

240

ON A NEW SPECIES OF HYPODERRIS.
By CHARLES PRENTICE, Esq.

While examining a portion of the fern herbarium at the British
Museum a few days since, I met with what seems undoubtedly a
second unnamed species of the rare genus Hypoderris, R. Br. It was
recently (1867) brought from Nicaragua by Dr. Seemann, and pro-
posing to name it after the discoverer, I send a description and diag-
nosis.

Hypoderris Seemanni, mihi. Rhizome short, woody, sending out
several rather stout, filiform radicles ; stipes from six inches to a foot
high, brown, with a few jagged, dark brown, narrow scales at the base,
otherwise quite smooth, with the exception of a scattered scale here
and there; frond lanceolate, pinnatifid almost to the rachis, along
which it is decurrent, entire or slightly pinnatifid at the summit ;
smooth ; sori principally arranged in an intramarginal series, a few
only being scattered over the under surface of the frond; fertile
divisions of the frond narrower than the barren ones.—Chontales
Mountains, Republic of Nicaragua (Seemann! n. 206.)

As in H. Brownit, the frond is finely cellular under a lens, and the
peculiar venation is the same in both species; but the smooth stipes,
the lanceolate, deeply pinnatifid frond, and the arrangement of the
sori, which are scattered equally over the whole under surface of the
frond of H. Brownii, constitute a sufficient specific distinction.

TRANSPORTATION OF SEEDS. h

A correspondent from the Philippine Islands writes to us:—1
received a box that had been dispatched from Berlin in February,
1859, by overland mail, vid Trieste, but got lost during the Italian
war, and only reached me after sixteen months. It was a large box
lined with tin, carefully soldered; among its contents were two small
glass-stoppered bottles, the one filled with moist charcoal-powder, the
other with moist clay; each contained some bulbs of red hybrid Nym-
p. from the Royal Botanical Garden in Berlin. Those packed

n charcoal were spoilt, but two of the four in moist earth had germs

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 241

i inch long. I planted them at once in cocoa-nut shells; they began
to sprout almost immediately, grew very vigorously, and soon pro-

duced flowers.
_ Luzon, province Albay.
NEW PUBLICATIONS. á
| The Quinology of the East Indian Plantations. By Joun Error
1 Howarp, F.L.S., F.R.M.S, F.R.H.S., Member of the Pharma-

ceutical "em of Great Britain, and of the Botanical Society of
France, etc. London: L. Reeve and Co. 1869. Pp. x. 44,
with three coloured Plates by Tuffen West.

Seven years have elapsed since the appearance of Mr. Howard's
*Nueva Quinologia of Pavon, and now we have the above work
fully sustaining the author's reputation as an accomplished chemist
and botanist. Mr. Howard is one of those lovers of science, unfortu-
nately by no means numerous, who stick with persevering zeal to the
investigation of a particular branch of inquiry with a view to its eluci-
dation; and in the present instance, such has been the application of
our author that he is justly considered to be one of the greatest quino-
logists living. Would that others would produce such valuable
monographs on little-known subjects! and the result would help to
render economie botany less perplexing to the student than it now is.

The present work treats on the result of the acclimatization of the
Cinchone in India, under Mr. M‘Ivor, who is as successful a cultivator
as Mr. Broughton is a quinologist. Mr. Howard well observes of
these gentlemen, ** The Indian Government have been fortunate in the
choice of servants to whom the practical carrying out of the details of
this great scheme has been confided, and I am glad to think in this
‘most recent instance they have been equally successful."

The work consists of four parts. 1. Microscopical Observations on
the Plates; 2. Chemical and Microscopical Investigations ; 3. Appen
. dix; 4. Addenda et Corrigenda.

- In the * Microscopical Observations’ we have some remarks on the
Strueture of those barks which have been “ renewed," and having an
important bearing on physiological botany. The plates, for the ac-

242 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

curacy of which Mr. Tuffen West’s name is a sufficient guarantee,
follow next. The difference in microscopie structure (plate i.) of bark
grown in sunshine and in shade (the latter condition favouring su-
berous growth), and under moss and in the open garden, is very
remarkable. In plate ii. there are figures of the microscopical struc-
ture of those barks which have been “renewed” by “mossing.”
Plate iii. (fig.e8) is very curious, being representations of scalariform
tissue found in renewed ba

In the ‘ Chemical and Microscopical Observations,’ which is really
the body of the work, we have much useful information. Under the
head of * Elevation above the sea level,” some notes of the greatest
practical importance to the cultivator occur, from which it appears
that it is useless to attempt the cultivation of these plants at a lower
level than 4000 feet above the sea. As affecting the whole question
of acclimatization in the Neilgherries, the analyses of four specimens
of bark are not to be lost sight of. Some seeds and bark of Cinchona
officinalis, L., were received by Mr. Howard from Uritusinga (Peru),
the total yield of alkaloid being 3:11 per cent.

From these seeds, plants were raised in England the bark of which
yielded 1:93 per cent. Mr. Howard then gave a living plant, 6 feet
high, to the Indian Government, which, after losing its leaves in the
passage out by sunstroke and partly recovering in India, yielded 2°36
per cent., while plants raised from it in India yielded 3:33 per cent.

e “effect of sunlight" favours “the production of cinchonidine
and dense shade that of cinchonine, whilst it appears from other
observations for quinine, that the leaves should be well exposed to
light, whilst the stem bark is shaded from the direct action of the

As a commercial question of great interest, we learn with satisfac-
tion that the first importations of bark (Cinchona suecirubra, Pavon) to
England from India, have met with great favour, giving, by analysis,
6:8 per cent. of alkaloidal contents; and, in the case of Ceylon, the
remittance of the bark of C. officinalis and succirubra, though only of
three years’ growth, and consequently immature, fetched a higher price
than South American bark of the same species.

A great deal of the remunerative success of the undertaking depends
on “ mossing the bark," and we may remark with Mr. Howard in his
“ Conclusion,” that Mr. M‘Ivor’s plan of mossing is an important dis-

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 243

covery in the direction of intelligent culture. The process is thus de-
scribed by Mr. M‘Ivor :—

“ In removing the strip of bark, two parallel cuts should be made down
the stem, at the distance apart of the intended width of the strip of bark ;
this done, the bark is raised from the sides of the cut and drawn off, be-
ginning from the bottom, care being taken not to injure the sappy matter
or Cambium left on the stem of the tree. This Cambium or sappy matter
immediately granulates on the removal of the bark, and, being covered,
forms a new bark, which maintains the circulation undisturbed.”

This moss is kept continually moist, and, as in the case of the best
native bark, lichens cover them, thus being taken as a criterion of
goodness by the “ Cascarilleros,” so the presence of the moss keeps
the bark from direct sunlight, and thus preventing the oxidation of
the alkaloids and the elaboration of a troublous resin. From this it
may be seen that it is not only wasteful but useless labour to cut
down the tree in order to obtain the bark, and that killing the goose
to possess the golden egg is no longer necessary.

There are many other subjects we would like to note as the re-
searches of the author, together with those of Decaisne, Trecul, Berg,
etc., on physiological questions of vast importance on the Cambium,
mode and origin of the “ renewed " bark, course of the sap, etc., but
space bids us draw this notice to a close. Even the leaves of the tree
are useful in fresh infusions or decoctions for the fevers of the country.

The appendix and addenda contain correspondence with the Under-
Secretary of State, Dr. De Vrij, etc., and other useful selections.

In conclusion, it is seen that careful attention to climatological
requirements and careful selection of the best species, have a£ least
rendered the barks in value fully equal to those of South American
growth, and even more so, as appears from a recent number of the
* Pharmaceutical Journal, in which a case of a bark is mentioned
yielding 10 per cent.

At p. 30 the author conveniently sums up the conclusions which he
has arrived at, and with more or less clearness sueceeded in demon-
strating, viz. :—

1, That the cultivation of the Cinchone in India promises ead success,

but to ensure this, great attention must be paid to the choice of species
2. That if properly conducted, it will prove remunerative.

244 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

3. That Mr. M‘Ivor’s SAR of mossing is an important discovery i in the di-
rection of intelligent cul
4. That the renewal ip oe bark from the cambium leads to different conclu-

5. That no part of the tree—root, stem, or leaves—visited by the ascending
sap, seems to be the place of deposit of the alkaloids.
hat these are formed in the cellular tissue of the bark, beginning from

the cambium outwards.
ue, sources whence the materials are drawn for this ene are
at once the nourishing sap descending in its usual course, and a lateral convey-

ance, through the prd rays, of part of the deposit of the ATARA
in the woo

8. That — as this mother-substance is Hume of the Cinchone,
and is the source of the Cinchona-red, it may also mainly conduce to the for-
mation of the ae T it is probable that the characteristic principle of
each plant is originally

9. That the above isset deduced by M. Decaisne from his researches on
eae is equally true as to Red bark.

0. That no explanation is at present panier of the tendency of the cells in

he e of the Madder to secrete the peculiar colouring-matter, nor in the
bark of the Cinchons to produce alkaloid.

t the electro-chemical properties of the cells are nevertheless iiia
infused w the respiration, and that z ne the character of this re;
ration we may artificially control thei ir acti

12. That the dia not favour, but that the general
respiration does favour the iem of alkaloids
13. That the presence or absence à inem has a great influence (through the
oe ero on all the above phenom
4. That the laticiferous ducts dwindle and disappear coincidently with the
"oien of the alkaloids.
15. That the liber fibres are not the place of deposit of the alkaloids.

Mr. Howard remarks that the re-establishment of the bark under
this treatment of mossing is perfect. “I compared this at first " (he
says)—as indeed the first specimens sent seemed to justify—**to the
granulation of flesh over the surface of wounds; but the accompanying
drawings, under the microscope, show the bark in the third time of
renewal to be perfectly renewed, as is the case in the parts replaced
by animals of low organization, as the claw, for instance, is formed
again after being lost by the lobster.”

+ ae UT

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 245

ie Lemnaceen. Fine monographische Untersuchung. Von Dr.
FRIEDERICH HEGELMAIER. (The Lemnacee; a Monograph. By Dr.

. Hegelmaier.) 4to. With 16 plates. 170 pp. Leipzig: Wil-
helm Engelmann. 1868.

This monograph has long been looked for, and is a most creditable
performance, Dr. Hegelmaier having spared no pains to make it per-
fect in every way his means and resources would admit. His atten-
tion was first directed to the Order by the Lemnacee collected in tro-
pical Africa by that indefatigable and zealous collector, Dr. Welwitsch,
being entrusted to him for critical examination. The result of this
examination was published in this Journal, and not only prompted
Dr. Hegelmaier to pursue the subject further until he had exhausted
it as far as his present materials would allow, but also induced others
to follow his meritorious example, and to confide the result of their
labours to our care for publication. The history of this monograph
is an apt illustration how British and foreign botany act and react
upon each other. Some of our local botanists probably did not thank
us when we filled up a whole plate and a considerable number of pages
of our Journal with dry technicalities about African Lemnacez, and
yet to the publication of these they owe indirectly the discovery of a
genus of Phanerogams absolutely new to the British Flora,—we mean
Wolfia.

. Dr. Hegelmaier rejects the opinion of those who incorporate the
Lemnacee with the Pistiacee (which is undoubtedly a group of Aroi-
dee, closely connected with the rest of the Order through the genus
Ambrosinia), and finds a better systematic position for them near
Zosteracee, which must either be altogether united with the Najadez,
or be placed iu their immediate vicinity. The nacec represent the
lowest type of flowering plants, Lemna Columbiana, Karst., being the
most simple, Spirodela polyrrhiza, Schleid., the most complex organism

of the group.

Dr. Hegelmaier enters into full details about the anatomical struc-
ture and morphology of the Zemnacee, illustrating his views and
Observations by carefully-drawn plates, and concludes with a syste-
matic enumeration of all known genera, species, and varieties of this
ill-understood Order of plants. Altogether Dr. Hegelmaier enume-
rates 3 genera and 21 species, viz. :—

246 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

Tribus I. —Wolffiece.
I. Genus Worrrra, Horkel.
I. Subgenus Zuwolffia.
. JF. Columbiana, Karsten.
9. W. cylindracea, Welw.
3. JF. arrhiza, Wimm.
4. W. Brasiliensis, Weddl.
. W. microscopica, Kurz.
6. JF. hyalina, Delil.
1. W. repanda, Hegelm
8. W. Welwitschii, Hopetin’
II. Subgenus Wolffedla.
s, oblonga, Hegelm.

E

12. JF. denticulata, Hegelm.

Tribus IT. —Lemnese.

IL Genus Lemna, L.

I. Subgenus Hydrophace.

. L. trisulea, L.
. L. Valdiviana, Philipp.
. L. perpusilla, Torr.
. L. pauci-costata, Hegelm.
L. Angolensis, Welw.
L. minor, L.

DU Qo fo n

Na

II. Subgenus Telmatophace.
7. L. gibba, L.
III. Genus Sprropeta, Schleid.

1. S. oligorrhiza, Hegelm.
2. S. polyrrhiza, Schleid.

The author corrects an error of synonymy committed by Dr. Trimen
with regard to Wolfia Delilii, Schleid., and also by Dr. Kurz in the vari-
ous species he wrote on. Dut he seems himself to have made some blun-
ders with regard to the West Indian species of Wolffa, for he seems

BOTANICAL NEWS. 947

to class it with W. Brasiliensis, whilst Professor Grisebach (Fl. W.
Ind. Islands, London, 1864, p. 512) has described it as a distinct
species (omitted by our author), under the name of JF. punctata. In
quoting the English habitat of JF. arrhiza we note two misprints. It
should be Staines, Trimen, etc., p. 219, instead of Raines, Trimen, p.
21.

We should have been glad to see Latin generic and specific charac-
ters besides the German, and trust that, in any future monograph,—
for the author, we are sure, will not drop the subject in its present
state,—he will give them to us. We are also sorry to find that he has
erred with Dr. Milde in his otherwise excellent monograph on Zguise-
tum, in not giving us a complete index, so as to be able to find a
synonym instantly, instead of having to search through the whole
book for it.

The author fully discusses the geographical range of the different
species. About one half of the species are common to the tropical
and extratropical countries, the other half consists of species peculiar
either to the tropics or extratropical parts. They are excluded from
the Polar regions.

Dr. Hegelmaier thanks those botanists who, during his investiga-
tions, have supplied him with specimens, ee and suggestions ;
but now that he has shown what go e he has made of them, and
what numerous blanks still remain to be filled up before we can say
un our ae of this small, but interesting group of plants is

—he will probably receive considerable additions; and those
exhi who should wish to make communications to him will be
glad to know that any addressed to ** Dr. Hegelmaier, Tübingen," will
reach him.

BOTANICAL NEWS.

` We rejoice to hear that Mr. Thiselton Dyer is a candidate for Dr. Lee's
Readership i in Anatomy, at tsm "ien Oxford, the duties of which are to
give lectures on Biological subje
We hare received full and ds particulars respecting the share which
Dr. Hooker is alleged to have had in preventing certain honourable distinctions
— conferred upon some of the Englishmen who visited the great Horticul-
ural Exhibition at St. Petersburg.

248 BOTANICAL NEWS.

Dr. — and Captain Bedford Pim, R.N., have just published, conjointly
Hall), a book of travel in Finda, Panama, and Mosqui
under the Rs of ‘ Mte on the Roadside, in which will be found some
matter interesting to bota:
ve received a doli " Prof. C. C. Babington's long-expected * British
Rubi, on which we shall have occasion to speak at length. It is published
by Mr. Van Voorst, but, unfortunately, at present without the plates, which
we believe were placed in the hands of an artist notorious for delay. But as
half a loaf is better than no bread at all, we are thankful that Prof. Babington
has at least given us the letterpress
BOTANICAL cung OF Evursenau, April 8.—The following communica-
tions were :—l. Notes on Range in Depth of Marine Alge. By Pro
fessor Dickie gus p- 148). II. Remarks on Scirpus parvulus. By A. G. Ne
Esq. III. Notes on the Varieties of Tea ———Ó in pigers By Mr. William
Bell. IV. Notes on a Botanical E SI 1868. By Alexander
Craig-Christie, Esq. V. Notice of Plants N aturalized on the Banks of the
Gala and Tweed. By Gilbert C. A. Stuart, Esq. Many of the plants referred
to by the author are new to Scotland, most of them are rare even in England,
and not a few of. them are evidently entire strangers to Great Britain. Only

Among the plants metre in the paper were :— Camelina sativa, Lepidium
ruderale, Saponaria officinalis, Silene Anglica, Medicago maculata, Medicago
denticulata, Lythrum rum. hyesopifolium, Pone tetraphyllum, Daucus gum-
mifer, Caucalis daucoides, Erigeron acris, Centaurea solstitialis, Xanthium
spinosum, Solanum nigrum, Amaranthus Blitum, Chenopodium murale, Rumex
palustris, Cannabis sativa, Setaria viridis, Apera Spica-venti, Polypogon Mon-
speliensis, P. littoralis, Gastridium lendigerum, Festuca uniglumis, and Hor-
deum pratense. He considers that the plants must have been ee with
the wool brought to the manufactories in the district. VI. On some British

Plantagines allied to Plantago maritima, L. By Dr. Buchanan White The

examination of all the species belonging to the P. maritima group contained in
the herbaria of the University of Edinburgh and the Botanical Society, he has
come to the conclusion that instead of P. maritima being the only British
representative of the group, there are altogether three species in Britain, viz.,
P. alpina, L., P. maritima, and P. serpentina. He coneluded by giving descrip-
tions E the different species. VII. Notice of some New and Rare British
Mosses. By Mr. John Sadler. The first species referred to was Grimmia
pcne discovered for the first time in Britain on Arthur's Seat, in March
last, by Mr. William Bell; second, a luridus, which had ig
gathered by James vie in March, and Mr. William Bell in April, in th
neighbourhood of Edinburgh; third, Pottia minutula, found in T i
quantity in the EDIT s Park, near the powder magazine. VIII. Report on
the Open-air Vegetation i in the Royal Botanic Garden. By Mr. M‘Nab.

Vincent Brooks, Day & Son, Imp

249

NEW AND RARE BRITISH HYMENOMYCETOUS FUNGI.
By Worruineron G. Smita, Esq, F.L.S.
(PLATE XCV.)
The warm and showery spring of the present year was highly
favourable to the growth of fungi. Many species appeared that had
not been observed for years previously, and others that were either

altogether new to science or new to Britain: of the species that came
under my own observation I select the following for the ‘Journal of

Botany.’
A. (Flammula) decipiens, n. sp.; ceespitose; pileus 1 inch across,
convex, fleshy, minutely squamulose, dry, rich brown, becoming

pallid, umbo almost white; stem 2 in. high, often swollen, eit

broad, truly decurrent, luminous brown; fles within icc
bright brown at base; spores bright tawny, ring none.

On the 13th June of the present year I first found this curious species
in Epping Forest; it was growing abundantly about burnt gorse stumps,
on burnt earth and charcoal, in open places in the forest, in company
with 4. (Flammula) carbonarius, Fr. Like the last-named species, it
is inclined to be fascieulate, and the groups of one and the other were
so intimately mixed up and confused together that it was impossible to
gather one without the other. Added to this, the pilei of the two spe-
cies greatly resembled each other in colour, and the peculiar habitat on
charcoal and burnt earth was the same. Owing to these deceptive pe-
culiarities, and because Mr. Berkeley, to whom I sent specimens, believes
it to be undescribed, I propose to describe it under the name of Agaricus
decipiens. Though at a first glance it resembles 4. carbonarius, it is
on examination a totally different thing, as may be seen by referring
to ‘Journal of Botany,’ Vol. VI. t. 75. It differs greatly in the
attachment of the gills, for whilst they are adnate in A. carhonarius,
hes belongs to Fries’ second section of Flammula (Lubrici), they

re decurrent in the new species, which belongs to Fries’ fourth section
of Flammula a) and is nearly allied to Agaricus hybridus,
picreus, sapineus,

A. (Tricholomo) cum Bull; Fries; Icon in Mus. Ac. Sc. Holm.

VOL. VII. [SEPTEMBER 1, 1869. T

250 NEW AND RARE BRITISH HYMENOMYCETOUS FUNGI.

Iu terra humosa subnuda; in aggeribus Scaniw vulgaris, Upsaliz in
hortis passim, at in silvatico-montanis nunquam vidimus. Stipes
solidus, admodum rigidus, demum fibrosus, apice pruinatus, extus
intusque fuscus. Ceterum admodum variabilis ; interdum brevissimus,
2-8 lin. tantum altus et crassus, deorsum attenuatus ; vulgo uncialis,
nune bulbosus, nune :equalis, gracilior, ut in icone citata videre licet.
Pileus earnosus, mollis, e convexo "peo. aia glaber, udus
(siccus opacus), 2 une. circiter latus, ex umbrino expallens; sspe
glebis inquinatus. Caro pilei uda ae sicca Sone ns. Lamelle

emarginato-liberz, confertze, ventricosee, ante marginem evanescentes,
integerrime, albide. Mihi 4. arcuato propior, quam sequenti. Affi-
nitas inter Æ. arcuatum, paneolum, grammopodium, melaleucum,
humilem (licet omnes antiquitus distinctee sint) major est, quam inter
alias Tricholomatum species ; etiam 4. humilis et exscissus ex horum
cedere. Omnes inodori.—Fries’ ‘Monographia Hymenomycetum

In June last the Rev. H. H. Gillett, of Waltham, Melton Mowbray,
sent mea few specimens of the true 4. drevipes of Bulliard, a species
which he had found growing in abundance the previous October on an
old heap of leaf-mould in a plantation, and in hedgerows by plantations.
It is a most interesting addition to our flora, its place being near 4.
humilis, Fr. (the 4. blandus of Berkeley in Eng. Fl.) and 4. suópulveru-
lentus, P.; it is, however, different from either, and, except in size, some-
what resembles 4. grammopodius, Bull. Mr. Gillett informs me that last
autumn he cooked and ate many specimens, and that he found them
quite equal in flavour to 4. gambosus, Fr.: to procure a spring crop
he treated the heap of leaf-mould to a dressing of salt water in the
way itis applied by Mr. Ingram (head gardener at Belvoir Castle)
after his first crop of mushrooms is over, viz. a handful of salt to
three gallons of water. "This had the desired effect, and it gave me
the opportunity of showing three or four specimens at one of the
spring meetings of the Linnean Society.

The following species, some of which are very rare, have been met
with during the last twelve months, and are worthy of record :—

A. (Omphalia) sphagnicola, Berk.; parasitic on sphagnum. Very
wet places in bog; Wimbledon Common.

A. (Pleurotus) corticatus, Yr, Very large specimen on a branch of

NEW AND RARE BRITISH HYMENOMYCETOUS FUNGI. 251

an Apple-tree, branch 9 ft. from the ground, fungus 4ft. 6 in. from
the trunk. — Staplehurst, Kent.

A. (Pleurotus) euosmus, Berk. This curious and little-known
species has been most abundant about London and elsewhere this
spring ; in every instance that has come to my knowledge it has been
found upon Elm. I saw it near Tottenham and other places, growing
in abundance with Z. ostreatus, Jacq., from which it is quite distinct.
Its cartilaginous stem, tinted spores, and powerful aromatic odour,
point rather to the genus Lentinus than Agaricus. On elm stumps,

. Broome's garden, Batheaston. Elm stumps, Street, Somerset,
Mr. J. A. Clarke, who writes me to say it is esculent, and that he has
repeatedly eaten it. In the account given of this plant by Dr. Bad-
ham, it is said to be dangerous.

A. (Pleurotus) salignus, Hoffm. Infesting dead Willow-trees side
of New River, Stoke Newington, 1868, 1869.

A. (Pleurotus) atro-ceruleus, Fr. On a rotten stump. Bilton
Wood, near Teignmouth, Devon; Mrs. Gulson.

A. (Paneolus) retirugis, Batsch. Common on cow-dung. Epping
Forest, Feb. 1869. Pileus marked with prominent veins, very dif-
ferent from any other Pancolus.

Coprinus radians, Fr. This species I found growing luxuriantly
May 22, 1869, on the damp, sloping ceiling in the scullery of the
residence of my friend, G. Manville Fenn, Esq., Fyfield, near Ongar.

Lentinus tigrinus, Fr. I gathered several specimens of this rare
plant, in company with my friend Mr. Broome, from a rotten, mossy
trunk (probably Ash) in a pond at Fyfield, near Ongar, Essex. Spores
white; smell disagreeable. May 22, 1869.

L. lepideus, Fr. This rare species of which I once found a single
specimen near Tottenham, has appeared in several places this summer,
and, with one exception, always wader railway bridges. Dr. Chapman,
of Abergavenny, found it growing oz a railway bridge at that place in
July; it came up through the roadway and its origin could not be
ascertained from above. On Dr. M‘Cullough examining the under side
of the bridge he found thirty or forty specimens, all old and black
from the smoke from the engines, growing from between the fir plank-
ing. Shortly after, the same species was found under four or five
bridges about Abergavenny by Dr. Steele. On July 29, Dr. Bull
found it growing at Hereford, “from between the timbers under-

T 2

252 NOTES ON SOME COMPOSIT® OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

neath a railway bridge.” It was also found by Dr. Bull under a
railway bridge at Leeds about a mile out on the Harrogate line.
Some of the specimens sent on to me were very fine, exactly resem-
bling Sowerby’s figure (Eng. Fungi, t. 382), with curious abortive
plants growing at the base; spores pale yellow, larger than the last.

Since the above lines were printed it has come up in the greatest
abundance through brick earth, from railway sleepers, at the Kentish
Town mouth of the Hampstead Heath tunnel of the North London
Railway. I saw it from the carriage window, on August 9, as the
train stopped at the Hampstead Heath station, so I got out and filled
a large box with it. It was also found at Street, Somerset, habitat
not stated.

Boletus variegatus, Fr. Fordingbridge, Hants, October, 1868.
New Forest, near Lyndhurst, October, 1868. Mr. Broome.

B. estivalis, Fr. Always common about Staplehurst, Kent, in the
early summer.

B. viscidus, Fr. Common in same district in the autumn.

Hydnum gelatinosum, Scop. Fir trunk, Fordingbridge, Hants.
Mr. J. A. Clark

Sparassis crispa, Fr. Border of a fir wood near Fordingbridge,
Hants. Mr. J. A. Clark.

Clavaria fumosa,P. Always in the autumn about Long Sutton, Hants.

EXPLANATION oF PraTE XOV.—Figs. 1 and 2, Agaricus Soke
loma) brevipes, = Fig. 3, section of ditto. Fig. 4, spore

enlarged 700
diam. Figs. 5 and 6, A. (Flammula) decipiens, n. sp. Fi ig. 7, li 1 of ditto.
Fig. 8, spores aa 206

NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITA OF OTAGO, NEW
ZEA D

N
By W. Lauper Linpsay, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S.

Some of the Otago Composite are handsome trees or shrubs, with
abundant foliage and flower: and, especially under cultivation, most
ornamental; decided acquisitions, therefore, to the shrubberies and
gardens of settlers, and worthy of extensive introduction into Britain.
Moreover the stem occasionally attains such dimensions that the timber
becomes valuable, especially from the beauty of its markings, in cabinet-
work, Some alpine or subalpine species of such genera as Raoulia,

——

m

pee

NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITH OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 253

Haastia, and Celmisia, have, in respect of the peculiar papery flowers,
dry and bare, silvery or downy, stems, or thick, densely-woolly leaves
and stems, much of the character of the so-called * Everlasting Flowers ”
of the Andes.

Buchanan reports species of Leontodon, Hieracium, and Aster, as
occurring on hills of between 1000 and 2000 feet ; and species of Chry-
santhemum—some of them very fragrant—on the higher ranges, at or
above 4000 feet, where snow frequently falls or lies,—both in the
south-eastern districts. But, according to the * Handbook of the New
Zealand Flora,’ by Dr. Hooker, none of these genera occur at all in New
Zealand, so that Buchanan has probably mistaken them for such genera
as Taraxacum, Microseris, Celmisia, Olearia, Vittadinia, or Senecio.

Several genera (e. g. Olearia, Celmisia, Cassinia) require apparently
a reduction of the present number of óoo£-species, and the establish-
ment of more comprehensive Zypes. Nor am I satisfied that the genera
themselves, in some instances, do not require revision or reduction in

ber

number.

Genus I. OLEARIA (Eurybia, Fl. N. Z. pr. p.), includes some of
the most ornamental shrub-trees of New Zealand,—the so-called
“ Daisy-trees " of colonists. The blossom is not unfrequently white
and very profuse, contrasting well with the glossy, handsome, green
foliage. Some of the showy-flowered species abound to such an ex-
tent on the hillsides, or plains of the interior, that, at a distance,
travellers have frequently mistaken these flower-carpets for beds of snow!

In cultivation in this country, they have proved hardy and most
ornamental. O. ilicifolia, O. dentata, and another referred by Gorrie
to O. insignis, Hook. f. (the Eurybia eminens of florists), also a South
Island species, have stood out on walls at Trinity, near Edinburgh,
for the last eight or ten years. The latter species covers a wall 10
feet high, with a southern exposure, in the Dean Cemetery, Edinburgh,
where it is also grown separately. In both positions, it has flowered
abundantly for a series of years (Rae), and is very handsome in flower.
O. ilicifolia also grows out at Saughton Hall, near Corstorphine,
Edinburgh (Lowe).

In a few species, the stem attains considerable dimensions, becomes
woody, and the wood is richly coloured, close-grained, and hard; so
that it is serviceable in cabinet-work. O. ilicifolia grows 20 feet high,
with a trunk of the diameter of 2 feet (Buchanan), while of O. dentata,

254 NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITH OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

polished ornamental slabs were shown in the Industrial Exhibition at
Dunedin, in 1865.

A few species appear to be confined, more or less, to the west coast,
or the central lake districts (e. g. O. operina, Hook. f.; O. Colensoi,
Hook. f.; O. moschata, Hook. f.; O. nummularifolia, Hook: f., and
O. Haastii, Hook. f.). Some of them are great ornaments of the scrub
or bush on the shores of the Western Fjords, e. g. Chalky Bay (Hector).
A few grow frequently also at considerable elevations [e.g. O. nummi- —
larifolia and O. Haastii, up to 4500 feet, on the Canterbury Alps].
Haast mentions apes of Olearia as occurring among or forming
part of the “scrub” that immediately succeeds the Fagus forest and
Fagus scrub on the mountains of the Grey River district, on the west
coast of Nelson, at an elevation of between 3000 and 4300 feet, where,
moreover, they are abundant.

atthews reported to me a supposed new species, which he desig-
nated Eurybia salmarifolia, as occurring in the Kaikorai creeks, Green-
island. I saw, however, no specimens, and suspect his plant is referable
to O. virgata, Hook. f.

Of a total of twenty New Zealand species of Olearia, at least twelve,
or more than one-half, occur in Otago.

1. O. nitida, Hook. f. (Eurybia, Fl. N. Z.) Banks of streams,
ravines of the Chain Hills ; Stoneyhill bush ; November and December,
in flower, W. L. L. A shrub only, wherever I found it. In the bush,
Mount Cargill, Dunedin (Matthews). Common as a bush on the sandy
soil of the river terraces of the Hokitika, on the west coast of Canter-
bury, associated with Veronica and Coriaria bushes. On the Canter-
bury west coast it is known as “ Ake-ake” (Haast), a term generally
applied in other parts of New Zealand to Metrosideros scandens, or
other species of Metrosideros, though also to O. avicenniafolia (Hector),
and in the Chatham Islands to O. Traversii, (Travers). On the moun-
tains of the west coast of Nelson it is abundant, at elevations of 3000
to 4300 feet (Haast).

One of the most ornamental species, very showy in flower; wood
close-grained, with yellow markings (Buchanan).

oneyhill bush specimens represent a larger, few-flowered form of
the plant, while those from the open gullies of the Chain Hills repre-
sent a smaller, many-flowered form. Branches in both forms glabrous
and grooved. Tomentum most abundant, (as usual, where it occurs),

NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITE OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 255

on the young leaves, and leaf and flower-shoots. It varies somewhat
in the fineness of the hairs of which it consists, and in their number
and closeness of aggregation and appression. On the under side of the
leaf the hairs are so fine, short, and closely appressed, that they pro-
duce a very delicate, uniform felt, of such tenuity as to admit of all
the minute reticulations of the leaf being distinctly seen through it;
the leaf-surface really appearing to the naked eye to be glabrous.
Here a silvery or shining surface is produced; on the other hand, on
young leaves and on the flower-pedicels, the tomentum becomes chaffy
and brown. Leaf generally broadly ovate, tapering to a point, 24-3 in.
long, 14-14 in. broad; dries blackish above, a colour which contrasts
strongly with the whiteness of the tomentum of its under surface ;
leaf-surface generally irregularly wavy, seldom flat; margin never
toothed, sometimes entire, generally irregularly sinuate or notched ;
sometimes thickened; very coriaceous; sometimes on at base;
veins and reticulations conspicuous below; petiole about 4 in. long.
Inflorescence, a panicle rather than a rak, 3—4 in. across, much
branched or the reverse; branches loose, or close, or spreading; pa-
nicle-form most distinct when flowers are few ; pedicels slender, terete,
stouter and longer when panicle few-flowered, 1—3 in. long, more
villose in the " forms. Head resembles that of a Solidago or

upatoria, variable in size, generally under } in. Jong. Involucral scales
vary in size, texture, and villosity of outer surface and margin ; scarcely
rigid ; oblong, lanceolate, obtuse; outer submembranous, as pilose as
the flower-pedice ; Inner su rous submembranous (more so than
outer) ; margins of greater tenuity than centre—with the tips only, or
chiefly, or the whole margins, ciliate-lacerate. Pappus generally reddish
or orange, at least in herbarium specimens.

I have no authentic specimens of the North Island species O. fur-
furacea, Hook. f.; but from the description in the * Handbook,’ I
doubt whether it and nitida are properly separated. My plant, assigned
by Dr. Hooker to nitida, seems to be a passage form, approaching
M characters of furfuracea.

. O. avicenniefolia, Hook. f. (Eurybia, Fl. N. Z.). Stoneyhill
hs: top of the “ Big rock," Saddlehill; October, young, W. L. L
The * Ake-ake" of the Otago Maori (Hector) a term also applied
to O. nitida (q.v.). A large, handsome shrub, with somewhat the
habit of our Eupatorium cannabinum, L. As ornamental as the pre-

256 NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITH OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

ceding, with abundant showy flower. Its wood resembles that of O.
nitida, O. dentata, O. ilicifolia, and O. Forsteri, in being close-grained,
with yellow markings, and thus suitable for cabinet-work (Buchanan).

My plant is named avicenniefolia, in my herbarium by Dr. Hooker.
Branches glabrous. Foliage resembles that of nitida, except that the
leaf is longer and more elliptical, lanceolate, subacute, 33-4 in. long;
varying from 3 in. to 2 in. broad, more finely and distinctly reticulate,
fossulate above, more glossy and less black; upper surface naked,
under surface silvery-tomentose as in the preceding. Leaf generally
flatter, but with tendency to curling; edge entire, but usually with
tendency to slight irregular notching. ^ Petiole about $ in. long.
Midrib more prominent than in nitida.

3. O. dentata, Hook. f. In the bush, and on open ground;
Flagstaff and Pine Hill ranges, near Dunedin ; December in flower,

Very common on the shores of Thompson’s Sound on the
bo coast, where it ascends to 1800 feet, and attains considerable
size, becoming sometimes a “ bush” tree (Hector).

* New Zealand Holly " of the Otago settler, having curled and spinous
leaves, like those of our Ilex Aquifolium, L., or Eryngium maritimum, L.

Buchanan describes two varieties, a. oblongifolia and B. lineariifolia.
The stem of the former he represents as attaining a diameter of 18 in.
about Dunedin, and as furnishing a wood * close-grained and well
marked for cabinet-work." (N. Z. Exhib. Catalogue, p. 68

I have no doubt that O. dentata has been in great measure con-
founded with the succeeding, to which the colonial name, and many of
the foregoing remarks, more properly apply.

4. O. ilicifolia, Hook. f. This has, according to the Handbook
Fl. N. Z., distinctly spinous, Holly-like leaves; and it is this species,
perhaps, rather than the preceding, which is hips to rank as the
representative in Otago of our British “ Holly." Both O. dentata and
O. ilicifolia are likely, as Buchanan remarks, if properly trained, to
make excellent and very ornamental hedges.

Leaf oblong in my specimens, tapering to a point, terminating
generally in a tooth, similar to those which fringe its margin; base
subtruncate ; about 2 in. long and 3 in. broad; margin waved as well
as toothed ; veins nearly at right ie to midrib ; tendency to pilosity
of tip, as in witida. Tomentum distinct only on young leaf-shoots ;
but there is the same tendency, as in nitida and avicenniefolia, to

ee EE c ÉÓÉ
b

NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITÆ OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 257

tomentosity of under surface of leaf. Hairs have a tendency towards
à re ue, as in nitida. In one specimen, upper surface of lea
dries vd cadi while below the normal green colour (not a
yellowish hue) remains. In another plant the upper surface retains its
beautiful lemon-green, or it assumes a slight brownish tinge. Whe-
ther or not my plant is ‘icifolia, it certainly is not remarkable for its
yellow hue in the dried state; nor am I sensible of any odour in her-
barium specimens. Branches and panicle glabrous; inflorescence a
panicle rather than a corymb, in my specimens. Heads few-flowered ;
involucral scales subglabrous.

thout a suite of authentic specimens of dentata and ilicifolia, it
may appear presumption to call in question Dr. Hooker’s opinion, that
they are certainly distinct as species. The descriptions given in the
* Handbook,’ and a comparison thereof with my plant, do not, however,
convince me of their distinctness.

5. O. virgata, Hook. f., and var. y, Handb. Fl. N. Z., occur as
shrubs in the Greenisland district. Buchanan describes them as orna-
mental, with small, linear, fascicled leaves.

In the N. Z. Exhibition Catalogue (p. 68), Buchanan also men-
tions the following as Otago species :—

6. O. nummularifolia, Hook. f. A very ornamental shrub, with a
most characteristic name, and small, round, closely-set leaves.

7. O. operina, Hook. f. The “ Tuté" or * Tupari " (Hector) of the
Maori; the latter term being also applied, according to him, to O.
Lyallii, Hook. f. A most ornamental shrub-tree, ** remarkable " for its
leaves being arranged in star-fascicles, centred by large, white flowers.
Confined to the western seaboard.

. O. Colensoi, Hook. f. Also an ornamental shrub-tree, occurrin
often at elevations of T E feet, apparently in the western districts.

9. O. moschata, Hook. f. Also ornamental, and musk-smelled,—
a character, however, common to various other species [e. g. O. dentata
and O. ilicifolia]. Leaves small, ovate.

10. O. Cunninghamii, Hook. f. An ornamental shrub-tree, with
ES showy flower; abounding on west coast. The ** Ake-wharangi ”

** Wharangi-piro " (Lyall) of the Maori

uM O. Forsteri, Hook. f. Also an aramona shrub-tree, but with
few flowers. Wood as in O. avicenniæfolia.

12. O. Hectori, Hook. f. A very ornamental shrub-tree.

258 NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITIO OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

Genus II. SENECIO. Like Olearia, includes some of the most
ornamental, arboreous, and shrubby Composite of Otago, beautiful
alike in foliage and blossom. Some species abound on the ranges of
the south-eastern districts, at elevations of between 1000 and 2000
feet (Buchanan); while forms of certain common lowland species [e. g.
S. bellidioides] ascend as high as 7000 feet, on the western alps. In
Nelson, on the mountains of the west coast, species of Senecio com-
monly attain an elevation of 3000 to 4000 feet (Haast).

1. S. lautus, Forst. (var. y. macrocephalus, Hook. f. in my herba-
rium). Greenisland Peninsula; and sand dunes about mouth of the
Kaikorai; November, in flower, W. L. L. Has much the appearance
of our S. vulgaris, L., and S. viscosus, L., which it may be held here so
far to represent.

ant glabrous. Dries to a leathery brown in some specimens ; while
others retain somewhat their greenness of leaf. So infinitely variable
is the leaf in its characters that it is equally impossible and unneces-
sary to describe all its forms. Its most prominent variations relate to
its general form, and to the nature and degree of its divisions. Some-
times the leaf is 4 in. long and 1 in. broad ; tapering below into a petiole,

being again subdivided like the more simple leaves. No leaves are
entire; many resemble those of Erechtites arguta, than which they are
generally larger. Auricles scarcely amplexicaul.

Tarndale specimens in my herbarium more resemble Erechtites arguta
than do Otago ones. Heads about as long as those of E. arguta ; the
broader corymb more resembles the panicle of E. quadridentata.

2. S. bellidioides, Hook. f. Among “ scrub,” base of Stoneyhill;
December, in flower, W. L. L. My plant apparently corresponds to
var. y of the * Handbook’ (p. 159). It appears to me unnecessary to
place on record such varieties or forms as the three there given. Scape
in my plant glabrous 3-4 in. long ; 1-flowered. Hairs brown, chaffy,
coarse; most distinct and abundant in the young leaf-shoots, and
especially in the young leaf-petioles. Leaf becomes blackish-green in
herbarium ; 14 in. long and ? in. broad; broadly lanceolate or ovate,
tapering into a short petiole (3 in. long). Apex subacute or rounded ;
margin entire, or subcrenulate and subundulate; rugose reticulation
of surface most distinct in the older leaves.

NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITJE OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 259

Buchanan, in the N. Z. Exhib. Catalogue (p. 68), mentions the fol-
lowing also as Otago specie

3. S. rotundifolius, Hook. " The “ Puheritaiko"* of the South Is-
land Maori (Lyall). A very ornamental shrub-tree of west coast.
Flowers in corymbs. Leaves thick, leathery, 3—7 in. long.

4. S. eleagnifolius, Hook. f. Also au ornamental shrub-tree. Leaves
elliptico-oblong ; flowers in racemes j

5. S. sciadophilus, Raoul. A diaba shrub of rambling habit.

Genus III. OASSINIA.

1. C. fulvida, Hook. f. (C. leptophylla, Fl. N. Z. pr. p.). Uplands
about base of Saddlehill; Chain Hill ranges; Lookout Point near
Dunedin; Kaikorai valley and slopes of Kaikorai Hill; October, in
flower, W. L. L. Usually forming “scrub;” frequently intermixed
with the dwarf scrub forms of the Leptosperma, and probably confounded
therewith by the settlers under their designations “ Manuka” or “ Tea-
tree."

The plant was ciel by Dr. Hooker in my herbarium C. lepto-
phylla, but in his ‘ Handbook’ (p. 145) he evidently refers it to C.
Julvida. I have no authentic specimens of the former; but the de-
scriptions of the two species in the Handb. Fl. N. Z. lead me to refer
both to one type. I suspect they grow intermixed and exhibit pas-
sage-forms. I doubt whether mere glutinosity and the fulvous colour
of the tomentum of the under side of the leaf are sufficient characters
for separation as species.

Again, the only good difference between fulvida and Vauvilliersii
seems to me to be the constantly narrower leaf in the former. There
is much less difference between these species than between varieties of
the species of several other common Otago plants [e. g. Rubus aus-
tralis]. C. fulvida seems to connect leptophylla with Vauvilliersii.
Probably all the N. Z. Cassinie at present known will at no distant
date be united into one or at most two £ypes. What appears to be a
dwarf, procumbent form of fulvida has proved hardy in cultivation about
Edinburgh. At Trinity it has stood against northern and western
walls for two winters (1865-7). Some exposed shoots only were in-
jured by the frost of January, 1867 (Gorrie). In this cultivated form,
there is no tomentum on leaf or branches ; nor is there any glutinosity.
Both leaf and branches are quite glabrous. But the under side of the
leaf, in the young wholly, and in the old in patches, is stained a gam-

260 NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITJE OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

boge-yellow. The plant is microphylline; leaf under } in. long and
zz in. broad, linear-oblong, obtuse, shining above.

2. C. Vauvilliersii Hook. f. Signal Hill, N.E. valley, Dunedin;
December, in flower, W. L. L. Larger-leaved and with handsomer
white flower than fulvida. Ascends to elevations of 3500 feet, e. g.
on Mount Egmont (Buchanan).

All the three species of Cassinia above named are more or less oi orna-
mental, especially in cultivation, being hardy evergreens, with coriace-
ous leaves (Heath-like in d the flowers supplying “an abun-
dant nectar for bees” (Buchanan).

Genus IV. CELMISIA.

1. C. coriacea, Hook. f. The * Cotton-plant," according to Bu-
chanan; the * Leather-plant," according to Hector, of Otago; the
** Cotton-grass" or * plant," or * Leather-plant," of Nelson and other
provinces; terms, however, applied apparently also to other species of
Celmisia. The ** Tikumu" of the North Island Maori (Colenso).

The leaves are covered with a down similar in its character and uses
to that of the * Kaha-Kaha’’* [genus Astelia, N. O. Liliaceg]. Spe-
cimens of the ** dressed fibre" of the leaf and of native cloth manufac-
tured therefrom were shown in the N. Z. Exhibition of 1865.

Of a total of 24 New Zealand species of Celmisia, at least 14 occur
in Otago ; that is, more than one-half of the whole.

Genus V. Microseris.

1. M. Forsteri, Hook. f. In moist shady places about Fairfield,
Saddlehill; marshes, Abbott’s creek, Greenisland ; October to Decem-
ber, in fiet: W.L

Leaves apt to be infeed by the parasitic Zeidium Otagense, Lind.
(Observ. Otago Lichens and Fungi, Trans. Royal Society of Edin., vol.
xxiv. p. 432, plate xxx. figs. 71-4

Genus VI. CnasPEDIA.

1. C. fimbriata, DC. Uplands about base of Saddlehill ; December,
in flower, W. L. L.

A slender plant. Tomentum very sparing on any part of it; fringe
of white tomentum on leaf either very slight or absent. Leaf generally
under 3 in. long and # in. broad, tapering into a slender petiole about
or under 1 in. long ; lamina broadly spathulate, glabrous; tendency to
irregular suberenulation of margin; dries to a blackish-green. Head
under 2 in. in diameter.

* ‘Jurors’ Reports,’ N. Z. Exhib. 1865, p. 126.

NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITJE OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 261

C. Richei, of florists, described by them as an Australian and Tas-
manian species, as I have seen it in cultivation about Edinburgh, does
not appear to me to differ essentially from the Otago plant. It is,
however, greatly larger and stouter. I saw it 2 feet high and in flower
in the Dean Cemetery (July). It grows vigorously “in the open”
in this country, and is one of those somewhat numerous New Zealand
cre that experience already proves to be hardy* under cultivation in

pana VIL VrrTADINIA [ Zurybiopsis, Fl. N. Z.].

l. V. australis, A. Rich. Top of the Ferry Bluff, Clutha Ferry;
December, in flower, W. L. L.

y Otago plant is under 6 in. high. Young branch-shoots very his-
pid ; sometimes the woody, older branches are also more or less clothed
with the same long, ages: whitish hairs. Leaves also hispid, with
long, coarse, straggling hairs; sometimes nearly i in. long and } in.
broad ; 3-lobed at apex Todd lobe being the larger] ; rounded ; obovate-
spathulate. Upper and young leaves frequently or generally simple
or entire,-—notching of the margin occurring subsequently in the older
and lower leaves. Pappus $ in. long; reddish as in various species of
Celmisia.

Tarndale specimens in my herbarium are more procumbent, more
slender, with smaller leaves ; less hispid in all parts of the plant (mostly
sera the hairs (where present) few and chiefly fringing the leaf-

. Branches more distinctly prolonged into a filiform peduncle.
lower head about $ in. in diameter in both series of forms [Otago
and Nelson].

Genus VIII. Linio

l. L. Forsteri, DC. Uplands about Fairfield, Saddlehill ; 2-3 in.
high ; October, in flower, W. L.

The '*Daisy"t of the Otago settler: a beautiful miniature nme
sentative of our Bellis perennis, L. Probably the ** Papataniwhaniwha,"

“ Daisy-like plant,” 4 (Williams) of the North Island Maori.

* Vide Author's * Contributions to ford Zealand Botany' (1868), p

+ According to Dr. Hooker, * the only representative a pon Daisy in s
Zealand" is Brachycome Sinclairii, RCM: f. Britis n the
other hand, assign the name “ Native" or “ New Zealand Daisy" | to ym we minor,
Hook. f.; and to a Soma a, said to be from New Zealand, which is eulti-
vated as T. trilobat

term which 3 Quy belong partly or only to Brachycome Sinclairii, or
B. odorata, Hoo

262 NOTES ON SOME COMPOSIT;.E OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

Scape glabrous; bractless ; about 2 in. high. Hairs most plentiful as
usual on young leaves and petioles; long, brown, coarse, sparingly or
copiously fringing leaf-margin. Leaf-petiole generally under 4 in. long.
Lamina $—3 in. long, variable in form and size; suborbicular or ovate,
or even subspathulate, apex acute; margin toothed, sometimes nearly
entire; not more lobed about base than above; dries to a blackish-
green. Head about $ in. in diameter.

2. L. pinnatifida, Hook. f. Occurs in the same habitat as the pre-
ceding, with which it is apparently sometimes intermixed and apt to

LA.

ROO NOB. L. Marshes on the roadsides about the For-
bury, Dunedin ; 6-8 in. high, with yellow button-like heads; December,
in flower, W. L. L.

The representative in Otago of our British marsh forms of Bidens
and Pulicaria. In my Otago plant the stem is usually 6-7 in. high.
Leaf very variable in size and form, according to its position on stem.
Under 2 in. long and $ in. broad; suboblong ; irregularly and sometimes
doubly pinnatifid ; upper leaves less cut than lower, becoming
simple or sometimes entire. Head about $ in. in diameter.

Specimens from Nelson (Travers) in my herbarium represent alto-
gether a much more delicate or slender, more erect plant—smaller in
all its parts—4—7 in. high. Leaves: upper simple, linear-lanceolate ;
lower generally 3-fid at tips, with long, linear-oblong segments, central
largest ; never so much cut as in Otago forms; quite as glabrous ; no
secondary division of leaf-segments. Head }— in. in diameter. Flower-
peduncle sometimes 1} in. long, filiform, drooping.

2. C. dioica, Hook. f. Sand dunes and swamps about mouth of
the Kaikorai, W. L. L.

enus X. ÉRECHTITES,

l. E. arguta, DC. Roadsides, Caversham, Dunedin, 15-18 in.
high; Chain Hill ranges, 18-24 in. tall; December, in flower and
fruit, W. L. L.

Leaf very variable in form and size, and in the number and character
of its divisions. Sometimes 3 in. long and 2—1 in. broad, but more fre-
quently from 4—4 in. broad. Form broadly lanceolate in larger leaves ;
linear-oblong in the smaller; and every gradation between these ex-
tremes. Margins revolute. Segments sometimes long and sublinear;

rosse ae — 1

$
2
y

NOTES ON SOME COMPOSIT.E OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 263

sometimes in the form of simple or double, rounded, large teeth. Lower
and basal leaves frequently prolonged below into a petiole, which is often
1 in. long; upper leaves only are sessile, with auricled base, Amount
of cottony coating varies greatly ; sometimes very indistinct to naked
eye; always most prominent and abundant on the young leaves, and
flower and leaf-shoots. Involucral scales sometimes glabrous, or nearly
so.

2. E. quadridentata, DC. Uplands. about Saddlehill; December,
in flower, W. L. L. The “ Peka-peka” or ** Peki-peki" of the South
Island Maori (Lyall

A much more ded plant than the preceding. Cottony down
more appressed and finer; best seen on under side of leaf and on lower
part of the grooved stem [young leaf-shoots very cottony-silvery].
Head panicled rather than corymbose ; panicle very open or lax, 4—5 in.
long and 3 in. broad. Heads few; involucral scales glabrous. Bracts
generally also glabrous. Leaf subspathulate below, linear above. Lower
leaves generally under 3 in. long and } in. broad; while upper are
less than $ in. broad. Lower basal ones longest and petioled ; while
upper one sessile. Margin sometimes with a slight tendency to notch-
ing; not more distinctly revolute than in arguta. Apex acute, sub-
rigid.

Genus XL GwAPHALIUM, “ Püatéa" is a Maori term apparently
hes to such species as are used medicinally by the natives. Some

pidly and vigorously in the open qudm, that he reports them “ likely
to become weeds if not kept under

1. G. bellidioides, Hook. f. piede about Fairfield, Saddlehill ;
October, in flower, V L.

My Otago plant has more the characters of G. prostratum, Hook. f.
I have seen no authentic specimens of the latter; but from comparing
the ‘ Handbook’ descriptions of óe//idioides and prostratum with my
Otago plants, which have been referred to the former species by Dr.
Hooker, I cannot doubt that both species may with advantage be con-
sidered belonging to a single type. In my Otago specimens, the whole
plant is stouter, more leafy, and more cottony than in Tarndale forms,
which agree with the book-characters of bellidioides. Branches not ex-

264 NOTES ON SOME COMPOSITE OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

tended into long peduncles. Stem and branches woody, glabrous, shin-
ing. Leaves more uniform than in the Tarndale plant, but still variable ;
more coriaceous, shining and glabrous above; more closely arranged
and frequently subimbricate ; but they also occur both spreading and
recurved in the same plant. Upper leaves approach the linear character,
while lower are broadly ovate or lanceolate. Some of the broader
leaves are distinctly apiculate, others only subacute. Size of leaf some-
times 4 in. long and about 3 in. broad. Under side silvery without dis-
tinct tomentum; even in young and upper leaves the tomentum more
resembles a silvery coating of paint [as in some Celmisie] than cottony
matter. Upper surface of young leaf dries a blackish-brown. Nerve
or midrib never distinct. Flower-head larger than in the Tarndale
plant; sometimes nearly 1 in. across.

Tarndale specimens in my herbarium have the heads on long pe-
duncles, and other characters of bellidioides. Stem is much more slen-
der (filiform) than in my Otago plant, and the terminal or peduncu-
late portion of the brauches is much less leafy. Leaves also are smaller
and more delicate; upper very small, narrowly linear, passing into
lanceolate ; lower obovate, apiculate, glabrous above, about 4 in. long
and under 4 in. broad; spreading and recurved—not here imbricate.
Margins frequently revolute. Under side more or less cottony-silvery
[tomentum generally very fine and closely appressed]. Midrib ob-
scure. Flower-heads }—? in. in diameter.

2. G. collinum, Lab. Ranges about Finegand, Lower Clutha, 4—6
in. high, W. L. L. So far represents in aspect and habitat our com-
mon British Antennaria dioica, Gærtn.

My specimens of collinum are small and somewhat slender plants
under 4 ft. biga Leaves: lower (radical) petioled, under 2 in. long
and heat 4 in. broad; upper sessile, spathulate below, becoming
linear-laneeolate above; acute in both. Capitula small, of few heads.

I have no hesitation in referring all my Otago specimens of involu-
eratum and collinum to a single type. The only difference between
them consists in the larger globular inflorescence of the former, which I
cannot, however, regard as a sufficient specific distinction. Scape and
plant generally are not so cottony in collinum as in the spreading,
tufted forms of involucratum. Stems leafy as in the larger forms of
involucratum. Leaves have the characters of those of that species, than
which they are perhaps less variable ; more decidedly glabrous above

lit MÀ o enl Tnm LU

>

mu Meus
"

|
i
t
^
4
1
11

DISCOVERY OF AIRA ULIGINOSA IN GALWAY. 265

than in involucratum, but not more acute at tip. Younger leaves as in
that species, sometimes very obscurely cottony [with very fine appressed
down "idi nem glabrous. Bracts as in involucratum, scarcely
more foliace

8. G. Eos, Forst. Roadsides near Kaikorai Mill and
throughout the Greenisland district ; December, in flower, W.

Sometimes spreading and densely tufted ; these smaller forms gene-
rally more leafy than taller, erect ones. Stems flexuose; mostly under
lft.high. Whole plant cottony ; smaller forms more so than the
taller. Leaf variable as to form and size. Radical leaves sometimes
nearly 3 in. long and 3 iu. broad, tapering into a narrow petiole, about
li in. long. Form of leaf spathulate. Upper or stem leaves sessile
and linear-oblong or linear-lanceolate. Upper surface of leaf some-
times dark olive-brown, shining and wrinkled, subglabrous ; sometimes
dries a blackish-green. Margin frequently revolute. Inflorescence
about $ in. or upwards in diameter. Head about 4 in. long.

4. G. luteo-album, L. Among “ scrub," on roadsides about Caver-
sham, Dunedin, 15 in. high; sand dunes, Ocean Beach and Forbury
Head, dwarf, tufted form, 6 in. tall; December, in flower, W. L. L.

Generally about 1 ft. high. Coane tomentum, as usual, most
abundant and prominent on under side of young leaves, stem-shoots,
and capitula. Proceeding upwards from base to stem, the leaves which
clothe the latter are spathulate-oblong to linear; subpetiolate below,
sessile above, as is common in the genera Gnaphalium, Erechtites, and
Senecio. Capitula about 4—4 in. in diameter.

5. G. trinerve, Forst. Sand dunes about mouth of the Kaikorai,
abundant, W. L. L

DISCOVERY OF AIRA ULIGINOSA, Weihe, AT ROUND-
STONE, CO. GALWAY.
By ALEXANDER G. Morr, Ese., F.L.S.

Another plant is to be added to the botanical rarities of Roundstone.
When looking for Naias flexilis, I noticed a Grass very like ira
exuosa. From the nature of the locality, and the appearance of the
plant, I felt no doubt from the first that I had found 4. uliginosa,
and I am glad to say that my friend Professor C. C. FUR heus

VOL. VII. [SEPTEMBER 1, 1869.]

266 OFFICIAL REPORT ON THE BOTANICAL DEPARTMENT

agrees with me in the determination of the species. 4. wliginos
grows in swampy, spongy flats, surrounding the small lake ealled,
in the Ordnance Map, Cregduff Lough, less than a mile south-west of
Roundstone.

July 29, 1869.

[Though new to Ireland, this plant had already been found in Scot-

land, and was deseribed and figured in Vol. IV. p. 176, by Mr. J. G.
Baker.— Ep.]

OFFICIAL REPORT ON THE BOTANICAL DEPART-
MENT OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM, 1869.

By Joun J. Bennett, Ese., F.R.S.
(Ordered by the House of Commons to be printed.)

The principal business of the department during the past year has
consisted ,—

In the rearrangement in the general herbarium of the families of
Gramineae, Belulacee, Salicine, Conifere, and Cycadee, and of several
other smaller families of plants.

In the naming, arranging, and laying into the general herbarium of
large collections of plants from the Neilgherry Mountains of India,
formed by Metz, Schmidt, and other collectors; of a collection formed
by Dr. Schweinfurth in the countries bordering on the course of the
Nile; of a collection of the plants of Algeria, formed by M. Romain;
of collections formed in the neighbourhood of Smyrna, and in other
parts of the East, by M. Balansa ; of collections formed by M. Kotschy
in Cilicia and Kurdistan ; of a collection formed by M. Sagot in French
Guiana; of M. Philippi and M. Germain’s collections of Chilian
plants; of a collection of Californian plants formed by Mr. Bolander ;
of several collections of Greenland and other Arctic plants; of speci-
mens of Palms from various regions, and of numerous smaller collec-
tions from different quarters.

In the rearrangement of a large portion of the collection of fruits
and seeds in glass-topped boxes; and of the specimens, recent and
fossil, of the family of Cycadee, incorporating them with the valuable
collection presented by Mr. James Yates.

OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM, 1869. 267

In the examination and arrangement of Mr. Brown's collection of
fossil woods, and of the extensive collection of sliced microscopic sec-
tions of recent woods purchased from the executors of the late
Mr. Bryson, of Edinburgh.

And in the partial arrangement and examination of M. Rupert
| Huter's and Dr. Alexander Prior's colleetions of Styrian and Dal-
matian plants, and of other collections recently received.

The following are the principal additions made to the collections of
the department during the year 1868 by purchase or donation :—

295 species of British Lichens ; presented by Dr.
50 forming fase. 1 of Larbalestier's PRA of Jersey

l and Sark.’
4 1 2057 "t European Lichens, from the collection of M. Hepp.
1 349 = exotic Lichens, from the collection of M. Hepp.

> 718 = Mosses, from the collection of M. Hepp.
X 1070 a Ailge, from the collection of M. Hepp.
Y | 570 x Floridez, from the collection of M. Hepp.
| 25 » European Lichens, forming No. 29 of Rabenhorst's
“© Liehenes Europæi.’
70 in Alge, forming Nos. 198-204 of Rabenhorst’s * Algen
Sachsens,’ etc.
400 = European plants, forming cent. 7-10 of Schultz’s
‘Herbarium Normale.’
50 S plants of Belgium, forming vut 6 of Van Heurck's
* Plantes Rares de Belgiqu
425 „ plants of Dalmatia; collected ty Robert Huter.

883 S 2 Dalmatia ; presented by Dr. Alexander
Prior.
347 a plants of Styria; presented by Dr. Alexander Prior.
110 2 5 Styria; presented by the Chevalier Pittoni.
29 i ». Sicily; presented by the Chevalier Pittoni.
200 » Sicilian plants, forming fasc. 5 and 6 of Todaro’s
* Flora Sicula.

100 R Cryptogamic plants, forming Nos. 27 and 28 of * Er-

Uu ee bario Crittogamico Italiano."

CORP n plants of Ceylon; collected by Mr. Thwaites.
DD Japan, from the neighbourhood of Yoko-

TOME 25

"v2

268 OBITUARY OF FREDERICK SCHEER.

333 species of plants of Australia; presented by Charles Moore,
Es

sq.
165 “f plants from Cape York, North Australia.
12 b plants of Tasmania; presented by Joseph Milligan,

155 d; Ferns bn the Blue Mountains of Jamaica.

544 33 plants of Martinique; collected by M. Haber.

500 es a California; collected by Mr. Bolander.

919 is is Columbia; collected by M. Linden
1250 Bolivia; collected by M. Mandon

564 ^ "i Chili; collected by M. Germain.

954 French Guiana; collected by M. Sagot.

18 section of wW oods from the neighbourhood of Mentone; pre-

sented by H. M. Moggridge, Esq.

38 specimens of Coal Plants from Rio Grande ; presented by N.

lant, Esq. i
61 specimens of Fossil Plants, from various localities; presented by
Sir Charles Lyell.

A series of Coal Plants, from the Island of Cape Breton; presented
by Mr. Chevallier.

About 2000 gatherings of Diatomacee, together with a multitude of
notes and sketches relating to them, forming the entire collection of
Professor Kützing.

One hundred microscopic slides, forming cent. 1 of Eulenstein’s
* Diatomaceze Typicze.*

OBITUARY OF FREDERICK SCHEER.

On the 30th of December last, died at Northfleet Mr. Frederick
Scheer, seventy-six years of age, a City merchant, whose name is
honourably associated with botany and horticulture, and who might
have enjoyed a world-wide reputation if his modest and retiring habits
would have permitted him to do so, or allowed others to give him due
and publie credit for what he had done or caused to be done. Mr.
Scheer was the exact antitype of those who judge of the value of
every publieation by the number of times their names are mentioned,
and compliments paid to them. Never mind how great the share

Wem m
quoc n

OBITUARY OF FREDERICK SCHEER. 269

which he had had in advancing a project or publication, it gave him
pain to see his name made publie in connection with it.

Mr. Scheer was born in the island of Rügen, where his father was
a clergyman ; and the first part of his life was spent in Russia in mer-
cantile pursuits. But when still a young man, he took up his resi-
dence in England as a City merchant, and for many years lived on
Kew Green, where his neat cottage and well-kept garden and green-
house (the latter full of new plants imported by him) was well known
to botanists. The last years of his life he lived at Northfleet, Kent,
where he indulged in his favourite pursuits of botany and gardening to
the full extent his business occupations would allow.

Mr. Scheer held advanced liberal views on religion, politics, and
political economy, and spoke and wrote several languages with force
and ease. Nevertheless, he was extremely guarded in what he put on
paper (in that respect taking Robert Brown for his pattern) ; moreover,
most of his writings were anonymous. Intimate as I was with him, I
often urged him to make a list of at least his pamphlets, or allow me
to do so; but to this I could never get him to agree. It was quite
satisfactory to him that his ideas should have been promulgated, he
caring little for the honour of having conceived them, as perhaps the
next minute he would have already originated new ones, which one
was welcome to use. He had a great share in the establishment of
the Anti-Corn Law League, the first meeting of which was held in his
office; and though his name did not appear much in connection with
the subsequent proceedings, he was forging many of the most effective
bolts which others discharged at the bulwark of an unjust and cruel
law. Cobden was at that time one of his most active correspondents,
and often consulted him. A series of papers which about this period
appeared in the ‘ Morning Chronicle,’ and subsequently as a separate
publication, under the title of ‘Diogenes’ Letters to Sir Robert Peel,’
and which contain some of the best arguments that Anti-Corn-Law
Leaguers could employ, were from Mr. Scheer's pen. When, in 1839,
the Government thought of doing away with Kew Gardens, he did all
he could, through newspapers and in getting up petitions to Parlia-
ment, to avert the calamity, and also came forward with a small, but
well-written book, * Kew and its Gardens’ (London, 1840, 8vo).*

* T believe I am correct stating, in parenthesis, that the first note of
alarm that Kew Gardens were xem to be broken up was given by Mr. John

270 OBITUARY OF FREDERICK SCHEER.

About this time, Mr. Scheer had one of the largest collections of Cacti
in Europe, and was in frequent communication with Pfeiffer, Fred.
Otto, and Prince Salm-Dyck, the leading authorities on that subject.
His collection was extremely rich in Mexican species, chiefly obtained
from Mr. J. Potts. Only a small portion of these were ever described,
either by Prince Salm-Dyck or (very reluctantly) by Mr. Scheer himself
in Seemann's ‘ Botany of H.M.S. Herald ;' the greater number, how-
ever, were subsequently lost during Mr. Scheer’s removal from Kew.
Several new plants, received from his numerous correspondents abroad,
were described and figured by Sir William Hooker, Dr. Lindley, and

myself. Amongst his Mexican Gesneracee I found a new genus
(Scheeria), which I dedicated to him in the ‘ Botanical Magazine,’ and
of which at present two species, both cultivated as ornamental hot-
house plants, are known. After losing the bulk of his Cactee, Mr.
Scheer took up Ferns, which he studied attentively; and it was he
who suggested to me the plan of the ‘British Ferns at One View’
(Van Voorst). His great power of combination, coupled with his
varied and profound knowledge, gave him an almost prophetic insight
into the future, and this was much appreciated by great City firms,
who frequently asked his advice on momentous questions of the day.
In look he much resembled Beethoven, whose compositions he could
play exquisitely. He was a man of remarkable energy, who never had
any serious illness during the whole of his life. On the day he died
he had been all day in the City, came home, and instead of going after
dinner, as usual, to his greenhouse to look at his plants, he went to

An hour afterwards he expired, evidently without pain or suf-
fering. His only son died a few years ago; his wife survives him.
He was a high-principled, unselfish man, a warm friend, ardently de-
voted to science, and an uncompromising opponent of all sham, whe-
ther it appeared in a religious, political, or scientific garb.
B. SEEMANN.

Smith (late Curator of Kew) and Mr. Robert Heward, F.L.S., who concocted a

eee we Tio D age i in the ‘Times, and led to questions being asked in

Tate cam mna

tins

bee er a

271

NEW PUBLICATION.

Dottings on the Roadside in Nicaragua, Panamá, and Mosquito. By
CAPTAIN BEDFORD Pim, R.N., and BERTHOLD SEEMANN, Ph.D.,
ete. With Plates and Maps. 8vo. 468 pp. London: Chapman
and Hall.

Although comments of any kind on this book—the first half of
which was written by Dr. Seemann, the latter half by Captain Pim —
cannot be looked for at this place, yet it may not be superfluous to
note some of the contents as far as they may concern botany.

The book opens with Dr. Seemann's visit to the Isthmus of Panamá
in March, 1866, he having landed at Colon, on the Atlantic side.

** Tt took four hours and a half to get across the isthmus, which to so
my fellow-passengers seemed long ; but not so to me, who had SA € os
the

i there are very fine Am un
gardens and neat white e "epe a cond contrast with the wretched

seemed to e their feathery leaves in friendly recognition ; swe a of the
trees old

friends, oy
The asc ot of Panama is very fine. In the savanas—
“you have the most lovely park-like scenery in the ee utiful short
grass, capital for oping upon, disapa of fine trees and shrubs, a gently-
ground, little rivulets and now and then glimpses of the city, the
A li Y

f th y fire, gives an excellent idea of
thes and their vegetation ; and it is à ud one I have seen that
edis ppm justice to the neighbourhood of Pana

In this pieture there is a very good illustration of the growth of
the singular Hederaceous tree Didymocarpus Morototoni, Dene. et PI.

Embarking at Panamá on one of the steamers going up the jen
coast of America, Dr. Seemann landed at Corinto (Realejo),
prineipal port of Nicaragua, where he “ate a dish of bicis
as a botanical curiosity," and thence travelling all night, partly by
boat, and partly on muleback, he—
* reached Leon at seven o'clock in r tired, and fou

- the street thickly strewn with lupi mers e Cliguiccis, Oleanders, ni

272 NEW PUBLICATION.

other scented flowers, the remnants of recent religious processions. . The
houses of Leon are nearly = but one story high, and built of sun- -dried bricks,
of adobes, and somewhat in the Moorish style, there being a large square yard

in the centre of the homes, surroun y a broad verandah, on to which all
the rooms open out. . . . The yards, or aset are, in some instances, neatly
kept as gardens, where one finds a few d Orange, Pomegranate, Sour-
sop, and Mango-trees, as w well as Ros ones, Cockscombs, Gom phrenes, eid ta
ears and Polianthes tuberosa A cee kaei seemin

hose most cultivated. During tl ly season these plants require Pr ie

Branton, the walik being tnad. from deep wells, b: pues there is gene-
rally one in every yard."

In the woods of the neighbourhood—

* we bai rd perceived a most offensive, carrion-like smell, which at first
was er imde come from some dead animal matter, but was pats il ced
rs of a sniddlesined tree, in habit not unlike the Caoutchoue (Cas-

filloa elastica, Cerv.). This tree our men alanca,’ its d being
used, amongst other things, for levers or palan The leaves were oblong
and velvety, and from the E E in ranches Brod flowers not unlike in
shape and size those of Tulip e most remarkable thing was that these
flowers on first opening were a n een, and free from — but they gradu-
ally ber gn into a dark purple,a almost black, and then emitted a most power-
, quite as, or me more Simei, than that of some Stapelias,

A PEE ja ae " Aroide ee, and, in a less degree, the fruit of St. John’s Bread.
e m

m k brown or dark blue colour, and it w: e worth while
endeavour to asc e eal princi re at work. the base of
each of the six petals, the popis has a pus and I fancied that the smell
principally procee = nec its secretions. To my delight I found that the

mel d Vota distin ingaisied by having the I. em
known petals s n aun Order to which it belongs. Afterwards I n
with it in abundance between Leon and Granada, and colle em good inem digi

of it for our herbaria, At the s "e of Mr. J. J. Bennett, F.R.S., of Mis
British Mir na I gave it the name of Sapranthus ponte Robe Ta
sorry to d, howev ver, that my travelling companions who afterwards saw m

aeei edd "with the plant would not adopt this c shih ate and ien
e Greek name, but insisted upon dubbing it * Stéakado:

After remarking on the so-called mimicry of Nature, Dr. Seemann
describes his departure from Leon for the little-known districts of New
Segovia and Matagalpa. This happened on the 4th of April, the fag-
end of the dry season.

wards five o'clock we reached a place — Valle de Zapata, a mere

RUM a of huts, where a little Indian-corn ni on was grown, the latter
bei peu. oe moss ssy-seede variety. The people were nde disappointed that the
ces had gone down so much, and thought it a -— eas M Bens the
United tutes should hav oea their fratricidal war j time
when Nicaragua was feras ready to send a few hundred biles of cotton tot the
y eon Cotton cultivation in this country has not been successful,
a worm entering the s just when the ok beo e md

dur génie the erops. 1f it were not for this, the Nicaraguans delude

—

NEW PUBLICATION. 218

themselves by thinking that the — they might be able to send to Europe
would materially affect the pric
* We started idis next Enn: and soon after left the cart-road, sich
; m L e

tol e
fields of lava. The road we now ian , Cleto informed us, was a short eut, but,

ima d full of large boulders, resting on black mould, in the rainy season
ass of mud. was very warm m indeed, and, as most of the trees were
quite 1 easy, as ours a epth of winter, we suffered very much from
the Wes ». finished : a e bottles of ius brine we carried along with
us, adt hi thirst "i icis Hog-plums and * u
of the valleys was full of trees bearing fruits like NM ; and Captain
Sorel delighted at the ipi pov — to aene some. To his disap-
rned to be

u
r ere gh iv pe
on the top of a hill, and rejoiced in the name of Hacienda de Pilon. This
farm struck me as the pate pn kept in the TM of Nicaragua, the prineipal
xc aee acer ing extremely clean a and comfortable. An evergreen Fig-tree,
wn of gig gantic ici dst was diain a delicious coolness and
ae iPod the place

After leaving Achuapa, a tolerably large village,—

The road passed Las Tablas, where for the first time we farey ourselves in
in a fo

o n
anks of die s iin Noatak, in latitude 66° 44/ 0” — where Captain Bedford
regular forest — da a spec: mem arctica

passing the village of San Juan de la Pri
The journey thence led to the farm of Bonbon.

** We left Bonbon early the next morning, and — about three leagues

more in the hot valleys, the vegetation of which w uc dies uch like that of
the Pacific coast of 2 Isthmus of Panamá, many of t e species being identi-
me i ountri ain as in-ridges,
were once more gre pese by the Pine-trees and a delightfully eool breeze. Here
I d a species of Oreopanax with la aves, e; a
purple eain a pink Melast ,an aquilina ; & species of Rhip-

icum i
salis grew on the Pine-trees. Saw no and only one monkey, some
macaws, and "that beautiful bird with i» peek feathers in t tail, the Trogon re-

274 NEW PUBLICATION,

splendens qr A MM e tome with as se south as the Volean de Chiriqui
in Vera, re had e o sign of any rain, but on this day,
the 8th oy y a da ires slight showers. An enterprising oe
Don P. — had. established ae a coffee plantation, said to contain
40,000 tre

Jamaili was the next stopping-place, after leaving which, the coun-

—

“ was quite parched up, and almost only green things were some Bust
Pilocerei, or Old-man Cactuses, and a few Melon-cactuses and Opunti
passed the villages of Alanguina and dita and crossing the ret Rad

ma; for the Mexican Empire tried to extend its way even further south than
Nicaragua. I Thr that : debian and very wholesome o fruit, as large as a
good-sized Apple, and much eultivated here, was introduced by the same

c i and by iroa

ver it also in the higher mountains of northern Mexico. Seeds of it were
sent to Mr. Bull's Nursery, at Chelsea, where young plants are now to ro-
used

Various excursions were made into the surrounding district, where
the mountains were generally found to be covered with Oak and Pine,
to which were added, at Depilto, Liquidambar-trees, stemless Fan-
palms, and some Brambles. On the 19th of April Dr, Seemann
departed for Matagalpa, taking an easterly direction, and passing
Palacaguina, where he observed near the church a Juniper-like-looking
tree, not previously met with by him in any other part of the country.
Thence the road led to Yale.

* The scenery about sinn was iio grand. At the back of the rancho there

scm an vegeta ation was more luxuriant and fresher than we seen it in
any other part of the country. bcn were e beautiful T Tree-ferns, and €
Cane-palms, Liquidambars of truly gigantic dimensions, one hundred and fifty
feet high and ri feet in po Rien ou being the leading trees, and all being
pus si leaf, a ay green, presented an m — almost equal i in beauty
to that of a Bee ah forest at home in early summ How well this locality
vod v suited for m ing coffee! Abou em six pae s from the ' Boca' is the
f San Rafae which is situated in a plain, and is aoe of forty
ouses. The people declared there were ded 2000 — Ti in an e place and at
immediate a re eer which, as there are many may
Taking a hasty breakfast, and Peai gas oranges, ends for ue siet :
we pushed on for Jinotega, a town of two hundred houses and a —
hedges of tall Yucca-trees imparting to it a a characteristic Senn

Eos PI enr ems E.

NEW PUBLICATION. 275
white UY which flowers all night, and at the first rays «d e Apr
sun begins to wither, her still in full bloom when = left kae t after

riding in A “sonth-oas terly direction about seven | — ver a andes , ston ny
road, we
One of the fi first buildings on entering the town, for I suppose : must call it a
town in Eu would call it a mere vi e
only one I had seen in the country, Wheat being grown in ioni of the hills in
the the neighbourhood, but the flour iege from it proving very dark an

The subsequent pages describe Dr. Seemann’s return to Leon, and
his departure from there to Chontales.

* Passing and ope for a few hours at Pueblo Nuevo, with its Faden.
actus fences, I put up for the night at Nagarote, where I measured a fam

ter. m o
the € of the tree — a circle of 348 feet. A whole regiment of
soldiers may seek repose in its shade.
“If this vegetable monster had been a erige of oy part of the —
would have

been tence
poem. In r California. and some the "whole north-west tern coast of
aa die aati and age. Three hundred
feet is no Popii on nee t for a tree, and some of the Wellingtonias overtop
St. Peter's, and almost rival the height "o pinnacle of Cheops, whilst their
: wth

a
vire The 2 Ceara Young tells us that from childhood, nothing in
nature had a greater attraction for him than trees, and a giant tree, such as

276 NEW PUBLICATION.

that of which the bark existed at the Crystal Palace, had iem x height of
his ambition among the sights of nature. To gratify this feelin made pur-
posely a voyage to the Amazon, of which he has given an reris aie account
in Galton's * Vaeation "Tourists, and one might s — that when at last he

ec went thither for a very different purpose, and during a a period of id
ivil commotion, Mp mentions his being forced = ker such objects ; and
tries to acco irati icans

that the — ofthe trees are of a very light grey, as well "indicated b Mr.
George rs in some of his clever sketches; but the correctness of which
I was moned to doubt until I had actually seen it in the landscape itself."

After giving the history of the gold-mines of Chontales, and de-
scribing its population, the author — :—

* Tn these mountains a species of ca here by its Aztec n
of Ule), vanilla, sarsaparilla, pan sia, ‘fa us stic ie, md e valine woods abound,
any vege mo

Europeans; and, as it occurs in these woods together with the common
naturalized Cacao, it may have been cultivated when this district was more
thickly inhabited by Indians than it is t present.
“ The Chontales gold — appears to be a favourite haunt of rw with
variegated le eaves. There ai ve aue fine e species of Costus (ne nese td = es es the.
iiis i psi
of Cissus, one with M ves on t PR, introduced a me ee zou h gar-
dens); and several Marantacee and Aroidee. But the finest of Bui is the
one I have named Cyrtodeira Chontalensis, a Gesneraceous plant. e leaves

are purp
gonia zecw peer aie with very dark green blotches. The ptio which appear
in November and December, are lilac, and as large as a crown piece, with a

——— —

|

NEW PUBLICATION. 211

yellow centre, and a whitish tube. The roots ip HOM (not catkin-like rhi-
zomes, as in the Achimenes tribe) ; and in habit the plant gion the only
other mon isa a the genus (C. cupreata, Hate gf hich, however, has

hairy ova It nd at the Pavon

8 d

end ofi the J emm ‘Mine where it grew in only a very ill spot—shady groves

on the banke of a rivulet Although we became afterwards well acquainted

with ape “vegetation “of the dist rict, we never met the plant anywhere but
there ; we had —€— id ag Ton. md planted them in a

cedi Wardian case, fire wa the very spot where the Cyrtodeira

grew, for the purpose of cde *. E Te potui readily took root,
and on our departure a boy was engaged to carry them on his saddle before
i e o i t on well

ah . e

Mine half looked. w pdt enough "till within two miles of the port of embarkation,

when the waggon in which, for dn ter safety's sake, they had been placed,
ent i o time ix i

were d yed, and these were so nek injured that arrive
don, and handed the Mr. , of Chelsea, the enterprising plant
merchant, only one was found to be in a sound condit but that one has

become the progenitor of a numerous race, which now ornaments our hot-
houses."

In subsequent chapters Dr. Seemann details his second visit to
Nicaragua. About La Merced, on the Lake of Nicaragua, and—

* I may add, in many other parts of the c Meg I spasi a goodly number
Ed the trees which yield the dyewood known by the name of Fustic vi i
u^ mee It belongs to the Mulberry iode and is termed
yt ives. The fruit is sweet and edible. The wood might be

pro Pei let f prie port if there were any good ways of communication
as it fetches sometimes as ae as £5 per ton in Liverpool. At present no-

tices it^

At p. 196 an ascent of Peña Blanca is described, which is the
highest known peak of Chontales, and a: be about 2500 feet above
the sea-level.

Bien oo of Peña — is distinct from that of any other moun-

tain-t 1 have n in Chontales. I foun und a fine purp lee eters arlet
wirst Orchid LC eihera tts and a crimson Maclean o my
— many of the woody plants had been destroyed by fre yp uy last

t the gentleman who had oo the flame was with m d was some-
vesci ished when, i instead of receiving kaod oen be vig oe
cleared the view, I told him it was KU standing as sp did on the Ln
of a yawning precipice, that the enraged botanist within me was somewhat

mollified by my appreciation of the fine landscape iid he had, as it were,

«Petia Blan very fine vi see any ri
though they ream ge themecte es into the y Pen du. deci hnr Frid ‘the
ee a ceni ewfields ; See Oe e Javali lode of auri-

‘ous quartz rocks oneal miles, and distinctly trace the various branches

918 NEW PUBLICATION.

(whieh in many instances have proved extremely rich) running into it. F
ther on, the eye, passing over dense virgin forests, encounters green savanas."
Dr. Seemann had a picket cut through the virgin forests, in order

to gain a more ready access to the Atlantic seaboard. An official re-
port on the first forty miles, by the surveyor, addressed to him, is here
inserted, and contains the first botanieal information we have about
this unknown district. The picket was cut from the Javali Gold
Mine, and about four miles off the exploring party found several Cedro
trees (Cedrela odorata) cut down, probably by wild Indians. Nine
miles off—

** commences a alge oyolal (palm grove), which extends over a plateau of

at least four miles, the Palm-trees being so close and — that the whole
looks as if planted. The trees were heavily laden with four to eight bunches
of coyol nuts; and there were also many of the so-called Corozo Palms (44
talea Cohune), sg by their gigantic size and singular flowers, — a
beautiful ang Eleven miles off the quebreda has sufficient water to

rive am app yurpose of ped d coral oil, which, in my ares might
prove à sectio business where, as is here the case, it could ibe carried on on

a large scale, there being millions of Mus oil-yielding Palms.

At sixteen miles off—

** There is a Reciba of wild Cacao (Theobroma Cacao), and also of the small

Cacao (Herran rea), which you took to England with you; of course,

conclusive root afi the ferülity of the € e also found a little Sugar-cane,
which ma; e been planted by the India:

Dr. tes s pages close with his second visit to Nicaragua, his
third, from which he has only recently returned, not being alluded to.
It was during this third visit that he was so fortunate as to discover,
near the Javali Mine, the gigantic Aroid, on which the ‘ Gardeners’
. Chronicle’ had the following communication, extracted from a letter
of Dr. Seemann to Mr. William Bull, and also the subsequent
article :—

my rest Sons goes, the largest flowers (ay, rather, mii 10wn in the

Natural Order to which it belo ongs. Just imagine a p ising from a

rhizome larg 's head, and being itself four feet high and four
c

carrion-like ll, and h s e dark purp

colour as the beautiful Anonacea just mentioned. The o spéh] is reddish-brown,

with the exception of the bets surrounding the spadix, which is yellovish-whito.

The plant has only one leaf, which also rises from the rhizome, and after fully

ae dies off. The wits length i the leaf is thirteen feet ens inches ;
the petiole alone measures ten feet (all the measurements are English).

BOTANICAL NEWS. 279

* The paragraph extracted from one of my letters, ne. go abiens on
the 27th February last, Deu the gigantic Aroid disco s in the

mountains of Nicaragua ad the good fortune to ee he rounds, not
an, an

rather understated than overstated the case. It is in a pot of only eleven
inches in diameter, and on the mp ii J i fol ee ox the leaf ie plant
has only one leaf at a time) was s inches in c emn r-
ence. The blade is deem P imd dev veloped on I believe "that pie this comm
nication sees the light, the petiole will have attained more than ten feet.
height it had in E: died It ds like a ne ron snake (oranti ore)
standing bolt upright at the command of some Eastern

ly m joie and Mosquito, and aroja a note on India-

creeper which the Rubber collectors use for thickening the milky juice
of the trees, and which Dr. Seemann from native description conjec- .
tured to be an Apocynea, has now been ascertained by him to be a
Convolvulacea, Calonyction speciosum.

BOTANICAL NEWS.

Under the title * Echoes in Plant and Flower Life, Mr. Leo H. Grindon has
published (London, Pitman) a small book on the superficial resemblances in
habit and structure of plants whose inner organization is widely different, and
to which the term “ Mimicry " (see Vol. VI. pp. 182, 213), had previously, but
ped been applied.

i a short illness, on the 15th of July, at Teplitz, Heinrich Ludwig

280 BOTANICAL NEWS.

Wendland, who for fifty-three years was the head of the Royal Berg-garden of
Herrenhausen, near Hanover, and who attained the advanced age of seventy-
He was the son of Johann Chr. Wendland (the coadjutor of Schrader),

da'
m
m

ann Wendland
on Palms. Though displaying less literary activity than his father, we have
i lodi > x:

that relates to nis t gardening: es SHREDHIBNGE under his charge
was admirably conducted and pre-eminentl hin permanently-grown species,
though some of the Continental Botanic Gardenu beat it by counting those
annuals and biennials, grown only at periods varying from two to four years.
Wendland was fond of old garden-plants, and resisted, as far as lay in his
pen the application of the doctrine that selection rather than collection
ized as

ors
always sited as one of the leading balener of the country, where a

T
isg knowledged that it was entirely due to Wendland's influence
that Palms and Cycads (of which he cultivated the largest collection) are now
so extensively cultivated on the Continent, and have houses built for their
exclusive reception. Wendland was neat and careful in his habits, and gen-
tlemanly in look and manners.
The public papers contain the following sad news:—On Tuesday, July
17th, the Steam Navigation Company's boat, the * Eagle,’ took up among her

y

got to the Lower Hope, below Gravesend, the gentleman was seen by the mate
suddenly to fall from the sponsons into the river. The alarm was at once
given, the steamer was stopped, and a boat was lowered to recover the un-
happy man, but without success, and after at half an hour search-
ing for him, the steamer proceeded on her journey, carrying with her the

We regret to have to announce the death of Dr. Carus, of Dresden, President
of the Imperial German Academy Nature Ouod and ex officio “
Palatinus Ceesareus."

AIRA FLEXUOSA, Weihe, IN ENGLAND.
By Hewerr C. Watson, Esq.

|
|

The ‘Journal of Botany’ has shown the occurrence of this grass in
Scotland and Ireland; and I can now add also to its habitats the
third division of our triple kingdom, by reporting the species from
North Hants. A single culm of it, without the root-leaves, has been
in my herbarium upwards of a score of years, placed among my speci-
mens of Aira flexuosa. The label bears no date, and gives only the
long locality, ** North Hants,—between Farnham and Farnborough,”
a line of way six or eight miles in extent. I walked with a friend
rom the one to the other place, soon after the Southampton (now,
South-Western) Railway was in operation; so the probable station of
the plant was somewhere about the present site of Aldershot Camp,
which now covers much of the intervening space.
On reading Mr. A. G. More’s account of his new locality for the
plant, in Ireland, it seemed that Fleet Pond would be a suitable
station for the grass; being an extensive pool of water, with adjacent
bog or swamp, and situate only half-a-dozen miles westward from the
road between Farnham and Farnborough. Accordingly I proceeded
thither, and at once came upon- the grass, within five minutes after
leaving the railway at Fleet Station. It was there growing in the
swamp among the usual plants of watery bogs. Further from the
station, it was found under more easy mditións for access, being
plentiful within a few yards of the open water of the * Pond,’ on ground
apparently submerged in winter, but then (September 9) left uncovered
i by the sinking of the water-level in a dry summer. Its companions
| were Eleocharis, Molinia, Myrica, Drosera, Carduus pratensis, with

other swamp-dwellers. I explain the locality thus fully by way of
suggestion to botanists to examine other similar situations next season,
and in any part of Britain or Ireland. As might be expected, the
grass was mostly past its prime; but I secured examples enough to
-— every member of the Exchange Club next winter; with some
to spare, in case other botanists should care to apply to me for them.
Earlier in the season (say July or August) thousands of specimens
might have been obtained.

| 4. uliginosa is truly very like A. flexuosa. Its claims to

VOL. VII. [OCTOBER 1, 1869.] x

283 BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER.

specific distinctness rest on several slight differences, not on a single
character only; and the situation of growth is very unlike the usually

ry places in which the typical 4. flewuosa prevails. I find their
technical distinctions somewhat exaggerated in books, through the too
usual practice of describing the opposite extremes, and neglecting the
intermediate or approximating examples. Looking at specimens from
France and Sweden, along with those from Hampshire, it would seem
that the ligule gives the readiest practical character, being much longer
and more acute, whiter and more membranous in the Æ. uliginosa ;
next, the seeming inequality of the two florets, through the longer
pedicel of the second floret in 4. uliginosa. As to the alleged differ-
ences between the leaves, the sizes of the flowers, and the erect or
drooping panicles, I fear these are too slight and variable for much
practical use in diagnosis. A considerable number of viviparous
panicles were observed about Fleet Pond. I have seen A. flexuosa in
that condition on our northern mountains; never so in South England,
according to present recollection.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER.

At the inaugural meeting, in the evening, Dr. Hooker, the outgoing
President, having vacated the chair, it was then occupied by Professor
Stokes, President-elect, who then proceeded to deliver his address, of
which we give such extracts as may be of interest to our readers.

THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
Objects of the Association.

My Lords, Ladies and Gentlemen,—As this is the’ first time that
the British Association for the Advancement of Science has met in the
city of Exeter, and it is probable that many now present have never
attended a former meeting, I hope the older members of the Associa-
tion will bear with me if I say a few words in explanation of the ob-
jects for which the Association was instituted. In the first, place, then,
it aims at fulfilling an office which is quite distinct from that of the
various scientific societies which are established in different parts of the
country. These, for the most part, have for their leading object to
make the voluntary labours of isolated workers in science available to

in MÀ" ——— MÀ o t

\

BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER. 283

the scientifie world generally by receiving ee and publishing
the results which they may have obta . The British Association,
on the other hand, aims at giving @ more jewel direction to scien-
tific inquiry, and that in various ways.

In a rapidly progressing branch of science it is by no means easy to
become acquainted with its actual state. The workers in it are scat-
tered throughout the civilized world, and their results are published in
a variety of Transactions and scientific periodicals, mixed with other
scientific matter. To make oneself, without assistance, well acquainted
with what has been done, it is requisite to have access to an extensive
library, to be able to read with facility several modern languages, and
to have leisure to hunt through the tables of contents, or at least the
indices, of a number of serial works. Without such knowledge there
is always the risk that a scientific man may spend his strength in doing
over again what has been done already; whereas with better direction
the same expenditure of time and labour might have resulted in some
substantial addition to our knowledge. With a view to meet this diffi-
culty the British Association has requested individuals who were more
specially conversant with particular departments of science to draw up
reports on the present state of our knowledge in, or on the recent pro-
gress of, special branches; and the influence of the Association as a
public body has been found sufficient to induce a number of scientific
men to undertake the great labour of preparing such reports.

Tow the Oljects are worked out.

By thus ascertaining thoronghly what we already had, what we still
wanted was made more clear; and, indeed, it was one special object of
the reports I have mentioned to point out what were the more promi-
nent desiderata in the various subjects to which they related. The
Association was thus the better enabled to fulfil another of its functions,
that of organizing means for the prosecution of researches which require
epee. When the want is within the compass of what can be

accomplished by individuals, the demand may be left to create the
ENA ; but it often happens that a research can hardly be carried out
without co-operation. It may, for instance, require a combination of
the most profound theoretical knowledge with the greatest experimental
skill, or an extensive knowledge of very dissimilar branches of science ;

x2

284 BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER.

or, again, the work to be done, though all of one kind, may be of such
an extent as to be beyond the power of any one man. In such cases
the limited power of the individual can only be supplemented by the
principle of co-operation; and, accordingly, it becomes an important
part of the business of the Association to organize committees for the
prosecution of special researches. The researches thus undertaken at
the request of the Association are published at length, along with the
reports on the progress of science, in the first part of the annual volume.

In close connection with the last must be mentioned another mode
in which the Association contributes to the progress of science. Many
researches require not only time and thought, but pecuniary outlay ;
and it would seem hard that scientific men, who give their time and
labour gratuitously to carrying out such researches, should be further
obliged to incur an expenditure which they often can ill afford. The
Association, accordingly, makes grants of money to individuals or com-
mittees for defraying the expenses of such researches. It appears from
the Report which has just been published, that, reckoning up to the
year 1867 inclusive, the sum of £29,312. 4s. 1d. has been voted by the
Association for various scientific objects. Deducting from this the sum
of £23. 16s. for the balances of grants not wholly expended, which
were returned to the Association, we may say that £29,288. 8s. 1d.
has been expended in the manner indicated. When we remember that
these grants were mostly of small amount, and do not include personal
expenses, and that very many of the researches undertaken at the re-
quest of the Association do not involve money grants at all, we may
form some idea of the amount of scientific activity which has been
evoked under the auspices of the Association.

n the address with which the business of the meeting is opened, it
is usual for your President to give some account of the most recent
progress of science. The task is by no means an easy one.’ Few, in-
deed, are familiar with science in all its branches ; and even to one who
was, the selection of topics and the mode of treating them would still
present difficulties. I shall not attempt to give an account of the re-
cent progress of science in general, but shall select from those branches
with which I am more familiar some examples of recent progress which
may, I hope, prove to be of pretty general interest. And even in this
I feel that I shall have to crave your indulgence, for it is hard to be
intelligible to some without being wearisome to others,......

—————————— P —XN o n

ESET IS ocn

BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER. 285

Artificial Substitute for Madder.

A large part of the calicoes which are produced in this country in
such enormous quantities are sent out into the market in the printed
form. Although other substances are employed, the place which madder
occupies among dye-stuffs with the calico-printer is compared by Mr.
Schunck to that which iron occupies among metals with the engineer.
It appears from the public returns that upwards of 10,000 tons of
madder are imported annually into the United Kingdom. The colours
which madder yields to mordanted cloth are due to two substances,
alizarine and purpurine, derived from the root. Of these, alizarine is
deemed the more important, as producing faster colours, and yielding
finer violets. In studying the transformations of alizarine under the
action of chemical reagents, MM. Graebe and Liebermann were led to
connect it with anthracene, one of the coal-tar series of bodies, and to
devise a mode of forming it artificially. The discovery is still too re-
cent to allow us to judge of the cost with which it can be obtained by
artificial formation, which must decide the question of its commercial
employment. But assuming it to be thus obtained at a sufficiently
cheap rate, what a remarkable example does the discovery afford of the
way in which the philosopher quietly working in his laboratory may
obtain’ results which revolutionize the industry of nations! To the

calico-printer indeed it may make no very important difference whether

he continues to use madder or replaces it by the artificial substance ;
but what a sweeping change is made in the madder-growing interest !
What hundreds of acres hitherto employed in madder cultivation are
set free for the production of human food or of some other substance
useful to man! Such changes can hardly be made without temporary
inconvenience to those who are interested in the branches of industry
affected; but we must not on that account attempt to stay the progress
of discovery, which is conducive to the general weal.

A New Opium Base.

Another example of the way in which practical applications unex-
pectedly turn up when science is pursued for its own sake, is afforded
a result recently obtained by Dr. Matthiessen, in his investigation
of the constitution of the opium bases. He found that by the action
of hydrochloric acid on morphia a new base was produced, which, as to

286 BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER.

composition, differed from the former merely by the removal of one
equivalent of water. But the physiological action of the new base was
utterly different from that of the original one. While morphia is a
powerful narcotic, the use of which is apt to be followed by subsequent
depression, the new base was found to be free from narcotic properties,
but to be a powerful emetic, the action of which was unattended by
injurious after-effects. It seems likely to become avaluable remedial
agent.
A ** Mysterious Something.”

But do the laws of chemical affinity, to which, as I have endeavoured
to infer, living beings, whether vegetable or animal, are in absolute
subjection, together with those of capillary attraction, of diffusion, and
so forth, account for the formation of an organic structure, as distin-
guished from the elaboration of the chemical substances of which it is
composed? No more, it seems to me, than the laws of motion account
for the union of oxygen and hydrogen to form water, though the pon-
derable matter so uniting is subject to the laws of motion during the
act of union just as well as before and after. In the various processes
of crystallization, of precipitation, and so forth, which we witness in
dead matter, I cannot see the faintest shadow of an approach to the
formation of an organic structure, still less to the wonderful series of
changes which are concerned in the growth and perpetuation of even
the lowliest plant. Admitting to the full as highly probable, though
not completely demonstrated, the applicability to living beings of the
laws which have been ascertained with reference to dead matter, I feel
constrained, at the same time, to admit the existence of a mysterious
something lying beyond—a something sui generis, which I regard, not
as balancing and suspending the ordinary physical laws, but as working
with them and through them to the attainment of a designed end.

What this something which we call life may be is a profound
mystery. We know not how many links in the chain of secondary
causation may yet remain behind; we know not how few. It would
be presumptuous indeed to assume that in any case we had already
reached the last link, and to charge with irreverence a fellow-worker
who attempted to push his investigations yet one step further back.
On the other hand, if a thick darkness enshrouds all beyond, we have
no right to assume it to be impossible that we should have reached

BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER. 287

even the last link of the chain; a stage where further progress is un-
attainable, and we can only refer the highest law at which we stopped
to the fiat of an Almighty Power. To assume the contrary as a
matter of necessity is, practically, to remove the First Cause of all to
an infinite distance from us. The boundary, however, between what
is clearly known and what is veiled in impenetrable darkness is not
ordinarily thus sharply defined. Between the two there lies a misty
region, in which loom the ill-discerned forms of links of the chain
which are yet beyond ns. But the general principle is not affected
thereby. Let us fearlessly trace the dependence of link on link as far
as it may be given to us to trace it, but let us take heed that in thus
studying second causes we forget not the First Cause, nor shut our
eyes to the wonderful proofs of desigu which, in the study of organized
beings especially, meet us at every turn.

Wholesome Effects of Scientific Inquiry.

Truth, we know, must be self-consistent, nor can one truth contra-
dict another, even though the two may have been arrived at by totally
different processes,—iu the one case, suppose, obtained by sound
scientific investigation, in the other case taken on trust from duly
authenticated witnesses. Misinterpretations of course there may be
on the one side or on the other, causing apparent contradictions.
Every mathematician knows that in his private work he will occa-
sionally by two different trains of reasoning arrive at discordant con-
clusions. He is at once aware that there must be a slip somewhere,
and sets himself to detect and correct it. When conclusions rest on
probable evidence, the reconciling of apparent contradictions is not so
simple and certain. It requires the exercise of a calm, unbiassed
judgment, capable of looking at both sides of the question; and often-
times we have long to suspend our decision, and seek for further
evidence. None need fear the effect of scientific inquiry carried on in
an honest, truth-loving, humble spirit, which makes us no less ready
frankly to avow our ignorance of what we cannot explain than to
accept conclusions based on sound evidence. The slow but sure path
of induction is open to us. Let us frame hypotheses if we will: most
useful are they when kept in their proper place, as stimulating inquiry.
Let us seek to confront them with observation and experiment, thereby
confirming or upsetting them as the result may prove; but let us

288 BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER.

beware of placing them prematurely in the rank of ascertained truths,
and building further conclusions on them as if they were.

When from the pheuomena of life we pass on to those of mind, we
enter a region still more profoundly mysterious. We can readily
imagine that we may here be dealing with phenomena altogether tran-
scendiug those of mere life, in some such way of those of life transcend,
as I have endeavoured to infer, those of chemistry and molecular
attractions, or as the laws of chemical affinity in their turn transcend
those of mere mechanics. Science can be expected to do but little to

aid us here, since the instrument of research is itself the object gf in-

vestigation. It can but enlighten us as to the depth of our ignorance,
and lead us to look to a higher aid for that which most nearly concerns
our well-being.

In the Biological Section the following papers have been read :—

* Man and the Animals, being a counter-theory to Mr. Darwin as to
the Origin of Species." By Archdeacon Freeman. ‘The author said,
“ This question was one of the widest interest, and had become the
battle-field of nations. In England opinion was divided. France was
generally against the theory, and Germany in its favour. The only
way to reply to Darwinism satisfactorily was to assert a counter-
theory. It was suicidal to ignore in this inquiry the statements of the
Bible. Mr. Darwin's theory was, that uuity of type was explained by
uuity of descent, and that all living creatures had. graduated one from
another, and probably from one parent. Natural selection was only
one means by which he believed this had been brought about. But
had the plau of the universe aim or eause? Why should all the
higher animals be so closely allied? Why should the beast have so
many correspondences in structure with man? To these questious the
Biblical record supplied an answer. According to the account given
there, no sooner was the creation over and the Fall accomplished, than
there appeared on the scene mysterious beings—the cherubim, whose
name signified forms and figures. Now either these were made after
the six days’ creation in imitation of the animals, or, what was more
probable, the animals were formed in imitation of them. To believe
that all creatures were formed after pre-existent ideas in the divine
mind was largely entertained by Plato. Thus, then, Seripture was
seen to anticipate the conclusion of science, and to establish the pro-

SPP TUA
JE yn vw dT ieee AD S TEE MNT

e

BRITISII ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER. 289

found affinity of the higher creatures. "The purpose of this affinity was
to be found iu the glory of God. The cherubim, the four typical
creatures, ceased not, they were told, to give their Creator glory. Who
could say there was no power in the lower animals, conscientiously it
might be, also, to glorify God? If any one said this was a mysterious
mode of treating the subject, what, he asked, could they have but
mystery? The more mysterious the answer, the more likely it was to
be true. Mr. Darwin's theory referred natural uniformity to a uni-
versal parentage, his to a universal pattern. Natural selection, under
the latter, would still have its proper place. Dr. Darwin’s view as to
the origin of species was not necessarily irreligious, but his own facts
upset it, showing that there was a special divine superintendence of the
organic world." The Archdeacon in no way impugned the well-earned
reputation of Mr. Darwin as an observer,

“ The Difficulties of Darwinism.” By the Rev. H. O. Morris. In
this paper it was contended that Mr. Darwin, in his book on the
* Variation of Species, was guilty of a non sequitur,—his argument
being that because many mere varieties had their origin in one com-
mon ancestor, all species were to be thus accounted for. Mr. Morris
held that there was abundant evidence that when left to themselves,
cultivated varieties of animals and plants returned to the original form,
which if they had not been cultivated, they would not have lost. Mr.
Darwin had never proved the creation of a new species. A number of
quotations were made militating against the idea that man had arisen
from a state of barbarism to one of civilization, and favouring the
opposite theory that savage tribes were the product of degradations.

** Philosophical Objection te Darwinism, or Evolutionism.” By the
Rev. Dr. M‘Cann. ‘The author urged that belief in evolutionism
meant materialism, and the denial of the soul and immortality,—nay,
even atheism. This he held to be proved by the writings of Professor
Huxley. Philosophy had a right to be heard on this subject, not only
on account of its importance, but because of the uncertainties of science.
Dr. M‘Cann then proceeded to assert his position; which was, that
the affirmations of consciousness were unquestionable, and that any-
thing that contradicted an affirmation of consciousness was false.
Evolutionism did contradict many of these affirmations, and was there-
fore false. Evolutionism also denied responsibility and morality. He
argued further, that the continuance of the non-selected forms, with

290 BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER.

the total disappearance of the selected forms (if they had ever existed)
was a fatal objection to the hypothesis, which was, moreover, opposed
to all progress.

A very animated discussion then took place. The President re-
marked of the last paper that he was at a loss to see what it had to
do with Darwinism. He had some doubt also as to tlie connection of
the second paper with the subject.—Professor Huxley said he ap-
peared to have been engaged in a perpetual battle sinee he had been
in Exeter. The three papers were of very different characters. The
second was one of which he did not propose to take any notice what-
ever. With regard to Dr. M‘Cann’s paper, he held that they should
have the most intimate connection between science and philosophy ;
and in the name of philosophy he protested against such a shallow
caricature of it as that of Dr. M‘Cann. How could the latter impute
to opinions which were essentially the same as those of Bishop Berke-
ley the conclusions which he did? Let him read Bishop Berkeley's
writings—they were short. As to what he said about the affirmations
of consciousness being necessarily true, did he not kuow that the
foundations of the Cartesian philosophy had been snapped long ago?
It was one thing to say that an affirmation of consciousness was abso-
lutely certain, and another that any conclusion therefrom was also cer-
tain. He did not complain that Dr. M*Cann had caricatured him, be-
cause a man must understand before he could caricature, but he did
complain that he had been misrepresented. He had written in a re-
cent article that the freedom of the human will was the great question
of the present day ; and that he believed it would never be solved, be-
eause it lay without the domain of the human mind. It was not
right, with that in print, to call him a necessitarian. Professor Huxley
highly praised Archdeacon Freeman for his candour, though he de-
nied his conclusions. He agreed with the Archdeacon in believing
that the Bible was intended to teach physical science. The Arch-
deacon’s ideas were not new, but constituted the philosophy of biology
of Owen and Agassiz. It was a mistake to believe that the uniformity
of type and plan were chiefly to be seen in the higher animals. It was
to be seen as much in the lower, and was absent from none.—Dr.
Hooker, who had also been criticized by Dr. M‘Cann, said he had no
course to defend himself but to read portions of his address to which
reference had been made, and ask the meeting if they bore the coustruc-

BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER. 291

tions put upon them. That he could not do, and he should therefore
retire.—Dr. Wilkes considered Mr. Darwin a great observer, but by no
means an inductive reasoner.—Mr. E. Vivian pointed out that all the
old landmarks had been removed, and proceeded to make a few state-
ments with regard to Kent’s Cavern, He believed scientific and reli-
gious men differed in degree, and not in principle. There was no
possibility of stopping short of man being contemporaneous with the
fossil animals, and, in fact, preglacial. He had always believed that
oses had written a cosmogouy, and he did not yet doubt that it
would be in some way reconciled with science. "There had been a
very wide interchange of species, and when they admitted development
they must have a number of separate acts of creation, of which there
was no evidence.—Mr. Wallace did not consider that any one of the
the papers ought to have been read in that place. If the opponents of
Darwinism wished to come forward, let them bring either new facts or
new arguments.— The President considered the most pertinent obser-
vations that had been made with regard to Darwinism came from Mr.
Vivian. He had rightly said that the great difficulty was to account
for existing animals. How were they to account for their difference
from former ones? Either the elephant must be a spontaneous crea-
tion, or was the result of descent. Neither of the writers of the papers
knew what Darwinism was, although really it might have been ex-
pected that they would have informed themselves about it before they
wrote.—Dr. M'Cann explained that he had read the books to which
Professor Huxley had referred, and said, moreover, that the question
had been shirked.
* On an Alteration in the Structure of Lychnis dioica, observed in
connection with the Development of a Parasitic Fungus." By Miss
'hile residing near Accrington, in Lancashire, Miss Becker
was struck with the remarkable appearance of certain plants of Lychnis
dioica, which, instead of the usual straw-coloured anthers, displayed a
purple mark in the centre of the flower, giving the effect of a handsome
dark eye. Further examination showed that, contrary to the usual
babit of the plant, many of them were bisexual, each flower containing
a pistil as well as stamens ; except for the shortness of the styles, these
pistils were as well developed as those of ordinary female plants. In
1863 she sent a few flowers to Mr. Charles Darwin, who, after
submitting the flower to microscopic investigation, wrote, ‘ The

292 BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER.

dark purple anthers are a mass of some Cryptogamic plant, allied, T
suppose, to the smut of Wheat. In the bud the pollen grains can be
distinguished, afterwards they are wholly corrupted. There remains a
pretty case of a reversion from a dicecious to a hermaphrodite con-
dition.” Subsequently he suggested that the plants might be natural
hybrids. The impression crossed his mind that, the pollen being de-
stroyed at an early period, the ovarium was developed in compensation.
Miss Becker pursued her observations, and to account for the appear-
-ances she had two theories:—1. That the bisexual plants were cases
of natural reversion to the original form, and that their association
with the fungus disease was accidental. 2. That the parasitic fungus
caused the-flowers to assume the bisexual form. She maintained the
last of the two to be the right one. Entering into many considera-
tions in support of her view, she suggested that it might be an instance
in illustration of Darwin’s theory of Pangenesis. Dr. Dickson thought
Miss Becker’s theory unsupported by the evidence. Precedent disease
of the Lychnis was the probable cause of the fungus growing in it.—
Dr. Wilkes questioned the notion that a fungus parasite could help in
developing the organs of a plant.—Professor Balfour, while acknow-
ledging the excellence of the paper, disagreed with Miss Becker’s con-
clusion. If Miss Becker was right, the instance was the first known
to the botanical world.—Miss Becker replied cleverly. Perhaps it was
the first instance, but why might not she make the first discovery of
it? She was quite prepared to hear that they disagreed with her view,
for, as far as she had observed, that section was remarkable for this,
that everybody disagreed with everybody else. [Compare leading article
in * Gardeners’ Chronicle,’ Sept. 25, 1869, on this subject.—Ep.]

“ On the Relative Value of the Characters employed in the Classifica-
tion of Plants.” By Dr. Maxwell T. Masters. This paper was de-
voted to the consideration of some of the means employed by botanists
in elaborating the “ natural" systems of classification, and to the esti-
mation of the relative value to be attached to these means. The cha-
racters treated of were the following :—1, characters derived from the
relative frequency of occurrence of a particular form, or a particular
arrangement of organs; 2, developmental characters, whether ** conge-
nital” or *aequired;" 3, teratological characters; 4, rudimentary
eharacters ; 5, special physiological characters; 6, characters dependent
on geographical distribution. Illustrations were given in explanation

ad A eor a a

Miri, i

BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER. 293

of these matters, and for the purpose of showing their applicability to
particular cases. In estimating the value to be attached to certain
rs, it is necessary to consider the purpose for which they are
required. If the object be synthetical—if we are seeking points of
resemblance, so as to be enabled to group together a large number of
forms into one or more large aggregates, stress must be laid, in the
first instance, on the éobgenital characters as serving to bind together
the greatest numbers; then on those depeudent on frequency of occur-
rence and special physiological office, afterwards on such others as may
be forthcoming. If the object be analytical and discriminative, the
special physiological characters demand the first attention, then those
which have the merit of frequency and invariability, and then those
that are congenital. The systematist can very rarely act up to his own
standard. Individual cases have to be treated on their own merits—
philosophy has to be sacrificed to expediency, and herein shines the
light of genius; the tact and insight of a first-class naturalist often
lead him to make combinations, or to allocate forms, on what seem
mere grounds of expedience, but which afterwards prove, when fuller
evidence is gained, to be strietly consistent with philosophical views.

* On the Law of the Development of Cereals.” By Mr. F. F. Hal-
lett. From continued observations and experiments, extended over
nearly twenty years, Mr. Hallett said he had arrived at the following
conclusions :—1. Every fully developed plant, whether of wheat, oats,
or barley, presents an ear superior in productive power to any of the
rest on that plant. 2. Every such plant contains one grain which,
upon trial, proves more productive than any other. 3. The best grain
in a given plant is found in its best ear. 4. The superior vigour of
this grain is transmissible in different degrees to its progeny. 5. By
repeated careful selection the superiority is accumulated. 6. The im-
gales which is at first rapid, gradually, after a long series of

ears, is diminished in amount, and eventually so far arrested that,
pdu speaking, a limit to improvement in the desired quality is
reached. 7. By still continuing to select, the improvement is main-
tained, and practically a fixed type is the result.

* On the Flora of the Strait of Magellan and West Coast of Pata-
gonia.” By Dr. R, O. Cunningham. The chief point of this paper
was that, beginning at the eastern entrance of the strait and proceed-
ing westwards to Cape Pillar and northwards through the channels ex-

294 BRITISH ASSOCIATION, MEETING AT EXETER.

tending to the Gulf of Perras, three distinct regions or areas may be
recognized, each of which possesses a certain number of species of
animals and plants ona to itself, as well as of a certain number
common to its neighbour

In the Chemieal Seins the subjects mentioned belo were brought
forward :—

. “ On some New Substances extracted from the Walnut.” By Dr. T.
L. Phipson. Between the shell and the kernel of the Walnut there
exists a thin membrane called the episperm, which closely envelopes
the cotyledons, and is composed here, as in most other fruits, of a
double membrane, the inner one being very thin, quite white, trans-
lucid, and perfectly devoid of taste, whilst the external one is much
coarser in structure, more or less coloured, has a very bitter, disagree-
able taste, and contains certain substances which formed the subject
of this paper. From this membrane Dr. Phipson had extracted a
substance which he called nucitannic acid, the most remarkable pro-
perty of which is that when boiled with dilute hydrochloric acid it
splits up into glucose and another new substance, called rothic acid.

“On the Amount of Soluble and Insoluble Phosphates in Seeds." By
Professor Crace Calvert. ‘The Professor said that the results of various
experiments he had made was that 100 parts of cotton fibre yield,
when repeatedly washed with water, a quantity of acid phosphate of
magnesia ; both husks and seeds also yield certain proportions. The
results showed that the phosphates exist in much larger quantity in the
seed than in the other parts of the pod. Experiments upon Wheat
flour of various kinds showed that whilst the flour contains only a
trace of the phosphates, especially soluble ones, the bran contains a
large quantity. These facts tend to prove that the phosphates and
the mineral matters contained in Wheat are not combined with the
matter, but are in a free condition. Other investigations go

to prove that although habit and pride have gradually led us to prefer
white bread to brown, yet this is an error when we consider the nu-
tritious properties of Wheat, especially as food for children, phosphates
being essential for the formation of bone and blood.

295

NOTE ON SAMBUCUS CHINENSIS, Lindl.
By H. F. Hance, PH.D., etc.

I pointed out in my * Adversaria in Stirpes Criticas’ (Ann. Se. Nat.
sér. 5, v. 217), that the character assigned to this species by De Can-
dolle is erroneous,—the flowers being all hermaphrodite, and what
Lindley took for females being merely abortive flowers, in the shape of
fleshy, grandular, yellow, cup-shaped bodies, without a trace of either
stamens or ovary, which increase somewhat in size, turn green, v
then wither. I have since found that Professor Miquel (Fl. Ind.
vol. alt. 124) had previously suspected the error; and he has, as g
think, without sufficient reason, availed himself of the presence of these
bodies, which are of no structural value, to found thereon his subgenus
Scyphidanthe. He remarks on the closeness of S. Chinensis to S. Ja-
vanica, Reinw., which latter, again, Drs. Hooker and Thomson, in the
* Preecursores,' note as a native of China, without, however, adducing
Lindley's name as a synonym. I have little doubt that the two are
identical, for there is nothing in Miquel's character to show a difference.
Junghuhn deseribes the fruit of the Java plant as yellow, Hooker and
Thomson as black, whilst about Canton it is certainly red when ripe.
A plant gathered by Maximowicz, at Yokohama, Japan, in 1862, and
sent me from the herbarium of the St. Petersburg garden, under the
name of S. Thunbergiana, Reinw. (which I cannot find published), is
absolutely ‘eaten! with the south Chinese one ; but Professor Miquel,
failing to recognize this identity, has, in his ‘ Prolusio Flore Japo-
nice,’ described this as distinct, giving the name, however, as a manu-
script one of Blume’s, and not noticing the abortive flowers ; he sug-
gests a possible affinity with S. Wightiana, Wall, a species which,
though described by Wight and Arnott, is omitted by Hooker and
Thomson, probably through oversight, as no explanation is given.
Though I believe Reinwardt’s name of S. Javanica is the oldest, as he
has possibly given two to the same plant, it seems preferable to fall
back on that of Lindley. — S. ebuloides, Desv., recorded from the neigh-
bourhood of Canton, I have never seen.

I may here note that Dr. Williams informs me that my S. WVilliamsii
is planted in the country around Peking to mark the boundaries of
fields, and is known by the curious name, ** kung tau lau "rb," literally,
“the old fellow that shows high-roads." He adds that it is very
rarely met with in flower, being eut down for fuel.

296

NOTE ON MELASTOMA REPENS, Desrouss.

By Henry F. Hance, PAD., ETO.

The plant first described in Lamarck’s ‘ Encyclopédie,’ in 1797,
under the above name, was transferred by De Candolle, in his revision
of the family to which it belongs, to the genus Osdechia.* M. Nau-
din, in his * Melastomacearum Monographia Revisio, T restored it to
its original station, in which he was followed by Mr. Bentham.f
Prof. Blume,$ just one year prior to the appearance of Naudin's me-
moir, formed it, Osbeckia aspera, and a few others, into the genus
Asterostoma, with the observation, ** Alize vero species ex Asia tropicá,
quo et complures Osbeckias ex Africa pertinere probabile, tam vegeta-
tione quam conformatione calycis admodum conveniunt cum Melasto-
mate, Burm., licet connectivo antherarum abbreviato et imprimis
capsulis siccis apice loculicide dehiscentibus differant." Dr. Hooker,
who speut many months in the thorough examination of the immense
materials at Kew, and who has entirely recast the tribes and genera
in this most intricate Order, simply remarks, * Genus a Blumeo pro-
positum Asterostoma nobis ab Osbeckia haud separandum videtur." I
confess I am at a loss to understand the grounds on which this emi-
nent botanist has arrived at such a conclusion, so far as M. repens is
concerned, which I will add does not fall into the genus Osbeckia, as
defined by himself. Of the only four species mentioned by name by
Blume as appertaining to Asterostoma, O. Manillana, De Cand., and O.
aspera, Bl., are included amongst Osbeckia by Naudin, who had ex-
amined authentic specimens, whilst O. octandra is placed amongst the
species incerta, and is by Dr. Thwaites** doubtfully quoted as a synonym
of O. virgata, Don. O. aspera appears to me in every respect a genuine
Osbeckia ; with the other two I am unacquainted. The case is, how-
ever, widely different with regard to O. repens, De Cand., and Blume
is altogether inaccurate in assigning to it an abbreviated connective
and dry capsule. The stamens in this plant (and my observations are
made on living specimens) are absolutely undistinguishable from those

* Prodr. Syst. Nat. Regn. Veg. iii. 142 (1828).

t Ann. Se. Nat. 3 sér. xiii. 274. (1850. The title page has 1819, by mistake.)

iF. Hongkong. 114 (1861)

8 Mus. Bot t. Lugd.-Bat. i. w (1849).

]| Gen. Plant. i. 745 (1867). ** Enum. Pl. Zeylan. 116 (1859).

"T d

OF THE GENUS FREMONTIA. 297

of such typical Melastomata as M. decemfidum, Roxb., and M. Malaba-
thricum, L., and of which a very good representation has been given
by Wight ;* the five longer ones have purple anthers and a connective
longer than themselves, also purple; the base bicalcarate, and, as well
as the filament, yellow ; in the five shorter ones, the tips of the exap-
pendiculate anthers reach as high only as the spurs of the longer ones,
the locelli are transversely rugulose, and with the filaments are entirely
yellow. With respect to the fruit, so far from being a dry capsule, it
is a pleasantly-tasted, black, thoroughly succulent berry, when ripe,
whilst the fruit of none of the other Chinese species ever become so
at all, or are indeed more than fleshy in texture whilst doors and
eventually quite UA and would be more ey described as “ cap-
sule primum carn demum exsucce.” The calyx-tube has
simple sparse bristles, un lower portion formed of green cylindrical
prolongations of the cellular tissue, on which are seated red bulb-like
simple hairs. The laciniæ, too, though ciliate, are destitute of those
penicilliform tufts characteristic of most Osbeckiæ. Naudin (loc. cit.)
observes of the Chinese plant, “ A ceeteris ZMelastomatibus habitu dis-
crepat, indole autem floris illis maxime congruit." The latter part of
this sentence is strietly correct ; with regard to the former, the plant
is sui generis, differing quite as much from the upright twiggy Osbeckie
as it does from the shrubby Melastomaia, but it looks more like a
dwarf member of the latter genus, from its broad leaves and the
thicker texture of the petals. As Dr. Hooker places Osdeckia in a di-
vision of the tribe characterized by ** anthers: sequales, connectivo vix
aut non producto, inappendieulato," and assigns to the genus a ** cap-
sula," whilst he locates Melastoma in one distinguished by “ anther
ineequales, longiorum connectivo basi longe producto," and attributes
to it a “ bacca,” it is manifest that the plant under consideration must
be placed in the latter genus, and it is possible that Dr. Hooker, when
writing as he did, overlooked the composite nature of Blume's unten-
able genus.

ON THE GENUS FREMONTIA.
There are certain plants which have an unfortunate history. Wa-
poleona is one of these; no two botanists have described it in pre-

* Tilust. Ind. Bot. i. t. 95.
VOL. vir. [OCTOBER 1, 1869.] Y

298 THE NORTHERN LIMIT OF EDIBLE BERRIES.

cisely the same terms. Fremontia is another. The discrepancies arise
from natural variations in the plants, but chiefly from the examination
of imperfect material. The beautiful yellow-flowered shrub Fremontia,
at present so little known in gardens, was first of all placed among the
Mallows, till an examination of fresh not * mummified” specimens
clearly showed the plant to belong to Sterculiacee and not to Malvacee.
But even up to this time the plant is described as destitute of corolla
(the yellow portion being considered as calyx). This view, however,
is quite negatived by recent specimens, before us as we write, and in
which there is a small five-leaved calyx outside the large yellow corolla.
This calyx, however, or rather the greater portion of it, speedily falls
off, and hence at first sight of a fully developed flower there appears to
be no calyx. The stamens are opposite to the sepals and alternate
with the petals,—a cireumstance which might have suggested the no-
tion that the yellow segments were truly petals. The early shedding
of the calyx is due to the formation of a very large quantity of thin-
walled oblong cells, which readily disintegrate, allow the sepals to fall
off at the slightest touch, and leave exposed a quantity of white mealy
material. The same thing takes place even in a more marked degree
in the base of the column of stamens, which becomes ultimately de-
tached from the base of the petals. "There seems to be some diffieulty
in the propagation of the Fremontia, which is the more to be regretted,
as it is caleulated to be one of the brightest ornaments of the shrub-
bery.—Dr. Masters in * Gardeners’ Chronicle.’

THE NORTHERN LIMIT OF EDIBLE BERRIES.

In a series of maps on physical geography, published by the National
Society, there is one by Dr. A. Petermann, showing the distribution of
the most important fruits over the globe. In most parts of the map, a
line describing the northern limit of edible berries is laid down con-
siderably below the frigid zone, while I find, by referring to specimens
in herbaria, that it is above the Arctic circle, and runs almost parallel
with latitude 72° N. Beyond that boundary no plants with succulent
fruits, no members of the genera Rubus, Cornus, Empetrum, Vaccinium,
and Ozycoceus, seem to grow ; and it is stated that in Lapland, dur-
ing some summers, berries do not ripen. The only berry-bearing

LORD HOWE’S ISLAND. 299

plant which I have seen from a station considerably above that limit
is Vaccinium Vitis-Idea, which Capt. W. Penny gathered in Bushnan
beo on the N.W. shores of Greenland, in latitude 76? N., long.

6? W. Possibly there may be some mistake about the locality, as no
ve expedition has brought home the Cranberry from so high a
latitude. If, therefore, to settle the question, Arctic explorers will
but collect the leaves of any berry-bearing plant, however sour, bitter,
or insipid the fruit may be, they would confer a benefit upon geogra-
phical botany.

t may be asked, at a time when renewed efforts are being made to
explore the Arctic regions, Does vegetation extend as far north as the
pole itself? I answer, Yes; if there be land, there are also plants. It
is known that excessive cold during the winter exercises but a limited
influence upon a vegetation which, like the Arctic, enjoys the protec-
tion of a thick covering of snow, and is besides in a state of inactivity.
The temperature of the summer, the months of July and August, has
by far the greatest share in the distribution of vegetable life in the
northern regions. Now the lowest temperature during that time is
not to be found in the most northern point as yet reached by any
expedition, but in Winter Island, on the eastern shores of Melville
Peninsula, where the mean monthly temperature in July and August

ranges between 34° and 36° Fahrenheit. That spot, which may be
called the phytological pole, is covered with vegetation; and know-
ing as we do that plants do grow, not only in a soil frozen underneath,
but also (as in the Kotzebue Sound) on the top of icebergs, there
is no reason to suppose that the terrestrial pole is destitute of plants.
—B. SEEMANN.

VEGETATION OF LORD HOWE’S ISLAND.
By CHARLES Moore, Esa.

I have lately had an opportunity of visiting Lord Howe’s Island,
which lies off our coast (Sydney) some 300 miles. It is small in ex-
tent, and scarcely known to any but navigators. A few observations
relative to the botany of the place, may therefore be interesting to your
readers. The island is situated in lat. 31? 36' S., and long. 159° 5’ E,

Y 23

306 LORD HOWE's ISLAND.

It is somewhat semicircular in form, about 43 miles in length, and 14
miles at its widest part. On its southern extremity there are two
mountains, over 2500 feet high; from the base of these to the northern
end, where the ground again rises to an elevation of about 1200 feet,
the intervening space is of a low, undulating character. The whole of
the island is densely covered with a vegetation mainly consisting of
trees, shrubs, and Palms, there being no barren spots upon it, except-
ing the precipitous cliffs of the mountains and coast. From this de-
scription of its size and breadth it will be apparent that the greater
part of the island is subject to the effects of the sea breeze; yet, on
the southern and most exposed side, Palms and exogenous trees grow
down to high-water mark, and, except in being dwarfed, seem to be
otherwise entirely unaffected by exposure.
er passing the first belt of trees, a species of Fig (Ficus) abounds,

and occupies much of the low-lying grounds. In general appearance
it greatly resembles F. macrophylla of our eastern coast. It differs,
however, from that plant by its smaller fruit and foliage, by the under-
part of the leaves being more ferruginous, and by its great tendency
to produce adventitious roots from its branches, which, after reaching
the ground, become stem-like, so that in many instances it is difficult
to determine the original trunk. In this respect it is the most remark-
able species of Ficus I have met with in this part of the world. The
largest tree of the kind which I noticed was, as nearly as possible,
about 100 yards from the extremity of the branches on one side to
that on the other, and had very numerous root-stems. It was a glori-
ous sight, and one long to be remembered. In two or three instances
these trees were found forming, as it were, a circle round an open space.
This, it was plain, was caused by the original tree dying off entirely in
the centre, and its branches in consequence becoming so many separate
individuals. It is called Banyan by the settlers, after its great proto-
type of Indian notoriety. No other species of Ficus was observed

Among these Figs, and in every situation upon the island, whether
high or low, to the extent of my investigations, two similar, but very
distinct species of Areca Palm abound, one of which is called by the
settlers the Cabbage, or Thatching Palm, from the fact of its fronds
being the only material used for thatching upon the island. This is
managed by the base of the foot-stalk of the frond doubling just below
the pinnze, at which point it is worked on a batten, secured in the roof

ior *

LORD HOWE’S ISLAND. 301

for this purpose. The stalks are brought rather close together on the.
inside, forming a row of ribs, which has a somewhat neat appearance,
and the feathery spray, or pinnæ, on the outside, become an outer
covering, of from 7 to 8 inches in thickness, rendering the interior im-
pervious to wet, and cool and comfortable to the inhabitants; it will
last from eight to ten years. The other Palm, equally abundant, and
intermixed with the one just noticed, is not used for any special pur-
pose. It is of a more slender habit, having shorter and more arching
fronds, with the pinne rising from the rachis instead of falling as in
the former, giving it a rather peculiar appearance, from which it is
called by the settlers the Curly Palm. Both of these produce very
large quantities of fruit, the drupe being of an ovate form, about 1
inch in length, and both have simple spadices (the latter having the
longest), produced from among and below the lower fronds. 'l'he seeds.
of both kinds are eaten with the greatest avidity, and are, indeed, the
principal support of the large bodies of settlers’ pigs, running in most
parts of the island.

At an elevation of about 1500 feet, nearly the limit of the preceding
species, another and very beautiful Palm occurs, called the Umbrella
Palm by the settlers. It has large pinnate fronds, with a branching
spadix, bearing a large plum-like fruit, which is of a reddish colour
when ri This tree is comparatively rare, and is strictly confined to
the sides of the two high mountains, on the tops of which another and
smaller species of Palm than any of the preceding kinds is said to
grow in very great abundance, the fruit yielding the chief food of the
wild pigs running about in that part. I speak of this Palm only from
hearsay, as neither I nor any of the party who visited the island with
me succeeded in reaching either of the mountain tops. The settlers,
who frequently go there to hunt wild pigs, describe it as comparatively
low in stature, and bearing a profusion of roundish-shaped fruit. This
island, therefore, though very small in extent, produces four distinct
species of Palms, none of which, I think, are deseri

Among other endogenous plants, those chiefly rabi are two
species of Pandanus; one, found principally near the coast, with a
stout, straight stem, bearing from its sides a small number of the usual
root-like supports ; the other having a much more slender stem, and,
from an early stage, supported by other very numerous, slender, stem-
like roots, which are borne to a very considerable height, up to a point

-

303 LORD HOWE'S ISLAND.

where the stem branches off. The general appearance of this tree,
which frequently attains a height of from 40 to 50 feet, is very sin-
gular indeed: the whitish-coloured root-like bodies, or forked, adven-
titious stems, occupying as much space below as the branches do above,
and thus making the tree resemble an hour-glass. This is a more inland
plant than the former, and grows up to a very considerable elevation.

The next and only plant of this class of any particular interest be-
longs to Jridacee, and is found only in two or three parts of the island,
and that sparingly. One is puzzled to think how such a plant could
be indigenous to this quarter of the world, so far distinct is it from
most of its congeners. Seed vessels only were obtained, which resem-
bled those of the genus Morea; the flowers were not seen, but from
the description given of them by the settlers, who call them the ** wed-
ding flowers," they would be referable to the genus named ; the leaves
of the highest plant obtained were about 6 feet in length, and 3 inches
wide at the broadest part.

Crinum pedunculatum was abundant in many parts of the moist
sandy shores; it was the only Amaryllid noticed. Orchids were rare,
only two kinds being seen; one, a species of Dendrobium, grew spa-
ringly upon Figs, and in rocky, shady places; another, a species of
Sarcochilus, was observed attached to trees high upon the hillsides.
The Grasses were equally scarce, only three indigenous kinds being
gathered, viz. Spinifex, running along the sands of the coast ; a Chloris,
and a Polypogon, the two last only iu one or two places in the interior.
In all the clearances made by the settlers not now in cultivation, our
Couch Grass, Cynodon Dactylon, and our Tufty Grass, Sporobolus elon-
gatus, both evidently introduced, have taken possession of the ground.
A single species of Carex, a Cyperus, and a Lamprocarya, are all that
represent the Order Cyperaccie, while Juncus maritimus, Smilax lati-
Jolia, and a Commelynaceous plant are the only other endogenous plants
observed.

It would occupy too muth space, and would be out of place in this
sketchy description of the botany of the island, to enumerate all the
exogenous plants collected ; I shall, therefore, confine myself to those
which grow in the greatest abundance, and which mainly characterize
the vegetation, namely, Lagunaria Patersoni, an Australian as well as
Norfolk Island plant; an Ochrosia, remarkable for the abundance of
its deep red-coloured fruit and bright green foliage; two species of

*

3

LORD HOWE'S ISLAND. 303

Acronychia, Olea paniculata, a Pisonia, allied to P. Brunoniana, a
Tetranthera, a Maba, a Myoporum, Baloghia lucida, and an unknown
Myrsinaceous tree, bearing large quantities of a small oval, reddish
fruit, and singular as being the only tree on which was found the very
curious parasite Viscum distichum (Bauer, Illustr.). This grew only
on the extremities of the top branches, and had the effect of apparently
destroying altogether some of the trees on which it had fastened itself.
These plants, with the Ficus referred to in the early part of this paper,
constitute at least three-fourths of the trees and shrubs in the island.

e Myrtacee, which might naturally be expected to have been
strongly represented upon an island so contiguous to the Australian
coast, were confined to a small species of Melaleuca, called by the
settlers ** Kilmoque," and used by them as a substitute for tea; and
an arborescent species of Leptospermum, very rare indeed, as only one
tree of the kind was found, which was dead, and had seed vessels only
upon it. Proteacee were altogether wanting, and not a type of the
Australian Leguminose was found, this Order being here confined to
Edwardsia, Guilandina, and Canavalia. A single Epacrid was ob-
tained, and this at a high elevation, being a tree of from forty to fifty
feet in height, with a stem two feet in diameter at the base, and
described to me by my companion, who found it, as very branching in
habit, and destitute of leaves, except at its extremities, where the
foliage became closely imbricated and bunchy in appearance, surround-
ing terminal panicles of flowers, causing a resemblance, as he observed,
of so many small Pine-apple plants. Some of the uncultivated ground,
and many other waste places, were entirely taken possession of by
Verbena Bonariensis, khe Castor-oil plant, the Cape Gooseberry, and ;
Solanum laciniatum, the Kangaroo-apple of our colonists, all of whom
may be considered the troublesome weeds of the settlers.

I have now only to notice the Ferns, which are confined to the fol-
lowing genera, viz. Polypodium, Pteris, Nephrolepis, Asplenium, Pla-
tycerium, Litobrochia, Neottopteris, Diplazium, Davallia, Trichomanes,
Dicksonia, Alsophila, and Marattia. Of these, the only strictly arbo-
rescent kinds were two species of Alsophila, one the well-known
A. excelsa, the other a black, slender-stemmed species, which, I think,
will prove to be as yet undescribed. The genera ddiantum and Aspi-
dium, both so general in Australia, Norfolk Island, and New Zealand,
were not observed; but Tmesipteris, so nearly allied to Ferns, and

204 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

common to all these countries, was found here in many places. The
other branches of Cryptogamic: ed) I had no time to investigate,
but the Mosses and Jz tively scarce. Lichens,
particularly the larger kinds, such as qoare and Sticta, were very
frequeut on both rocks and trees on the higher grounds. Along the
coast, and washed ashore, were numerous kinds of Seaweed, but they
appeared to be principally small fucoid forms, intermixed with a few
filamentous kinds.

To those acquainted with the botany of Australia and adjoining
islands it will be apparent, from the sketch here given, that the plants
at this island more nearly resemble those of Norfolk Island, from
which it is distant some 500 miles, than those of any other country.
The Leptospermum aud Melaleuca are almost the only plants which link
its flora with that of Australia, all the other kiuds being chiefly types
of genera found on Norfolk Island. This resemblance will be more
clearly indicated when, at some future time, I shall give a detailed
account of all the plants observed and collected during my three days’
sojourn upon this interesting little island.— Gardeners Chronicle.

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

The British Rubi; an Attempt to discriminate the Species of Rubus
known to inhabit the British Isles. By Professor BABINGTON.
London: Van Voorst. 1869. 8vo, pp. 305.

Essai Monographique sur les Rubus du Bassin de la Loire. Par L.
Gaston GENEVIER. Angers: Imprimerie Lachese. 1869. 8vo,
pp. 343.

The two last years have been fertile in Bramble literature; for

besides the appearance in Germany of Kuntze’s ‘Reform Deutscher -

Brombeeren,’ both in England and France the two botanists who have
devoted themselves to the monographie study of the Brambles of their
respective countries, have both published, in full detail, the result of
their labours.

It is now more than a quarter of a century since Professor Babington
first treated upon the British Rybi in the original edition of his
* Manual,’ and twenty-three years since he elaborated them fully in his

Vee i MEN Er Si

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 305

‘Synopsis.’ The changes which have been made, from time to time,
in the six successive editions of the * Manual’ show that he has steadily
kept the genus under observation. The present work may be regarded
as a new edition of the * Synopsis,’ considerably enlarged in plan, and
of course brought up to the present level of the author's knowledge
and opinions. It was intended to have been accompanied by a set of
quarto plates, but as the preparation of these has been, by unavoidable
circumstances, much delayed, it is purposed that they shall appear
when ready as a separate work. As regards arrangement, species
limitation, and nomenclature, the work does not offer any alteration,
as compared with the two last editions of the * Manual;' but whilst in
the latter we have the bare diagnoses, we have here a table showing
the distribution of the species through the geographico-botanieal pro-
vinces of the island, an historical sketch of the progress of the know-
ledge of the genus in this country ; a general sketch of the variation in
character which we get within the bounds of the genus; a table show-
ing, i» extenso, the literature of the subject, and under each species
besides a Latin diagnosis, and a complete characterization in English,
a full list of synonyms with explanations respecting them, and a list
of special stations arranged in geographical order. It is a thorough
and exhaustive explanation of the result of the work which the author
has bestowed upon the genus since he first took it in hand, and of
course needs no recommendation of ours to help it to fall into its place
as the standard handbook to be used by all who wish for information
on the subject.

M. Genevier, though he belongs to a younger generation of botanists
than Professor Babington, has devoted himself to the study of the
Brambles of the centre and west of France for nearly twenty years.
He learnt his botany at Angers, under Professor Boreau, and after-
wards settled in medical practice at Mortagne-sur-Sévre, in Vendée,
but has recently removed to Nantes. Though he has had a mono-
graph of the Rudi of his field of study sketched out for the last dozen
years, he has only issued two or three short papers in the * Memoirs of
of the Société Académique d'Angers,' and now gives to the public, for
the first time, the detailed result of his observations. His work con-
sists almost solely of detailed descriptions, extending on the average
to more than a page each, of 203 forms which he admits to specific
rank, the characters upon which he relies mainly for distinguishing them

306 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

from one another being indicated by means of italics, and the descrip-
tive portion of the work being followed by an analytical key, con-
structed upon the same plan as those given in Boreau’s ‘ Flore du
Centre,’

The point suggested by the works upon which we feel most inclined
to remark, is the question of what is the proper rank in the scale of
nature, and what the relationship to each other of the individualities
characterized in them. Since Weihe and Nees von Esenbeck pub-
lished the * Rubi Germanici, the authors of floras and monographs for
tracts of country in Central and Western Europe fall easily into
three sets, in the plan they have followed in dealing with Brambles.
First come those who, like Koch and Bentham, treat Rubus fruticosus
as a single undivided species. The second and most numerous class
follow Weihe and Nees in admitting and cbaracterizing a comparatively
limited number of so-called species. To this second class belong
Arrhenius and Fries in Scandinavia, Dumortier in Belgium, Wimmer
and Von Garcke in Germany, Godron in France, and Mercier in

Switzerland; and in Britain Professor Babington having made his .

début as a fair average representative of this class, has in no way
changed his position through the course of his successive writings, his
present work, as regards the general plan of species-limitation, being
quite in accordance with the Synopsis of 1846. And we have a third
class of authors to which belong P. J. Miiller and Wirtgen (as tested
by his fasciculus) in Germany, and which, by his present work, M.
Genevier represents for France, who acknowledge and define a very
much larger number of what they also call * species."

The following passage will show clearly in what light M. Genevier,
as representing the third class, regards the species which he has esta-
blished and characterized.

* In the introduction to his ‘ Diagnoses’ of new and misunderstood
species," M. Jordan says, ‘ We have not in our researches quitted for
a single instant the domain of positive reality. It is not theories, but
material facts that we have to furnish; it is not a certain manner of
viewing things, or a particular opinion that we are going to express,
but facts well and duly proved by the ordinary process of experience
that we proceed without fear to submit to the examination of all
friends of science. We have simply to unfold that which we have
seen, experimentalized upon, proved, that which even those who are

i ls

—— E ——

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 307

the most disposed to contradict us, might have seen and proved, like
us, or better than us, if they had devoted themselves to the same
inquiries with materials similar to ours. We have not been able to
resist the desire to quote these words of the learned author of the
* Icones, which indicate, much better than We could have done, the
point of view in which we have placed ourselves to study the genus
Rubus, of which we have undertaken the history." (Genevier, * Essai,’

Taking Professor Babington as a representative of the second class,
we find that ee also, unless we greatly mistake his meaning, holds that
the ** species" which he adopts or establishes are (excluding mistakes
arising from imperfect information which fuller inquiry will rectify)
individualities of an absolute mes bounded by nature with a line
of strict limitation. The rule w e lays down, or general principle
of species-limitation which he enounces, is as follows :—

** [f a Bramble is found to retain the same appearance, under different
circumstances of soil and exposure, although many of its characters
vary considerably, we may conclude that it is a true species and form
some idea of its range of variation." (* British Rubi,’ p. 19.)

To this any botanist who represents the first or third class imme-
diately objects. ** If it varies considerably under different circumstances
it does noć retain the same appearance," and the Müllerian asks, * By
what rule, other than by a measure fixed arbitrarily in your own mind
n each special case, do you unite together under one name as a single
‘it,’ half-a-dozen or a dozen forms which I can undertake to dis-
tinguish ?" To this inquiry we do not think that Professor Babington
could return any answer that would satisfy an unprejudiced umpire.
For our own part, we can only say that we heartily wish,—that, at any
rate it would save an enormous amount of trouble, —if he had in this
work and his other writings on this subject, and if the numerous writers
of the class which he represents had as firm. ground under their feet
as they seem to think that they are standing upon; but we cannot
admit that the ground is firm, for this reason, amongst others, that
after having examined authenticated specimens of every one of Pro-
fessor Babington's species, and studied most of them in a growing
state, we have had the opportunity of comparing with M. Genevier's
work, a large collection of English and French specimens labelled by
the latter, and that we cannot see that the 203 species in the one case,

308 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

individualized and defined in perfect good faith as the deliberate result
of the labour of many years, cover a wider range of form, or a materially
greater degree of variability within that range, than the 43 species in
the other, individualized and defined with a sincerity and an amount
of labour which every one in England, who knows anything about the
matter, is fully prepared to appreciate.

e one point on which we have felt disappointed in Professor
Babington’s work is, that he says so little about the result of his ex-
periments in cultivating Rubi. His only material allusion to the matter
is an entirely general one, ** More than forty of the supposed species
have been raised from seeds in the Cambridge Botanic Gardens, and
the produce has not varied in form or characters from the parent
plants.” As bearing upon his plan of species-limitation we should
have liked very much to know, in exact detail, which are the plants
to whieh he here alludes, and for how many generations each of them
has been reproduced, But as the matter stands, we cannot form the
slightest idea to what extent he has been guided by the result of his
experiments in planning out the rank of the forms.

olding, as we have just indicated, that into whatever number of
portions the original Rubus fruticosus be subdivided, they cannot
possibly be separated and characterized as absolutely limitable indi-
vidualities, we would strongly recommend to our rising generation of
collecting botanists the study of the Fruticose Rubi, as furnishing one
of the best means within their reach of gaining sound conclusions on
the nature of species. Let them in the first place, leaving books and
names altogether on one side, gather some autumn the forms which
grow in the neighbourhood where they live, and try to reckon up
meanwhile how many they can individualize, and note down what are
their distinctive marks. After having done this, let them take Pro-

fessor Babington’s book and get access to a set of specimens named
iruthenitielly after it, and compare their own specimens and notes wit
hese. And then, if possible, let them, another autumn, visit some
other neighbourhood, and pursue there the same process that they fol-
owed at home ; and we feel confident, if they do this with reasonable
care, that whatever be their after botanical experience, they will fin
their time has not been wasted.

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 309

Vegetable Teratology: an Account of the er Deviations from

usual Construction of Plants. By MAaxwELL T. MASTERS,

M.D., F.L.S. With numerous Illustrations xs E M. Williams.
ion (Ray Society): 1869. . 534.

4

An immense quantity of matter relating to the abnormal conditions
so frequently met with in plants has been written, and Dr. Masters
has done a good and useful work in concentrating it by a judicious
selection of those facts ** which seemed sete taser the most important
or those which are recorded with the most care." He has embodied
these in the volume d us bis his own numerous observations
and those of many correspor

No English work cite re to the subject has been hitherto
published, with the exception of Thomas Hopkirk’s * Flora Anomala,’
a small book printed so long ago as 1817. On the Continent, how-
ever, several treatises of more importance have appeared, though none
so comprehensive in scope as the book under notice, which is un-
doubtedly the best on the subject. One good result which may be
expected to accrue from its publication is a diminution in the repeated
descriptions in the journals of well-known malformations—such as
monstrous forms of Plantain, Cardamine pratensis or Trifolium repens—
by students and amateurs to whom, as Dr. Masters remarks, Teratology
* seems always to have presented special attractions " and owes “a
large number of its records," but who are prone, as a class, to con-
sider all observations of equal value, whereas as the author shows,
* the frequency of a particular change in one species . . . may be so
great as far to exceed the instances of its tisuifestations in all the
rest put together” (p. 488

Dr. Masters’s book is eiat a record of facts, and their arrange-
ment is a matter of some importance. Teratology being defined to be
“ the history of the irregularities of growth and development, and of
the causes producing them," the most philosophical mode of grouping
the various conditions met with would seem to be one depending on
those causes, a plan Dr. Masters thinks impracticable. This is probably
true in our present ignoranee of them, and so another method suggests
itself, viz. according to the organs affected. This arrangement is not
adopted as it ‘ has only convenience to justify it,” but it may, perhaps,
be said that in the existing state of knowledge of the subject conve-

310 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

nience of reference might well be made a primary object. An arrange-
ment by organs would also have done away with a considerable part
of the repetition which is a somewhat marked feature of the volume,
though under any treatment some repetition is unavoidable, as several
deviations from eustomary structure frequently coexist.

The author arranges all abnormal conditions under four great
primary heads :—1. Deviations from ordinary arrangement; 2, from
ordinary form; 3, from ordinary number; 4, from ordinary size and
consistence. Under the first head are included cases of unusual
cohesion and adhesion, of fission, dialysis, and solution, as well as
the numerous forms of prolification aud the production of adventitious
organs. In the second class are placed examples of the persistence
of early conditions (stasimorphy), incomplete or excessive development.
(including regular and irregular Peloria), and the various kinds of
metamorphy of organs or perversions of development, including the
usual conditions in double flowers, as well as many deformities and
irregularities not due to disease or parasites. In the third division we
find cases of multiplication of parts, and of diminution or non-develop-
ment, whilst in the fourth are grouped enlargements (not patholo-

gical), outgrowths (enation), atrophies, and degenerations. Under:

each of the smaller sections the examples are arranged in an anatomi-
cal series, and lists are often given of the species particularly subject
to the anomaly under observation ; bibliologica references are copi-
ously inserted, and show how extensive is Dr. Masters’s acquaintance
with the literature of his subject, and how desirous he is to give accu-
rate information.

The chief object of the study of ** monsters" is, as was long ago
discerned by Bacon, to obtain light on the true nature of ordinary pro-
ductions. This is kept in view throughout the book; indeed the
author urges the claims of teratology to be considered of equal import-
ance with the study of development, in framing a true morphology,
since the laws regulating the two are the same. “ Already," he says,
“teratology has done much towards showing the erroneous nature of
many morphological statements that still pass current in our text-books.

. Thus organs are said to be fused which were never separate, dis-
HU and separations are assigned to parts that were never joined,
hesions and cohesions are spoken of in cases where, from the nature

of things, neither could have existed " (p. xxxiv.). It must, however,

BOTANICAL NEWS. SIL

be allowed that fallacies are much more likely to be found in terato-
logical data than in the more definite and orderly conditions met with
in developmental investigations. Considerable light would probably
be thrown on morphology by a careful study of the early condition of
abnormal organs and their phases of development,

We think Dr. Masters, however, might well have introduced some-
what more inferential speculation than he has done; his short and scat-
tered remarks on morphological subjects are of so much interest that
one cannot but feel the want of more similar matter. Suggestive notes,
however, on the nature of the so-called inferior calyx, of the placenta,
the ovule, and some other organs, the homological nature of which is
still an open question, will be found in the body of the work, and are
again alluded to with other matters in the “ general conclusions ” at
the end of the volume.

We cannot praise the figures; absence of artistic beauty is of secon-
dary importance, but vagueness is shown in some of them, especially
in regard to the relative position of organs, which lessens their utility ;
in those made from the author’s own sketches, the fault rests with the
engraver.

An excellent Index supplies copious references not only to subjects,
but also to the various species mentioned.

BOTANICAL NEWS.

The British Association lias not been productive botanically. e P
dent delivered a carefully-worded anti-Darwinian address, the effect of which

n
Professor Huxley. "The anti-Darwinian papers read were as feeble as they were

attacked by a very different class of arguments from those heard at Exeter.

should communicate with Mr. M. C. Cooke, 2, kim Villas, Upper Hollo-
=. London. The subscription price is half-a-guine

M. Alphonse de Candolle sends us his reply to "e various — that
have been raised to his * Laws of Botanical Nomenclature,’ a reprin t from the

to impose upon us the necessity of either passing over these laws in their foreign

312 BOTANICAL NEWS.

dress in silence, or using terms in speaking of the — which might
offend those with whom we have every wish to stan

On the 14th of September, the centenary of Humboldt’s birthday was cele-
brated in many parts of Germany, though it was much to be regre etted that so
great a e was here and there made the watchword of political and re-
ligious parties. But it could hardly be expected that all should cordially join
in celebrating the birthday of a man who has only just passed away, who
held such advanced views as Humboldt did, and who was so fond of indulg-
ing in criticisms. A whole generation should have been born and buried be-

Of Von Krempelhuber’s ‘ History and Literature of Lachenology; from the
Oldest Time to the year 1865,’ the second and g volume has appeared.
It may be ordered from the author (3, Amalien Strasse, Munich ; or through
Williams and Norgate). The work has been printed at the author’s risk and
expense, and is the result of much careful research and labour.

From Vienna we receive an acceptable reprint of Dr. A. Engler’s ‘ Index

It fills forty-four closely printed pages, and cannot fail to be highly useful to
the working, systematic botanist. The author accepts 167 species of the genus,
distributed under 17 sections
of botanical news, “published i in our August number, that * we had
received full and authentic particulars respecting the share iced Dr. Hooker
alleged

to have had in preventing certain Loto distinctions being con-
ferred some Englishmen who —— the great Boim "Exhibition at
St. poate. has, we regret to learn, been misinterpreted. So far from

wishing to imply censure, we held rai this may appear a gratuitous re-
mark) that the illustrious botanist acted in a manner of which all right-minded
men wee not help appro

e to welcome ihe appeatanc e of Trimen and Dyer’s long-expected
* Flora ot " Middlesex ' (Hardwicke), and Dyer and Church's edition of S. W.
Jonson's * How Crops Grow ' (Macmillan).

Dr. Arthur Schott we have to thank for sending us a set of his * Phytogra-
phical Glimpses of the Tropics of America,’ illustrating the vegetation of Yuca-
tan and New Granada,

Next year will see the production of an illustrated work on new and rare
British Hymenomycetous Fungi from the pen of W. Wilson Saunders, F.R.S.,
and Worthington G. Smith, F.L.S. It will consist of descriptions and figures
of some 200-300 species. 100 coloured plates (super-royal in size) are being

book will appear in four parts, each containing five Plates, price Any
rare species would be thankfully received by Mr. W. G. Smith, es North
Grove West, Mi ondon, N.

The next number of this J ournal will contain a double Plate; no illustration
is issued with this,

96 & 97.

Tab.

uen

——

m

—à

—

seen

Vincent Brooks Dav £Son.Imn

dodici idum

W.G. Smith, del et lith

H.Trimen, analys

rires. Pe on

313

ON THE GIGANTIC NEW AROIDEA FROM NICARAGUA.
(GODWINIA GIGAS, Seem.)

amt

By BggrHorD Seemann, Pa.D., F.L.S.
(PLATES XCVI. AND XCVII.)

This is the largest Aroid, both in leaf and flower, of which we have
any knowledge. It was discovered in January, 1869, near to Javali
Mine in the Chontales Mountains of Nicaragua, where it grows in
broken ground near rivulets (quebradas) amongst brushwood. I have
never seen it in any other part of tropical America, but from informa-
tion lately received, I am led to believe that this, or a plant very much
like it, is found in the mountains of neighbouring Central American
Republies.

The root-stock with its whorl of roots, turned topsy-turvy, much re-
sembles an old man's head, bald at the top; in the two specimens dug
up it was 2ft. 2in. in circumference, and weighed from 90 to 92
ounces, There are no roots whatever in the lower part of the corm,
which is perfectly smooth and white; all are placed in a whorl around
the top, and between them many young corms, by which the species
propagates itself, are nestling. The plant has only one leaf at a time,
and after that has died off, the flower spathe makes its appearance,
both being of gigantic dimensions. The petiole (of the largest speci-
mens measured in Nicaragua) is 10 ft. long, and 10 lines in circum-
fe ered with minute spiny projections, and with a metallic
bénotifolly mottled surface (brimstone-yellow, barred and striped with

purple), giving it the appearance of a snake standing erect. The blade
of the leaf (which is green on both sides) is 3 ft. 8 in. long, so that the
whole leaf is 13 ft. 8 in. long (Engl. measurement). The blade is
divided into three primary sections, which are again repeatedly sub-
divided, the extreme divisions being ovate-acuminate. The peduncle
is 3 ft. long and 4 in. in cireumference, mottled, and with minute spiuy
projections as the petiole, and furnished towards the base with several
large bracts. The flower-spathe is the greatest curiosity, measuring as
it does, 1 ft. 11 in. in length, and 1 ft. 8 in. in width. It is of a thick,
leathery texture, outside of a dark bluish-brown, and inside of a dark
brownish-red, with the exception of the base and those parts surround-
ing the spadix, which are whitish-yellow. The spadix is only Yin.

VOL. VII. [NOVEMBER 1, 1869.] Z

314 ON THE GIGANTIC NEW AROIDEA FROM NICARAGUA.

long, and 9 lines across, and bears hermaphrodite flowers, the technical
description of which is given below.

e plant grows with great rapidity— several inches during a single
night,—and the flowers emit the odour peculiar to many Aroideæ
and other dark-coloured flowers. The plant has nothing to do with
Amorphophallus and kindreds with which it agrees in habit ; it, how-
ever, is closely allied to Dracontium, both in habit and technical cha-
racters, but chiefly differs from that genus in having twice as many
stamens as perigonal segments. It therefore constitutes a new genus,
which I have great pleasure in dedicating to Mr. George Godwin,
F.R.S., F. R.H.S,, etc., architect, author of * Another Blow for Life,’
etc., one of the founders of the Art Union of London, and Editor of
the ‘Builder,’ a gentleman who has rendered much willing and substan-

tial aid to literature, science, and art, and who, by his active support -

of window-gardening in the metropolis, has spread amongst even the
humbler classes that taste and love for plants men which, after all,
the race of botanists would soon become extin

Additional details will be found in the ‘ 5 panel of Botany,’ Vol.
VII. p. 278, where also one of the specimens is described, which Mr.
W. Bull, of King’s Road, Chelsea (to whom the plant was consigned),

exhibited at a meeting of the Royal Horticultural Society at Kensing- -

ton. This specimen (leaf only) attained within a few inches the
dimensions I noted in Nicaragua, and had it not begun to sprout
during its passage to England, and suffered at tip from pushing against
the lid of the box in whieh it was planted, there can be no doubt that
even this year it would have quite equalled them. Mr. W. W. Saunders
having pointed out the interest attaching to the plant, the Royal Hor-
tieultural Society recorded its appreciation of it by awarding to this
novelty an honorary distinction.

Gopwinia, Seem. (gen. nov. Aroidearum). Spatha inferne convo-
luta, erecta, apicem versus fornicata, aperta, persistens. Spadix peri-
gonanthus, stipitatus, spathe limbo multo superatus, cylindricus,
liber, erectus, densi- ae pluriflorus. Florieuli perigonio 6-sepalo, sepalis
apicem versus dilatatis, fornicatis, vertice convexulis, in prwfloratione
irregulariter imbricatis; stamina 12, biseriata, exteriora sepalis al-
terna, interiora sepalis opposita, filamentis parum compressulis, apice
repentino in connectivum tenue acuminatum angustatis, pistillo multo

revioribus, antherz loculis suboppositis, lineari-ellipticis, apiculo

t a

|

NOTES ON ISLE OF WIGHT PLANTS. 315

nullo przditis, connectivum autem superantibus, rimula apicali latera-
iter dehiscentibus, extrorsum versis, pistillum elongatum, ovario
ovoideo 3-loculari, in stylum longum subrepentino attenuatum, stigmate

3-partito, e centro styli apicis partitionibus spathulato-linearibus
angustis protenso-extensum, septis ovarii non ex toto perfectis, locula-
mentis l-ovulatis, ovulis e placenta infra medium loculamenti ex axi
exsertis, funiculo brevi suffultis, anatropis. Fructus ignotus.—Folium
solitarium, hysterantium, petiolo longo crasso elato aculeolato maculato,
vertice 3-chotomo v. 3-eruri, cruribus in laminam tritomam abeuntibus,
partitionibus principalibus pinnatipartitis v. confluenti-pinnatipartitis,
costa iterato-dichotomanti. Spatha et spadix saturate violascentes,
prior magis in brunneo-rubrum, posterior magis in ceruleum. Species
unica :—

l. B. gigas, Seem. (sp. nov.), Tab. nostr. n. 95 et 96. Seem. Journ.
of Bot. 1869, p. 278.— Mountains of Chontales, Republic of Nicara-
gua, between the Javali Mine and the Quebrada de los lajas (Seemann !)

LANATION OF Prares XCVI. and XCVII. (double Plate).—Fig. 1

leaf (portrait of); 2, sp: "a same scale f); 8, e
wn to same scale as leaf and spathe; 4, part of stem (portion of) ; 5, por-
on of segments of leaf, di show venation ; 6, base ri
of flowers ; 8, r fi ; 9- flower, side view; 10, fl th pe-
rianth segments reflexed to show ovary ; 11, section of o it of
style; 18, stamen, inner side; 14, stamen, outer side; 15, section throug
16, ent from outer side (flattened out); 17, perianth
m inner side to show veining (partly flattened out). d flower,
from a sk f Antonio Fairburn (made in Nicaragua); t from
ing plant in . W. Bull's on, taken W. G. Smith,
and the dissection of flower by Dr. H. Trimen, fro

preserved in spirit at the British Museum.

NOTES ON ISLE OF WIGHT PLANTS.
By Frep. Srratron, Eso, F.L.S.

Ranunculus Flammula, var. B. pseudo-reptans, Syme. Tolerably
common. This plant was sent to the London Botanical Exchange
Club last year, and is mentioned in the curator’s report. The Isle of

-Wight plant seems to be a late summer or autumn state only of R.

Flammula, but it is remarkable how entirely in many localities it sup-

plies the place, at a later period of the year, of the parent plant. The

flowers are very much smaller, and have generally a star-like appear-

ance, from the petals being narrow and widely separated ; bearing, in
Zz 23

316 NOTES ON ISLE OF WIGHT PLANTS.

this and some other respects, the same proportion to those of R.
Flammula as the flowers of Caltha radicans do to those of C. palustris
( fide Icon. E. B. ed. 3, vol. i.).

Fumaria Borei, Jord. Brixton, Isle of Wight. In a series of
specimens collected by me at this locality, there are some which agree
perfectly with the description of F. Borei, Jord., in the third edition
of * English Botany ' (vol. i. p. 106), and also with specimens in my
herbarium, of that plant, collected by Mr. Boswell Syme at ** Auchter-
tool, Fife, September, 1868." Other specimens from the same locality
at Brixton have a very decided resemblance to the authentic speci-
mens of F. pallidiflora, Jord., in the British Museum herbarium, and
especially to a plant collected by Mr. Borrer in 1848 at Bonchurch,
named by him F. capreolata albiflora, which Mr. A. G. More has
identified as F. pallidiflora, Jord. These latter plants from Brixton
also agree with the book descriptions, having recurved fruit-pedicels
and cream-coloured flowers with dark tips. Probably F. pallidiffora
and F. Borei are distinct, but the book characters of each are certainly
not well marked in any of the plants before me. The character given
by Prof. Babington and Mr. Boswell Syme to F. pallidiflora of the
length of the fruit being rather more than the breadth, is given by
Lloyd in his ‘Flore de l'Ouest de la France’ to F. Borei, and he
also appears to have transposed in his — of the fruit-pedicels
of the two species the terms “ épais" and * rare." A specimen in my
herbarium labelled “ F. pallidiflora, Jord., hedgebanks, Cuchandall,
co. Antrim, Ireland, June 28th, 1866; S. A. Stewart," is clearly Borei.

Crucianella stylosa, De Cand. This plant has established itself in a
lane near Carisbrooke Castle, no doubt from some garden, and flowers
freely, but I have not noticed any fruit formed. I noticed the plant
in 1866, but I have no doubt it existed there long before that time.
It is mentioned in * English Botany,’ ed. 8, vol. iv. p. 233, amongst
the excluded plants, as having been found by Mr. J. G. Baker on the

embankment near Scarborough Railway Station, Yorkshire.

Senecio campestris, De Cand. The only locality given in Dr. Brom-
field's ‘Flora Vectensis,' is one copied from the ‘ Hampshire Repository,
vol. i. p. 121, in which it oecurs on the authority of the present Dean
of Winchester and the Rev, Mr. Poulter, “ Cin. alpina ——
Belhan, pl. I. W.” Neither Dr. Bromfield nor an y one else eve
ascertained where this locality was, and the plant was therefore dod

NOTES RESPECTING SOME PLYMOUTH PLANTS. 317

lost to the island. I am happy to say that in July, 1868, it was found
by Mr. J. G. Baker and Dr. Tate on the south-eastern extremity of
Westover Down. Dr. Tate kindly took me to the locality on the 5th
of July last, when we found the plant abundant and in full bloom; it
grows principally on the rough sloping ground, and also more sparingly
on the unbroken turf higher up.

Callitriche hamulata, Kutz. Staplers, near Newport. New to the
island under this name.

num aviculare littorale, Link. Totland, Freshwater; in a
disused brickfield near the shore.

Echinochloa Crus-gaili, Beauv. One fine plant only, observed on
the rough ground near the shore at Freshwater Gate. August, 1869.
New to the Isle of Wight; (?) and to Hants.

Dr. Tate, F.L.S., has added the following plants to the flora of
the Isle of Wight :—

Fumaria micrantha, near Yarmouth.

Diplotaxis tenuifolia, near Cliff End Fort, Freshwater.

Polypogon Monspeliensis, above Yarbridge on Norton side.

Newport, Isle of Wight, October 13th, 1869.

NOTES RESPECTING SOME PLYMOUTH, PLANTS.
By T. R. Arcuer Briaes, Esq.

dubium, Leers.—Very rare in the neighbourhood of
Plymouth, for within twelve miles of this town I have seen it in onl
one locality, situated in the vale of the Lynher, between Pillaton Mills
and Clapper Bridge, Cornwall. There, in July last, were about a
dozen plants, growing mostly either on a bank by the stream that
supplies the mill, or on a damp hedgebank, between two marshes.
Hypericum undulatum, Schousb. H. Beticum, Boiss. Lond. Cat.
ed. 6.— Several roots in a boggy piece of ground by the road leading
from S. Mellion to Pillaton, Cornwall, July, 1869. Copiously in the
valley of the Lynher, between Pillaton Mills and Clapper Bridge,
growing mostly about springs in a moist pasture, and by the side of a
drain parting a wood from a marsh. Further west it becomes more
general, and in the parish of Probus, a few miles from Truro, it is one

318 NOTES RESPECTING SOME PLYMOUTH PLANTS.

of the commonest pixel in marshy valleys, growing with Pedicularis
palustris, Myrica

Medicago Ba ear Willd.—Many plants on a low cliff at Seaton,
near Looe, Cornwall, June, 1869.

Lathyrus Nissolia, L. Plentiful in a piece of ground rendered
waste, within a few years, by the Plymouth fortification works, situated
between S. Budeaux and Honicknowle, June, 1869. Some plants
produced flowers of a flesh colour; others had them of the ordinary
crimson tint. This Lathyrus seems not so much as naturalized any-
where near Plymouth.

Agrimonia odorata, Mill.—By the road leading to Quollicdk village
from the St. German's and Callington road, Cornwall ; in some quan-
tity, and not confined to one spot, July, 1869. Less plentiful in a
lane near Landulph, in the same county.

Pyrus Scandica, Bab.—I now consider this handsome shrub indige-
nous in the neighbourhood of Plymouth (vide Seemann, Journ. Bot.,
Vol. VI. p. 327). Two large bushes grow in a native wood, principally
of oak, between Roborough Down and the river Plym, near Hoo
Meavy. One of these had in August last many cymes of unripe fruit,
and close by were two young bushes that had sprung from seed ;
one of them of only two or three years’ growth. In a neighbouring
wood was another fine bush, with fruit. The allied species, dp:
torminalis, Ehrh., is thinly scattered over S.W. Devon and S.E. Cor
wall, in hedgerows and copses.

Epilobium lanceolatum, Seb.—On rubble from the S. Devon slate
quarries, between Ugborough and Ivybridge, copiously.’ May, 1869.

Physospermum Cornubiense, De Cand.—The fact that this species
grows plentifully in the neighbourhood of Bodmin, Cornwall, has been
long known to British botanists; but probably few are aware that an-
other portion of this county also produces it in great abundance. 1
did not know that such was the case until I met with the following
statement, from an anonymous writer in the ‘ Journal of the Royal In-
stitution of Cornwall, April, 1868 :—* Some of our rarest plants are
fortunately so abundant in the localities in which they are found, that
there is not the slightest possibility of their extermination. This is
the case with the Physospermum, which abounds in every bushy field
in a direct line between Halton Quay, on the banks of the Tamar, an
Newton Ferrers, on the river Lynher. My attention was first drawn

NOTES RESPECTING SOME PLYMOUTH PLANTS. 819

to this plant by Mr. Kempthorne, of Callington, who found it growing
in a field near Newton Ferrers. On grassy knolls among the heath
and furze of Vernico, the Physospermum is particularly plentiful.” I
have, to some extent, verified the above statement during the past
summer, for, within the tract of country indicated, I have found it in
abundance in woods by a tributary of the Lynher, near Pillaton, and
also quite common in many spots near Clapper Bridge. It has, more-
over, a wider range than the writer above quoted gives it, for it is
plentiful in spots on and about Hammet and Hayfield Downs, between
Newton Ferrers and Quethiock.

Galium verum, L.; B. ochroleucum, Syme, Eng. Bot. ed. 3; Lond.
Cat. ed. 6.—A patch of this occurs on a cliff near Lugger's Cave,
above Whitsand Bay, Rame, Cornwall. Plants of both Galium verum,
a. luteum, Syme, and Galium Mollugo, L., grow near it.

Valerianella Auricula, De Cand.—Ina cornfield between Quethiock
and Hammel. Down, Cornwall; growing with V. dentata, Koch.
July, 1869.

Lysimachia vulgaris, L.—Near Plymouth I have seen this species
only in the valley of the Lynher, and there but sparingly. It occurs,
however, many miles further west, near Probus, Cornwall, where I
gathered it recently.

Centunculus minimus, L.—From its small size this is often over-
looked, and so is probably a commoner species than many suppose.
During last July and August I found it at the six following localities,
all within twelve miles of Plymouth, but at none of which, so far as I
am aware, had any one noticed it before. In a damp spot, on Crown-
hill Down, near Newnham Park, growing plentifully with Radiola Mil-

grana, Sw., a species it is very commonly associated with ; in two or
three spots (abundant in one) in a bushy meadow between Bickleigh
and Roborough Down; in two others in the vale of the Plym, between
Meavy and Hoo Meavy; these localities are in Devon. On Viverdon
and Pillaton Downs, and in a vale by a tributary of the Lynher, over
which passes the road from S. Mellion to Pillaton village, Cornwall.
At the last station it was in August last plentiful by the cart-track in
the vale, a few gunshots above the bridge.

Littorella lacustris, L.—In and about two ponds near the “ China
Clay Works," on Crownhill Down, near Plympton. In the neigh-
bourhood of Plymouth the Littorella is a very rare plant.

320 | NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

Chenopodium Bonus- Henricus, L.—Four plants in a waste spot
close to Newton Ferrers House, an old mansion, formerly the seat of
the Corytons (now of Pentillie), near Pillaton, Cornwall, August,
1869. Within twelve miles of Plymouth I have met with it in only
one other spot, near another Newton Ferrers, which is in Devon.
There, too, it occurs close to an old mansion, Puslinch House. It is
most clearly a denizen at both places, through its having been formerly
cultivated as a potherb.

abenaria bifolia, ** Br.;" Bab.—Many specimens on Ringmoor
Down, near Sheepstor, Devon. June, 1869. Pillaton Down, Corn-
wall. 9

Narcissus biflorus, Curt.—Some patches of this on top of a hedge-
bank, bounding an orchard, at Kingsmill, near Landulph, Cornwall,
and also in the orchard. April, 1869. Sparingly with the double-
flowered variety of Narcissus poeticus, L., in an orchard near Bo-
ringdon House, Weston Peverell in the spring of the same year.
Some botanists seem to consider N. biflorus a native in the West of
England, but at all the spots where I have hitherto seen it in Devon
and Cornwall, it is elearly nothing more than a denizen. In an or-
chard, at Bickleigh, the double-flowered W. poeticus is as abundant as
I have ever seen N. biflorus in any one localit

Botrychium Lunaria, Sw.— Rare, near Piymouth. It, however, oc-
curred very plentifully in a grassy pasture, rather more than 800 feet
above the sea-level, a few miles from Plympton, in June, 1869. The
same locality produced Ophioglossum vulgatum, L., but not so abun-
dantly as it did the Botrychium.

The places mentioned above are in Devon, unless the contrary is
stated.

4, Portland Villas, Plymouth, October 6, 1869.

NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.
By W. Lauper Linpsay, M.D., F.R.S.E, F.L.S.
Genus I. EPILOBIUM.
With Dr. Hooker, I feel at a loss whether to regard some at least
of the Otago Epilodia as species, or as mere forms of a comprehensive
Protean type. It is only the non-possession of a sufficiently complete

NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 3821

or extensive suite of specimens—which might illustrate fully the varia-
tions of individuals—that prevents my adopting that view which re-
gards the plants in question, as forms rather than species.* Between
several of the plants separately named in Dr. Hooker's * Handbook of
the New Zealand Flora,' there are not, so far as I have observed, any
good or permanent differential characters of specific value. And I can-
not doubt that a study of any considerable suite of individuals in their
living state will lead to a reduction of the present number of book-
species! There is a general physiognomical resemblance between the
Otago and British Epilobia ; and one at least of the former, E. tetra-
gonum, L., is British.

In cultivation in this country, some of the Otago Zpilobia appear
to be hardy. Mr. Gorrie informs me that several small woody species,
which were contained in soil and Tree-fern-stems sent him some
years ago from Otago, have successfully stood out several winters in
northern exposures at Trinity, near Edinburgh.

1. E. junceum, Forst. Uplands, about Fairfield, Saddlehill, 12-15
in. high; Chain Hill ranges, 8-10 in.; ranges about Finegand, Lower
Clutha; December, in flower, W. L. L. Apparently one of the com-
monest Otago species. Some of its states resemble, in general aspect,
our Æ. palustre, L., and E. parviflorum, Schreb. Its leaves are occa-
sionally infested by the parasitic icidium Otagense, Linds.T

The Saddlehill plant is certainly noć very pubescent or tomentose.
The young flower and leaf-shoots only are covered with a very fine
white tomentum. There is a very slight puberulence observable here
and there on the stem; while the mature leaves are glabrous on bot

or they have occasional traces only of puberulence. Branches
about 1 ft. high. Lower leaves linear-oblong or oblong-lanceolate,
about 1} in. long and under j in. broad; distantly alternate; margin
variously sinuate-serrate. Upper leaves entire, smaller, and more
linear.

The Finegand plant is shorter, more procumbent, and more leafy.
There is less tomentosity of young leaf and flower-shoots, and of calyx-
tube. Puberulence exists on young leaves only. Leaves smaller, nar-

* I am disposed Pas ape with Dr. Müller, who, in his * Vegetation of the
Chatham Islands,’ es only one species of eerie and ed

$U a a ae on pid Lichens d Fungi, Trans. Royal Society of
Edinburgh, vol. xxiv. p. 431, plate xxx. figs. 69, 70.

322 NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

rower, generally only 4 in. broad, sometimes as long as in the Sad-
dlehill forms (which are 14 in.); sinuate; toothing seldom very
sharply marked; few leaves (and only young ones) entire or nearly so.

. pubens, A. Rich. Among “ scrub” on roadsides, Caversham,
Dunedin, 20-25 in. high; December, in flower, W. L. L. Stem much
branched. All parts of plant puberulent. Puberulence best marked
on the young branchlets and leaves, and on the midribs, veins, and
margins of the mature leaves; least distinct on the lower woody parts

of the stem, which are sometimes almost glabrous. Central leaves

much the largest, about 14 in. long, and 3 in. broad, but variable in
size; upper and lower ones smaller. Margin generally irregularly
sinuate-serrate ; sometimes entire, or entire only in lower half or third.
Leaf-petioles seldom exceed } in. long; sometimes they are j in.
Flower small, about 11 in. in diameter, whitish.

In specimens from Tarndale, Nelson, in my herbarium (collected by
Dr. Sinclair), the plant is shorter and less ramose. There is less pu-
berulence of all its parts; less serrature of leaf; shorter capsules.
Leaves occasionally opposite, and broader in proportion to their length
than in the Caversham plant.

3. E. macropus, Hook. Ranges about Finegand, Lower Clutha;
December, in flower, W. L. L. Branches generally 5—6 in. high, deep
red; puberulent throughout, the puberulence best marked, as usual
(where it exists), on the younger branchlets. Leaves membranous,
ovate, and uniform in size; seldom exceed 4 in. long, and 4 in. broad.
Upper and lower smaller than intermediate ones. Margin irregularly
and very slightly notched, or almost entire; sometimes entire, espe-
cially in lower leaves. Leaf-petioles very sit; so that youn

especially upper, leaves appear subsessile. Flower peduncle neither
slender nor long (generally under 3 in. in length).

n Tarndale specimens in my leben. the plant scarcely differs
from the Otago form. There is, however, less puberulence of branches
and a longer flower-peduncle (here sometimes 4 in. long).

4. E. alsinoides, A. Cunn. Uplands about Stoneyhill; December,
in flower, W. L.L. Subprocumbent. Branches flexuose, leafy, gene-
raly under 6—8 in. long ; puberulent (puberulence being best marked
in young branchlets, on their tips). Leaves broadly ovate, entire; a
few upper ones with the indistinct, sinuate toothing of those of junceum,
pubens, and macropus; glabrous on both surfaces; largest about 4 in.
long and $ in. broad. Calyx and capsule white-tomentose.

NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 323

5. E. rotundifolium, Forst. Banks of the stream, Abbott's creek,
Greenisland, 5—6 in. high; November, in flower, W. L. L. Stems
under 6 in. high, EUPEN but puberulence only well-marked supe-
riorly (on young shoots). Leaves glabrous on both surfaces, sometimes
with traces of puberulence. Central leaves (about centre of stem), as
usual in the Otago Epilodia, larger than upper and lower ones. Longest
leaves about 4 in. long, and somewhat less in breadth. Outline of
leaf sometimes suborbicular. Margin sinuate-serrate ; teeth sharper
than in the other Otago species above mentioned ; but unequally or ir-
regularly so, as is also usual in the New Zealand Epilobia. Leaves
opposite, so shortly petioled as to become sometimes, in the upper
and lower parts of the plant, subsessile. I have never seen the leaves
uniform in size and form throughout the plant. Flower whitish.

Though I did not myself meet with others, I believe there are few of
the 17 New Zealand species of Zpilobium that do not occur in Otago.

Genus II. HYPERICUM.

There are only two New Zealand species, both of which occur in
Otago. These species are counected by passage-forms, and the remarks
which I have had occasion elsewhere* to make regarding the problem
of unity or plurality of species in certain genera of Otago plants are
very applicable here. I am disposed to consider H. Japonicum as
merely a dwarf, straggling, procumbent, slender condition of H. gra-
mineum.

1. H. gramineum, Forst. Chain Hill ranges, common; Uplands
around Stoneyhill ; December, in flower, W. L. L. Generally 6-8 in.
high, growing in tufts. Resembles in general aspect the British H.
linarüfolium, Vahl. My specimens have as great a tendency to pro-
cumbency as Japonicum. Branches about 6 in. high: 4-angled character
not always distinct. Leaf oblong-lanceolate, with revolute margin ;
generally under $ in. long, and $-$ in. broad. Frequently acquires in
drying various shades of buff or brown. Flowers 2 or 3; peduncles
subdivided (branching secondarily) or simple. Sepals in herbarium
assume the orange-red tint of the corolla.

2. H. Japonicum, Thunb. Ranges about Finegand, Lower Clutha,
abundant; December, in flower, W. L. L. Generally 3-4 in. high,

* Liceo s New Zealand Botany' (1868), p ens illustrations in

Aci; ciph Veronica, So-

es genera et ee Gualtheria, Wa ia mes
ora, P

824 NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

with a comparatively large, conspicuous, orange flower; has some-
what the aspect of the British H. humifusum, L. Branches 25—3 in.
high. Lower leaves oblong-ovate; upper ones lanceolate-oblong, as
in gramineum. Leaf generally broader and more spreading from the
branch than in gramineum: revolution of its margin not so common,
though the tendency exists. Flowers in twos ; peduncles simple, very
short or inconspieuous amid the terminalleaves. The plant is smaller
in most of its parts than—without, however, any proper distinction from
—gramineum, to which I do not hesitate to refer it. Not even as
a specially named variety would I separate it, regarding it as I do as
a mere small form or condition of gramineum. It is by the separation
and naming of such forms or conditions that classification becomes
burdened with an unnecessary and mischievous number of pseudo-
cies |

Genus IIT. PARSONSIĄ.

Its species are “ Supplejacks " or “ Lawyers "—climbers on forest
trees; and, especially when in flower, among the most handsome orna-
ments of the New Zealand “ Bush." The genus resembles Rubus in the
variability of leaf even on the same plant. According to my specimens

. albiflora and P. rosea are very different plants (as to leaf and whole
habit). P. rosea is not, however, in flower, so that I cannot properly
compare them. I believe they will be found, like so many other New
Zealand species, to be connected by passage-forms.

l. P. albiflora, Raoul, (P. heterophylla, Fl. N. Z.,) Fast Taeri bush ;
November, young, W. L. L. The “Kaiku” (or **Kai-ku") of the
North Island Maori (ilinib. Buchanan recommends it for culti-
vation in this country as a covering (a creeper) for bowers, after the
manner of Jasmine. In flower, smell, and habit, it somewhat resem-
bles the common garden Jasmine, whose representative it may be held
to be in New Zealand. [ts fine, large, terminal panicle of white flowers
renders it one of the handsomest “ Supplejacks * of Otago. In drying
for the herbarium, all its leaves assume a brown or blackish-brown
colour, blackest on the upper shining surface; the under side having
a duller leathery aspect. The foliage then resembles that of some
species of Metrosideros when dried, e.g. M. lucida. Corolla dries to a
brownish-yellow ; lobes about as long as the tube.

My plant is a stout woody shrub, ur in its branches and
foliage Metrosideros lucida. Puberulence of stem, branches, and midrib

-

NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 325

of leaf (under surface) very slight and with diffieulty distinguishable,
unless under the lens; best noticed on the young flower-panicles
(flower-pedicels and calyx). Leaf generally 2 in. long and $ in. broad,
more or less broadly ovate, sometimes lanceolate or broadly obovate or
obcordate, usually acuminate or mucronate, sometimes retuse. Margin
more or less entire, but some leaves have a very irregular sinuate
outline: or they exhibit irregular notches, which are a tendency to
the greater sinuosity of outline that characterizes the leaves of rosea.
Midrib distinct on both surfaces, especially lower. Transverse veins in-
distinct on either side and especially on upper surface.

9. P. rosea, Raoul (P. capsularis, Fl. N. Z.). East Taeri bush,
climbing on t australis; Christie's Bush, Saddlehill ; November,
in flower, W. L. L. In the climbing form on Rubus e the
stem is slender, lum finely puberulent, the hairs being yellowish
and very fine, as in albiflora. Leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, but as
coriaceous as in albiflora, 2-24 in. long and $ in. broad, broadest at
the roundish turgid base, tapering gradually to a point. Margin irre-
gularly sinuate. Upper leaves nearly entire, lanceolate ; all leaves very
shortly petioled.

the more shrubby form of the plant there is much branching ;
the branches spreading irregularly, and variously twisting and doubling
on themselves. Stem and main branches glabrous ; ultimate ramuscles
(especially young shoots) puberulent as in a/iiffora. Leaves vary
greatly in a single specimen, much larger and narrower than in the
climbing forms 33-4 in. long sometimes, and $ in. broad, always
broader at base and tapering to a point. Margin irregularly sinuate
or notched : or sinuosity or notching is so inconspicuous that the leaf
is almost entire; all these variations of margin occurring sometimes
on the same branch. Margin also frequently revolute. Leaves as co-
riaceous as in alé/flora, drying to the same colour; sometimes twist on
themselves like the branchlets.

enus IV. PIMELEA.

This is one of many Otago genera (e.g. Coprosma, Gualtheria,
Coriaria, Panax, Wahlenbergia, etc.) the book-descriptions of whose
species I find it impossible with my limited series of specimens satis-
factorily to follow. I have a strong conviction that certain presently
considered species are possibly mere forms, and that a careful revision
of such genera, with the aid of large suites of specimens, especially in

326 NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

the living state by local botanists, ought to lead to a great reduction
- the present number of book-species !

P. prostrata, Vahl. Sand-dunes about mouth of Kaikorai
nig ; Kaikorai Hill ; Signal Hill, North-east Valley, Dunedin ; No-
vember and December, in flower, W. L. L. Dr. Hooker named my
Otago plant P. Urvilleana ; but, in his * Handbook" (p. 244), he de-
scribes the latter as a North Island species only, and evidently refers
such plants as mine to P. prostrata. Without a fuller suite of speci-
mens before me, it is impossible to givea final opinion ; but from com-
paring Dr. Hooker's descriptions of P. Urvilieana and P. prostrata
with each other and with my plants, I find myself unable to recognize
any valid specific distinction between them. In some of my plants
the villosity of the young and ultimate ramuscles is marked ; and the
distinction between whiteness and greyness of the hairs is not one that
is very evident or satisfactory. In all my specimens the leaves are
similar, of comparatively uniform character, about 4 in. long, mostly
ovate or ovate-oblong, subacute or obtuse at tip, crowded more or less,
and frequently imbricate. Branches sometimes 16-20 in. long. Some
forms of the shrub are erect or suberect; the same form occurring on
the sea-level (sand-dunes) and on the hill-ranges (e.g. Kaikorai, 1092
feet). Flower-tube as villous as the ultimate ramuscles, and with the
same white, long, silky hairs. Perianth-lobes shorter than the tube.

Of ten New Zealand species of Pimelea, at least five others (appa-
rently) occur in Otago, some of them ascending to elevations of .
5500 ft. (on the Canterbury Alps, P. Lyallii, Hook. f.), viz. P. Gnidia,
Forst.; P. Traversii, Hook. f. ; P. virgata, Vahl; P. sericeo-villosa,
Hook. t

Genus V. CoNvoLvuLus (Calystegia, Fl. N. Z.).

Another of the numerous Otago genera that require revision by local
botanists, with a view to the clearer definition, on the one hand, or the
fusion on the other, of its present book-species, C. Tuguriorum, C. Sol-
danella, C. sepium, and C. erubescens—with the British C. arvensis, L.—
appear to me to pass into each other by imperceptible udis and
I do not see where or how the specific demarcation-lines or definitions
can be properly drawn !

. C. Tuguriorum, Br. Among “ scrub,” and in the forest, Stoney-
hill bush; December, in flower, W. L. L. A climber, with the habit,
in certain respects, of C. sepium, and in others of C. arvensis.

NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 327

latter, however, has a different form of leaf. Between Tuguriorum
and sepium there are sometimes considerable differences, as regards the
size of the plant, size and form of leaf, form of bracts, and other cha-
racters, especially if the contrast be made with the larger forms of the
latter species. Nevertheless they do not seem to me to be properly
separable. In my specimens of Tuguriorum, stem and leaves are
glabrous. Leaf about 1 in. long, acuminate, 2-lobed at the base,
broadly cordate. Bracts as long as the calyx, broadly ovate, acuminate.

2. C. Soldanella, Br. Sand-dunes about the mouth of the Kaikorai ;
October, young, W. L. L. The “ Panahi”* or ** Nahinahi” of the
North Island Maori,—terms, however, probably applied also to other
species of the genus.

Roots several feet long, trailing over or in the sand, like those of va-
rious of our littoral * Bents” (grasses or sedges). Leaves glabrous,
cordate-reniform, not decidedly broader than long, about 1 in. both in
length and breadth, subacuminate, less reniform and with a much
more acute apex than in any British specimens, in some respects
intermediate in character between those of Tuguriorum and sepium,
but stouter than either.

Though I did not myself meet with them, C. sepium, L., and C. eru-
bescens, Br. also apparently occur in Otago. The former is * Panahi ”
and ** Pohüehüe ” or “ Pohue’ (Colenso) of the North Island Maoris,
who also probably apply the term ** Wéne”’ to its young shoots (Wil-
liams), its rhizome, like that of Pteris aquilina, var. esculenta,t having
once formed one of the native foods. Certain forms of C. sepium closely
approach those of C. Tuguriorum ; they appear, moreover, to affect the
same habitat, and to occur occasionally intermixed, whence it hap-
pens that they are apt to be confounded,— if they are to be considered
separate species, an arrangement of the propriety of which (I have al-
ready stated) I have some doubt. In Holstein specimens of C. sepium}
(from Wedel, on the Elbe), the leaves are very delicate and mem-
branous, 4 in. long by 3 in. broa

Genus VI. SOLANUM.

1. S. aviculare, Forst. In the bush, Jeffcott’s station, Stoneyhill,

ee T. “ Panachi," applie ed also to C. sepium (Colenso).
E Qd my Ep on * Otago Ferns," Trans. of Botanical Society of Edin-

p. 40.
ae in "Not e 34 the Flora of Holstein ;” *Phytologist, new series, vol i.

328 | NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

and Christie's eres Saddlehill, abundant; November, in flower,
December, in fruit, W. L. L. The * Kohoho" or ** Kohokoho "—
the “ csv: * Poropora," or * Poporo "—of the North Island
Maori (Colenso).

A large, very handsome shrub, resembling, on the large scale, our
S. Dulcamara, L., with large, orange-coloured, edible berries, the size of
a cherry. Leaves very variable as to form and size, on different parts
of even the same plant; simple or entire and lanceolate, and then gene-
rally shorter than those which are divided, though sometimes 9 in.
ong; or variously hastate or palmate, or irregularly notched or divided
(subpinnatifid) In out-door summer cultivation in Britain, the plant
is said to grow very rapidly, and to be of robust habit. It attains a
height of 5—6 ft. in one season. The leaves are described as becoming
large and of a beautiful dark green, rendering it a handsome showy
acquisition to British gardens, It is propagated with ease both from
cuttings and seed. If requires a rich deep soil, and copious waterings
in summer, and to be kept nearly dry aud in a temperate house in
winter.T

I did not meet with S. nigrum, L., which is represented as being
extremely common in the North Island. It is probably to it that the
Maoris apply the terms “ Pedi’ and * Raupete," though one or both
may also pertain in part to S. aviculare.

Genus VII. Myosotis.

l. M. antarctica, Hook. f. (M. australis, Fl. N. Z.). Uplands about
the base of Stoneyhill and Saddlehill, 6 in. high; hills above the
Forbury Heads, Dunedin, a dwarf form, in spreading tufts not above
2 in. across when laid quite flat; December, in flower, W. L.
Tarndale and Dun Mountain, Nelson, in Herb. Dr. Sinclair at Auckland,
and in my own herbarium. My specimens from elevations of about
500 ft. in Otago, do not differ much from those collected at a height
of 4000-5000 ft. in the Tarndale district by Dr. Sinclair. In both
cases, the dense clothing of white hairs gives the plant quite an alpine
physiognomy. In certain respects, it represents and resembles the
— British M. arvensis, Hoffm., and M. collina, Hoffm.

M. capitata, Hook.f. On the Trap cliffs, Shaw’s Bay, mouth
of r Clutha ; December, W. L. L. eei from the Dun Moun-

* In common with 8. nigrum,
+ Kelly, ey eg on the Subtropical eal Gurdon uk of p Park," 1865

*

Md

|
l
j
j
1

NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 829

tain, Nelson, in Dr. Sinclair’s herbarium, much resemble in the beauty:
of the large flower and in general aspect our M. alpestris Schmidt,
whose representative in New Zealand it is in some measure.

of 9 New Zealand species of Myosotis, at least 7 occur in
Otago. Some of them are subalpine or alpine, ascending to 6000 ft.
(e. g. M. Hectori, Hook. f.).

Genus VIII. Tvpua.

Lu — dile L. East Taeri swamps ; Finegand lagoon, Lower
Clutha, W. L. L. North Taeri swamps (Martin) ; swamps on banks
of the Clutha (Buchanan) ; swamps of the Matukituki, Wanaka Lake
(Sullivan).

Dr. Hooker, both in the Flora N. Z. and the Handbook (p. 276),
restricts its distribution to the North Island. But here he is certainly
in error, inasmuch as the plant is more or less abundant in the
swampy grounds of the low lands throughout the South Island also.*

To the settler the plant is well known as the “ Raupo” or * Bul-
rush ;” and the swamps in which it is plentiful—sometimes to the ex-
clusion, for the most part, of other phenogamic vegetation—are known
as “Raupo swamps” (“ Waraüpo" of Dieffenbach), just as “ Flax
swamps” or “ Tussock swamps” are spoken of. So familiar, indeed,
are the plant and its economical applications to the natives, that not
only as a whole, but special of its parts or products have one or more
Maori designations. Thus the plant as a whole is their “ Kārito,”
* Kopupüngawha," * Kopu-pungawa” (or its contraction “ Ngawha”),
or * Koware." The root, which is eaten both raw and cooked by the
natives, is * Koreirei" or “ Kouka."f The down of the seeds is
** Hune" (* Iahune" of the East Cape and ** Tahunga” of the Ngapuhi
dialects ; and a sort of cake or bread made of the flower-pollen, as
well as the pollen itself, are the ** Püungapünga" (East Cape dialect).

Prior to, and in the earlier days of, the colonization of New Zealand,
the huts (or ** Wharés”) both of settlers and natives were, frequently
at least, lined and thatched, if not sometimes also built, of ** Raupo”
stems ; but few of these huts or of the ** Wharés" built, lined, or

* The Middle Island of Dr. Hooker's ‘ Flora N. Z? and ‘ Handbook.’ Vide
my fetten to New Zealand Botany,’ p. 7.

t mson's * New Zealand,’ vol. i. p.

JA seres also applied t o Cordyline indivisa. While with “ Koreirei " may be
compared the word “Korari,” which pertains to a much more familiar indige-
nous t, Phormium

VOL. VII. [NOVEMBER 1, 1869.] 24

330 NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND.

roofed with Tree-fern stems and leaves, or with * Totara" bark, wood,
or shingle, are now to be seen in the vicinity of European settlements.
* Raupo” is sometimes associated with ** Maori Heads" * (Carex vir-
gata, var. secta), as one of the landmarks of the dangerous swamps of
the interior, which have been described by Sullivan and other explorers
(e. g. in the dud A ag about Lake Wanaka).

Genus IX. LIBER

l. L. grandiflora, pam CL. izioides, var. macrocarpa, Fl. N. Z.).
Church Hill, Dunedin; Greenisland coast-cliffs; sand-dunes about
mouth of the Kaikorai; ranges between Kaikorai Hill and the Taeri
Plains; November, in jus W.L.L. In its panicle and flower-
stem the plant somewhat resembles our Alisma Plantago, L., a genus,
and belonging to an Order, not represented in New Zealand. The
capsule, stem, and leaves are the seat of a very minute, black, puncti-
form, parasitic Spheria. Flower-stem is 10—15 in. long. Leaf some-
times 3 ft. long, and 4-3 in. broad; linear and grass-like, but rigid
and coriaceous. I suspect L. grandiflora is properly but a form of
L. ixioides—which is the ** Turutu” of the South Island Maori (Lyall),
a term also applied to Dianella intermedia, Endl. (N. O. Liliaceg)—
having larger flower and fruit. The size of the latter is, however, an
inconstant character, and an unsafe basis, therefore, per se, for classi-
fication.

What appears to be my Otago plant (white-flowered) has stood
well, in open ground, several winters (1865-66-67) at Trinity, near
Edinburgh ; as yet, however, flowering sparingly (Gorrie and Anderson-
Henry).

Genus X. DROSERA.

l. D. binata, Lab. Swamps, Abbott’s Creek, Chain Hills; Decem-
ber, in flower, W. L. L. Leaf-petioles 2 in. long, or under. Leaf-
lobes simple, with a tendency to fibrillose division at tips, 14 in. long,
and yẹ in. broad. Glandular hairs of leaf mostly fringe its margins ;
they are filiform and very long, sometimes $ in. in length. Scape
5 in. high. Cyme 5-6-füowered. Sepals glabrous. All parts of
flower dry to a deep black.

Genus XI. SaALICORNIA.

1. S. Indica, Willd. Sand-dunes on the Greenisland coast; No-

* Vide author's Paper on “Otago Glumacew,” Trans. Botanical Society of
Edinb., vol. ix. p. 74.

NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF OTAGO, NEW ZEALAND. 331

vember, young, W. L. L. Resembles and represents our S. herbacea, L.
than which it is a somewhat larger plant. Joints about 4 in. long,
under $ in. broad; ee 2-lobed at tip.

Genus XII. Acana

Buchanan d fa a new species as occurring on the banks of the

* Fi ,!p. Nf.
+ Sketch of the Botany of Otago” [appended to the Survey-Report of the

, Dunedi he
n y Department, and subsequ odis Tonis sléschad r4 the
Survey under Dr. Hector.
This ‘Sketch’ or ‘Report’ was in MSS., was not published, though an
official, and so fara public document ; and per rhaps was not drawn uP on aos

to its author’s botanical acquirements, enthusiasm, and em vr
and to the ingenuity of his views on un relations of plants to the soil on which
they grow in Otago. But he appears to Mx accompanied the goes! ras y

madam d that might iig sisted him in the determination of species ence
he has s at might i i

pes our attributing ridges value to, or bestowing ney veep nfidence in,

is o It is but fair to the larar coe of an ex-

cellent - > g

and wh d services have been t De e riag by the at-
that, so far as

taching his name to not a few new species e to ean

I am aware, his essay was the €— Bar abpsire m the of

the ferred to; that it was not published; and that un ‘under the whole

circumstances of its produ ction = is not fairly open rdinary scientific
iti ** Florula."

'The kind of errors into which odis has fallen in the “ genet " owe

alluded to, mex be illustrated by the following citations :—He m a
Jacksonia vts . Leguminose) ; an'Orchis; species of Aster, ihe cast
Hiera Leoni i Sedum, ee as occurrin; in O ; whereas the

odon. j : g in
prar book of the Flora of New Zealand’ records none of these genera as being
e nmt at allin New Zealand! He also speaks of Laurels (N. O. Laurinee)
as growing in the bush o i de Clutha Islets, and in — arts of the South-
tern distri ta: hailing to the ‘ Handbook,’ how aes 238), the d
representatives of the Order in New Zealand are the genera Tet — nthera, Nes

errors dn ecesss RUNS dis
by other local bota Thus Martin describes Knightia excelsa, Br. ‘NO. O:
Proteaceæ), the apando " of Wellington—the “ Rewa-rewa” of the
242

332 DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF VITIS.

Clutha, in the interior of the province; probably what Dr. Hooker
subsequently called in honour of that active local botanist 4. Buchanani,
though it may be A. adscendens, Vahl, or A. microphylla, Hook. f.,
both of which also occur in the central lake districts of Otago.

DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF VITIS FROM
CENTRAL AMERICA.
By BerTHOLD SEEMANN, Pu.D., F.L.S.

Vitis (Cissus) Chontalensis, sp. n., Seem. mss.; glabra, ramulis an-
gulatis ; foliis 3-foliolatis, foliolis lateralibus oblique ovato-acuminatis,
terminali elliptico, omnibus dentatis ; cymis compositis, cymulis 10-12-
floris, pedicellis calycibus corollisque coccineis, petalis 4 triangulari-
ovatis acuminatis (deciduis); staminibus 4, antheris ovatis (filamen-
tisque flavis) ; ovario ovato-acuminato (viridi), stylo elongato (coc-
cineo), stigmate punctiformi.

his elegant climber is very abundant in the wooded mountains of
Chontales, Republic of Nicaragua, Central America, where it covers
rocks and trees, and by its graceful habit, lovely green foliage, and
bright scarlet flowers (which appear about Christmas), forms a con-
spicuous object of the scenery of that region. It was introduced by
me, together with two other species of Vitis, and handed over to Mr.
William Bull, of King’s Road, Chelsea.

Vitis (Cissus) Javalensis, n. sp., Seem. mss. ; ramulis teretibus striatis
petiolisque glabris; foliis simplieibus cordatis acuminatis mucronato-
dentatis, supra pulehre pubescente-velutinis viridibus, costa venisque
purpurascentibus, subtus glabris purpurascentibus; cymis compositis
(coccineis).

This is another apparently undescribed Vitis from the Chontales
mountains, where it grows about the Javali gold and silver Mine, but
it is not so abundant as V. Chontalensis, nor does it flower so freely.
The flowers, however, are of as bright or even brighter scarlet than

aoris—as occurring in Otago, where its wood is said to be commonly used
for fencing. The flower, he sb is like that of our Honeysuckle. But, ac-
cording to ag "Handbook (p. 241), this is geom bud a North Island tree.
If so, M. in does not yoa e
follow that the * : Handbook is Hat. ngs he wrong; sarm I have shown
pus paper at least one consp error—in citing a a

ew Zealand plant, the Tode: angustifolia, as exclusively pE in
distribution to the North Island! (Vide also Pimelea prostrata.)

ON VERNACULAR NAMES. 333

those of V. Chontalensis, whilst the leaves are much more handsome,
rendering it a highly ornamental plant. This species is also in Mr.
Bull’s possession,

ON VERNACULAR NAMES.

Mr. James Collins, in his * Notes on some new or little-known
Vegetable Products” (‘ Pharmaceutical Journal,’ August, 1869), in
speaking of the East Indian “ Nag-kassar,” and after stating that the
name is spelt in various ways, and applied to several distinct plants,
says,—

“This is a good illustration of the value to be set on native

c
chemist, or traveller, by simply asking the native name, would instantly
have the scientific appellation, and that they are less fallible than
generally supposed, —yet it is not sufficient to find in any book, how-
ever high an authority it may be, the native name appended to a sci-
entific one, to identify them ; it is only a means to an end, not the
end of inquiry itself. Native names are exceedingly valuable, but are
frequently misapplied by traders and others, and they point out generic
affinities rather than specific distinctions."

Now, I am sorry that I cannot agree with Mr. Collins that “ Nag-
kassar " is a good illustration of the value to be set on native names ;
on the contrary, I hold that it is quidam one. It seems to be a
general term for the products of certain plants yielding a yellowish
dye;t and it would be just as reasonable to say that our collective
term “Corn” is a proof of the slight value to be attached to
vernacular names of plants, because it embraces the products of
cereals belonging to widely separated genera. It is certainly o£ a
characteristic of genuine native names that they have a collective
meaning, or, as Mr. Collins puts it, ** point out generic affinities rather
‘than specific distinctions.” On the contrary, any one who will take
the trouble to examine lists of names used by unscientific peoples or

* ‘Popular Nomenclature of the American Flora.’ Hanover. 1851.
f Sauerwein, in ‘Bonplandia.’ 1856, p. 300. Article “ Nag-kassar.”

334 ON VERNACULAR NAMES.

nations, will find proper names for almost every plant, and an almost,
or even an entire absence of such generic or collective names as would
be welcomed by the botanist,—and for this simple reason, that such
generic terms can only spring up amongst people after they have com-
menced to generalize, and must not be sought for where philosophical
thought has not yet penetrated. This I maintain, with a collection of
no less than 30,000 vernacular names by my side,—all alphabetically
arranged

Mr. Collins, in quoting certain parts of the preface of my *Nomencla-
ture of the American Flora,’ paraphrases them in such a way (though
putting them between marks of quotation) that I am made to say very
different things to what I actually did say. I never hinted that a
vernacular name could possibly be “the end of inquiry itself." I
stated merely : “ A well-arranged synopsis of the vernacular with the
corresponding scientific names would prove highly useful. . . . The
medical man, the chemist, the traveller [the merchant], in fine, any one
coming in contact with the vegetable kingdom, would be equally
benefited. By simply asking the native name, they would instantly
have the scientifie appellation, the hey to further inquiries. Occasional
mistakes may indeed occur, but these are the exception, not the rule.”

I regret, with Mr. Collins, that vernacular names are frequently
misapplied by traders and others, though, in proportion, probably not
more so than scientific ones. Much that is at present unsatisfactory
about them would be set aside if we had a code of laws for them
as we now have, thanks to the illustrious Alph. de Candolle, for our
scientific nomenclature. But until then there will be much miscon-
ception and slovenly work. To travel no further, we have as yet not
even a complete collection of the popular names of the British Flora,
the so-called English book-names being often quite worthless render-
ings of scientific names, not such as are used by the people ; and Mr.
Britten and friend* will do good service if they collect them from the
lips of the people.

* The two = issued the following advertisement :—
* Locat NAMES.—It is desired to collec

nam: t as man as possible of the local

ers British plants; and istance equested of all who take an

interest in ova , or who may have the opportunity of taini

W., E ie ies uh . James Britten, Royal Herbarium, Kew,
t re-

nite and ackn ararken nd, Mobberley, Knutsford, will be thankfully

ON VERNACULAR NAMES. 335

Mr. Collins, whose honest labours in the little-cultivated field of
economie botany are worthy of all encouragement, should be the last
to depreciate the value of popular names. A closer study than he
has made of them will doubtless convince him that they are of greater
service to the working botanist than he seems at present inclined to
concede. Besides the uses pointed out in my preface, above quoted,
they furnish important data for the history of plants, and, in many
cases, they serve as a guide to their native land, or the country where
their uses were first discovered. We may search ancient records for
the place whence the Sugar-cane was derived ; no hints are conveyed ;
but in looking to the etymology of the name we recognize in * Sugar,
Azucar, Zucker, Saccharum,” only so many corruptions of a Sanskrit
root, carkara, directing our ideas into a quite new channel of inquiry,
iransporting us from the banks of the Thames, the Po, or the Rhine,
to the sacred waters of the Ganges; from the nineteenth century to
the remotest period of Indian history.

Many names are so euphonious, and constructed so cosmopolitically,
—if that expression be admissible,—that they are readily received iuto
different languages. Hence the extensive range which some enjoy,
and their numerous modifications. From an opposite character a
great, or rather the greater number, is very local. Such names as
Coatzontecoxochitl will never pass beyond the lips of the nation that
invented them ; their very nature is opposed to it. Yet we must not
condemn them on that account. However barbarous they may a

hardly necessary to add, are pronounced by them with as much ease
as we do those belonging to our own native tongue.

How many vernacular names are formed is illustrated when a people
exchange one country for another. The immigrant arrives at his new
home full of high expectation; he not only hopes to have left behind
all the discomforts of his native land, but also trusts to meet again
Am which from childhood have been dear to him. Everything is

amined,—the stones, the plants, the animals. The trees under the
rem of which he used to sit, the fruits whieh in his boyish days he
gathered are sought for. At last they are found. But lo! on closer
examination they turn out to be similar, but not identical, He is dis-
appointed, and his disappointment is for ever recorded in such names

336 NOTE ON ABRUS CANTONIENSIS.

as bear the prefixes of hog's, devil's, dog's, and others indicative of
inferiority or contempt. But man js not permanently discouraged by
disappointment. Certain substances are necessary to him, and a closer
investigation is set on foot. The Spaniard settling in South America
could not dispense with his Roble (Oak). In vain, however, did he
search the forests ; in the hot low lands it was nowhere to be found. A
durable wood was required ; experiments were made, and, ultimately,
substitutes fixed upon to which the old name was transferred, though
these belonged to very different species, genera, and even Natural
Orders than does the Oak of his native country.

The meaning of vernacular names is not always clear. Many have
been in use from time immemorial, and their origin is lost in the mist
in which the early annals of our race are shrouded. Of others, how-
ever, belonging to a more modern formation, the sense is apparent, and
we cannot, in many instances, sufficiently admire how well those names
are adapted to the plants that bear them, and how well the most pro-
minent features, the most striking peculiarities have been expressed.
Daisy, the day’s eye,—how appropriate for a flower only open between
the sun’s rising and setting! Macpalxochitlquahuitl, the Handflower-
tree,—how characteristic of the plant, how evident to every beholder!
Strawberry! how well this indicates the now prevailing practice of
English gardeners laying straw under the berry in order to bring it to
perfection, and prevent it from touching the earth, which, without that
precaution, it naturally does, and to which it owes its German name—
Erdbeere; making us almost forget that, in this instance, “ straw”
has nothing to do with the practice alluded to, but is an obsolete past
participle of “ to strew,” in allusion to the habit of the plant.

B. SEEMANN.

NOTE ON ABRUS CANTONIENSIS.
By H. F. Hancz, PAD., ere.

The possession of good fruiting specimens of this species, detected
for the first time in Danes’ Island, ampoa, by one of my sons,
enables me to complete its description, thus :—“ Leguminibus ob-
longis compressis apice uncinatis v. apiculatis, seminibus isthmis cel-
lulosis separatis oblongis compressis olivaceo fuscoque marmoratis,

NOTE SUR LA FAMILLE DES ÉQUISÉTACÉES. 337

strophiola conspicua cerina medio perforata, marginibus in annulum ob-
longum funiculum brunneum spiniformem legumini arcte adherentem
amplectantem elevatis.”

In this plant the racemes are frequently so abbreviated that the
purplish-pink flowers arise at the same level from the clavate or globu-
Jar node-like termination of the branch, a mode of inflorescence pre-
cisely similar, though on a smaller scale, to that of Canavalia. When
this character and that of the presence of s/ipelle, before indicated by
me, are taken into consideration, it will, I think, be admitted that
Abrus would be better removed from Viciee, where Mr. Bentham has
placed it in the ‘ Genera,’ to Phaseolee, with which it was associated by
De Candolle, and Wight and Arnott. Æ. Cantoniensis differs from its
congeners by the conspicuously strophiolate seeds; but that this cha-
racter is only of secondary importance, may be inferred from the fact that
Rhynchosia, another Phaseoleous genus, includes species some of which
have seeds with a caruncula, whilst others are destitute of that appen-
dage.

AIRA ULIGINOSA, Weihe.

Erratum, p. 281.— By an awkward inadvertence on my part, the
name of Aira flexuosa was written for the head-title of my communica-
tion about 4. uliginosa. As the two specific names are rightly applied
in the general text, and even the right authority given for the name in
the head-title (Weihe, not Linn.), a botanical reader will easily infer
that “flexuosa” was simply an error of the pen.

Hewett C. Warsox.

NEW BRITISH PLANT.
Hieracium stoloniflorum, Waldst. et Kit. has been found by Pro-
fessor Balfour and Mr. J. Sadler growing in great profusion on the
Granton Railway banks, on Saturday, 16th October, 1869.

NOTE SUR LA FAMILLE DES EQUISETACEES.
Par M. EUGÈNE COEMANS.
1. Les genres Calamites, Annularia et Sphenophyllum possèdent,
tous trois, non-seulement des minces, mais aussi de grosses branches

ou tiges.

338 NOTE SUR LA FAMILLE DES ÉQUISÉTACÉES.

2. Ces genres avaient, tous trois, un wood-cylinder intérieur, que
nous confondons sous le nom de Calamites, et une écorce d’un paren-
chyme lâche et périssable.

3. Cette écorce était extérieurement lisse dans les genres Calamites
et Annularia, du moins sur les grosses tiges ou branches. Pour les
Sphenophylium nous manquons d'observations bien süres.

4. Cette écorce était extrémement fine et transparente dans le g.
Annularia. On la trouve parfois autour des tiges d’ 4unularia radiata
comme une mince pellicule gazeuse, portant des traces de cellules qui
d celles des tiges de Sparganium et d'autres plantes aqua-

tiques.

5. Les tiges nommées Calamodendron appartiennent certainement à
un de ces trois genres. Mais auquel des trois? Ces trois genres se
rencontrent dans les localités où on a trouvé les Calamodendron. A
leur forme on dirait que ce sont des rhizomes. Comme nous avons
parmi les Equisetum vivants des espèces qui ont le rhizome solide, il se
peut qu'il y ait eu à l'époque houillére des Calamites offrant dans
leurs rhizomes une structure différente de celle de leurs tiges.

6. Les racines des Calamites et des Annularia se ressemblent com-
plétement ; elles rappellent celles des Arundo Phragmitis, et autres
plantes aquatiques. Les Calamites et les -Annularia fournissent
d’assez longs rhizomes avec des racines rayonnant de chaque nœud.
Je n'ai pas encore vu de tiges de Sphenophylium avec racines.

7. Les Calamites émettaient des stolons à angle droit avec le rhi-
zome. J'en ai un de ces stolons d'un jard de long et sans nceuds.

8. Il n'est pas prouvé que les Calamites n'avaient pas sur leurs rhi-
zomes des feuilles modifiées ou des espèces de gaines. Ces organes
devaient tenir à l'écorce qui a presque toujours disparu. On trouve
méme des fragments d'écorce de Calamites avec des feuilles avortées et
paraissant parfois soudées à la base.

Le g. Hippurites a été formé pour de pareils fragments. Trouvé en
Belgique et en Allemagne.

9. Le genre Cyclocladia ne se rapporte certainement qu'à des frag-
ments de rhizomes, pourvus d’écorce et portant des cicatrices de
grosses racines.

10. Le genre Huttonia n'existe pas; on a donné ce nom à de jeunes
vigoureuses pousses de Calamites ou bien à de robustes épis scapi-
formes,

NOTE SUR LA FAMILLE DES ÉQUISÉTACÉES. 839

11. Jl y avait chez les Calamites des tiges dimorphes, ainsi la plu-

part des Huttonia sont des scapi fructiferi.

12. I] y avait chez les Calamites des ochréoles (ochreola), qui ont
été décrits comme des gaines d'Equisetites. J'ai vu au Musée de Paris
uu Annularia avec une ochréole à lobes arrondis.

13. Le genre Hguisetites n'existe pas ; tout ce qui a été décrit comme
E. priscus, E. infundibuliformis, E. lingulatus, E. dubius, se rapporte
à différentes parties de Ca/amites, surtout à des Calamites garnis de
leur écorce ou d’ochréoles.

14. Le Calamosyriz Invicthaviensis n'a rien de commun avec les
Calamites, ce west qu'une tige de Sigillaria avec des cicatrices de ra-
cines adventives.

15. Le genre Phyllotheca, Brong., a été trós-mal décrit par les
auteurs; c'est une vraie Equisétacée avec les gaines des Eguisetum et
les feuilles des Calamites. Il forme une magnifique transition du
genre antique au genre modern

16. Les tiges feuillues des Calamites et des Annularia sont souvent
trés-difficiles à distinguer :

Calamites, foliis 1-nerviis.
Annularia, foliis 1—3-nerviis, nervis parallelibus.
Sphenophyllum, foliis multinerviis, nervis dichotomis divergenti-

us.

N.B. L'4n. longifolia montre souvent des feuilles à trois nerfs très-
distinctes.

17. Les Calamites, les Annularia, et les Sphenophylium, étaient des
Equisétacées. J'ai des tiges fructiféres de ces trois genres. Tous
portaient des clypéoles garnis de — alternants avec des verti-
cilles de feuilles plus ou moins modifiée

18. Chez les Calamites il y a des strobili proprement dits, mais
chez les Annularia, et les Sphenophyllum, les clypéoles se trouvent par-
fois à l'aisselle des feuilles des rameaux supérieurs. Les Equisétacées
de l'époque houillére sont done comme les Lycopodiacées, où les spo-
ranges sont placés en épis ou simplement à l'aisselle des feuilles le long
de la tige.

19. Le Staphyllopteris alata, Lesquereux, du Male’s Coal-bank,
dans l'Arkansas, n'est qu'une tige sporangifére du SpAenophyllum
saxifragafolium, privée de feuilles.

20. Dans les Calamites et les Annularia les feuilles des épis se ré-
fractent parfois dans les épis mires.

340 EPILOBIUM OBSCURUM IN ORKNEY OR SHETLAND.

21. Les sporanges s’ouvraient a leur face interne, tournée vers le
pédicelle du clypéole, comme dans les Equisétum vivants.

22. Chez les Sphenophylium le nombre de sporanges attachés à un
méme clypéole varie dans la méme espèce. Jai trouvé des clypéoles
aplatis portant 4, 5 et 6 sporanges.

23. Les sporanges étaient attachés, chez les Sphenophyllum, au bord
du clypéole, comme dans les Equisetum vivants.

24. Chez les Calamites, les Annularia et les Sphenophyllum, le
nombre de feuilles et de stries de la tige varient dans la même espèce,
comme chez les Eguisetnm vivants.

25. On trouve chez les Calamites différentes formes d'épis.

26. Je ne puis distinguer les épis isolés de Calamites, d’ Annularia,
et de Sphenophyllum, cependant les épis d’Annularia longifolia se re-
connaissent à leurs gros sporanges arrondis.

27. Ordo EquisETACE E.

1. Subordo, Calamitez.
1. g. Calamites.
2. g. Annularia.
3. g. jocis icem
g llothec

28. Je crois que les Calamites, les Annularia et les Sphenophyllum
owes des plantes aquatiques ou de marais.
1. L’écorce des Annularia indique une plante aquatique.
2. Les Calamites et les Annularia ont parfois des feuilles et des
racines au méme neeud.
3. Chez les Sphenophyllum on voit les feuilles se diviser et devenit
capillaires au bas des tiges, comme chez les Batrachium.

EPILOBIUM OBSCURUM, Schreb, IN ORKNEY OR
AND

In looking over a collection of plants made this summer in Orkney
and Shetland by the Rev. C. L. Acland, I noticed specimens of Epilo-
bium obscurum, Schreb., which is not included in Mr. Watson's * Flo-
rula Oreadensis’ (unless Niell's Z. tetragonum be this plant), or in

MEMORANDA. 841

Mr. Ralph Tate’s ‘Flora of the Shetland Isles Mr. Acland believes
that it was gathered in the latter islands, and that Euphrasia Odontites,
L., of which there were specimens, was also collected there; this is
not included in Mr. Tate's paper. As E. obscurum has not been re-
corded from either group, it seems worth making a note of.
JAMES BRITTEN,
Royal Herbarium, Kew, W.

MEMORANDA.

DRIED Frowrns.—We have been favoured by Mrs. Scrivenor, of Alvingham

dried Heliotropes, Forget-me-nots, and other Boraginee, in which the colour
is preserved with difficulty, as we do not find any of these plants amongst the
group. As the process by which Mrs. Scrivenor has achieved her object may
interest some of our readers, we subjoin a detailed description of it :—“ A great
mistake usually made by those who attempt drying flowers is to look upon
weight and pressure as an essential part of the process. This is the chief cause
of failure. To keep the colour in a flower, we should not take all the pains we

to squeeze out the juices in which that colour resides. All our efforts,
then, must be given to retain the colour by drying up the juices, and no more
pressure must be used than will be required to keep the flower flat. The flowers

fade, the drying will fail to prese: ee their colour.

Do not hold them when cut in your hands, but throw them as they are ga-

thered into a large handkerchief m so that they may not press one upon

another. If the flowers are at all bruised or broken, it would be best to dis-
eard them at once, as the juice would escape through the injured part. When

you have gathered your flowers, take them from their foliage, leaving the stalk

to ae flower from one to two inches long ; light a candle, and hold the flower-

ne by one in the flame, until about a quarter of an inch i is quite burnt ;

Pyret
fleshy No; such as the Dielytria,—require to have their stalks dipped from
ten to twenty minutes in a weak solution of water and muriate of lime in crys-
tals before burning; while very fleshy green leaves should have their stalks
first put in a solution of saltpetre and water. Provide yourself with some
blotting-pads. The size sold for 4d. or 6d. per quire will be found most con-

342 MEMORANDA.

venient; and several quires of thin white blotting-paper. We wil
are going to dry Scarlet Geraniums, Periwinkles, single stim Stocks, and
burnums, as they are some of the flowers most liable to change colour.
Take your blotting-pad, raise the whole of the blotting-paper from the cover
on each side. For the Geraniums, Periwinkles, and Stocks, take each bloom
out singly, and, having burned the stalks as directed, bore a number of holes in
one of the thicknesses of blotting-paper sufficiently large to admit the calyces
of the flowers, and so far apart that, when the flowers are arranged, no one
bloom shall touch another; pass the stalk and calyx of each flower through
the pad, so that the petals of the flower shall rest flat upon the surface of the
blotting-paper, and no part of them be pressed against the calyx. Arrange
each truss of Laburnum (having passed its stalk through the pad) in such a
at the blooms shall be distinct upon the paper; now lay the other
thickness of blotting-paper over the petals, and, holding the two pads together,
turn them over on one of the covers. Gently press down the stalks and
yer an which will now be uppermost, and shut down the other cover upon
em; tie round and round both opposite edges of the pad with cotton, taking

bright fire, or put them in a very gentle oven. When one side of the pad is
so hot that you can just bear your hand upon it, turn the other side to the
t the process for an hour. Then open the pads, and examine

the flowers ; if they feel like smooth paper to the touch, they are sufficiently
dried, but, if they have still any fleshy feeling about them, the pads must be
reclosed, and the exposure to heat continued ; but after bes UT they must
be carefully watched, the pads being frequently unclosed fi e purpose of
examination, as a very little £oo much heat will cause the Bude to scorch and
bro Some flowers will, of course, take longer drying than others even

the holes on the side on which the stalks are, and, having seen that the stalks
and calyces are free, to take hold of the ee on the other side between a small
ivory folder and one finger, and draw the flowers out ; put them away imme-
diately between sheets of white writing-paper, taking care not to lay one flower
over another. Remove the top sheet of blotting-paper from each side

using the pad again. Double flowers, such as Stocks, small Roses, N.

etc., must have layers of cotton-wool or small pieces of blotting-paper

be-
fore they are subjected to any heat or pressure. Calceolarias must have cotton-
wool or very fine sand very carefully put inside each flower; the flower being
just sufficiently filled to retain its shape without any fear of its burstin The
Fuchsia should have a part of its calyx passed through the paper, ah a little
cotton-wool put between the flower and the surface of the paper, and also
between the corolla and sepals, so as to keep the form of the flower as much

CORRESPONDENCE. 343

as possible. Blue flowers in general do not require heat; you may put them
between sheets of plain white blotting-paper, five or six sheets on each side,
passing the stalks and calyces, as directed above, through holes made in one of
the thicknesses, and subject them to just suffioiont pressure to keep the flower
from wrinkling. In the same manner, Ferns, white, and some variegated-leaved
plants, such as Centaurea, Begonias, and Caladiums, may be treated. The
fancy-leaved Geraniums require heat; but these, as well as other plants with
variegated foliage produced by high cultivation, will often fail to repay the most
careful treatment, as they are very apt to lose their distinctive markings under
the drying process. For mounting the flowers you require a sheet of white
cardboard, a pair of scissors or a penknife, gum, and a small camel-hair pencil.
The gum must be very strong, and prepared as follows :—Take three ounces of

arabic; pour upon it just sufficient hot water to dissolve it; then add a
tablespoonful of spirits of wine. The greatest care and patience is required in
the eoi hane of is: flowers; they must be taken up between the blade of
your penknife and one finger. It is well to arrange them first on the card-
board without ied. them, and, having arrived at a satisfactory effect, to
fix the arrangement in your own sid ; then remove the flowers and proceed
to build up your design, gumming the flowers one by one in the position you
have assigned them. The smallest dab of gum in the middle of the back of the
flower or leaf is sufficient to hold it in its place. A cardboard mount, round
or oval, must now be placed on the cardboard on which the group is fixed, and
the whole covered with a sheet of glass, and fastened round the edges so as to
exclude the air. These groups may be framed as pictures, or mounted as fire-
screens and table-tops. If hung up as a picture, it must be on a wall looking
north; and, however they are , care must be taken that 2 sun's rays
shall not rest upon them. They must also be kept free from dam

CORRESPONDENCE.

On a Poisoning Solution for Botanical Specimens.

sida en. in e strength of the poisoning solutions for her-
1 in the various botanical text-books commonly

barium
in use by students, Thus, I Desvaux and De Cando lle adaa spirits of wine
wholly, Lindley the same, half saturated with c limate, which latter

proportion ooa amroely } be aam nud than a seventh or e eighth. « the weight
of the spirit ;
of sublimate to the litre of spirit (— 231-5103 gne. troy to 177608 i imp. snis ;
Duchartre, a solution of double this strength; whilst Balfour recommends half
a drachm of sublimate to each ounce of camphorated spirit or naphtha.

Dried ts are unusually subject to the attacks of insects in southern
China, especially during the south-west monsoon, when the temperature is

344

high, and the air frequently surcharged with moisture. Duplicates and other
unpoisoned specimens then require the grea a and, unless carefully
protected from access to the air, become moulded, and too frequently overrun

It may not be unacceptable to working botaniebt to have a recipe which,
under these unfavourable conditions, I am accustomed to use in my own her-
barium ; and which, after r nearly twenty years' experience, I can testify to as
being entirely efficacious in preserving all plants to which it is ee

follows :—
Rectified spirit . . . 16 fluid ounces.
Corrosive sublimate . 6 drachms.
Creasote 40 drops.

Let the mixture stand, agitating dinde until the sublimate is dissolved
and, when required for Sons dilute with an equal volume of hollands, or, if more
convenient, proof spiri

H. F. Hance, Pu.D,

BOTANICAL NEWS.
Professor Asa Gray is returning early this month to his native country, after
a tour in Europe.
Dr. Hooker, we hear, is actively at work in preparing a new British Flora.
E Behn we have a pamphlet, written in reply to some remarks
of Dr. Küchenmeister, on the proposed reforms of the ancient Imperial German
L. C. Academy Nature Curiosorum. There are two diametrically opposed
views held about this matter. The one party hold that only such men as have
y won their laurels elsewhere should be admitted into the Academy, the
other think it is the special business of the Academy to search out promising
young men for admission, and thus give them an opportunity of bringing €
ward the result of their labours. The latter have certainly the ancient charte
on their side. There is much to be said on both sides of the question. It xe
reater honour to be admitted into a scientifie body when only

without the support of a patroniz rporation, and still of class
w as a fresh spur to exertion. On the other hand, by admitting
promisi n, great mistakes may be made. Humboldt acted on the

ing,
latter principle: he mainly looked to the rising scientific generation, and to
that he gave his principal support. He had the keenness to single out Liebig
when the latter, perfectly unknown to fame, was reading a short paper, and he
was equally fortunate in many others kae he MN but he is ad-
mitted tohave fallen also into some sad mis

Tab.G8.

ices ener nm
a
pt
e

we "n

^ » ad

San, Imp

J

oks Dav &

iste,

K
P

Vincent Brooks, Day £ Son, Imp.

W.G. Smith, del e lith.

PEZIZA (DISCINA) MACROCALYX, Riess; A NEW
BRITISH FUNGUS.

By WonrHiNeTON G. Suita, Esq., F.L.S.
(Puates XCVIII. and XCIX.)

This fine Peziza was found by my friend Mr. J. Aubrey Clark, of
Street, Somerset, in March of the present year. It grew in a Fir
wood at Street in some plenty, and the specimens were half buried in
the ground. I am indebted to Mr. C. E. Broome for the name and
a reference to Fresenius’ ‘ Beiträge,’ p. 75, where it is described and
indifferently figured in outline. The following particulars, freely trans-
lated from the German, exactly accord with the Street plants

“ This fungus is found underground in forests of Fir-trees singly, or
from two to five together; in its progressive development it rises

‘about one-half out of the ground. At first it is closed, but later it

splits star-like from the top downwards to the middle of its cups, or
sometimes even further down still, into from seven to ten more or less
pointed strips. The exterior is a dirty pale blue, clothed with a thin
white transient fur, and at the base of the cup is a short stem. In
large-sized specimens the cup itself reaches a height of three inches,
with a similar breadth, deeply cup-shaped with the rim at length bent
outwards. Its substance consists of a soft, spongy tissue, composed
of very large cells, elongated on the outside, and growing more and
more globular towards the inner side, attaining a thickness of one line.
The inside of the cup is covered by the hymenium of at first a pale,
and later a dark violet, formed of tubular, truncated asci, each contain-
ing eight elliptical sporidia one quarter of a millimetre long, and of
branched, articulated paraphyses of the same length: each sporidium
containing one or two drops of oil. This Peziza, to judge from the
figure in Greville’s * Scottish Cryptogamie Flora,’ is closely related to
P. vesiculosa, and might even be taken for a variety of that species
were it not for several reasons against it. Besides its different place
of growth, it differs especially in the colour of the hymenium, and the
peculiar shape of the paraphyses.”

It was originally my intention to have written a paper for the
‘Journal of Botany’ on abnormal growth of Fungi, and their bearmg

‘VOL, VII. [DECEMBER 1, 1869.] | 25

346 WHAT IS THE THAMES-SIDE BRASSICA ?

on the structure and morphology of Agaricus and Boletus; and Plate
XCIX. was to have been one of a series in illustration of the subject,
but as the other subjects (some of them of a diagrammatic nature)
are not lithographed, I must content myself by merely explaining at
the end of this paper the first figures here published.

The following rare species of Ascomycetes Fungi have passed under
my observation during the present year :—

Peziza ( Discina) onotica, P.—Ringwood, Hants. The Rev. W. H.
Lucas.

P. (Sarcoscypha) radiculata.—In great abundance on a hedgebank
near my own residence. The vivid yellow colour of this species gave
the bank the appearance of being covered with yellow crocuses.

P. (Sarcoscypha) lanuginosa, Bull.—This recent addition to our
flora came up in several places under cedars in March and April last;
notably at Guy's Cliff, Warwick, and in the neighbourhood of Ware,
Herts. It was, however, totally absent from its original station at
Fetcham Park.

Morchella crassipes, Pers.—I found several specimens of this gigau-
tic morel in the spring, in the woods about Little Munden, Herts.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XOCVIII.— Figs. 1, 2, 3, Peziza ( Discina) macro-
calyx, Riess ; 4, section of ditto; 5, asci and para physes, x 300 diam.

Peor aperi OF PLATE —Fig. 1, Ru — alutacea Fr.; 2, R. fur-

aricus (Omphalia) muralis, 'Sow mius oreades, Fr. ;
5, (Cota ?); Te, Russula heterophylla, Fr.; ; 7 RAM: sio Bull.

WHAT IS THE THAMES-SIDE BRASSICA ?
- By Hewett C. Watson, Esq.

A species of Brassica occurs in many places along the Thames, on
both sides of the river, and on its intervening islets, where it separates
the counties of Surrey and Middlesex. The plant may be held tho-
roughly established there, if not an aboriginal native, extending its
occupancy from the immediate margins and osier-grounds of the river
to the ditch-sides and hedgebanks of the adjacent fields. Botanists
are not agreed on the specific name which this plant ought to bear,
several of them having entirely mistaken the species itself, and thus
having misapplied to the plant of the Thames side the name belonging
to a different species, to one which is most likely neither native nor well-

gE ID

a a eT Ee

eo P

WHAT IS THE THAMES-SIDE BRASSICA ? 847

established im Britain, and which has never been found in Surrey by
me, although a resident for thirty years and upwards.

In the original * Botanist's Guide’ of 1805 Mr. Borrer wrote of the
plant thus :—“ Brassica Napus? What appears a remarkable va-
riety of this species, with erect siliquee and bristly leafstalks, grows
about the Thames at Hampton and Kew.” Thirty years later, in the
‘New Botauist's Guide,’ we find the plant reported by Mr. Winch
under a different name, thus :—‘ Brassica campestris. By the Thames,
near Hampton, abundantly, 1829." In the Supplement to the latter
work, dated 1837, the same plant was reported on my own observa-
tion thus :— Brassica campestris. A plant presumed to be this
species, grows in plenty on the sides of the Thames for several miles,
both above and below Ditton.” This description would include the
locality of “ Hampton,” previously recorded by the two older botanists
named. I turn now to records of recent date.

‘The ‘ Flora of Surrey’ is dated in 1863 ; being a posthumous work,
edited from materials left by Mr. J. D. Salmon, and saved to science
through the judicious liberality of Mr. W. W. Saunders. Doubtless
the editor would feel unwilling to alter the notes of localities which
had been collected by Mr. Salmon, unless on the clearest evidence of
errors. Hence, probably, the confusing inconsistency in the Flora
named, where this one Thames-side Brassica comes twice, as if two
different species, and under two different specific names. It is there
entered secondly as Napus, on the authority of Mr. J. T. Syme and
Mr. J. S. Mill, having been also given firstly as campestris from my
own notes to the editor.

In 1869 we have the ‘ Flora of Middlesex,’ by Trimen and Dyer, a
work highly creditable to its authors. Unfortunately, in their attempt
to set us right about this plant, they have adopted the error and re-
jected the truth. They treat the species as certainly Napus; correct
the supposed blunder of Winch in calling it campestris ; ignore my own
record of this latter plant in the Supplement above quoted; and
declare that they have not observed B. campestris in Middlesex.
As the plan of their Flora does not include descriptions, but gives only
the names of species, and as its authors state no reason for their own
reference of the plant in question to Napus instead of campestris, we
must seek elsewhere for a test of their correctness or otherwise in thus
deciding.

2*4

348 WHAT IS THE THAMES-SIDE BRASSICA ?

Apparently, there is the excellent authority of Mr. Syme for the
name which is adopted in the ‘ Flora of Middlesex;' but Mr. J. T.
Syme's use of the name is quoted from a record in the * Phytologist ’
so long back as 1852. I recognize in the present Mr. Boswell-Syme,
of ‘English Botany,’ third edition, our best living authority for the
nomenclature and description of British plants. And I propose here
to show, in reliance on his own words, that he could not possibly now
refer the Thames-side plant to Napus, although he. may erroneously
have done so in 1852, through not then having become familiar with
it in its early growth,—say, between August and April. In the third
edition of * English Botany, in which the descriptions of our British
plants are so ably re-written by its editor, we find an aggregate Bras-
sica polymorpha subdivided into three segregates or subspecies, which
are thus distinguished by their diagnostic characters and places of
growth :—

(1.) Brassica Napus.—Leaves all glaucous and glabrous. Flowers
remaining till the eorymb expands into a short raceme.—A weed in
cultivated ground, or more frequently the remains of a field of Rape-
or Cole-seed.

(2.) Brassica campestris.— Leaves all glaucous, the radical ones
hispid, the rest glabrous. Flowers falling off before the corymb
lengthens into a raceme.—A weed in cultivated ground, and by the
banks of rivers and ditches. ‘ Swedish Turnip.”

(3.) Brassica Rapa.—Radical leaves green not glaucous, hispid ;
stem leaves glaucous and glabrous. Flowers falling off before the
corymb lengthens into a raceme.—A straggler in cultivated ground,
usually the remains of a field of Turnips. ‘The Turnip.”

The editor remarks on the difficulty of distinguishing his third sub-
species from the other two, and he states that B. campestris is the
only one which can be considered at all “well established? in this
country. Yet, if the characters assigned to the first subspecies are
correct, it should be easy to show that the Thames-side plant cannot
be Napus, whatever else it may be pronounced. Its radical leaves are
neither glaucous nor glabrous, being dark grass-green and much his-
pid; and the petals fall early, leaving the elongated raceme formed of
young pods, not of flowers. How thus can it be Napus? Surely
not because it wants all the three distinctive characters attributed to
Napus! Moreover, it is not simply “a weed in cultivated ground,”

WHAT IS THE THAMES-SIDE BRASSICA ? 349

or only the remains of a field of - or Cole-seed," for it has been
many jones * well established . . by the banks of rivers and
ditches."

But is the specific name campestris any more correct than the one
here discarded ? This question can hardly be answered off-hand in
the affirmative, because it involves a decision whether the name of
campestris applies to the wild state of the Rape or the Swede or the
Turnip. It is evident that Mr. Boswell-Syme has described the
Swede for Brassica campestris, and has assumed that our “ well-
established " Thames-side plant is the wild state of the Swede, not
the wild state of the common or true Turnip. But its grass-green
(not glaucous) and bristly radical leaves negative the assumption. My
conviction is, on a familiarity with the plant during thirty years, that
the Thames-side Brassica is simply the wild stock of the true Turnip,
scarcely differing from this latter except by the non-enlargement of the
root into an esculent globe. On dry banks exposed to the sun the
radical leaves are more hispid than usual in the cultivated varieties,
and they frequently acquire a dark or purplish tint, which is not at all
glaucous ; but in damper ground they have the grass-green hue of the
Turnip, and are less hispid.

Whatever is done with the Swede, the position of campestris, as the
wild stock of the Turnip, seems to be in accordance with the views of
most botanists. In the ‘ Manual of British Botany’ Professor Ba-
bington places Rapa as a variety of campestris, and distinguishes it
only by its “root caulescent fleshy,” words, indeed, that would better
describe the Swede than the true Turnip, for the esculent enlargement
of the former is continued upwards somewhat into the stem, while
that of the true Turnip is entirely radical. In the ‘Summa Vegetabi-
lium’ Fries also places Rapa as the cultivated variety of campestris.
A similar view is adopted by Grenier and Godron in the ‘ Flore de
France,’ and by Koch in the ‘Synopsis Flore Germanice,’ though
their nomenclature differs. The French authors follow Lamarck in
using the expressive name asperifolia for the species, making cam-
pestris (L.) its type form, and Rapa the esculent-rooted variety. The
German author uses the name Rapa for the species, but equally
makes that of campestris (L.) apply to the type form

There is some confusion, however, through ine typical campes-
tris as an annual, and describing the annual form as and for the

350 ON A NEW SPECIES OF OREOPANAX.

species, as if the biennial form were a divergent variety. Seeds whieh
germinate in spring, among corn or elsewhere, produce plants which
soon run up to a stem, and which (on that account?) have more
simple and less hispid leaves than are usually seen as radical leaves on
the biennial plant. As we see the species by the Thames side the
seeds germinate and become plants early in the autumn. — These live
through the winter, and flower in the succeeding spring or summer.
They have a tuft of green and rough radical leaves, which are more
lyrate-pinnatifid than the leaves of the annual form. As the flowering-
stem rises from this winter tuft in the following spring, the leaves pro-
duced on it are smooth and become glaucous in hue, especially up-

wards. "This biennial form seems to be the true type for the species ;

at any rate, it is so in our climate.

A confusion between the wild states or stocks of Napus and Rapa
is of ancient date. Possibly the crossing of names in the two lan-
guages may have somewhat contributed to the confusion in England,
where we cross-translate Rapa or Rapum into Tur-nep (the old and
correct spelling), and Napus into Rape. Near two centuries ago Ray
thus wrote under the head of ** Napus sylvestris." . . . * Est hee for-
tasse Rapum sylvestre non bulbosum Lobelii do. Cert? planta illa
qué in insula Eliensi seritur, unde oleum Rape Oil dictum exprimitur,
huic eadem videtur; proinde Rapum sylvestre et Napus sylvestris una
eademque fortasse planta sunt; quód si diverse fuerint, quam pro
Napo sylvestri hactenus habuimus, Rapum potiüs sylvestre censenda
est: siquidem Napus sativa nobis peregrina est ; quidni et sylvestris ?"
(‘ Synopsis,’ ed. 2, p. 167.)

What Napus sylvestris may be it is not in my power to say, never
having seen a wild Rape; but, if asked by any modern Ray to point
out what apum sylvestre is, my reply would be,—the wild form of the
Turnip, the biennial campestris, the rough-leaved Thames-side Bras-
sica.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF OREOPANAX, FROM CHON-
TALES, NICARAGUA.

By BErTHOLD Seemann, Pu.D., F.L.S., ETC.

-2 The genus Oreopanax is not numerously represented in Nicaragua.
In the pine region of the mountains of New Segovia and Matagalpa,

ON A NEW SPECIES OF OREOPANAX. 351

I only noticed on rivulets one species, which goes there by the names

of * Manu de Leon” and “ Pata de Danta,” in allusion to the shape
of the leaves, which are sufficiently large to be useful for wrapping up
cheese, soap, etc. It is about 30 feet high, and has palmate leaves,
tomentose-pubescent on both sides, and with pinnatifid lobes. The
flowers are whitish. It may possibly be O. Guatemalense, of which I
have not yet had an opportunity of seeing an authentic specimen, and
I will therefore leave it in abeyance. But a second species is very
plentiful about the Javali Mine, in Chontales. It is so much like O.
capitata, that at first I mistook it for that widely diffused species, until
I remembered that O. capitata is au erect tree, whilst this species is an
epiphyte, which, like some of the Ficus of the country, closely embraces
a tree by its stout roots, and gradually kills its host both by its weight
and by stifling it. It was from a tree that had thus been killed I
obtained fresh specimens of this species, which I named :—

O. destructor (sp. n.), Seem.; epiphytum ; sadi elongatis (3-6
uuc. long.), foliis oblongis v. obovato-oblongis acuminatis, basi cuneatis,
apice abrupte acuminatis, integerrimis, venis primariis 3, 2 lateralibus
angulum acutum formantibus, utrinque glabris, supra lucidis; floribus
racemoso-paniculatis ; pedunculis pedicellisque pubonduie Aomcitagai
drupis obovatis obtusis (nigris). — Nomen vernaculum Chonialense
* 'Tempisque montafero" (v. v. sp.).

Branches stoutish, terete. Leaves alternate, the two lateral veins
extending beyond the middle of the blade. Leaves perfectly glabrous
in fruiting specimen, and on upper surface shining like those of Ivy.
Inflorescence terminal, the fruiting heads composed of 3-5 drupes,
the latter crowned by several styles. Perfect flowering specimens I
have not seen,

The natives informed me that about Leon (Nicaragua) there is a
Tempisque, which however is a tree, used in processions on Palm Sun-
day, the fruit of which is eaten. It may possibly be O. capitata, which
if memory serve me right, I have noticed about that city.

Oreopanax. Xalapense, Dene. et Planch., has lately been named Mo-
nopanaz Ghiesbreghti, Regel, Gartenflora, 1869, p. 35, t. 606 ; the
author having mistaken an abortive ovary of a male flower, with its
consolidated styles, for a fertile ovary of a hermaphrodite flower, thus

as failed to recognize the genus Oreopanax.

352

NOTE ON AIRA SETACEA, Hudson (A. ULIGINOSA, Weihe).

Bv Henry Trimen, M.B., F.L.S.
(Botanical Department, British Museum.)

In the Banksian herbarium is a grass labelled by Sir Joseph Banks
* Aira setacea, Cawston decoy, 12 miles north of Norwich—Mr. Briant,
1776." It is the plant known by modern botanists as 4ira uliginosa,
found in France, Germany, and Russia, and to which attention has
lately been directed in this country by Baker, More, and Watson
(vide * Journal of Botany,’ Vol. IV. 176; Vol. V. 72; Vol. VIL. 265,
281).

A. setacea was founded by Hudson (FI. Ang. ed. i. 30) on a plant
collected by Mr. Stillingfleet on Stratton Heath, Norfolk, a locality a
few miles distant from Mr. Briant’s, above quoted. A specimen from
* Stratton Heath, 1780," is in the Smithian herbarium, on the sheet
labelled “ 4. fleauosa, B, Fl. Brit.," but is too young for complete iden-
tification. In the second edition (p. 35) Hudson refers the plant to
Aira montana, L.; he repeats the Norfolk station, and adds that the
plant is common on sandy heaths in Yorkshire and Lancashire. A
detailed description is given, from which it is evident that the species
intended is 4. uliginosa, of Weihe; the long acute membranous ligule,
the smaller more erect and closer panicle, the equal glumes and stalk
to the upper floret being all mentioned. It is thus also evident that
the specimen in the Banksian herbarium is correctly named.

A. montana of Linnzns, to which Hudson subsequently referred the
plant, is in all probability a mountain form of 4. fleruosa, with darker
glumes and a more contracted panicle. The short diagnoses in Fl. Lapp.
49, Fl. Suec. 25, and Sp. Plant. ed. i. 65, are insufficient for certain
determination, but the reference to Scheuchzer's * Agrostographia,' 216,
and the habitat given, in dry sunny places, tend to show that the grass
meant was not the one in question. Unfortunately the Linnean her-
barium throws no light on the subject, the three specimens named A.
montana being, according to Colonel Munro (Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot.
vi. 42), all different, and all members of other genera than 4ira. In
Scandinavia this alpine form appears to be very common, and Fries
states that there exists a complete series of plants connecting 4.
setacea (uliginosa) with it. The two plates (107, 108) in Parnell's
* British Grasses’ represent such northern states of 4. flexuosa, some-

SOME ACCOUNT OF CHESHIRE RUBI. 353

what approaching 4. setacea, but obviously distinct from it. It is
possible that Fries is not acquainted with true A. setacea. The A.
montana of Dickson’s Hortus Sice. Brit., from ** the mountains of Scot-
land," is, however, certainly 4. setacea.

It appears then, that Hudson's name remains good, and must stand
as that of the species. The synonymy is as follows :—

Aira setacea, Huds. Fl. Ang. ed. i. (1760), p. 30.

A. montana, Huds. Fl. Ang. ed. ii. (1778), p. 85; Dicks. Hort. Sice.
Brit. fasc. 18 (1802), p. 4 (non L.).

A. flexuosa, var. B, Sm. Fl. Brit. (1800), i. p. 85, and Eng. Fl.
(1824), i. p. 104 (excl. reference to Leers, whose figure is clearly 4
flexuosa).

A. scabro-setacea, Knapp, Gram. Britt. (1804), t. 32.

A. uliginosa, Weihe in Bonninghausen, Prod. Fl. Monast. (1824),

. 25.

Deschampsia Thuillieri, Godr. and Gren., Flore de France (1855—56),
iii. p. 508 (includes also Aira discolor, Thuillier, which Boreau (Fl. du
Centre, 700) considers distinct from uliginosa).

The plant has occurred in this country in the following localities :—
Stratton Heath, Norfolk, Mr. Stillingfleet (Hudson and Herb. Smith !) ;
Cawston decoy, Norfolk, Mr. Briant (Herb. Mus. Brit!) ; Fleet Pond,
North Hants (H. C. Watson; Angusshire, Mr. J. Mackay (Herb.
Smith !); Forfar Heath, G. Don (Knapp); near Forfar, G. Don (Herb.
Kew. et Winch, fide Baker) ; Loch of Drum, Aberdeenshire A"
Mus. Brit.!); Cregduff Lough, Roundstone, Connemara, A. G. ?
(Herb. Mus. Brit. !).

SOME ACCOUNT OF CHESHIRE RUBI.
By tHe Hon. J. B. Leicester Warren, M.A., F.L.S.

This attempt to put on record the various Rudi-forms which I have
up to the present time personally observed in Cheshire is merely
similar to what Mr. Briggs has done for the Brambles of Devon.
I am convinced that, when the distribution of our native subspe-
cies of Rubi has been properly investigated, much subsidiary light
will be thereby thrown upon the study and discrimination of these
difficult plants. Trying some years ago to make a list of Cheshire

354 SOME ACCOUNT OF CHESHIRE RUBI.

plants I found, late in my labours, a complete hiatus at the genus
Rubus. had left Brambles till the last, and very unwillingly I set
about them. They soon, however, became interesting; and I really
believe that much of the disgust with which many excellent botanists
regard Brambles would disappear if they only gave them a fair trial.
My provincial list of Rudi is as yet very incomplete, but I am in-
clined to think that even in its present state, it may assist somewhat
local inquiries. I may state that in no instance have I named a sub-
species on my own authority. Mr. Bloxam and Mr. Baker, without
whom this list would never have been composed, have always been
most kind in naming forms submitted to them. Still, the person who
sees these plants growing, and at his door, is at an immense advantage
over even the best rubiologist, who merely sees dried and often imper-
fect specimens. Therefore, whatever errors occur in the present list,
I am solely responsible for. And therefore, though the assistance I
have derived from Messrs. Bloxam and Baker is immense, I distinctly
do not wish to make them responsible for any false record, for which
solely this paper and its writer have to answer.

The districts are the county hundreds, viz. (1) Macclesfield, (2)
Bucklow, (3) Eddisbury, (4) Wirral, (5) Broxton, (6) Nantwich,
(7) Northwich. District 1 is the present electoral division of Hast
Cheshire; 2 and 7 comprise Mid-Cheshire; 3, 4, 5, and 6, West
Cheshire. With Mid-Cheshire I am best acquainted. District 4
and the north of district 3 are the littoral parts of the county. With
very few exceptions all the names, even of farms, which I use may be
found in Cassell's fourpenny County Map of Cheshire.

l. R. Idus, L.— General and prevalent. (2.) Common in this dis-
trict. (3.) Oakmere. (4.) Parkgate. (5.) Broxton Hill. (7.) Peover
Heath. The ternate-leaved form grows in the Willow Bed, Tabley.

2. R. fissus, Lindl.—I have as yet never seen true R. suberectus,
Anders., in Cheshire. R. fissus seems mainly to take its place. I suspect
this form will certainly occur in all our hundreds. (1.) Lindow Com-

. (2.) Pickmere Moss, abundant. (7.) Rudheath, plentiful ; road-
sides a mile south-east of the “ Three Greyhounds.”

3. R. plicatus, W. and N.—(1) Lindow Common, north-west end ;
less common there than R. físsus. (2.) Knutsford racecourse, good
and typical; Tabley Hill sand-pit. (7.) Sparsely on Rudheath, and
untypical, on the Lower Peover side of the * Three Greyhounds.’ ,

SOME ACCOUNT OF CHESHIRE RURI. 355

4. R. affinis, W. and N.—A decidedly northern Bramble, and here
generally and commonly distributed. Very ericetal in its stations, like
the two previous forms. This is, when dried, sometimes hard to dis-
tinguish from the R. rhamaifolius of Surrey heaths, but in a growing
state these Rudi seem to me sufficiently distinct. — (1.) Between
Stockport and Mottram, near Macclesfield. (2.) General, e. g. Tabley
Lake side. (4.) Near a quarry between Eastham Hotel and Brom-
borough Park wall. (7.) Back Lane, Lower Peover, and Rudheath,
abundant. Mr. Baker has established the identity of this prevalent
Yorkshire and Cheshire form with R. nemoralis, Müll. (See Gene-
vier, p. 188.)

5. RA. Lindleianus, Lees—A most prevalent and unmistakable
form. (2.) Very common. (4.) Heswall Hills, near Parkgate. (7.)
Lower Peover, common.

6. R. rhamnifolius, W. and N.—Embracing here a range of several
forms, of which the shade ones require more attention, which, if we
combine the subspecies, is hereabouts sufficiently general. I doubt if
some of these do not rather belong to R. calvatus, Blox., so I shall
only give the distribution of a form which is certainly rhamnifolius
with flat, broadly-ovate, cuspidate, and cordate terminal leaflets densely-
grey felted beneath. (1.) Tabley Lane on Tabley Hill; hedge just
above the sand-pit. (7.) Peover, back lane, near the Brook, and
Rudheath.

7. R. discolor, W. and N.—Curiously partial and local in Mid-
Cheshire, where it bears marks of accidental importation, occurring
near canals, tan-yards, railway stations, etc., and seldom in fields or
hedges removed from the highway roads. As, however, we approach
the hilly districts of East Cheshire, or the sea towards the west, it be-

. comes gradually more abundant. In Wirral and North Eddisbury,

that is to say, in littoral Cheshire, it is the prevalent Bramble. All
the discolor of Central Cheshire, which I have yet carefully examined,
seems to me the smaller, less pilose, more stunted R. rusticanus, Mer-
cier, and not the true discolor of W. and N. so general round London,
forexample. The nearest Cheshire plants to this last I gathered near
Biley, Middlewich, a district in its vegetation much more markedly
southern than Knutsford, though not so many miles from it, as the
general occurrence there of Acer and R. cesius, L., shows; but, not hav-
ing seen the Biley discolor in flower, I do not wish to record true discolor

356 SOME ACCOUNT OF CHESHIRE RUBI.

in Cheshire at present. (1.) Near Macclesfield, general. (2.) Quite
local, e. g., tan-yard, Higher Tabley ; more abundant towards Lymon,
Carrington, Thelwall, and the north. (3.) General; Weaverham,
Tarvin, Tarporley. (4.) The prevalent form; Eastham, Hoylake,
Wallasey, Moston. (7.) Still local in the north of this hundred, but
occurs at Lower Peover; plentiful near Biley ; Peover, back lane.

8. R. leucostachys, Sm., B. vestitus, Weihe.—Very fairly general ;
common round Knutsford. (1.) Observed by the road between
Stockport and Mottram. (2.) General; Tabley Hill Lane. (4.) Just
below Heswall hills, in a quarry near the town of Heswall. (7.) Back
lane, Lower Peover.

9. R. Salteri, Bab., B. calvatus, Blox.—1 find I use this name to
include more than Mr. Baker does by it. So, though I suspect this is
an abundant Cheshire form, I shall, for the present, only record the
calvatus of Tabley Hill Lane there named on the spot by Mr. Bloxam.

he plant here bears a strong, markedly flexuous rachis, and is green,
not white- or grey-felted beneath the leaflets. (2.) About fifty yards
on Knutsford side of Tabley Hill sandpit.

. R. ramosus, Blox.—Observed in Tabley Hill Lane, where it is
m ahuidh, by the original deseriber of this species. I have only
seen it also in a Plumbley lane towards Arley, some three miles distant
from the first spot. Both places are in district 2. This form appears
to me to be allied both to R. calvatus and R. Lindleianus. (2.) Tabley
Hill Lane; but apparently not more than six or seven bushes. (7.)
Fairly abundant in a hedge which joins a pathway at Lower Peover
Heath Green.

R. — W. and N.—(2.) Ina hedge which meets the
terpike road een the Grange Farm and the “Smoker Inn,”
Plumbley ; round phat Tabley, etc.; or, neither place being on Cas-
sell’s map, say half a mile nearer Northwich than where the Waterless
Brook crosses the turnpike road. (4.) Observed at Gayton, close
to the Hall; recorded by me in the * Liverpool Flora’ as R. ampli-
fieatus, Lees.

12. R. villicaulis, W. and N.—(7.) A single bush, in a rough
waste bit by the roadside soon after Lower Peover Heath, towards
Rudheath. I only added this subspecies to my Cheshire list in Octo-
ber this year. I had never seen it before in this county.

13. R. macrophyllus, W., a. umbrosus, Azzh.—R. carpinifolius,

SOME ACCOUNT OF CHESHIRE RUBI. 357

Blox.—A_ general form in Cheshire; with flat, orbicular, cordate, cus-
pidate, hard, short-felted terminal leaflets, coriaceous, approaching
rhamnifolius in many respects. In Sussex, Middlesex, and Surrey the
terminal leaflet is generally only broadly ovate-acuminate, the point
being attenuate, and curved sidewards, while below the leaflets are
much more softly yet thinly clothed. The last form also occurs in
Cheshire, but the orbicular cuspidate leaflet is the rule, the last the
exception. (2.) Every hedge-lane near Knutsford ; occurs also often
as an isolated bush in their pasture margins, (4.) Near Bromborough
Park wall, near Eastham Hotel. In“ Liverpool Flora’ given as car-
pinifolius, that is, of Bloxam, not Babington. (7.) Biley; Lower
Peover; very general.

14. R. macrophyllus, W., Ò. amplificatus, Lees.—Not very typical, but
still satisfying, I think, the name. The beautiful form of Thames
Ditton, Surrey, and Bishop’s Wood, Hampstead, may be taken as the
type. (2.) Armstrong’s Cover, Tabley, that is, the wood near Tabley
Lane end, and sparsely in Round Wood, Tabley; apparently not com-
mon, but naturally. Except at home, I have had less access to wood
forms than to roadside ones. I can give a better account of the septal
than the sylvatic forms. Where game is much preserved, coverts are
forbidden ground.

15. R.mucronulatus, Boreau.—I have only observed this on the Mow
Cop range, which bounds Cheshire to the south. Once ascending the
chain directly from the town of Congleton, where you come upon it by
the roadside to Biddulph about a mile or so from the station, and
again at the village of Mow Cop, some miles to the south-west. It is
a form with a hill tendency. (5.) Hills above Congleton.

16. R. Sprengelii, Weihe, a. Borreri, Bell-Salt.—A prevalent
Bramble of Cheshire heaths. (1.) Near Mottram. (2.) Common;
Round Wood, Tabley ; Pickmere Moss. (7.) Rudheath; Lower Peo-
ver Heath. Any London botanist may see this form between the
* Spaniards," Hampstead, and Bishop's Wood; and again sparsely on
the heath before you come to the “ Spaniards.”

17. R. scaber, Weihe.—(2.) Roadside above Clayhouse Farm
Plumbley ; Round Wood, Tabley, very fine bushes; Tabley Garden

ood. (4.) A single bush, near the wall of Bromborough Park,
Eastham side.

18. R. rudis, Weihe.—I have only observed this well-marked form in

358 SOME ACCOUNT OF CHESHIRE RUBI.

one lane and the adjacent field-hedges, where, however, there is plenty of
it over an area ofa few acres. Mr. Baker says of these specimens that
they are unusually typical for the north of England. (2.) On Morrey’s
farm, Bexton (in the Ordnance and Cassell’s maps, “ Black Hill
Farm”), near Knutsford. I suspect local in Cheshire.

19. R. Reuteri, Mercier —(2.) White House Farm and the Grange
Farm, Plumbley; plentiful in company with R. rudis on Black Hill
Farm, Bexton; thinly but generally scattered over all this immediate
neighbourhood. Like Hypericum pulchrum, seldom much of it in one
place, but nearly everywhere sparsely. An enormous bush, however,
on the Grange Farm, near the Waterless Brook. This is a coarse radu-
lesque form, evidently to be placed between Z. rudis and R. Radula.
A year or two ago I named it R. saxicolus, Müll., from a Continental
specimen in Mr. Baker's collection. I have lately found that M. Ge-
nevier, in his * Rubus du Bassin de la Loire, states that Mr. Baker's
coarse Yorkshire Radula, which I hold identical with the Cestrian, is
thus to be named. His description sufficiently fits, and he notices the
alliance to R. saxicolus, Müll. Mr. Bloxam seems inclined to put this
form to R. Radula, B. Leightonii, Lees.

20. R. Radula, Weihe.— Rather a local Rubus, in Mid-Cheshire, and
seldom typical. (2.) Laneside, towards Arley, in Plumbley, near
Trout Hall, Plumbley. (7.) Rudheath, in company with the R. fissus,
in an exposed heathy spot. These specimens are, according to Mr.
Baker, * excellent typical Radula,” and, indeed, the only quite typical
Radula I ever got in Cheshire.

21. R. Kehleri, Weihe.— Local. (2.) In the hedge by the laneside,
one hundred yards south of Flitto Gate Farm, where it grows very
densely = thirty or forty yards.

22. R. infestus, Bab—Rather local. (2.) Sparse bushes, in
Tabley Hill Lane. Finest bushes by the road which crosses the Cheshire
Midland line, beyond Morrey’s Farm, or Black Hill Farm, Bexton.
(7.) Roadside, between Bradshaw Brook and Rudheath.

23. R. pallidus, Weihe.— Very common; the general undergrowth
of plantations in Cheshire; the weak forms puzzling and easily mis-
taken for Bellardine Brambles. (1.) Disley and Whaley Bridge. (2.)
Very common. (4.) Near Eastham. (6.) Near Crewe station. (7.)
== — Rudheath, ete., general.

R. diversifolius, Lindl. = dumetorum, 8. feroz, Lomo .) Dis-

;

SOME ACCOUNT OF CHESHIRE RUBI. 359

ley, Lindow, near Stockport, on the Mottram Road. (2.) The com-
mon hedge Bramble of the district. (6.) Near Crewe Park Gate.
(7.) Lower Peover, Rudheath, very prevalent.

25. R. diversifolius, Lindl., var. concinnus, Baker — nemorosus pi-
losus (fide Bloxam).—(2.) Near Trout Hall Farmhouse, in the lane,
on both sides; again in Four Lane End, Plumbley, ete.; in hedges all
about Plumbley Moor. (7.) All about the Back Lane, Lower Peover ;
also near the old Fox Covert.

26. R. fuscus, W. and N.—(2.) Enter Smoker Hill Farm, Plumb-
lev, from the Norwich road, pass through it, and search the first large
field-hedge to the right. This farm is unmarked ; it is a little on the
Manchester side of the * Smoker Inn,’ in Watling Street. (7.) Road-
side, just short of the firs, at Rudheath, between Bradshaw Brook and
the ‘Three Greyhounds.’ Perhaps the same plant as Professor Babing-
ton's R. villicaulis, B. derasus, and Genevier's R. adsitus.

27. R. festivus, Wirt.—(2.) Prevalent about Tabley Hill, Knuts-
ford racecourse, especially near Tabley toll-zate and Bexton; all along
Tabley Lane. (7.) Near Bradshaw Brook, laneside, which joins Rud-
heath Road; apparently rare in this hundred, though very common
in 2. i

28. R. Balfourianus, Blox.—I believe thinly, but generally distri-
buted in this neighbourhood, but easily overlooked. (2.) Turnpike
roadside, at intervals, from the Ewe-tree, Tabley, to Mere,—this part
of the road marked as Tabley Street; again, some enormous panicles
from a bush or two growing in company with the Z. fuscus, in Plumbley
(to which refer), on Smoker Hill Farm. Abundant along the southern .
side of the Smoker wood, the only station I have yet seen it growing
in any quantity.

29. R. corylifolius, Sm., y. purpureus, Bab.—Not by any means a
prevalent hedge Rubus in Cheshire. R. diversifolius occurs nine times
to its once. Still it is generally but sparsely distributed. I am not
certain whether I have ever seen a. sudlustris, Lees, in Cheshire, except
once at Biley, near Middlewich. (1.) Between Stockport and Mot-
tram. (2.) Tabley Hill Lane; Clay House Farm. (4.) A field pit,
near the river, about half a mile on the new ferry-side of Bromborough
Pools, joining the Mersey. I believe this was var. suA/us£ris, but am
not sure. (7.) Biley (var. sublustris, Lees), New Covert, Lower
Peover (y. purpureus).

360 CORRESPONDENCE.

30. R. altheifolius, Host.—(4.) Plentifully by the road ide leaving
Parkgate for the village of Neston. This plant seems to me quite
identical with the prevalent Sussex altheifolius, which I studied this
year in great plenty from Hove to Worthing. Mr. Robinson also finds
the plant at Frodsham, in Cheshire, so likely enough it is a common
form of littoral Cheshire. I named a specimen for that gentleman a
few years back, which he had sent to the London Exchange Club,
R. corylifolius, B. conjungens, as I believe Mr. Borrer so named the
Hove plant. I now confess, that as far as altheifolius means anything,
I believe both the Cheshire and Sussex plants exactly fit the name ;
but Mr. Bloxam says, “ I rather consider your Hove plant as a variety
of R. corylifolius."

31. R. cesius, L.— Rare in Cheshire. (7.) The roadside at Biley
Brows, near Middlewich; the only spot in Cheshire which, beyond
doubt, I have seen it in. I have a specimen of apparently a weak
cesian form from the sandhills at Parkgate, but I am not convinced
that it is, beyond contest, R. cæsius, so I will leave district 4 blank,
—the weaker forms of R. cesius and the “ dumetorum " group being at
times so difficult to distinguish. My record of R. cesius in the * Liver-
pool Flora’ must, till I can again get upon our sandhills, be read with
this qualification.

CORRESPONDENCE.

On Vernacular Names.

The perusal of Dr. Seemann’s article on ‘Vernacular Names’ in the las
number of the Journal, will doubtless direct attention to a much-neglected ie
ject, though, peius I was the peg on which the "— were hung.
At the outset, how. a word of explanation is required. In quoting from
his preface to the * peeraa of the American Flora, I did ae wish to be
understood nt de am sorry if, —— i verno ve — that Dr.
Seemann deeme —my sole object being
to show that a were of eim value, and to none Do so than to the econo-
mic botanist. From the full Led given by Dr. Seemann, it will be seen
that he is of the same opinio

With regard to the term * Nag-kassar; it affords to my mind an ioaten
= ex ore >that should be takon In vari

© ©
oted as that fthat 3 f Mocua

p Calysaecion eus dit aes and not asa dye obtained from several

CORRESPONDENCE. 361

plants, However, it is often the case that names are stated to be those of trees,
whereas they may be only those of the products common to several

Though I value vernacular names most highly, and do not depreciate them
as lam charged with doing, yet it must be remembered that very different
opinions have been expressed respecting them.

Dr. Wight says, * We must bear in mind that in India, as in England, the
same plants have different names in different provinces, and not unfrequently
the same name is given to a variety of plants, or, vice versá, a great variety of

change by being applied to plants different from those to which they were
originally given,—the only way, indeed, to account for the wide a
often found in the names given to the same plants by different perso

ing t the same language.” (‘ Illustrations of Indian Botany,’ vol. i., introd.. N otice,

pu
And again, Surgeon-Major Balfour has the following :—“ I may mention that
uired against placing undue reliance on native terms. It is a very

the use of vi ar es
most useful plants that are known by definite and generally-received appella-
tions. observes, in a recent number of the * Madras Quarterly

ie
Journal,’ that an entire dependence on native names, without reference to bo-
tanical characters or sensible properties, will often lead into
in his ‘ Himalayan Journals,’ mentions that throughout his devi he
had asin struck with the undue reliance placed on the native names for
plants." (‘Timber Trees of India,’ Madras, 1862, preface.)
= should be added, however, that neither Dr. Wight nor Dr. Wallich pos-
any accurate knowledge of the pb Indian —Ó which greatly
eic their opinion on this particular poi t, however, resist the
ncm of quoting from a letter (dated beats Oct. 1864) by Mr. Motley
— nie on the subject :—
mountaineers, however, are botanists to an extent you would

system of generic and s
se S poem of s iii Pavetta, he said at once, “I never saw this be-
fore, and I don’t know its own name, but its ‘mother-name’ is so-and-so,” men-
tioning the native generic term for Pavetta, Ixora, and such plants in general.
The authors of the ‘ Catalogue of the Buitenzorg Garden’ hen thought these

VoL. VII. [DECEMBER 1, 1809.] 2c

362 CORRESPONDENCE,

names worth —À ese $ think icis are Hes for - aed many plants I

should not have see them by such
names given in the abdo: and it is wonder on ooking z these ate, " id
how well the system is carried out. It is, of co

people with no written language ; n do not sane primit or Javanese, but a
peculiar dialect called Sundanese.” (Kew Journ, Botany, vol. vii. 1855, p. 80.)
In a recent conversation, Motley’s remarks as to the accuracy of veroscular

ugh native names ara frogientiy the only clue we have to the origin of a
product , yet at p caution with h regard o their use;
ra Many plants, too, have
distinctive names s for the individual, and its Deest: parts and product (e. g.
nucifera, L.), these names being frequently quoted indifferently, thus
giving rise to numerous mistakes. 'The change of country, of either native
tribes or civilized immigrants, has a great influence on vernacular .nomencla-
ture, the names of the ofr ants of their native country being bestowed on those
of the new. Dr. Ernst, in his valuable aper on the ** Medicinal Plants of
Venezuela and their Vernacular Names" (Seemann’s ‘Journal of Botany,’
Vol. III. p. 143), says, **... In Venezuela a plant often bears very different ver-
nacular names. .. . The names I have collected are either of Indian or Spanish
origin. At Caracas the Indian names are generally so corrupted that their
original form could be traced only by a good Indian scholar, whilst in the in-
terior, where the Spanish influence was less felt, many uncorrupted Indian
names us still i in bag: 5 Hs ainorret: Mak ihe Spanish names are of three kinds,

1 kt As

viz.—1, Europe; 2, Names of European
plants transferred to American: ones, whi dn habit «- use sas some resem-
blance to them ; and 3, N p ae 3

à, plant DCIOIC,
seldom having an intelligible meaning. ;

Native names, at present, are scattered through innumerable publications,
and a universal nomenclature would be an immense boon. To make -— :
work as complete as vent it would be desirable that lists of plants,
their vernacular names, should be solicited from botanists of the localities vit
which they are best acquainted. These should ue with regard to su
names, localities where used, synonymy, if any, whether pure or Susa,
derivation and meaning, whether applied as a collective or individual term, or

to the parts or product of a plant. I shall be glad to receive any such lists,
other than Britis

Dr. eos referred to my labours in economie botany.
value, vom. they may have, much of the eredit belongs to him as editor of

* This does not seem to iun ee (Prod. xvi.). adio:

tical with Castanopsis argent

<

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 363

this Journal. I should never have thought ia publishing my maiden essay on
“ Caoutchouc,” unless he had encouraged me to do so; whilst the kindly: recog-
nition with which it was received, decided me, in a great measure, in continuing
to work up kindred subjects. In th g myself, I know well that I do
but echo the sentiments of many others who won their first spurs in the fair
field opened to them in the pages of this Journal.
11, Arihur Street, Deptford, S.E. James COLLINS.
November, 1869.

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

Flora of Middlesex: a Topographical and Historical Account of the
Plants found in the County, with Sketches of its Physical Geography
and Climate, and of the Progress of Middlesex Botany during the
last Three Centuries. By H. TRIMEN, M.B., F.L.S., and W. T.
Dyer, M.A. London: Hardwicke. 1869. 8vo, pp. xli. and 428.
With a map.

For a botanist who asks for variety of situation, or estimates the
interest of his area of study by the abundance and number of rare
plants which it furnishes, Middlesex does not by any means offer a
promising field of research. As a botanical county, it is much inferior
to Surrey or Kent. With the exception of Rutlandshire, it is the
smallest county in England. Its total area is under three hundred
square miles, of which at least a sixth is taken up by the houses and
roads of London. In the remainder there is very little to diversify
the character of the surface, for although, as we pass in a north-
western direction the population becomes scanty many miles before
the county limit is reached, there are no hills of any importance, and
very little heath or woodland remains, and even in its original condi-
tion, the soil must have been very uniform in character. But, on
other grounds, its botany possesses a special interest. A large pro-
portion of the earlier investigators of English plants lived in London
in the days when it was difficult and expensive to make distant jour-
neys for collecting, so that many of the specimens which were used as
the foundation for the figures and descriptions of the older books were
gathered within its boundaries; and for no other tract in England
have we such a multifarious collection of stations placed on record in
print, or preserved in the older herbaria at the British Museum and

in other places.

364 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

It is perhaps a matter of surprise, that during the many years
whieh have elapsed since geographical botany put in a claim to be
ranked as a distinet department of science, a detailed Flora of the
county has not been before attempted; considering the interest
which it possesses in showing, not only how the character of a
flora is modified by human agency, but also as bearing upon the
history of the gradual growth of London, and the history of British
botany and British botanists. But it is easy to see that with-
out a large amount of labour incurred in gathering together and
arranging the old records, the work could not be adequately done.
This the authors of the work before us have thoroughly understood,
and they have been willing, in gathering them from all available
sources, published and unpublished, and carefully sifting them, to
spend an amount of pains and labour which certainly merits for them
the thanks of all who are interested in English botany. A great
part of the value of their work arises from the fact that they have
been able to see so well that, Middlesex botany possesses in this way
a unique interest of its own, and that instead of merely following
in the track of those who have written county Floras before them,
they have not spared to spend the unusual amount of labour that
was necessary to develope to the full the historical interest of the
subject ; and it makes their book, over and above its value as a record
of stations and distribution, one that can be read with pleasure and
instruction by those who take no special interest in botanical details.

The first part of the book is devoted to a sketch of the physical
geography, geology, and climate of the county, and is illustrated by
a coloured map, showing the area occupied by the different strata and
the boundaries of the seven districts, founded on river-drainage, through

which the dispersion of the species in the body of the work is traced.
. Along the northern border of the county the ground rises into a ridge
that for several miles reaches a height of between four and five hundred
feet above sea level. A similar ridge of equal height bounds London
on the north at Highgate and Hampstead. Between the two is a de-
pression, out of which rises only the isolated hill on which the village
of Harrow stands. The south-western third of the county is a low fiat,
nowhere more than twenty feet above the Thames level at Staines. In
the character of the soil, we get in the county two well-marked divi-
sions, underlaid by beds differing but slightly in age but materially in

FUR EA LES. 2H

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 365

mechanical constitution. The ridge of chalk-down that forms the rim
that encloses the tertiary strata of the Lanne Tunis stretehing from
Hampshire and Wiltshire, through Berksl ishire to Cam-
bridgeshire, and the north-west of Essex, only just touches the extreme

. limit of Middlesex at two points. On the south of this, filling up rather

more than the northern half of the county,—reaching down on the east,
within the metropolitan limits, to Regent's Park and Holloway,—the
London clay fills up the whole of the low levels, capped only with the
barren sandy and gravelly beds of the Middle Eocene in a few places
on the ridges, as at Harrow and Hampstead Heath. The greater part
of this elay tract is covered with soil that is far too tenacious to be fit
for arable cultivation. **In few counties," writes Mr. Clutterbuck
(see p. xxv.), “is the meadow and arable land so nearly divided, or the
extent so clearly defined; and though not without exceptions, the sur-
face occupied by the London clay and the valley-drifts respectively,
determines the extent under grass and under the plough. The part of
the county in which the London clay is at or near the surface consists
of gently rising hills, with small valleys gradually worn away by the
surface drainage. In the farms, all operations are made subservient
to haymaking for the London market." In the southern tract, which
fills up rather less than half of the county, the surface beds are valley-
drift (gravel, brick earth, and alluvium), and the soil is much more
tractable and fertile. The eastern part of this tract is now nearly all
built over. Passing westward to Chiswick, Hammersmith, Isleworth,
aud Brentford, what is not taken up by houses, roads, and parks, is
almost all occupied by market gardens; and this leaves only on the
west a tract of about ten miles across each way between Twickenham
Staines, and Uxbridge, in which corn is grown to any cuntidenble
extent. Our authors’ sketch of the physical geography and climate of
the county is very full and clear. The only point on which we have
any fault to find is, that they have not understood clearly the rela-
tionship of the British to the European flora as influenced by climate.
As this is an important point, and their misconception will very likely
lead others astray, we will quote their paragraph on this subject, and
interpolate a running criticism on the sentences.
* Plants which would not bear complete exposure to frost will iin

survive, with slight shelter, frosts of short duration; and near the
western coasts, where the influence of the sea has greater effect, espe-

366 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

cially in mitigating the winter, comparatively tender plants flourish in
the open air throughout the year. A warm winter is an essential con-
dition for the existence of tender plants with perennial stems. (So far
very good.) In the neighbourhood of London, on the other hand, the
semi-spontaneous exotic plants which belong to the vegetation of cli-
mates with a higher mean temperature are necessarily annuals. (It does
not follow from climatic causes that they should be annuals, so that
this sentence placed in connection with the preceding one, conveys a
wrong impression.) Many of them are more abundant in some years
than in others, a warm spring being essential to allow them to reach
maturity before the first frosts. Provided that the summer heat is sufti-
cient to allow them to ripen their seeds, annuals are capable of a more
extended northern duration than perennials, (Sentence very obscure.)
With regard to perennials, the following remarks may be quoted from
Mr. Baker :—‘ In general terms, the polar limit of species liable to be
killed by frost runs across Europe from N.W. to S.E. diagonally with
the parallels of latitude; and to sum up iu a single comprehensive
phrase the relations of the British to the Continental flora, we may say
that the north limits of the plants as regulated by temperature radiate
from our island like the spokes of a wheel from the axis." (By restrict-
ing this comparison to perennials it is spoilt, and conveys quite a wrong
impression. It is true only when applied to the British flora as a
whole. It is annuals that furnish the ascending spokes of the wheel,
the evergreen perennials the lowest descending spokes, the diennials
and deciduous-leaved perennials the intermediate ones.) P. xxxix.

Upwards of three hundred closely printed pages are occupied by the
list of species, with a detailed account of their dispersion through the
seven drainage districts. A full list of special stations is given for all
but the common ones, and especial pains is taken under this head with
the flora, present and past, of the metropolitan tract. Under each
species are given any old names under which it has been recorded, as a
Middlesex plant, and the date of the first notice of its occurrence. Of
the care with which the history of the species is traced, and with which
the records of their occurrence have been gathered together, we shall
best give an idea by an extract.

48. SISYMBRIUM Inro, L. London Rock

Trio levis apula, Col. (Merrett). Bryans latifolium Neapolitanum, Park.
(Ray). Erysimum latifolium majus eines . B. P. (Morison). Cyb. Brit.
i. 150; iii. 384; Comp. 102. Curt. F. L. f. 5 (drawn from a London plant).

NEW PUBLICATIONS. 367

On walls and dry waste ground, very rare. A.orB. July, August.

VII. Almost everywhere in the suburbs of London, Merrett, 66. Especially
on earth mounds between the City and Kensington; in 1667 and 1668, after
the City was burnt, it grew very abundantly on the ruins round St. Paul's,
R. Cat. i. 104. Copiously about Chelsea, Morison, ii. 219 ; where, and also in
the ‘ Preludia’ of the same author, p. 498, is an interesting docar of the
growth of the species after the great fire. Plentifully on the Lord Cheney’s
wall at Chelsea, Pet. Midd. Between Brick Lane and Islington, Pet. Bot. Lond.
291. At the end of Goswell Street, Hill, 338. Frequent enough about Lon-
don, Curt. F. L. In Chelsea garden and all that neighbourhood a troublesome

weed, E. B. 1631. Brompton, Mr. Borrer; about Haggerstone and near
^c E. Forster; opposite Hhoreditdh Workhouse, L. W. Dillwyn; B. G.
8. Growing in 1832 beneath brick walls by the side of a then new road
leading from Earl's Court to the new church near Walham Green, which road

worth told me that Mah p first came to live at Chelsea, about 1790-95, it used
to grow in great abundance in various places by the roadside between Little
Chelsea and Hyde mae Done. Pamplin (v. s.). See also New B. G. 97.
First record, Merrett, before 1666; also the first record as British. We
have seen no specimens coliected since 1832, nor ever met with it ourselves,
though no doubt it was formerly very abundant, as the above localities are con-
by specimens in all the older herbaria collected near London. [P. 33.]

The total number of native and naturalized species claimed by our
authors for the county is 859, out of which 58 are supposed to be now
extinct, and 133 are very rare. Besides these, they mention 120
casual introductions and garden escapes. Adapting the species limits
to those employed by Mr. Watson in * Cybele Britannica, and com-
paring the county list with that for Britain as a whole, we obtain the
following results, and we give also the North Yorkshire table for com-
parison :—

Type of Distribution. Britain. | „Xorth | Middlesex.
British 532 526 465
English . : 409 301 300
Intermediate i 37 33 4
Scottish 81 44, 5
Highland 120 32 0

25. c ox s wii 127 38 44
Atlantic M E 70 7 3
ren or Doubtful . s 49 Hu 5

1425 992 826

968 NEW PUBLICATIONS.

The deficiency in the upper line of numbers, it must be borne in mind,
is caused by the absence from Middlesex of a large number of character-
istically maritime species. From the 826, the 58 species require to
be deducted to represent the flora as it now stands. No doubt the
county list is far more likely to be lessened than increased in the future.

The remainder of the work is occupied by a series of interesting
biographical notices of the older botanists who have contributed to the
knowledge of the flora of the county. This is derived to a consider-
able extent from unpublished material, the Sloane manuscripts in the
British Museum being the prineipal source of fresh information. Mr.
Worthington Smith has contributed a list of the Hymenomycetous
Fungi of the county; the Rev. J. M. Crombie a notice of its Lichens ;
and Dr. Braithwaite and the Rev. W. M. Hind, a list of Mosses and
Hepatice.

Compendium of the * Cybele. Britannica; or, British Plants in their
Geographical Relations. By Hewett CorrRELL Watson. Part IT.
Thames Ditton. Printed for private distribution. 1869. (Pp. 201-
424.)

It is just a year since we noticed (‘Journal of Botany,’ Vol. VI.
374-377) at some length the first part of this excellent and useful
book. Mr. Watson has carried out the intention he expressed in the
preface to that part, and has not allowed 1869 to pass away without
completing his ‘Compendium’ so far as the native species are con- -
cerned

In this second part, 880 species are treated in accordance with the
formula of eight lines, which we explained in our notice of Part I.
The amount of information comprised in each of these formule is
really amazing, and each affords an excellent example of what may be
effected by a judicious system of condensation and abbreviation

It is quite unnecessary to recommend a book which must take its
place as essential to the library of every British botanist. In a work
of such extent there must be, of course, many points upon which any
two individuals will hold different opinions; but, after all, the book is
mainly a record of facts, and it is on this account that it is of so great
value, and lays all students of our native flora under obligation to its
author. = p. 348, in the list of counties for Wolfia arrhiza,
us ' is erroneously entered for Kent.

BOTANICAL NEWS. 369

There is yet a third Part to be expected, treating of the segregate

species, and the “ aliens " and “casuals.” We trust Mr. Watson will
have bealth and leisure to complete it.

BOTANICAL NEWS.

Professor Behn, of Hamburg, has been elected, by the majority of the
Council of President Adjuncts, President of the Imperial German Academy
Nature Curiosorum, and has accepted the office.

Mr. Kurz, of ed "sis us a reprint of his ‘Supplementary Remarks '
to his ‘ Revision o -pines’ (Seem. Journ. Bot. Vol. V. p. 93), which
he has tei in the J acid of ‘the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and we also
receive a translation of ions made by Dr. Hasskarl, and recently puso
in the Ratisbon Flora. Mr. Kurz does not seem to have noticed the remarks
on Sandwich Island auc. made by the late Horace Mann in his ‘ Enu-
meration of Hawaiian Plants’ (Proceedings of American Academy). The fol-

a >
Indica, p. 102, read drupe valde convex, for “concave.” Pandanus levis,
p. 127, read spadix masc., etc., sed he levissime, instead of “ brevissime.
Mr. Kurz has also printed in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal

Professor Alexander Braun has y
papers on ote Kirki, of New Zealand, a malformation of Podocarpus Chi-
nensis, and some Oaks struck by lightning which, as well as all that proceeds
from the pen Fi that thoughtful id conscientious botanist, will be studied with
interest and profit.

The last published part of De Candolle's * Prodromus’ contains the follow-
ing Natural Orders :— Daphniphyllacee and Buracee, by Müller Arg. ; Empe
tree and Cannabinee, by Alph. de Candolle ; Urticee, by Weddell; Piperacec,
by Casim. de Candolle; Chloranthacee, by Solms; and Garryacee, by Alph.
de Candolle. Ths next part is to complete this great work, but we hope and
trust that the editor may be induced to reconsider his resolve, and not exclude

to Indeed, the extension of the

rodromus’ is of such vital importance, that all our academies and natural

history societies ought to assist, by all cues in their power, even largely,

pecuniarily, if it should be required, to pro
fessor Oliver has published a most ate handbook, entitled, ‘ First
Book of Indian Botany’ (Macmillan and Co)., an adaptation of the author's
* Lessons in Elementary Botany,’ for use in India.

vOL. Vit. [DECEMBER 1, 1869. ] 2p

310 BOTANICAL NEWS.

We have to record the appearance of two new periodicals devoted to popular
science, ‘The Academy,’ published by Murray, and ‘ Nature, published by
Maemillan

The Qoid has been graciously pleased to give orders for the appointment of
Joseph Dalton Hooker, Esq., M.D., Director of the Royal Botanical Gardens at
Kew, to be an Ordinary Member of the Civil Division of the Third Class, or
Companions of the Most Honourable Order of the Bath.

The following inscription to the memory of the late Professor Daubeny has
been placed in the chapel of Magdalen College, Oxford :—

AD ' GLORIAM `° DEI
ET'IN IAM
CAROLI ' ÆGIDII * BRIDLE ' DAVBENY'M' D
ANNOS ` HVIVSCE * COLL * SOCII
LITERARVM * HVMANIORVM ' EXIMIE ' DOCTVS
CHE LE

s
TAM * ACADEMIA ' QVAM * COLLEGIO ' DEVINCTVS
DEVM * TOTA ' MENTE * COLVIT
IN ' CHRISTO * OBDORMIVIT
DIE' MENSIS ` DECEMBRIS * XIII
* MDCCCLXVII

a ATIS * LX XIII
AVE’ ANIMA * SIMPLEX ` PIA ' DESIDERATISSIMA.
Mr. J. Collins, the zealous Curator of the Museum of the Pharmaceutical

just been published. It carries on the enumeration to the end of Serophula-
rinec.

TCr———ÁÉ— € € —— Pr — (€ ee ee E,
"T

INDEX.

— ——

Abrus map UR Note on, by H.
F. Hanc
Academy, pee German L. C.,

Acena, 331.
Actinocarpus, 221
Adiantum vendu ines: 234; Capillus-

Junonis, 234; Capilllus- Veneris,
num, 235; Edge-
worthii, 235; Guilelmi, 235.
Agaricus atro-c@ruleus, 251;
vipes, 249 ; corticatus, 250; de-
Lac 248; "A d 251; juba-
tus (Tab. XC.), 62 retirugis, 251;
salignus, 25 1; sphagni icola, 250.
imoni 318.

by A. GM
Alisma, 219, 220; Piso Var. 144.
Alismacex, 290.

opecurus fulvus, 14
€: Seeds, recess of, to

ustralia,
Aee amai stellata, 1
n,

meda polio. 0
Aneilema melanostictum, 167.
Annularia,
Aroidea, On the Gi y New, from
Nicaragua, by B. Seemann, (Plates
XCVI. and XCVII.), 313.
Note on the Genus, by

Asparagus officinal
Aspidium ase ae odoratum,

Asplenium comptum, 236; Geerin-

gianum, 237 ; incisum, 237 ; Klotz-
chi, 2: 236 ; Niponicum , 237; nor-
male, 2 236 ; Pekinense, 2 37; Thwai-

ves
Australia, portio of Ameri
e Open did in, 213.

Pom Professor, British Rubi,
rearier tage i James, Death of, 51.

Balde.

Balfo our, Pore ssor, Discovery of New
British Plant by, 337.

Behn, Professor, elected President of
Imperial German L. C. Academy,
365; Pamphlet o on nC German
L. C. Acad, Nat. Cur

a

07.
m, Rev. A., On Rubus s Briggs,

252; viscidus, 252.
Botanical ‘Society of Edinburgh, 32,

Sanguisorba, 202.
Brassica — 347; Napus, 347;
Rapa, 34

e Thames-side

Bub M 33.

—— Notes
some Pigment Plants, 3
Brigham, W. Xue cM d 68.
British Association, Meeting at Exeter,

282,
Britten, 7, Collecting Local Names
of British Plants, 32.

372 INDEX.

a J.,On Epilobium obscurum,

ar , Notice of a Fossil
Lycopodiace eous Fruit,
UR is Dr., In im Criticus aed
macearum, Alis Juncagi-
nacearumque Hanae Descripta-
9.

P aeei 219.

Butomacearum, mae Jun
caginacearumque Hucusque De-
scriptarum, Index Criticus, vn nd

uchenau, 219.

Butomopsis, 219.

Calamintha menthifolia, var. Briggsii,

Cal amites, 3 37.

California, The Pines of, 96.

Cali ke dips of Santer Bolivia, by
J. E. Howard, (Plate LX XXVII.)

Callitriche hamulata, 317.

Capparis magna, of Loureiro, Note
on, by H. F. Hance, 41.

Carex ee 145; involuta, 145.

Carruthers, W., on the Genus Knor-
ria, (Plate xou 153.

—————— Plant Remains
found in the esie: and Ter-
tiary Strata of North America, 82.

Carus, Dr., Death of, 280.

Cassinia, 2 :

Catanthes, 230.

Celmisia, 260

Centunculus minimus, 319.

SS ae (?) Chusana, 235; tenui-

Chenopodium album, 142; Bonus-
Henricus, 320; rubrum, 142.
Chimmo, N. his Dredgings in At-
lantic,
China, Notes on Loy Fern Flora of, by
H. F. Hance,

hune Caiisaya var., 2; offici-

Chincho: Bengal, Report on the
Cultivation of, for the year 1867-8,
by T ——

. Anderson,
Chocolate-tree, new kind f, 276.
Chontales pe tains, Wisclilion of,
211.
Su

Collema lichinodeum, 105.

enc caper tn of the * Cybele Britan-
Part Il. By H. C. Watson,
36 3.
— Notes on some, of Otago,
y W. L. Lindsay, 25

dire. "Geographical: limits of
t

West Coast

raat es, 326 ; translucens

Cooke, M. C., Handbook of Brith
F

Craspedi a, 2
poete Sai da ew British Li-
c 105,

Xe

and XCII
Cy enogeton, 224, 230.

Damasonium, 224 ; flavum, 219.

Dau = ny, Professor, inscription to
memory of, 370.

De s Candolle, P Publication of the Pro-

Dele
Delessert, ge ema me of, 31.
re te on, by H. F. Hance,

Dekap a Tuot MK
Desmarestia aculeata, 1

in Nicara
Med Mou wE
pm md - eti Heri "de

ai
ceæ, On the Sexual ins of
e, by F. A. U. aq 64, (Plates

INDEX.

Dried Floren; 34l.
rosera,

in Trinity College, Appoint-
ment of Dr. E. P. Wright to chair
a deris

Duc
Dys T ellow) raat "nr.
Dyer urch, their edition of
$ pex ar m Tey
r, Mr. ,9 ar iata for Lee's
dum 247.

Echinochloa ovg galli, 317.

Echinodorus

Ecklon, Christi ben F, Death of, 31.

Edible Berries, The Noch ern Limit
of, by Dr. B. Seema

Edinburgh Botanical uev 32, 60,
87, 216, 248.

Eleusine N *
nese Name of, by H. F. Hance, 116.

Elisma, 225.

Empetrum, 29

Thomas Meehan, 78.

Epilobium, 320; ggg micum 138;
lanceolatum, 3 scurum, 3
Equisétacées, La Taah des, Note

. Coe ts

sur, par mans,
quisetum Moo i, 147.

Erechtites, 2!

Euphorbia Esula

tion at, 282,

Flora of Ted 2 H. Trimen
d W.T
n Vilis ‘yy B. p 216.

Tahi eng e s Veleno del Ter-
ritorio Senese, . Valenti-

Fungi, British, Handbook on, by M.
C. Cooke, 311.

Galeopsis versicolor, 142; Tetrahit
var.

Galium verum, 319.

373

Genevier, L. Essai Monogra-
phique € rie s Buus du Bassin de
jas frag a
Preumonanthe, 140.
Gigantio Trees, 275.
Gnaphalium

ii

Gray, A., Prof., "Return to United

Gawd m, Mr. A H. Tiai in Plant
and Flower Life, "o

iE R., A Botanical Tour
e South Bos islands, 1T,

pene Q., Notes on Lemnacez

n the Discovery of the
Character in Systematic
Botany, 9 E

Gymnogramme vestita, 235.

Habenaria rA uud. Im

— CÓ — Note on Abrus Can-
toniensis, 336 ; Capparis magna of
Loureiro, Chinese name of
Eleusine Comeans, 116; ae

34 ;

115; of Chin

genus peer iis. ad Melastoma

e 296 ; Tanshuri-

um, 41; Sam m Chinen 295;
de d T. Chi-

pa currens
nense, 42.
On Habenaria Mier-
Per 161

—— — On the Phoenix of
the ~ the Hongkong Flora, 15.
On a Poisoning So-
lution for Bot. Specimens, 353.
Wilkomm and
Lange's Saves scc 85.
—————— um Chinense

ttii,
ir of, 86
Hawaiian Plants, Statistics and Geo-
prios. nge of, by Horace

Hegelmaier, “pr. F., The Lemnacex,
a Monograph, 245
aria ciliata, 1 8.
Herrania purpurea, 276.
Heterostylus, icu
Hieracium co 32; stoloni-

fioru e Daniy of in England,
337.

374 INDEX.

Holland, Mr. R., Collecting Local

Names of British Plants, 32
r, , at St. Petersburg Ex
hibition, 247, 312; made m-

m
panion of the Order of the Bath,
dp preparing a British Flora,

Ho ved, J. E, On the
Barks of Eastern Bolivia, “Plat
mure us P

the East
Mei sn irthda y, Annivers

Hyacinth , a green one, 87.
Hydnum ge = tinosum, "252.
Hydrocleis

Hignplorus a pets (Tab.
XC.

Hymenomyoetous Fungi, New and
rare British, by W. G. Smith,
(Plates LXXXIX., XC., and XCV.)

61, 24

Hypericum, c dubium, 317; un-
dulatum

Hypoderris, pios New rus of, =
Charles Prentice, 240; Seemanni

Hygrophorus calyptræformis, Note
on, by Anna Russell, 116.

Indigofera melilotoides, 16.
Isle of Wight, Notes on "Plants of,
y F. Stratton, 315.

Juncaginacex, 230.
Juncago, 230.
Juncus nigritellus, 144.

Keys, J. W. N., Flora of Devon and
Cornwall, 58, 370.

Knorria, On the Genus, by W. Car-
ruthers (Plate SD). 153.

Krempelhuber, his Lichenology, 312.

Lactarius a (Tab.
X.

nophora,
Lasiolepis a
thyrus Nissolia, 318.
levia M. A. , On the Flora of Skye,
108.
Leaves, oblique ones, 60.
Lecanora
Lecidea aphanoides, 107;
lans, 106 rges 49; ; deducta,
233 ; i inserena, 10 3
lithophiliza, 106; mest is

MNA, 107; mesotropa, 49;
ocellata, 108; postuma, 50; præ-
caven 1233; siae Sd 106 ;
vito 48; spododes, 233;

"x x E. his Salictum exsiccatum,

Leersia heiii. ee

Lemn and on — of
the "Rephidien we ed cter in Sys-
tematic Een Notes on, by G.
Gullive:

Lem eae. Von Dr. F. Hegelmaier,
246.

Lemna p umor 9 ; trisulca, 10, 12;

tà tigrinus 251; lepideus, 251.
Lepidostrobus 4 :
estivum, 143.

Lipo

Liekens New Bri "e Nd Rev. James

mbie, 48, 105,

Lilwa, 230.
imnocharis, 219.

Limnophyton, 225.

Linaria Vulgazi-ropens 140.

Lindberg, S. O., En we Proflit pà
NamniSrbistrine, 6

Lindsay, Dr. L., On alot dieti
as a Specific Character in Lichens,

— On the Economical
"Value a and Applications ef 4 the
mm of New Zealand Flax,

— ———— ———— Notes on some Com-
we of Otago, 252.
—— —— Remarkson his Paper
on -Chéminal Reaction as a dcin:
irn

. Moore, 299.

Lysimachia vulgaris, 319.

Maclura tinctoria, 277.

Mann, Horace, Statistics and Geo-
graphical Range of Hawaiian
Plants, 171.

— ———— —— Obituary of, by W.

Brigham, 1
Marine Algæ, Notes on range in
piers of, by Professor Dickie, 148.

-———————'— TORRE nca cu LEN RIES LS SS ah. RIS T ae m d DER REM daa Mare AL irr -
i ——— "

INDEX.

Martius, Carl Friedrich Phillipp von,
Decease of,

Masters, Dr., On the genus Fre-
montia, 297.

—— —————- On Vegetable Tera-

09
T. 2 ME a ae
lish R
W locicuiur oe
hoa

Maundia, 2
Medicago denticulata, 3
Meehan, Thomas,
Epigæa pm eA
Melastoma
F. Pane 3
aaa Dr., T of, 2.

ded in

, Note on, by H.

Moe pag 3 — Symbolan-

thus, Pinte zo 217.
Miquel, F. A. W., On the Sexual
ns of the Creal zos

ofa Ploor of, §
Monopanax Ghi esbreghtii, 3
Moore, C., Vegetation Lof P Howe’ 8

and,
Moran (a dyc-stuff), 277.

Morchella cras m 346.
Mo G., On the Discovery of

Assis
D epartment, 215; oe Report
a the Botanical Department of

jipeni, 328.
ames, Local, Collection T x
poena Vernacular, On, b See-

mann, 333; by J. Collins. 2
Narcissus biflorus, 3
New Zealand Flax, Economical Value
and Applications of the Leaf-fibre
of, by W. L. "qune i E 43.

ON ood,
Nylander, Dr., Le Lind-
y Paper On Chemi emical Reaction
a Specific Charac cter in Lichens,”
214.

Oblique Leaves, 60.
Olearia, 253.

375

Oliver, PN his First Book of
carers Botany, sas

Oreopanax, On a fags from

Chontales recae e B. See-

Oreopanax etuaan, m LM
ue es
Oilers
Otago, Notes on "some Plants of, by
W. L. Lindsay, 3

Oxycoccus, 298.

Panama, Flora of, 271.
Pandance, Supplement to, by Kurz,

Pandanophy um, 369
Panicum M. andshuricum, Note i AY
H. ia Tana

cosy. lanata, d subciliata, $0.
Pe radicis, New Popular, devoted to
Science, 370.
eee abyssi cola, 152.
ziza y 24 macrocaly, ‚Riess,
itish Fungus, by W. G.
Smith, (Plates XOV IIL pim XCIX.)
anuginos sa, 346 ; onotica,346 ;
dis ilata
Pharmaceutical Ganges, 216.

the economical
Phy yllophora Prodisei, 1

Sonepat Co: en ranis 318.
Phytolacca — 166.
Pillæa geraniifolia, 23

ge
Pilularia Lari rn 146.
Pim, B. B. Seemann, ag
nama, and Mosquito, 271.
ti 325.
us Banksiana, 59; rubra, 59.
Pithoos lobium Saman, 275.
Pes t iL Grin Flower i Echoes i in, by

Sisi, 0 On i for Bota-
‘anal Specim
Polygonatum clean 142.

376

derisum aviculare, 317 ; var., 143;
ptero

Nb codon Chinense, ER. lomari-
oides, 239; lin

rus séngunolontus 61
Potamogeton filiformis, 144.
Poterium, 20
Poteridium, 2 a

ottia minutula,
pri sees Chas, Os a New Species

Pteris pellucida, 'a36

Pulmonari gustifo lia, 142.

Pyronopsis honisopis, 48.
rus Scandica.

ded The, of the East India
Plantations, by J. E. Howard, 241.

a aquatilis, 136; Flammula,
Pseudo-reptans, 137; Flam-
ida: 315; Steveni, 137.
Raphidian character in Systematic
Botany, — very of the, by G.
Gulliver, 9.
Remains, Plant, found in the Creta-

rer Dish. j tradite "Babington' 8,
Ru ty Plymouth,
Notes dr gos
Bri

Rubi, Ene ‘Account of erem by
the Hon. J. . B. Warren,

Stations of and
me, by T. R. A.

eil lo
cies ens in Devons!
xam, (Plate

Rubus du Bassin de la Loire, Essai
maps m sur les, ies Ln.

etr
bus, 2 dps 34, 355 ; althe-

folius, tit : urian , 399
lo 38; ceesius, 40, 360 ; cal
vatus, 36; ifoli 7, 356;

corylifoli 359 ;

A NU. yae Keehleri,

INDEX.

38, 358; leucostachys, 36

prengeli, 357 ; ‘sub-
caulis,
sl dani N Note A Hygrophorus

| er dad Hortioultaral i Society of of, Ap-
pointment of M. T. and
H. J. M ur as English rude.
tatives,

Wu ampio. 220, 235
r, W. J., Death of, 2
Sarees Chinensis Note c on, by H.
F. Han viro
Hangiiais pe, £6
Sanguisorba, Revision of the Genus,
eu Prof. A. Braun and C. Bouché,

Schnitzlein, , Dea th of, 31.
Schott, A. pa Tllustrations of Ameri-
can an vegetation. 312.
Sa odendron, 369.
—— 144; fluitans, t
Serivenot, Mrs n Dried Flow
341.

Seeds, Wicca a of, 241.
Seemann, B., and B. Pim,

Flora Vitiensis, 216.
bituary of Frederick

Scheer, 208.

On the Gigantic New
Aroidea from ra nm (Plates
XCVI. and XCVII.), 3

On the E Limit
of Edible dece 298.

—— On Vernacular Names,

3833.

INDEX.

Seemann, B., Return of, to England,
216.
Senecio, 258; campestris, 316; vis-
cosus,
Sertulum Chinense Quartum, by H.
F. Han
Sealand, Notes on Botanical Excur-
sion in, 2
Sisymbrium Trio, 36
ao dein the riora of, by M. A.
je
- Smithia salsuginea, 16
Smith, W. G.,

5 Now and Rare
ocu cru xia Fungi (Plates
LXXXIX., XC., and ACV.) 61,
249.

- Peziza (Discina) macro-
calyx, Riess, a new Dritish Fungus

(Plates XCVIII. and XCIX.), 348.

Solanum, 327.

Solution, e for Botanical
Speci , 343.

South Sea Islands, A Botanical Tour
among the, by W. R. Guilfoyle,
117, 121.

— cuia doak

parassis cris
D Bo n, 387.
ilonema Scoticum, d

Bitsin Doce AN
Stratton, gee on aae of Wight
Plan

ts,
Symbolanthus, On the Genus,
John Miers (Plate XCIV.), yn

Tenogocharis, 23
Teratology, Vegetable, by M.F.

T.C. Wy ville, Appoint-
ment d k ie Chair of
the Co llege of Science at St.

», 275.
Trifolium hybridum, 138.
Triglochin, 230.

VOL. Vil. [DECEMBER 1, 1869.]

377

Trimen, H., Note on Aira setacea
(A. uliginosa Wai) 352.
pointment to Bri-

tish MH. [Y da
— prs yer, W. T., Flora
of Middlesex, 363.

qiploéporites, r 5; Brownii, 8.

Typha, 329.

Vacciniu
Va lenti-Se ei Funghi Sos-
tti k n jet Territorio Se-

neso 207.
Valerianella Auricula, 319.
Valisneria
"e icai On, by B. See-
rm 360.

Vespuecin, 22

Victo rin Government Botanist, Re-
port vot the,

Vitis nes, 332; Javalensis,

Vitis, Description of two aid px
k m Central America, by
RE. 382.
Vittadinia, 261.

Watson, H. C., on Aira uligin osa (by
mistake "inches: in Enzland, 281.
— Com mpendium of the
Cybele Britannica, 368.

What is the Thames-

side Brassica, 346.
the Hon. J. B., Some Ac-
hire Rubi, 353.

i H. L, Death of, 279.
Wilkomm and Lange’s Spanish Flora,
Wolfia, 9, 12; arrhiza, 144.
Wollaston Fund, 86.

Woodsia Ilvensis, m: hyperborea,
234; macrochlæ 234; polysti-
choides, 234.

Woodw: ardia angustiloba, 236; au-

riculata, 236.

Wright, Dr. E. P., Appointment of,

a the Chair of e in Trinity
College, Dub

Zoysia Sinica, 168.

org

MEE

Ma